[gcc.git] / gcc / config / arm / arm.c

/* Output routines for GCC for ARM.
   Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
   2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Pieter `Tiggr' Schoenmakers (rcpieter@win.tue.nl)
   and Martin Simmons (@harleqn.co.uk).
   More major hacks by Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@arm.com).

   This file is part of GCC.

   GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your
   option) any later version.

   GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
   License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with GCC; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#include "config.h"
#include "system.h"
#include "coretypes.h"
#include "tm.h"
#include "rtl.h"
#include "tree.h"
#include "obstack.h"
#include "regs.h"
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
#include "insn-config.h"
#include "conditions.h"
#include "output.h"
#include "insn-attr.h"
#include "flags.h"
#include "reload.h"
#include "function.h"
#include "expr.h"
#include "optabs.h"
#include "diagnostic-core.h"
#include "recog.h"
#include "cgraph.h"
#include "ggc.h"
#include "except.h"
#include "c-family/c-pragma.h"  /* ??? */
#include "integrate.h"
#include "tm_p.h"
#include "target.h"
#include "target-def.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "langhooks.h"
#include "df.h"
#include "intl.h"
#include "libfuncs.h"
#include "params.h"
#include "opts.h"

/* Forward definitions of types.  */
typedef struct minipool_node    Mnode;
typedef struct minipool_fixup   Mfix;

void (*arm_lang_output_object_attributes_hook)(void);

/* Forward function declarations.  */
static bool arm_needs_doubleword_align (enum machine_mode, const_tree);
static int arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes (void);
static arm_stack_offsets *arm_get_frame_offsets (void);
static void arm_add_gc_roots (void);
static int arm_gen_constant (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx,
                             HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx, rtx, int, int);
static unsigned bit_count (unsigned long);
static int arm_address_register_rtx_p (rtx, int);
static int arm_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode, rtx, RTX_CODE, int);
static int thumb2_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode, rtx, int);
static int thumb1_base_register_rtx_p (rtx, enum machine_mode, int);
static rtx arm_legitimize_address (rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode);
static rtx thumb_legitimize_address (rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode);
inline static int thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (rtx, int);
static bool arm_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode, rtx, bool);
static int thumb_far_jump_used_p (void);
static bool thumb_force_lr_save (void);
static int const_ok_for_op (HOST_WIDE_INT, enum rtx_code);
static rtx emit_sfm (int, int);
static unsigned arm_size_return_regs (void);
static bool arm_assemble_integer (rtx, unsigned int, int);
static void arm_print_operand (FILE *, rtx, int);
static void arm_print_operand_address (FILE *, rtx);
static bool arm_print_operand_punct_valid_p (unsigned char code);
static const char *fp_const_from_val (REAL_VALUE_TYPE *);
static arm_cc get_arm_condition_code (rtx);
static HOST_WIDE_INT int_log2 (HOST_WIDE_INT);
static rtx is_jump_table (rtx);
static const char *output_multi_immediate (rtx *, const char *, const char *,
                                           int, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static const char *shift_op (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT *);
static struct machine_function *arm_init_machine_status (void);
static void thumb_exit (FILE *, int);
static rtx is_jump_table (rtx);
static HOST_WIDE_INT get_jump_table_size (rtx);
static Mnode *move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (Mnode *, Mnode *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static Mnode *add_minipool_forward_ref (Mfix *);
static Mnode *move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (Mnode *, Mnode *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static Mnode *add_minipool_backward_ref (Mfix *);
static void assign_minipool_offsets (Mfix *);
static void arm_print_value (FILE *, rtx);
static void dump_minipool (rtx);
static int arm_barrier_cost (rtx);
static Mfix *create_fix_barrier (Mfix *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void push_minipool_barrier (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void push_minipool_fix (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx *, enum machine_mode,
                               rtx);
static void arm_reorg (void);
static bool note_invalid_constants (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, int);
static unsigned long arm_compute_save_reg0_reg12_mask (void);
static unsigned long arm_compute_save_reg_mask (void);
static unsigned long arm_isr_value (tree);
static unsigned long arm_compute_func_type (void);
static tree arm_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
static tree arm_handle_pcs_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
static tree arm_handle_isr_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
#if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
static tree arm_handle_notshared_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
#endif
static void arm_output_function_epilogue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void arm_output_function_prologue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void thumb1_output_function_prologue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static int arm_comp_type_attributes (const_tree, const_tree);
static void arm_set_default_type_attributes (tree);
static int arm_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
static int count_insns_for_constant (HOST_WIDE_INT, int);
static int arm_get_strip_length (int);
static bool arm_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree, tree);
static enum machine_mode arm_promote_function_mode (const_tree,
                                                    enum machine_mode, int *,
                                                    const_tree, int);
static bool arm_return_in_memory (const_tree, const_tree);
static rtx arm_function_value (const_tree, const_tree, bool);
static rtx arm_libcall_value (enum machine_mode, const_rtx);

static void arm_internal_label (FILE *, const char *, unsigned long);
static void arm_output_mi_thunk (FILE *, tree, HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT,
                                 tree);
static bool arm_have_conditional_execution (void);
static bool arm_cannot_force_const_mem (enum machine_mode, rtx);
static bool arm_legitimate_constant_p (enum machine_mode, rtx);
static bool arm_rtx_costs_1 (rtx, enum rtx_code, int*, bool);
static bool arm_size_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *);
static bool arm_slowmul_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *, bool);
static bool arm_fastmul_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *, bool);
static bool arm_xscale_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *, bool);
static bool arm_9e_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *, bool);
static bool arm_rtx_costs (rtx, int, int, int *, bool);
static int arm_address_cost (rtx, bool);
static bool arm_memory_load_p (rtx);
static bool arm_cirrus_insn_p (rtx);
static void cirrus_reorg (rtx);
static void arm_init_builtins (void);
static void arm_init_iwmmxt_builtins (void);
static rtx safe_vector_operand (rtx, enum machine_mode);
static rtx arm_expand_binop_builtin (enum insn_code, tree, rtx);
static rtx arm_expand_unop_builtin (enum insn_code, tree, rtx, int);
static rtx arm_expand_builtin (tree, rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode, int);
static tree arm_builtin_decl (unsigned, bool);
static void emit_constant_insn (rtx cond, rtx pattern);
static rtx emit_set_insn (rtx, rtx);
static int arm_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode,
                                  tree, bool);
static rtx arm_function_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode,
                             const_tree, bool);
static void arm_function_arg_advance (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode,
                                      const_tree, bool);
static unsigned int arm_function_arg_boundary (enum machine_mode, const_tree);
static rtx aapcs_allocate_return_reg (enum machine_mode, const_tree,
                                      const_tree);
static int aapcs_select_return_coproc (const_tree, const_tree);

#ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
static void arm_elf_asm_constructor (rtx, int) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
static void arm_elf_asm_destructor (rtx, int) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
#endif
#ifndef ARM_PE
static void arm_encode_section_info (tree, rtx, int);
#endif

static void arm_file_end (void);
static void arm_file_start (void);

static void arm_setup_incoming_varargs (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode,
                                        tree, int *, int);
static bool arm_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *,
                                   enum machine_mode, const_tree, bool);
static bool arm_promote_prototypes (const_tree);
static bool arm_default_short_enums (void);
static bool arm_align_anon_bitfield (void);
static bool arm_return_in_msb (const_tree);
static bool arm_must_pass_in_stack (enum machine_mode, const_tree);
static bool arm_return_in_memory (const_tree, const_tree);
#if ARM_UNWIND_INFO
static void arm_unwind_emit (FILE *, rtx);
static bool arm_output_ttype (rtx);
static void arm_asm_emit_except_personality (rtx);
static void arm_asm_init_sections (void);
#endif
static enum unwind_info_type arm_except_unwind_info (struct gcc_options *);
static void arm_dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (const char *, rtx, int);
static rtx arm_dwarf_register_span (rtx);

static tree arm_cxx_guard_type (void);
static bool arm_cxx_guard_mask_bit (void);
static tree arm_get_cookie_size (tree);
static bool arm_cookie_has_size (void);
static bool arm_cxx_cdtor_returns_this (void);
static bool arm_cxx_key_method_may_be_inline (void);
static void arm_cxx_determine_class_data_visibility (tree);
static bool arm_cxx_class_data_always_comdat (void);
static bool arm_cxx_use_aeabi_atexit (void);
static void arm_init_libfuncs (void);
static tree arm_build_builtin_va_list (void);
static void arm_expand_builtin_va_start (tree, rtx);
static tree arm_gimplify_va_arg_expr (tree, tree, gimple_seq *, gimple_seq *);
static void arm_option_override (void);
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT arm_shift_truncation_mask (enum machine_mode);
static bool arm_cannot_copy_insn_p (rtx);
static bool arm_tls_symbol_p (rtx x);
static int arm_issue_rate (void);
static void arm_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *, int, rtx) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
static bool arm_output_addr_const_extra (FILE *, rtx);
static bool arm_allocate_stack_slots_for_args (void);
static const char *arm_invalid_parameter_type (const_tree t);
static const char *arm_invalid_return_type (const_tree t);
static tree arm_promoted_type (const_tree t);
static tree arm_convert_to_type (tree type, tree expr);
static bool arm_scalar_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode);
static bool arm_frame_pointer_required (void);
static bool arm_can_eliminate (const int, const int);
static void arm_asm_trampoline_template (FILE *);
static void arm_trampoline_init (rtx, tree, rtx);
static rtx arm_trampoline_adjust_address (rtx);
static rtx arm_pic_static_addr (rtx orig, rtx reg);
static bool cortex_a9_sched_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int *);
static bool xscale_sched_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int *);
static bool fa726te_sched_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int *);
static bool arm_array_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode,
                                        unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
static enum machine_mode arm_preferred_simd_mode (enum machine_mode);
static bool arm_class_likely_spilled_p (reg_class_t);
static bool arm_vector_alignment_reachable (const_tree type, bool is_packed);
static bool arm_builtin_support_vector_misalignment (enum machine_mode mode,
                                                     const_tree type,
                                                     int misalignment,
                                                     bool is_packed);
static void arm_conditional_register_usage (void);
static reg_class_t arm_preferred_rename_class (reg_class_t rclass);
static unsigned int arm_autovectorize_vector_sizes (void);

\f
/* Table of machine attributes.  */
static const struct attribute_spec arm_attribute_table[] =
{
  /* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler,
       affects_type_identity } */
  /* Function calls made to this symbol must be done indirectly, because
     it may lie outside of the 26 bit addressing range of a normal function
     call.  */
  { "long_call",    0, 0, false, true,  true,  NULL, false },
  /* Whereas these functions are always known to reside within the 26 bit
     addressing range.  */
  { "short_call",   0, 0, false, true,  true,  NULL, false },
  /* Specify the procedure call conventions for a function.  */
  { "pcs",          1, 1, false, true,  true,  arm_handle_pcs_attribute,
    false },
  /* Interrupt Service Routines have special prologue and epilogue requirements.  */
  { "isr",          0, 1, false, false, false, arm_handle_isr_attribute,
    false },
  { "interrupt",    0, 1, false, false, false, arm_handle_isr_attribute,
    false },
  { "naked",        0, 0, true,  false, false, arm_handle_fndecl_attribute,
    false },
#ifdef ARM_PE
  /* ARM/PE has three new attributes:
     interfacearm - ?
     dllexport - for exporting a function/variable that will live in a dll
     dllimport - for importing a function/variable from a dll

     Microsoft allows multiple declspecs in one __declspec, separating
     them with spaces.  We do NOT support this.  Instead, use __declspec
     multiple times.
  */
  { "dllimport",    0, 0, true,  false, false, NULL, false },
  { "dllexport",    0, 0, true,  false, false, NULL, false },
  { "interfacearm", 0, 0, true,  false, false, arm_handle_fndecl_attribute,
    false },
#elif TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
  { "dllimport",    0, 0, false, false, false, handle_dll_attribute, false },
  { "dllexport",    0, 0, false, false, false, handle_dll_attribute, false },
  { "notshared",    0, 0, false, true, false, arm_handle_notshared_attribute,
    false },
#endif
  { NULL,           0, 0, false, false, false, NULL, false }
};

/* Set default optimization options.  */
static const struct default_options arm_option_optimization_table[] =
  {
    /* Enable section anchors by default at -O1 or higher.  */
    { OPT_LEVELS_1_PLUS, OPT_fsection_anchors, NULL, 1 },
    { OPT_LEVELS_1_PLUS, OPT_fomit_frame_pointer, NULL, 1 },
    { OPT_LEVELS_NONE, 0, NULL, 0 }
  };
\f
/* Initialize the GCC target structure.  */
#if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
#undef  TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
#define TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES merge_dllimport_decl_attributes
#endif

#undef TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
#define TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS arm_legitimize_address

#undef  TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
#define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE arm_attribute_table

#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START arm_file_start
#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END arm_file_end

#undef  TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP NULL
#undef  TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
#define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER arm_assemble_integer

#undef TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND
#define TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND arm_print_operand
#undef TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS
#define TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS arm_print_operand_address
#undef TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P
#define TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P arm_print_operand_punct_valid_p

#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA arm_output_addr_const_extra

#undef  TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE arm_output_function_prologue

#undef  TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE arm_output_function_epilogue

#undef  TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
#define TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS (TARGET_DEFAULT | MASK_SCHED_PROLOG)
#undef  TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
#define TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE arm_option_override
#undef  TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
#define TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE arm_option_optimization_table

#undef  TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES arm_comp_type_attributes

#undef  TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
#define TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES arm_set_default_type_attributes

#undef  TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
#define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST arm_adjust_cost

#undef TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
#ifdef ARM_PE
#define TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO  arm_pe_encode_section_info
#else
#define TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO  arm_encode_section_info
#endif

#undef  TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
#define TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING arm_strip_name_encoding

#undef  TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
#define TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL arm_internal_label

#undef  TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL arm_function_ok_for_sibcall

#undef  TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE arm_function_value

#undef  TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
#define TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE arm_libcall_value

#undef  TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK arm_output_mi_thunk
#undef  TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
#define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK default_can_output_mi_thunk_no_vcall

#undef  TARGET_RTX_COSTS
#define TARGET_RTX_COSTS arm_rtx_costs
#undef  TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
#define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST arm_address_cost

#undef TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
#define TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK arm_shift_truncation_mask
#undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
#define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P arm_vector_mode_supported_p
#undef TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
#define TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P arm_array_mode_supported_p
#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE arm_preferred_simd_mode
#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES \
  arm_autovectorize_vector_sizes

#undef  TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
#define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG arm_reorg

#undef  TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
#define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS  arm_init_builtins
#undef  TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN arm_expand_builtin
#undef  TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
#define TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL arm_builtin_decl

#undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
#define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS arm_init_libfuncs

#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
#define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE arm_promote_function_mode
#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
#define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES arm_promote_prototypes
#undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
#define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE arm_pass_by_reference
#undef TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
#define TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES arm_arg_partial_bytes
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG arm_function_arg
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE arm_function_arg_advance
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY arm_function_arg_boundary

#undef  TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
#define TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS arm_setup_incoming_varargs

#undef TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
#define TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS arm_allocate_stack_slots_for_args

#undef TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
#define TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE arm_asm_trampoline_template
#undef TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
#define TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT arm_trampoline_init
#undef TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
#define TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS arm_trampoline_adjust_address

#undef TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
#define TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS arm_default_short_enums

#undef TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
#define TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD arm_align_anon_bitfield

#undef TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
#define TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD hook_bool_void_false

#undef TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
#define TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE arm_cxx_guard_type

#undef TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
#define TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT arm_cxx_guard_mask_bit

#undef TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
#define TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE arm_get_cookie_size

#undef TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
#define TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE arm_cookie_has_size

#undef TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
#define TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS arm_cxx_cdtor_returns_this

#undef TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
#define TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE arm_cxx_key_method_may_be_inline

#undef TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
#define TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT arm_cxx_use_aeabi_atexit

#undef TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
#define TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY \
  arm_cxx_determine_class_data_visibility

#undef TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
#define TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT arm_cxx_class_data_always_comdat

#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB arm_return_in_msb

#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY arm_return_in_memory

#undef TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
#define TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK arm_must_pass_in_stack

#if ARM_UNWIND_INFO
#undef TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
#define TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT arm_unwind_emit

/* EABI unwinding tables use a different format for the typeinfo tables.  */
#undef TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
#define TARGET_ASM_TTYPE arm_output_ttype

#undef TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
#define TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER true

#undef TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
#define TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY arm_asm_emit_except_personality

#undef TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
#define TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS arm_asm_init_sections
#endif /* ARM_UNWIND_INFO */

#undef TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
#define TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO  arm_except_unwind_info

#undef TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
#define TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC arm_dwarf_handle_frame_unspec

#undef TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
#define TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN arm_dwarf_register_span

#undef  TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P
#define TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P arm_cannot_copy_insn_p

#ifdef HAVE_AS_TLS
#undef TARGET_HAVE_TLS
#define TARGET_HAVE_TLS true
#endif

#undef TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
#define TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION arm_have_conditional_execution

#undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
#define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P arm_legitimate_constant_p

#undef TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
#define TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM arm_cannot_force_const_mem

#undef TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
#define TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET 4095

/* The minimum is set such that the total size of the block
   for a particular anchor is -4088 + 1 + 4095 bytes, which is
   divisible by eight, ensuring natural spacing of anchors.  */
#undef TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
#define TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET -4088

#undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
#define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE arm_issue_rate

#undef TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
#define TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE arm_mangle_type

#undef TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
#define TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST arm_build_builtin_va_list
#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START
#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START arm_expand_builtin_va_start
#undef TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
#define TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR arm_gimplify_va_arg_expr

#ifdef HAVE_AS_TLS
#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL arm_output_dwarf_dtprel
#endif

#undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
#define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P     arm_legitimate_address_p

#undef TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE
#define TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE arm_invalid_parameter_type

#undef TARGET_INVALID_RETURN_TYPE
#define TARGET_INVALID_RETURN_TYPE arm_invalid_return_type

#undef TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
#define TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE arm_promoted_type

#undef TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
#define TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE arm_convert_to_type

#undef TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
#define TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P arm_scalar_mode_supported_p

#undef TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
#define TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED arm_frame_pointer_required

#undef TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
#define TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE arm_can_eliminate

#undef TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
#define TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE arm_conditional_register_usage

#undef TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
#define TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P arm_class_likely_spilled_p

#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE \
  arm_vector_alignment_reachable

#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT \
  arm_builtin_support_vector_misalignment

#undef TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
#define TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS \
  arm_preferred_rename_class

struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
\f
/* Obstack for minipool constant handling.  */
static struct obstack minipool_obstack;
static char *         minipool_startobj;

/* The maximum number of insns skipped which
   will be conditionalised if possible.  */
static int max_insns_skipped = 5;

extern FILE * asm_out_file;

/* True if we are currently building a constant table.  */
int making_const_table;

/* The processor for which instructions should be scheduled.  */
enum processor_type arm_tune = arm_none;

/* The current tuning set.  */
const struct tune_params *current_tune;

/* Which floating point hardware to schedule for.  */
int arm_fpu_attr;

/* Which floating popint hardware to use.  */
const struct arm_fpu_desc *arm_fpu_desc;

/* Used for Thumb call_via trampolines.  */
rtx thumb_call_via_label[14];
static int thumb_call_reg_needed;

/* Bit values used to identify processor capabilities.  */
#define FL_CO_PROC    (1 << 0)        /* Has external co-processor bus */
#define FL_ARCH3M     (1 << 1)        /* Extended multiply */
#define FL_MODE26     (1 << 2)        /* 26-bit mode support */
#define FL_MODE32     (1 << 3)        /* 32-bit mode support */
#define FL_ARCH4      (1 << 4)        /* Architecture rel 4 */
#define FL_ARCH5      (1 << 5)        /* Architecture rel 5 */
#define FL_THUMB      (1 << 6)        /* Thumb aware */
#define FL_LDSCHED    (1 << 7)        /* Load scheduling necessary */
#define FL_STRONG     (1 << 8)        /* StrongARM */
#define FL_ARCH5E     (1 << 9)        /* DSP extensions to v5 */
#define FL_XSCALE     (1 << 10)       /* XScale */
#define FL_CIRRUS     (1 << 11)       /* Cirrus/DSP.  */
#define FL_ARCH6      (1 << 12)       /* Architecture rel 6.  Adds
                                         media instructions.  */
#define FL_VFPV2      (1 << 13)       /* Vector Floating Point V2.  */
#define FL_WBUF       (1 << 14)       /* Schedule for write buffer ops.
                                         Note: ARM6 & 7 derivatives only.  */
#define FL_ARCH6K     (1 << 15)       /* Architecture rel 6 K extensions.  */
#define FL_THUMB2     (1 << 16)       /* Thumb-2.  */
#define FL_NOTM       (1 << 17)       /* Instructions not present in the 'M'
                                         profile.  */
#define FL_DIV        (1 << 18)       /* Hardware divide.  */
#define FL_VFPV3      (1 << 19)       /* Vector Floating Point V3.  */
#define FL_NEON       (1 << 20)       /* Neon instructions.  */
#define FL_ARCH7EM    (1 << 21)       /* Instructions present in the ARMv7E-M
                                         architecture.  */
#define FL_ARCH7      (1 << 22)       /* Architecture 7.  */

#define FL_IWMMXT     (1 << 29)       /* XScale v2 or "Intel Wireless MMX technology".  */

/* Flags that only effect tuning, not available instructions.  */
#define FL_TUNE         (FL_WBUF | FL_VFPV2 | FL_STRONG | FL_LDSCHED \
                         | FL_CO_PROC)

#define FL_FOR_ARCH2    FL_NOTM
#define FL_FOR_ARCH3    (FL_FOR_ARCH2 | FL_MODE32)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH3M   (FL_FOR_ARCH3 | FL_ARCH3M)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH4    (FL_FOR_ARCH3M | FL_ARCH4)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH4T   (FL_FOR_ARCH4 | FL_THUMB)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5    (FL_FOR_ARCH4 | FL_ARCH5)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5T   (FL_FOR_ARCH5 | FL_THUMB)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5E   (FL_FOR_ARCH5 | FL_ARCH5E)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5TE  (FL_FOR_ARCH5E | FL_THUMB)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5TEJ FL_FOR_ARCH5TE
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6    (FL_FOR_ARCH5TE | FL_ARCH6)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6J   FL_FOR_ARCH6
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6K   (FL_FOR_ARCH6 | FL_ARCH6K)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6Z   FL_FOR_ARCH6
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6ZK  FL_FOR_ARCH6K
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6T2  (FL_FOR_ARCH6 | FL_THUMB2)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6M   (FL_FOR_ARCH6 & ~FL_NOTM)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7    ((FL_FOR_ARCH6T2 & ~FL_NOTM) | FL_ARCH7)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7A   (FL_FOR_ARCH7 | FL_NOTM | FL_ARCH6K)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7R   (FL_FOR_ARCH7A | FL_DIV)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7M   (FL_FOR_ARCH7 | FL_DIV)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7EM  (FL_FOR_ARCH7M | FL_ARCH7EM)

/* The bits in this mask specify which
   instructions we are allowed to generate.  */
static unsigned long insn_flags = 0;

/* The bits in this mask specify which instruction scheduling options should
   be used.  */
static unsigned long tune_flags = 0;

/* The following are used in the arm.md file as equivalents to bits
   in the above two flag variables.  */

/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 3M extensions.  */
int arm_arch3m = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 4 extensions.  */
int arm_arch4 = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 4t extensions.  */
int arm_arch4t = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 5 extensions.  */
int arm_arch5 = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 5E extensions.  */
int arm_arch5e = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 6 extensions.  */
int arm_arch6 = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM 6K extensions.  */
int arm_arch6k = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM 7 extensions.  */
int arm_arch7 = 0;

/* Nonzero if instructions not present in the 'M' profile can be used.  */
int arm_arch_notm = 0;

/* Nonzero if instructions present in ARMv7E-M can be used.  */
int arm_arch7em = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip can benefit from load scheduling.  */
int arm_ld_sched = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip is a StrongARM.  */
int arm_tune_strongarm = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip is a Cirrus variant.  */
int arm_arch_cirrus = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip supports Intel Wireless MMX technology.  */
int arm_arch_iwmmxt = 0;

/* Nonzero if this chip is an XScale.  */
int arm_arch_xscale = 0;

/* Nonzero if tuning for XScale  */
int arm_tune_xscale = 0;

/* Nonzero if we want to tune for stores that access the write-buffer.
   This typically means an ARM6 or ARM7 with MMU or MPU.  */
int arm_tune_wbuf = 0;

/* Nonzero if tuning for Cortex-A9.  */
int arm_tune_cortex_a9 = 0;

/* Nonzero if generating Thumb instructions.  */
int thumb_code = 0;

/* Nonzero if generating Thumb-1 instructions.  */
int thumb1_code = 0;

/* Nonzero if we should define __THUMB_INTERWORK__ in the
   preprocessor.
   XXX This is a bit of a hack, it's intended to help work around
   problems in GLD which doesn't understand that armv5t code is
   interworking clean.  */
int arm_cpp_interwork = 0;

/* Nonzero if chip supports Thumb 2.  */
int arm_arch_thumb2;

/* Nonzero if chip supports integer division instruction.  */
int arm_arch_hwdiv;

/* In case of a PRE_INC, POST_INC, PRE_DEC, POST_DEC memory reference,
   we must report the mode of the memory reference from
   TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND to TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS.  */
enum machine_mode output_memory_reference_mode;

/* The register number to be used for the PIC offset register.  */
unsigned arm_pic_register = INVALID_REGNUM;

/* Set to 1 after arm_reorg has started.  Reset to start at the start of
   the next function.  */
static int after_arm_reorg = 0;

enum arm_pcs arm_pcs_default;

/* For an explanation of these variables, see final_prescan_insn below.  */
int arm_ccfsm_state;
/* arm_current_cc is also used for Thumb-2 cond_exec blocks.  */
enum arm_cond_code arm_current_cc;

rtx arm_target_insn;
int arm_target_label;
/* The number of conditionally executed insns, including the current insn.  */
int arm_condexec_count = 0;
/* A bitmask specifying the patterns for the IT block.
   Zero means do not output an IT block before this insn. */
int arm_condexec_mask = 0;
/* The number of bits used in arm_condexec_mask.  */
int arm_condexec_masklen = 0;

/* The condition codes of the ARM, and the inverse function.  */
static const char * const arm_condition_codes[] =
{
  "eq", "ne", "cs", "cc", "mi", "pl", "vs", "vc",
  "hi", "ls", "ge", "lt", "gt", "le", "al", "nv"
};

/* The register numbers in sequence, for passing to arm_gen_load_multiple.  */
int arm_regs_in_sequence[] =
{
  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
};

#define ARM_LSL_NAME (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM ? "lsl" : "asl")
#define streq(string1, string2) (strcmp (string1, string2) == 0)

#define THUMB2_WORK_REGS (0xff & ~(  (1 << THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) \
                                   | (1 << SP_REGNUM) | (1 << PC_REGNUM) \
                                   | (1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM)))
\f
/* Initialization code.  */

struct processors
{
  const char *const name;
  enum processor_type core;
  const char *arch;
  const unsigned long flags;
  const struct tune_params *const tune;
};


#define ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL 0, -1, -1
#define ARM_PREFETCH_BENEFICIAL(prefetch_slots,l1_size,l1_line_size) \
  prefetch_slots, \
  l1_size, \
  l1_line_size

const struct tune_params arm_slowmul_tune =
{
  arm_slowmul_rtx_costs,
  NULL,
  3,
  ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL
};

const struct tune_params arm_fastmul_tune =
{
  arm_fastmul_rtx_costs,
  NULL,
  1,
  ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL
};

const struct tune_params arm_xscale_tune =
{
  arm_xscale_rtx_costs,
  xscale_sched_adjust_cost,
  2,
  ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL
};

const struct tune_params arm_9e_tune =
{
  arm_9e_rtx_costs,
  NULL,
  1,
  ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL
};

const struct tune_params arm_cortex_a9_tune =
{
  arm_9e_rtx_costs,
  cortex_a9_sched_adjust_cost,
  1,
  ARM_PREFETCH_BENEFICIAL(4,32,32)
};

const struct tune_params arm_fa726te_tune =
{
  arm_9e_rtx_costs,
  fa726te_sched_adjust_cost,
  1,
  ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL
};


/* Not all of these give usefully different compilation alternatives,
   but there is no simple way of generalizing them.  */
static const struct processors all_cores[] =
{
  /* ARM Cores */
#define ARM_CORE(NAME, IDENT, ARCH, FLAGS, COSTS) \
  {NAME, IDENT, #ARCH, FLAGS | FL_FOR_ARCH##ARCH, &arm_##COSTS##_tune},
#include "arm-cores.def"
#undef ARM_CORE
  {NULL, arm_none, NULL, 0, NULL}
};

static const struct processors all_architectures[] =
{
  /* ARM Architectures */
  /* We don't specify tuning costs here as it will be figured out
     from the core.  */

#define ARM_ARCH(NAME, CORE, ARCH, FLAGS) \
  {NAME, CORE, #ARCH, FLAGS, NULL},
#include "arm-arches.def"
#undef ARM_ARCH
  {NULL, arm_none, NULL, 0 , NULL}
};


/* These are populated as commandline arguments are processed, or NULL
   if not specified.  */
static const struct processors *arm_selected_arch;
static const struct processors *arm_selected_cpu;
static const struct processors *arm_selected_tune;

/* The name of the preprocessor macro to define for this architecture.  */

char arm_arch_name[] = "__ARM_ARCH_0UNK__";

/* Available values for -mfpu=.  */

static const struct arm_fpu_desc all_fpus[] =
{
#define ARM_FPU(NAME, MODEL, REV, VFP_REGS, NEON, FP16) \
  { NAME, MODEL, REV, VFP_REGS, NEON, FP16 },
#include "arm-fpus.def"
#undef ARM_FPU
};


/* Supported TLS relocations.  */

enum tls_reloc {
  TLS_GD32,
  TLS_LDM32,
  TLS_LDO32,
  TLS_IE32,
  TLS_LE32
};

/* The maximum number of insns to be used when loading a constant.  */
inline static int
arm_constant_limit (bool size_p)
{
  return size_p ? 1 : current_tune->constant_limit;
}

/* Emit an insn that's a simple single-set.  Both the operands must be known
   to be valid.  */
inline static rtx
emit_set_insn (rtx x, rtx y)
{
  return emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, x, y));
}

/* Return the number of bits set in VALUE.  */
static unsigned
bit_count (unsigned long value)
{
  unsigned long count = 0;

  while (value)
    {
      count++;
      value &= value - 1;  /* Clear the least-significant set bit.  */
    }

  return count;
}

/* Set up library functions unique to ARM.  */

static void
arm_init_libfuncs (void)
{
  /* There are no special library functions unless we are using the
     ARM BPABI.  */
  if (!TARGET_BPABI)
    return;

  /* The functions below are described in Section 4 of the "Run-Time
     ABI for the ARM architecture", Version 1.0.  */

  /* Double-precision floating-point arithmetic.  Table 2.  */
  set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dadd");
  set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_ddiv");
  set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dmul");
  set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dneg");
  set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dsub");

  /* Double-precision comparisons.  Table 3.  */
  set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmpeq");
  set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, DFmode, NULL);
  set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmplt");
  set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmple");
  set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmpge");
  set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmpgt");
  set_optab_libfunc (unord_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmpun");

  /* Single-precision floating-point arithmetic.  Table 4.  */
  set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fadd");
  set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fdiv");
  set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fmul");
  set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fneg");
  set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fsub");

  /* Single-precision comparisons.  Table 5.  */
  set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmpeq");
  set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, SFmode, NULL);
  set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmplt");
  set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmple");
  set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmpge");
  set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmpgt");
  set_optab_libfunc (unord_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmpun");

  /* Floating-point to integer conversions.  Table 6.  */
  set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2iz");
  set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2uiz");
  set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2lz");
  set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2ulz");
  set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2iz");
  set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2uiz");
  set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2lz");
  set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2ulz");

  /* Conversions between floating types.  Table 7.  */
  set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab, SFmode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2f");
  set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab, DFmode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2d");

  /* Integer to floating-point conversions.  Table 8.  */
  set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, SImode, "__aeabi_i2d");
  set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, SImode, "__aeabi_ui2d");
  set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, DImode, "__aeabi_l2d");
  set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, DImode, "__aeabi_ul2d");
  set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, SImode, "__aeabi_i2f");
  set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, SImode, "__aeabi_ui2f");
  set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, DImode, "__aeabi_l2f");
  set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, DImode, "__aeabi_ul2f");

  /* Long long.  Table 9.  */
  set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_lmul");
  set_optab_libfunc (sdivmod_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_ldivmod");
  set_optab_libfunc (udivmod_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_uldivmod");
  set_optab_libfunc (ashl_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_llsl");
  set_optab_libfunc (lshr_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_llsr");
  set_optab_libfunc (ashr_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_lasr");
  set_optab_libfunc (cmp_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_lcmp");
  set_optab_libfunc (ucmp_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_ulcmp");

  /* Integer (32/32->32) division.  \S 4.3.1.  */
  set_optab_libfunc (sdivmod_optab, SImode, "__aeabi_idivmod");
  set_optab_libfunc (udivmod_optab, SImode, "__aeabi_uidivmod");

  /* The divmod functions are designed so that they can be used for
     plain division, even though they return both the quotient and the
     remainder.  The quotient is returned in the usual location (i.e.,
     r0 for SImode, {r0, r1} for DImode), just as would be expected
     for an ordinary division routine.  Because the AAPCS calling
     conventions specify that all of { r0, r1, r2, r3 } are
     callee-saved registers, there is no need to tell the compiler
     explicitly that those registers are clobbered by these
     routines.  */
  set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_ldivmod");
  set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_uldivmod");

  /* For SImode division the ABI provides div-without-mod routines,
     which are faster.  */
  set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SImode, "__aeabi_idiv");
  set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, SImode, "__aeabi_uidiv");

  /* We don't have mod libcalls.  Fortunately gcc knows how to use the
     divmod libcalls instead.  */
  set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, DImode, NULL);
  set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, DImode, NULL);
  set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, SImode, NULL);
  set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, SImode, NULL);

  /* Half-precision float operations.  The compiler handles all operations
     with NULL libfuncs by converting the SFmode.  */
  switch (arm_fp16_format)
    {
    case ARM_FP16_FORMAT_IEEE:
    case ARM_FP16_FORMAT_ALTERNATIVE:

      /* Conversions.  */
      set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab, HFmode, SFmode,
                        (arm_fp16_format == ARM_FP16_FORMAT_IEEE
                         ? "__gnu_f2h_ieee"
                         : "__gnu_f2h_alternative"));
      set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab, SFmode, HFmode, 
                        (arm_fp16_format == ARM_FP16_FORMAT_IEEE
                         ? "__gnu_h2f_ieee"
                         : "__gnu_h2f_alternative"));
      
      /* Arithmetic.  */
      set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, HFmode, NULL);

      /* Comparisons.  */
      set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      set_optab_libfunc (unord_optab, HFmode, NULL);
      break;

    default:
      break;
    }

  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    synchronize_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("__sync_synchronize");
}

/* On AAPCS systems, this is the "struct __va_list".  */
static GTY(()) tree va_list_type;

/* Return the type to use as __builtin_va_list.  */
static tree
arm_build_builtin_va_list (void)
{
  tree va_list_name;
  tree ap_field;
  
  if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    return std_build_builtin_va_list ();

  /* AAPCS \S 7.1.4 requires that va_list be a typedef for a type
     defined as:

       struct __va_list 
       {
         void *__ap;
       };

     The C Library ABI further reinforces this definition in \S
     4.1.

     We must follow this definition exactly.  The structure tag
     name is visible in C++ mangled names, and thus forms a part
     of the ABI.  The field name may be used by people who
     #include <stdarg.h>.  */
  /* Create the type.  */
  va_list_type = lang_hooks.types.make_type (RECORD_TYPE);
  /* Give it the required name.  */
  va_list_name = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION,
                             TYPE_DECL,
                             get_identifier ("__va_list"),
                             va_list_type);
  DECL_ARTIFICIAL (va_list_name) = 1;
  TYPE_NAME (va_list_type) = va_list_name;
  TYPE_STUB_DECL (va_list_type) = va_list_name;
  /* Create the __ap field.  */
  ap_field = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION,
                         FIELD_DECL, 
                         get_identifier ("__ap"),
                         ptr_type_node);
  DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ap_field) = 1;
  DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (ap_field) = va_list_type;
  TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type) = ap_field;
  /* Compute its layout.  */
  layout_type (va_list_type);

  return va_list_type;
}

/* Return an expression of type "void *" pointing to the next
   available argument in a variable-argument list.  VALIST is the
   user-level va_list object, of type __builtin_va_list.  */
static tree
arm_extract_valist_ptr (tree valist)
{
  if (TREE_TYPE (valist) == error_mark_node)
    return error_mark_node;

  /* On an AAPCS target, the pointer is stored within "struct
     va_list".  */
  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    {
      tree ap_field = TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (valist));
      valist = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (ap_field), 
                       valist, ap_field, NULL_TREE);
    }

  return valist;
}

/* Implement TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START.  */
static void
arm_expand_builtin_va_start (tree valist, rtx nextarg)
{
  valist = arm_extract_valist_ptr (valist);
  std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist, nextarg);
}

/* Implement TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR.  */
static tree
arm_gimplify_va_arg_expr (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, 
                          gimple_seq *post_p)
{
  valist = arm_extract_valist_ptr (valist);
  return std_gimplify_va_arg_expr (valist, type, pre_p, post_p);
}

/* Fix up any incompatible options that the user has specified.  */
static void
arm_option_override (void)
{
  if (global_options_set.x_arm_arch_option)
    arm_selected_arch = &all_architectures[arm_arch_option];

  if (global_options_set.x_arm_cpu_option)
    arm_selected_cpu = &all_cores[(int) arm_cpu_option];

  if (global_options_set.x_arm_tune_option)
    arm_selected_tune = &all_cores[(int) arm_tune_option];

#ifdef SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
  SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS;
#endif

  if (arm_selected_arch)
    {
      if (arm_selected_cpu)
        {
          /* Check for conflict between mcpu and march.  */
          if ((arm_selected_cpu->flags ^ arm_selected_arch->flags) & ~FL_TUNE)
            {
              warning (0, "switch -mcpu=%s conflicts with -march=%s switch",
                       arm_selected_cpu->name, arm_selected_arch->name);
              /* -march wins for code generation.
                 -mcpu wins for default tuning.  */
              if (!arm_selected_tune)
                arm_selected_tune = arm_selected_cpu;

              arm_selected_cpu = arm_selected_arch;
            }
          else
            /* -mcpu wins.  */
            arm_selected_arch = NULL;
        }
      else
        /* Pick a CPU based on the architecture.  */
        arm_selected_cpu = arm_selected_arch;
    }

  /* If the user did not specify a processor, choose one for them.  */
  if (!arm_selected_cpu)
    {
      const struct processors * sel;
      unsigned int        sought;

      arm_selected_cpu = &all_cores[TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT];
      if (!arm_selected_cpu->name)
        {
#ifdef SUBTARGET_CPU_DEFAULT
          /* Use the subtarget default CPU if none was specified by
             configure.  */
          arm_selected_cpu = &all_cores[SUBTARGET_CPU_DEFAULT];
#endif
          /* Default to ARM6.  */
          if (!arm_selected_cpu->name)
            arm_selected_cpu = &all_cores[arm6];
        }

      sel = arm_selected_cpu;
      insn_flags = sel->flags;

      /* Now check to see if the user has specified some command line
         switch that require certain abilities from the cpu.  */
      sought = 0;

      if (TARGET_INTERWORK || TARGET_THUMB)
        {
          sought |= (FL_THUMB | FL_MODE32);

          /* There are no ARM processors that support both APCS-26 and
             interworking.  Therefore we force FL_MODE26 to be removed
             from insn_flags here (if it was set), so that the search
             below will always be able to find a compatible processor.  */
          insn_flags &= ~FL_MODE26;
        }

      if (sought != 0 && ((sought & insn_flags) != sought))
        {
          /* Try to locate a CPU type that supports all of the abilities
             of the default CPU, plus the extra abilities requested by
             the user.  */
          for (sel = all_cores; sel->name != NULL; sel++)
            if ((sel->flags & sought) == (sought | insn_flags))
              break;

          if (sel->name == NULL)
            {
              unsigned current_bit_count = 0;
              const struct processors * best_fit = NULL;

              /* Ideally we would like to issue an error message here
                 saying that it was not possible to find a CPU compatible
                 with the default CPU, but which also supports the command
                 line options specified by the programmer, and so they
                 ought to use the -mcpu=<name> command line option to
                 override the default CPU type.

                 If we cannot find a cpu that has both the
                 characteristics of the default cpu and the given
                 command line options we scan the array again looking
                 for a best match.  */
              for (sel = all_cores; sel->name != NULL; sel++)
                if ((sel->flags & sought) == sought)
                  {
                    unsigned count;

                    count = bit_count (sel->flags & insn_flags);

                    if (count >= current_bit_count)
                      {
                        best_fit = sel;
                        current_bit_count = count;
                      }
                  }

              gcc_assert (best_fit);
              sel = best_fit;
            }

          arm_selected_cpu = sel;
        }
    }

  gcc_assert (arm_selected_cpu);
  /* The selected cpu may be an architecture, so lookup tuning by core ID.  */
  if (!arm_selected_tune)
    arm_selected_tune = &all_cores[arm_selected_cpu->core];

  sprintf (arm_arch_name, "__ARM_ARCH_%s__", arm_selected_cpu->arch);
  insn_flags = arm_selected_cpu->flags;

  arm_tune = arm_selected_tune->core;
  tune_flags = arm_selected_tune->flags;
  current_tune = arm_selected_tune->tune;

  /* Make sure that the processor choice does not conflict with any of the
     other command line choices.  */
  if (TARGET_ARM && !(insn_flags & FL_NOTM))
    error ("target CPU does not support ARM mode");

  /* BPABI targets use linker tricks to allow interworking on cores
     without thumb support.  */
  if (TARGET_INTERWORK && !((insn_flags & FL_THUMB) || TARGET_BPABI))
    {
      warning (0, "target CPU does not support interworking" );
      target_flags &= ~MASK_INTERWORK;
    }

  if (TARGET_THUMB && !(insn_flags & FL_THUMB))
    {
      warning (0, "target CPU does not support THUMB instructions");
      target_flags &= ~MASK_THUMB;
    }

  if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && TARGET_THUMB)
    {
      /* warning (0, "ignoring -mapcs-frame because -mthumb was used"); */
      target_flags &= ~MASK_APCS_FRAME;
    }

  /* Callee super interworking implies thumb interworking.  Adding
     this to the flags here simplifies the logic elsewhere.  */
  if (TARGET_THUMB && TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING)
    target_flags |= MASK_INTERWORK;

  /* TARGET_BACKTRACE calls leaf_function_p, which causes a crash if done
     from here where no function is being compiled currently.  */
  if ((TARGET_TPCS_FRAME || TARGET_TPCS_LEAF_FRAME) && TARGET_ARM)
    warning (0, "enabling backtrace support is only meaningful when compiling for the Thumb");

  if (TARGET_ARM && TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING)
    warning (0, "enabling callee interworking support is only meaningful when compiling for the Thumb");

  if (TARGET_APCS_STACK && !TARGET_APCS_FRAME)
    {
      warning (0, "-mapcs-stack-check incompatible with -mno-apcs-frame");
      target_flags |= MASK_APCS_FRAME;
    }

  if (TARGET_POKE_FUNCTION_NAME)
    target_flags |= MASK_APCS_FRAME;

  if (TARGET_APCS_REENT && flag_pic)
    error ("-fpic and -mapcs-reent are incompatible");

  if (TARGET_APCS_REENT)
    warning (0, "APCS reentrant code not supported.  Ignored");

  /* If this target is normally configured to use APCS frames, warn if they
     are turned off and debugging is turned on.  */
  if (TARGET_ARM
      && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG
      && !TARGET_APCS_FRAME
      && (TARGET_DEFAULT & MASK_APCS_FRAME))
    warning (0, "-g with -mno-apcs-frame may not give sensible debugging");

  if (TARGET_APCS_FLOAT)
    warning (0, "passing floating point arguments in fp regs not yet supported");

  /* Initialize boolean versions of the flags, for use in the arm.md file.  */
  arm_arch3m = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH3M) != 0;
  arm_arch4 = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH4) != 0;
  arm_arch4t = arm_arch4 & ((insn_flags & FL_THUMB) != 0);
  arm_arch5 = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH5) != 0;
  arm_arch5e = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH5E) != 0;
  arm_arch6 = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH6) != 0;
  arm_arch6k = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH6K) != 0;
  arm_arch_notm = (insn_flags & FL_NOTM) != 0;
  arm_arch7 = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH7) != 0;
  arm_arch7em = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH7EM) != 0;
  arm_arch_thumb2 = (insn_flags & FL_THUMB2) != 0;
  arm_arch_xscale = (insn_flags & FL_XSCALE) != 0;
  arm_arch_cirrus = (insn_flags & FL_CIRRUS) != 0;

  arm_ld_sched = (tune_flags & FL_LDSCHED) != 0;
  arm_tune_strongarm = (tune_flags & FL_STRONG) != 0;
  thumb_code = TARGET_ARM == 0;
  thumb1_code = TARGET_THUMB1 != 0;
  arm_tune_wbuf = (tune_flags & FL_WBUF) != 0;
  arm_tune_xscale = (tune_flags & FL_XSCALE) != 0;
  arm_arch_iwmmxt = (insn_flags & FL_IWMMXT) != 0;
  arm_arch_hwdiv = (insn_flags & FL_DIV) != 0;
  arm_tune_cortex_a9 = (arm_tune == cortexa9) != 0;

  /* If we are not using the default (ARM mode) section anchor offset
     ranges, then set the correct ranges now.  */
  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      /* Thumb-1 LDR instructions cannot have negative offsets.
         Permissible positive offset ranges are 5-bit (for byte loads),
         6-bit (for halfword loads), or 7-bit (for word loads).
         Empirical results suggest a 7-bit anchor range gives the best
         overall code size.  */
      targetm.min_anchor_offset = 0;
      targetm.max_anchor_offset = 127;
    }
  else if (TARGET_THUMB2)
    {
      /* The minimum is set such that the total size of the block
         for a particular anchor is 248 + 1 + 4095 bytes, which is
         divisible by eight, ensuring natural spacing of anchors.  */
      targetm.min_anchor_offset = -248;
      targetm.max_anchor_offset = 4095;
    }

  /* V5 code we generate is completely interworking capable, so we turn off
     TARGET_INTERWORK here to avoid many tests later on.  */

  /* XXX However, we must pass the right pre-processor defines to CPP
     or GLD can get confused.  This is a hack.  */
  if (TARGET_INTERWORK)
    arm_cpp_interwork = 1;

  if (arm_arch5)
    target_flags &= ~MASK_INTERWORK;

  if (TARGET_IWMMXT && !ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN)
    error ("iwmmxt requires an AAPCS compatible ABI for proper operation");

  if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI && !TARGET_IWMMXT)
    error ("iwmmxt abi requires an iwmmxt capable cpu");

  if (!global_options_set.x_arm_fpu_index)
    {
      const char *target_fpu_name;
      bool ok;

#ifdef FPUTYPE_DEFAULT
      target_fpu_name = FPUTYPE_DEFAULT;
#else
      if (arm_arch_cirrus)
        target_fpu_name = "maverick";
      else
        target_fpu_name = "fpe2";
#endif

      ok = opt_enum_arg_to_value (OPT_mfpu_, target_fpu_name, &arm_fpu_index,
                                  CL_TARGET);
      gcc_assert (ok);
    }

  arm_fpu_desc = &all_fpus[arm_fpu_index];

  switch (arm_fpu_desc->model)
    {
    case ARM_FP_MODEL_FPA:
      if (arm_fpu_desc->rev == 2)
        arm_fpu_attr = FPU_FPE2;
      else if (arm_fpu_desc->rev == 3)
        arm_fpu_attr = FPU_FPE3;
      else
        arm_fpu_attr = FPU_FPA;
      break;

    case ARM_FP_MODEL_MAVERICK:
      arm_fpu_attr = FPU_MAVERICK;
      break;

    case ARM_FP_MODEL_VFP:
      arm_fpu_attr = FPU_VFP;
      break;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable();
    }

  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
      && (arm_fpu_desc->model == ARM_FP_MODEL_FPA))
    error ("FPA is unsupported in the AAPCS");

  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    {
      if (TARGET_CALLER_INTERWORKING)
        error ("AAPCS does not support -mcaller-super-interworking");
      else
        if (TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING)
          error ("AAPCS does not support -mcallee-super-interworking");
    }

  /* FPA and iWMMXt are incompatible because the insn encodings overlap.
     VFP and iWMMXt can theoretically coexist, but it's unlikely such silicon
     will ever exist.  GCC makes no attempt to support this combination.  */
  if (TARGET_IWMMXT && !TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT)
    sorry ("iWMMXt and hardware floating point");

  /* ??? iWMMXt insn patterns need auditing for Thumb-2.  */
  if (TARGET_THUMB2 && TARGET_IWMMXT)
    sorry ("Thumb-2 iWMMXt");

  /* __fp16 support currently assumes the core has ldrh.  */
  if (!arm_arch4 && arm_fp16_format != ARM_FP16_FORMAT_NONE)
    sorry ("__fp16 and no ldrh");

  /* If soft-float is specified then don't use FPU.  */
  if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT)
    arm_fpu_attr = FPU_NONE;

  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    {
      if (arm_abi == ARM_ABI_IWMMXT)
        arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_AAPCS_IWMMXT;
      else if (arm_float_abi == ARM_FLOAT_ABI_HARD
               && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
               && TARGET_VFP)
        arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_AAPCS_VFP;
      else
        arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_AAPCS;
    }
  else
    {
      if (arm_float_abi == ARM_FLOAT_ABI_HARD && TARGET_VFP)
        sorry ("-mfloat-abi=hard and VFP");

      if (arm_abi == ARM_ABI_APCS)
        arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_APCS;
      else
        arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_ATPCS;
    }

  /* For arm2/3 there is no need to do any scheduling if there is only
     a floating point emulator, or we are doing software floating-point.  */
  if ((TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
       || (TARGET_FPA && arm_fpu_desc->rev))
      && (tune_flags & FL_MODE32) == 0)
    flag_schedule_insns = flag_schedule_insns_after_reload = 0;

  /* Use the cp15 method if it is available.  */
  if (target_thread_pointer == TP_AUTO)
    {
      if (arm_arch6k && !TARGET_THUMB1)
        target_thread_pointer = TP_CP15;
      else
        target_thread_pointer = TP_SOFT;
    }

  if (TARGET_HARD_TP && TARGET_THUMB1)
    error ("can not use -mtp=cp15 with 16-bit Thumb");

  /* Override the default structure alignment for AAPCS ABI.  */
  if (!global_options_set.x_arm_structure_size_boundary)
    {
      if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
        arm_structure_size_boundary = 8;
    }
  else
    {
      if (arm_structure_size_boundary != 8
          && arm_structure_size_boundary != 32
          && !(ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN && arm_structure_size_boundary == 64))
        {
          if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN)
            warning (0,
                     "structure size boundary can only be set to 8, 32 or 64");
          else
            warning (0, "structure size boundary can only be set to 8 or 32");
          arm_structure_size_boundary
            = (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED ? 8 : DEFAULT_STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY);
        }
    }

  if (!TARGET_ARM && TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP && flag_pic)
    {
      error ("RTP PIC is incompatible with Thumb");
      flag_pic = 0;
    }

  /* If stack checking is disabled, we can use r10 as the PIC register,
     which keeps r9 available.  The EABI specifies r9 as the PIC register.  */
  if (flag_pic && TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE)
    {
      if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
        warning (0, "RTP PIC is incompatible with -msingle-pic-base");
      arm_pic_register = (TARGET_APCS_STACK || TARGET_AAPCS_BASED) ? 9 : 10;
    }

  if (flag_pic && TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
    arm_pic_register = 9;

  if (arm_pic_register_string != NULL)
    {
      int pic_register = decode_reg_name (arm_pic_register_string);

      if (!flag_pic)
        warning (0, "-mpic-register= is useless without -fpic");

      /* Prevent the user from choosing an obviously stupid PIC register.  */
      else if (pic_register < 0 || call_used_regs[pic_register]
               || pic_register == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
               || pic_register == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
               || pic_register >= PC_REGNUM
               || (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP
                   && (unsigned int) pic_register != arm_pic_register))
        error ("unable to use '%s' for PIC register", arm_pic_register_string);
      else
        arm_pic_register = pic_register;
    }

  /* Enable -mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd by default for Cortex-M3 cores.  */
  if (fix_cm3_ldrd == 2)
    {
      if (arm_selected_cpu->core == cortexm3)
        fix_cm3_ldrd = 1;
      else
        fix_cm3_ldrd = 0;
    }

  if (TARGET_THUMB1 && flag_schedule_insns)
    {
      /* Don't warn since it's on by default in -O2.  */
      flag_schedule_insns = 0;
    }

  if (optimize_size)
    {
      /* If optimizing for size, bump the number of instructions that we
         are prepared to conditionally execute (even on a StrongARM).  */
      max_insns_skipped = 6;
    }
  else
    {
      /* StrongARM has early execution of branches, so a sequence
         that is worth skipping is shorter.  */
      if (arm_tune_strongarm)
        max_insns_skipped = 3;
    }

  /* Hot/Cold partitioning is not currently supported, since we can't
     handle literal pool placement in that case.  */
  if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
    {
      inform (input_location,
              "-freorder-blocks-and-partition not supported on this architecture");
      flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition = 0;
      flag_reorder_blocks = 1;
    }

  if (flag_pic)
    /* Hoisting PIC address calculations more aggressively provides a small,
       but measurable, size reduction for PIC code.  Therefore, we decrease
       the bar for unrestricted expression hoisting to the cost of PIC address
       calculation, which is 2 instructions.  */
    maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_GCSE_UNRESTRICTED_COST, 2,
                           global_options.x_param_values,
                           global_options_set.x_param_values);

  /* ARM EABI defaults to strict volatile bitfields.  */
  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED && flag_strict_volatile_bitfields < 0)
    flag_strict_volatile_bitfields = 1;

  /* Enable sw prefetching at -O3 for CPUS that have prefetch, and we have deemed
     it beneficial (signified by setting num_prefetch_slots to 1 or more.)  */
  if (flag_prefetch_loop_arrays < 0
      && HAVE_prefetch
      && optimize >= 3
      && current_tune->num_prefetch_slots > 0)
    flag_prefetch_loop_arrays = 1;

  /* Set up parameters to be used in prefetching algorithm.  Do not override the
     defaults unless we are tuning for a core we have researched values for.  */
  if (current_tune->num_prefetch_slots > 0)
    maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_SIMULTANEOUS_PREFETCHES,
                           current_tune->num_prefetch_slots,
                           global_options.x_param_values,
                           global_options_set.x_param_values);
  if (current_tune->l1_cache_line_size >= 0)
    maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_L1_CACHE_LINE_SIZE,
                           current_tune->l1_cache_line_size,
                           global_options.x_param_values,
                           global_options_set.x_param_values);
  if (current_tune->l1_cache_size >= 0)
    maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_L1_CACHE_SIZE,
                           current_tune->l1_cache_size,
                           global_options.x_param_values,
                           global_options_set.x_param_values);

  /* Register global variables with the garbage collector.  */
  arm_add_gc_roots ();
}

static void
arm_add_gc_roots (void)
{
  gcc_obstack_init(&minipool_obstack);
  minipool_startobj = (char *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, 0);
}
\f
/* A table of known ARM exception types.
   For use with the interrupt function attribute.  */

typedef struct
{
  const char *const arg;
  const unsigned long return_value;
}
isr_attribute_arg;

static const isr_attribute_arg isr_attribute_args [] =
{
  { "IRQ",   ARM_FT_ISR },
  { "irq",   ARM_FT_ISR },
  { "FIQ",   ARM_FT_FIQ },
  { "fiq",   ARM_FT_FIQ },
  { "ABORT", ARM_FT_ISR },
  { "abort", ARM_FT_ISR },
  { "ABORT", ARM_FT_ISR },
  { "abort", ARM_FT_ISR },
  { "UNDEF", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION },
  { "undef", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION },
  { "SWI",   ARM_FT_EXCEPTION },
  { "swi",   ARM_FT_EXCEPTION },
  { NULL,    ARM_FT_NORMAL }
};

/* Returns the (interrupt) function type of the current
   function, or ARM_FT_UNKNOWN if the type cannot be determined.  */

static unsigned long
arm_isr_value (tree argument)
{
  const isr_attribute_arg * ptr;
  const char *              arg;

  if (!arm_arch_notm)
    return ARM_FT_NORMAL | ARM_FT_STACKALIGN;

  /* No argument - default to IRQ.  */
  if (argument == NULL_TREE)
    return ARM_FT_ISR;

  /* Get the value of the argument.  */
  if (TREE_VALUE (argument) == NULL_TREE
      || TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (argument)) != STRING_CST)
    return ARM_FT_UNKNOWN;

  arg = TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (argument));

  /* Check it against the list of known arguments.  */
  for (ptr = isr_attribute_args; ptr->arg != NULL; ptr++)
    if (streq (arg, ptr->arg))
      return ptr->return_value;

  /* An unrecognized interrupt type.  */
  return ARM_FT_UNKNOWN;
}

/* Computes the type of the current function.  */

static unsigned long
arm_compute_func_type (void)
{
  unsigned long type = ARM_FT_UNKNOWN;
  tree a;
  tree attr;

  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (current_function_decl) == FUNCTION_DECL);

  /* Decide if the current function is volatile.  Such functions
     never return, and many memory cycles can be saved by not storing
     register values that will never be needed again.  This optimization
     was added to speed up context switching in a kernel application.  */
  if (optimize > 0
      && (TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl)
          || !(flag_unwind_tables
               || (flag_exceptions
                   && arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_SJLJ)))
      && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (current_function_decl))
    type |= ARM_FT_VOLATILE;

  if (cfun->static_chain_decl != NULL)
    type |= ARM_FT_NESTED;

  attr = DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl);

  a = lookup_attribute ("naked", attr);
  if (a != NULL_TREE)
    type |= ARM_FT_NAKED;

  a = lookup_attribute ("isr", attr);
  if (a == NULL_TREE)
    a = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", attr);

  if (a == NULL_TREE)
    type |= TARGET_INTERWORK ? ARM_FT_INTERWORKED : ARM_FT_NORMAL;
  else
    type |= arm_isr_value (TREE_VALUE (a));

  return type;
}

/* Returns the type of the current function.  */

unsigned long
arm_current_func_type (void)
{
  if (ARM_FUNC_TYPE (cfun->machine->func_type) == ARM_FT_UNKNOWN)
    cfun->machine->func_type = arm_compute_func_type ();

  return cfun->machine->func_type;
}

bool
arm_allocate_stack_slots_for_args (void)
{
  /* Naked functions should not allocate stack slots for arguments.  */
  return !IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ());
}

\f
/* Output assembler code for a block containing the constant parts
   of a trampoline, leaving space for the variable parts.

   On the ARM, (if r8 is the static chain regnum, and remembering that
   referencing pc adds an offset of 8) the trampoline looks like:
           ldr          r8, [pc, #0]
           ldr          pc, [pc]
           .word        static chain value
           .word        function's address
   XXX FIXME: When the trampoline returns, r8 will be clobbered.  */

static void
arm_asm_trampoline_template (FILE *f)
{
  if (TARGET_ARM)
    {
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #0]\n", STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #0]\n", PC_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
    }
  else if (TARGET_THUMB2)
    {
      /* The Thumb-2 trampoline is similar to the arm implementation.
         Unlike 16-bit Thumb, we enter the stub in thumb mode.  */
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr.w\t%r, [%r, #4]\n",
                   STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr.w\t%r, [%r, #4]\n", PC_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
    }
  else
    {
      ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (f, 2);
      fprintf (f, "\t.code\t16\n");
      fprintf (f, ".Ltrampoline_start:\n");
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tpush\t{r0, r1}\n");
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\tr0, [%r, #8]\n", PC_REGNUM);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, r0\n", STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\tr0, [%r, #8]\n", PC_REGNUM);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tstr\tr0, [%r, #4]\n", SP_REGNUM);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tpop\t{r0, %r}\n", PC_REGNUM);
    }
  assemble_aligned_integer (UNITS_PER_WORD, const0_rtx);
  assemble_aligned_integer (UNITS_PER_WORD, const0_rtx);
}

/* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.  */

static void
arm_trampoline_init (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx chain_value)
{
  rtx fnaddr, mem, a_tramp;

  emit_block_move (m_tramp, assemble_trampoline_template (),
                   GEN_INT (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL);

  mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, TARGET_32BIT ? 8 : 12);
  emit_move_insn (mem, chain_value);

  mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, TARGET_32BIT ? 12 : 16);
  fnaddr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0);
  emit_move_insn (mem, fnaddr);

  a_tramp = XEXP (m_tramp, 0);
  emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__clear_cache"),
                     LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 2, a_tramp, Pmode,
                     plus_constant (a_tramp, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE), Pmode);
}

/* Thumb trampolines should be entered in thumb mode, so set
   the bottom bit of the address.  */

static rtx
arm_trampoline_adjust_address (rtx addr)
{
  if (TARGET_THUMB)
    addr = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, IOR, addr, const1_rtx,
                                NULL, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
  return addr;
}
\f
/* Return 1 if it is possible to return using a single instruction.
   If SIBLING is non-null, this is a test for a return before a sibling
   call.  SIBLING is the call insn, so we can examine its register usage.  */

int
use_return_insn (int iscond, rtx sibling)
{
  int regno;
  unsigned int func_type;
  unsigned long saved_int_regs;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust;
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;

  /* Never use a return instruction before reload has run.  */
  if (!reload_completed)
    return 0;

  func_type = arm_current_func_type ();

  /* Naked, volatile and stack alignment functions need special
     consideration.  */
  if (func_type & (ARM_FT_VOLATILE | ARM_FT_NAKED | ARM_FT_STACKALIGN))
    return 0;

  /* So do interrupt functions that use the frame pointer and Thumb
     interrupt functions.  */
  if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type) && (frame_pointer_needed || TARGET_THUMB))
    return 0;

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  stack_adjust = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;

  /* As do variadic functions.  */
  if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size
      || cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args
      /* Or if the function calls __builtin_eh_return () */
      || crtl->calls_eh_return
      /* Or if the function calls alloca */
      || cfun->calls_alloca
      /* Or if there is a stack adjustment.  However, if the stack pointer
         is saved on the stack, we can use a pre-incrementing stack load.  */
      || !(stack_adjust == 0 || (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed
                                 && stack_adjust == 4)))
    return 0;

  saved_int_regs = offsets->saved_regs_mask;

  /* Unfortunately, the insn

       ldmib sp, {..., sp, ...}

     triggers a bug on most SA-110 based devices, such that the stack
     pointer won't be correctly restored if the instruction takes a
     page fault.  We work around this problem by popping r3 along with
     the other registers, since that is never slower than executing
     another instruction.

     We test for !arm_arch5 here, because code for any architecture
     less than this could potentially be run on one of the buggy
     chips.  */
  if (stack_adjust == 4 && !arm_arch5 && TARGET_ARM)
    {
      /* Validate that r3 is a call-clobbered register (always true in
         the default abi) ...  */
      if (!call_used_regs[3])
        return 0;

      /* ... that it isn't being used for a return value ... */
      if (arm_size_return_regs () >= (4 * UNITS_PER_WORD))
        return 0;

      /* ... or for a tail-call argument ...  */
      if (sibling)
        {
          gcc_assert (GET_CODE (sibling) == CALL_INSN);

          if (find_regno_fusage (sibling, USE, 3))
            return 0;
        }

      /* ... and that there are no call-saved registers in r0-r2
         (always true in the default ABI).  */
      if (saved_int_regs & 0x7)
        return 0;
    }

  /* Can't be done if interworking with Thumb, and any registers have been
     stacked.  */
  if (TARGET_INTERWORK && saved_int_regs != 0 && !IS_INTERRUPT(func_type))
    return 0;

  /* On StrongARM, conditional returns are expensive if they aren't
     taken and multiple registers have been stacked.  */
  if (iscond && arm_tune_strongarm)
    {
      /* Conditional return when just the LR is stored is a simple
         conditional-load instruction, that's not expensive.  */
      if (saved_int_regs != 0 && saved_int_regs != (1 << LR_REGNUM))
        return 0;

      if (flag_pic 
          && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
          && df_regs_ever_live_p (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM))
        return 0;
    }

  /* If there are saved registers but the LR isn't saved, then we need
     two instructions for the return.  */
  if (saved_int_regs && !(saved_int_regs & (1 << LR_REGNUM)))
    return 0;

  /* Can't be done if any of the FPA regs are pushed,
     since this also requires an insn.  */
  if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_FPA)
    for (regno = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; regno++)
      if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && !call_used_regs[regno])
        return 0;

  /* Likewise VFP regs.  */
  if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
    for (regno = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM; regno <= LAST_VFP_REGNUM; regno++)
      if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && !call_used_regs[regno])
        return 0;

  if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
    for (regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; regno <= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; regno++)
      if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && ! call_used_regs[regno])
        return 0;

  return 1;
}

/* Return TRUE if int I is a valid immediate ARM constant.  */

int
const_ok_for_arm (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
{
  int lowbit;

  /* For machines with >32 bit HOST_WIDE_INT, the bits above bit 31 must
     be all zero, or all one.  */
  if ((i & ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff) != 0
      && ((i & ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)
          != ((~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0)
              & ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)))
    return FALSE;

  i &= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff;

  /* Fast return for 0 and small values.  We must do this for zero, since
     the code below can't handle that one case.  */
  if ((i & ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xff) == 0)
    return TRUE;

  /* Get the number of trailing zeros.  */
  lowbit = ffs((int) i) - 1;
  
  /* Only even shifts are allowed in ARM mode so round down to the
     nearest even number.  */
  if (TARGET_ARM)
    lowbit &= ~1;

  if ((i & ~(((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xff) << lowbit)) == 0)
    return TRUE;

  if (TARGET_ARM)
    {
      /* Allow rotated constants in ARM mode.  */
      if (lowbit <= 4
           && ((i & ~0xc000003f) == 0
               || (i & ~0xf000000f) == 0
               || (i & ~0xfc000003) == 0))
        return TRUE;
    }
  else
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT v;

      /* Allow repeated patterns 0x00XY00XY or 0xXYXYXYXY.  */
      v = i & 0xff;
      v |= v << 16;
      if (i == v || i == (v | (v << 8)))
        return TRUE;

      /* Allow repeated pattern 0xXY00XY00.  */
      v = i & 0xff00;
      v |= v << 16;
      if (i == v)
        return TRUE;
    }

  return FALSE;
}

/* Return true if I is a valid constant for the operation CODE.  */
static int
const_ok_for_op (HOST_WIDE_INT i, enum rtx_code code)
{
  if (const_ok_for_arm (i))
    return 1;

  switch (code)
    {
    case SET:
      /* See if we can use movw.  */
      if (arm_arch_thumb2 && (i & 0xffff0000) == 0)
        return 1;
      else
        return 0;

    case PLUS:
    case COMPARE:
    case EQ:
    case NE:
    case GT:
    case LE:
    case LT:
    case GE:
    case GEU:
    case LTU:
    case GTU:
    case LEU:
    case UNORDERED:
    case ORDERED:
    case UNEQ:
    case UNGE:
    case UNLT:
    case UNGT:
    case UNLE:
      return const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (-i));

    case MINUS:         /* Should only occur with (MINUS I reg) => rsb */
    case XOR:
      return 0;

    case IOR:
      if (TARGET_THUMB2)
        return const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~i));
      return 0;

    case AND:
      return const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~i));

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Emit a sequence of insns to handle a large constant.
   CODE is the code of the operation required, it can be any of SET, PLUS,
   IOR, AND, XOR, MINUS;
   MODE is the mode in which the operation is being performed;
   VAL is the integer to operate on;
   SOURCE is the other operand (a register, or a null-pointer for SET);
   SUBTARGETS means it is safe to create scratch registers if that will
   either produce a simpler sequence, or we will want to cse the values.
   Return value is the number of insns emitted.  */

/* ??? Tweak this for thumb2.  */
int
arm_split_constant (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx insn,
                    HOST_WIDE_INT val, rtx target, rtx source, int subtargets)
{
  rtx cond;

  if (insn && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == COND_EXEC)
    cond = COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (insn));
  else
    cond = NULL_RTX;

  if (subtargets || code == SET
      || (GET_CODE (target) == REG && GET_CODE (source) == REG
          && REGNO (target) != REGNO (source)))
    {
      /* After arm_reorg has been called, we can't fix up expensive
         constants by pushing them into memory so we must synthesize
         them in-line, regardless of the cost.  This is only likely to
         be more costly on chips that have load delay slots and we are
         compiling without running the scheduler (so no splitting
         occurred before the final instruction emission).

         Ref: gcc -O1 -mcpu=strongarm gcc.c-torture/compile/980506-2.c
      */
      if (!after_arm_reorg
          && !cond
          && (arm_gen_constant (code, mode, NULL_RTX, val, target, source,
                                1, 0)
              > (arm_constant_limit (optimize_function_for_size_p (cfun))
                 + (code != SET))))
        {
          if (code == SET)
            {
              /* Currently SET is the only monadic value for CODE, all
                 the rest are diadic.  */
              if (TARGET_USE_MOVT)
                arm_emit_movpair (target, GEN_INT (val));
              else
                emit_set_insn (target, GEN_INT (val));

              return 1;
            }
          else
            {
              rtx temp = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;

              if (TARGET_USE_MOVT)
                arm_emit_movpair (temp, GEN_INT (val));
              else
                emit_set_insn (temp, GEN_INT (val));

              /* For MINUS, the value is subtracted from, since we never
                 have subtraction of a constant.  */
              if (code == MINUS)
                emit_set_insn (target, gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, temp, source));
              else
                emit_set_insn (target,
                               gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, source, temp));
              return 2;
            }
        }
    }

  return arm_gen_constant (code, mode, cond, val, target, source, subtargets,
                           1);
}

/* Return the number of instructions required to synthesize the given
   constant, if we start emitting them from bit-position I.  */
static int
count_insns_for_constant (HOST_WIDE_INT remainder, int i)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT temp1;
  int step_size = TARGET_ARM ? 2 : 1;
  int num_insns = 0;

  gcc_assert (TARGET_ARM || i == 0);

  do
    {
      int end;

      if (i <= 0)
        i += 32;
      if (remainder & (((1 << step_size) - 1) << (i - step_size)))
        {
          end = i - 8;
          if (end < 0)
            end += 32;
          temp1 = remainder & ((0x0ff << end)
                                    | ((i < end) ? (0xff >> (32 - end)) : 0));
          remainder &= ~temp1;
          num_insns++;
          i -= 8 - step_size;
        }
      i -= step_size;
    } while (remainder);
  return num_insns;
}

static int
find_best_start (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT remainder)
{
  int best_consecutive_zeros = 0;
  int i;
  int best_start = 0;

  /* If we aren't targetting ARM, the best place to start is always at
     the bottom.  */
  if (! TARGET_ARM)
    return 0;

  for (i = 0; i < 32; i += 2)
    {
      int consecutive_zeros = 0;

      if (!(remainder & (3 << i)))
        {
          while ((i < 32) && !(remainder & (3 << i)))
            {
              consecutive_zeros += 2;
              i += 2;
            }
          if (consecutive_zeros > best_consecutive_zeros)
            {
              best_consecutive_zeros = consecutive_zeros;
              best_start = i - consecutive_zeros;
            }
          i -= 2;
        }
    }

  /* So long as it won't require any more insns to do so, it's
     desirable to emit a small constant (in bits 0...9) in the last
     insn.  This way there is more chance that it can be combined with
     a later addressing insn to form a pre-indexed load or store
     operation.  Consider:

           *((volatile int *)0xe0000100) = 1;
           *((volatile int *)0xe0000110) = 2;

     We want this to wind up as:

            mov rA, #0xe0000000
            mov rB, #1
            str rB, [rA, #0x100]
            mov rB, #2
            str rB, [rA, #0x110]

     rather than having to synthesize both large constants from scratch.

     Therefore, we calculate how many insns would be required to emit
     the constant starting from `best_start', and also starting from
     zero (i.e. with bit 31 first to be output).  If `best_start' doesn't
     yield a shorter sequence, we may as well use zero.  */
  if (best_start != 0
      && ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << best_start) < remainder)
      && (count_insns_for_constant (remainder, 0) <=
          count_insns_for_constant (remainder, best_start)))
    best_start = 0;

  return best_start;
}

/* Emit an instruction with the indicated PATTERN.  If COND is
   non-NULL, conditionalize the execution of the instruction on COND
   being true.  */

static void
emit_constant_insn (rtx cond, rtx pattern)
{
  if (cond)
    pattern = gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode, copy_rtx (cond), pattern);
  emit_insn (pattern);
}

/* As above, but extra parameter GENERATE which, if clear, suppresses
   RTL generation.  */
/* ??? This needs more work for thumb2.  */

static int
arm_gen_constant (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx cond,
                  HOST_WIDE_INT val, rtx target, rtx source, int subtargets,
                  int generate)
{
  int can_invert = 0;
  int can_negate = 0;
  int final_invert = 0;
  int i;
  int num_bits_set = 0;
  int set_sign_bit_copies = 0;
  int clear_sign_bit_copies = 0;
  int clear_zero_bit_copies = 0;
  int set_zero_bit_copies = 0;
  int insns = 0;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp1, temp2;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT remainder = val & 0xffffffff;
  int step_size = TARGET_ARM ? 2 : 1;

  /* Find out which operations are safe for a given CODE.  Also do a quick
     check for degenerate cases; these can occur when DImode operations
     are split.  */
  switch (code)
    {
    case SET:
      can_invert = 1;
      can_negate = 1;
      break;

    case PLUS:
      can_negate = 1;
      break;

    case IOR:
      if (remainder == 0xffffffff)
        {
          if (generate)
            emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                                             GEN_INT (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (val))));
          return 1;
        }

      if (remainder == 0)
        {
          if (reload_completed && rtx_equal_p (target, source))
            return 0;

          if (generate)
            emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, source));
          return 1;
        }
      break;

    case AND:
      if (remainder == 0)
        {
          if (generate)
            emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, const0_rtx));
          return 1;
        }
      if (remainder == 0xffffffff)
        {
          if (reload_completed && rtx_equal_p (target, source))
            return 0;
          if (generate)
            emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, source));
          return 1;
        }
      can_invert = 1;
      break;

    case XOR:
      if (remainder == 0)
        {
          if (reload_completed && rtx_equal_p (target, source))
            return 0;
          if (generate)
            emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, source));
          return 1;
        }

      if (remainder == 0xffffffff)
        {
          if (generate)
            emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                                             gen_rtx_NOT (mode, source)));
          return 1;
        }
      break;

    case MINUS:
      /* We treat MINUS as (val - source), since (source - val) is always
         passed as (source + (-val)).  */
      if (remainder == 0)
        {
          if (generate)
            emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                                             gen_rtx_NEG (mode, source)));
          return 1;
        }
      if (const_ok_for_arm (val))
        {
          if (generate)
            emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                                             gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, GEN_INT (val),
                                                            source)));
          return 1;
        }
      can_negate = 1;

      break;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  /* If we can do it in one insn get out quickly.  */
  if (const_ok_for_op (val, code))
    {
      if (generate)
        emit_constant_insn (cond,
                            gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                                         (source
                                          ? gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, source,
                                                            GEN_INT (val))
                                          : GEN_INT (val))));
      return 1;
    }

  /* Calculate a few attributes that may be useful for specific
     optimizations.  */
  /* Count number of leading zeros.  */
  for (i = 31; i >= 0; i--)
    {
      if ((remainder & (1 << i)) == 0)
        clear_sign_bit_copies++;
      else
        break;
    }

  /* Count number of leading 1's.  */
  for (i = 31; i >= 0; i--)
    {
      if ((remainder & (1 << i)) != 0)
        set_sign_bit_copies++;
      else
        break;
    }

  /* Count number of trailing zero's.  */
  for (i = 0; i <= 31; i++)
    {
      if ((remainder & (1 << i)) == 0)
        clear_zero_bit_copies++;
      else
        break;
    }

  /* Count number of trailing 1's.  */
  for (i = 0; i <= 31; i++)
    {
      if ((remainder & (1 << i)) != 0)
        set_zero_bit_copies++;
      else
        break;
    }

  switch (code)
    {
    case SET:
      /* See if we can do this by sign_extending a constant that is known
         to be negative.  This is a good, way of doing it, since the shift
         may well merge into a subsequent insn.  */
      if (set_sign_bit_copies > 1)
        {
          if (const_ok_for_arm
              (temp1 = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (remainder
                                        << (set_sign_bit_copies - 1))))
            {
              if (generate)
                {
                  rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
                  emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                      gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_src,
                                                   GEN_INT (temp1)));
                  emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                      gen_ashrsi3 (target, new_src,
                                                   GEN_INT (set_sign_bit_copies - 1)));
                }
              return 2;
            }
          /* For an inverted constant, we will need to set the low bits,
             these will be shifted out of harm's way.  */
          temp1 |= (1 << (set_sign_bit_copies - 1)) - 1;
          if (const_ok_for_arm (~temp1))
            {
              if (generate)
                {
                  rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
                  emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                      gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_src,
                                                   GEN_INT (temp1)));
                  emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                      gen_ashrsi3 (target, new_src,
                                                   GEN_INT (set_sign_bit_copies - 1)));
                }
              return 2;
            }
        }

      /* See if we can calculate the value as the difference between two
         valid immediates.  */
      if (clear_sign_bit_copies + clear_zero_bit_copies <= 16)
        {
          int topshift = clear_sign_bit_copies & ~1;

          temp1 = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND ((remainder + (0x00800000 >> topshift))
                                   & (0xff000000 >> topshift));

          /* If temp1 is zero, then that means the 9 most significant
             bits of remainder were 1 and we've caused it to overflow.
             When topshift is 0 we don't need to do anything since we
             can borrow from 'bit 32'.  */
          if (temp1 == 0 && topshift != 0)
            temp1 = 0x80000000 >> (topshift - 1);

          temp2 = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (temp1 - remainder);

          if (const_ok_for_arm (temp2))
            {
              if (generate)
                {
                  rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
                  emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                      gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_src,
                                                   GEN_INT (temp1)));
                  emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                      gen_addsi3 (target, new_src,
                                                  GEN_INT (-temp2)));
                }

              return 2;
            }
        }

      /* See if we can generate this by setting the bottom (or the top)
         16 bits, and then shifting these into the other half of the
         word.  We only look for the simplest cases, to do more would cost
         too much.  Be careful, however, not to generate this when the
         alternative would take fewer insns.  */
      if (val & 0xffff0000)
        {
          temp1 = remainder & 0xffff0000;
          temp2 = remainder & 0x0000ffff;

          /* Overlaps outside this range are best done using other methods.  */
          for (i = 9; i < 24; i++)
            {
              if ((((temp2 | (temp2 << i)) & 0xffffffff) == remainder)
                  && !const_ok_for_arm (temp2))
                {
                  rtx new_src = (subtargets
                                 ? (generate ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : NULL_RTX)
                                 : target);
                  insns = arm_gen_constant (code, mode, cond, temp2, new_src,
                                            source, subtargets, generate);
                  source = new_src;
                  if (generate)
                    emit_constant_insn
                      (cond,
                       gen_rtx_SET
                       (VOIDmode, target,
                        gen_rtx_IOR (mode,
                                     gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode, source,
                                                     GEN_INT (i)),
                                     source)));
                  return insns + 1;
                }
            }

          /* Don't duplicate cases already considered.  */
          for (i = 17; i < 24; i++)
            {
              if (((temp1 | (temp1 >> i)) == remainder)
                  && !const_ok_for_arm (temp1))
                {
                  rtx new_src = (subtargets
                                 ? (generate ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : NULL_RTX)
                                 : target);
                  insns = arm_gen_constant (code, mode, cond, temp1, new_src,
                                            source, subtargets, generate);
                  source = new_src;
                  if (generate)
                    emit_constant_insn
                      (cond,
                       gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                                    gen_rtx_IOR
                                    (mode,
                                     gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode, source,
                                                       GEN_INT (i)),
                                     source)));
                  return insns + 1;
                }
            }
        }
      break;

    case IOR:
    case XOR:
      /* If we have IOR or XOR, and the constant can be loaded in a
         single instruction, and we can find a temporary to put it in,
         then this can be done in two instructions instead of 3-4.  */
      if (subtargets
          /* TARGET can't be NULL if SUBTARGETS is 0 */
          || (reload_completed && !reg_mentioned_p (target, source)))
        {
          if (const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~val)))
            {
              if (generate)
                {
                  rtx sub = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;

                  emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                      gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
                                                   GEN_INT (val)));
                  emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                      gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                                                   gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode,
                                                                   source, sub)));
                }
              return 2;
            }
        }

      if (code == XOR)
        break;

      /*  Convert.
          x = y | constant ( which is composed of set_sign_bit_copies of leading 1s
                             and the remainder 0s for e.g. 0xfff00000)
          x = ~(~(y ashift set_sign_bit_copies) lshiftrt set_sign_bit_copies)

          This can be done in 2 instructions by using shifts with mov or mvn.
          e.g. for
          x = x | 0xfff00000;
          we generate.
          mvn   r0, r0, asl #12
          mvn   r0, r0, lsr #12  */
      if (set_sign_bit_copies > 8
          && (val & (-1 << (32 - set_sign_bit_copies))) == val)
        {
          if (generate)
            {
              rtx sub = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
              rtx shift = GEN_INT (set_sign_bit_copies);

              emit_constant_insn
                (cond,
                 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
                              gen_rtx_NOT (mode,
                                           gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode,
                                                           source,
                                                           shift))));
              emit_constant_insn
                (cond,
                 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                              gen_rtx_NOT (mode,
                                           gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode, sub,
                                                             shift))));
            }
          return 2;
        }

      /* Convert
          x = y | constant (which has set_zero_bit_copies number of trailing ones).
           to
          x = ~((~y lshiftrt set_zero_bit_copies) ashift set_zero_bit_copies).

          For eg. r0 = r0 | 0xfff
               mvn      r0, r0, lsr #12
               mvn      r0, r0, asl #12

      */
      if (set_zero_bit_copies > 8
          && (remainder & ((1 << set_zero_bit_copies) - 1)) == remainder)
        {
          if (generate)
            {
              rtx sub = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
              rtx shift = GEN_INT (set_zero_bit_copies);

              emit_constant_insn
                (cond,
                 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
                              gen_rtx_NOT (mode,
                                           gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode,
                                                             source,
                                                             shift))));
              emit_constant_insn
                (cond,
                 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                              gen_rtx_NOT (mode,
                                           gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode, sub,
                                                           shift))));
            }
          return 2;
        }

      /* This will never be reached for Thumb2 because orn is a valid
         instruction. This is for Thumb1 and the ARM 32 bit cases.

         x = y | constant (such that ~constant is a valid constant)
         Transform this to
         x = ~(~y & ~constant).
      */
      if (const_ok_for_arm (temp1 = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~val)))
        {
          if (generate)
            {
              rtx sub = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
              emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                  gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
                                               gen_rtx_NOT (mode, source)));
              source = sub;
              if (subtargets)
                sub = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
              emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                  gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
                                               gen_rtx_AND (mode, source,
                                                            GEN_INT (temp1))));
              emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                  gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                                               gen_rtx_NOT (mode, sub)));
            }
          return 3;
        }
      break;

    case AND:
      /* See if two shifts will do 2 or more insn's worth of work.  */
      if (clear_sign_bit_copies >= 16 && clear_sign_bit_copies < 24)
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask = ((0xffffffff
                                       << (32 - clear_sign_bit_copies))
                                      & 0xffffffff);

          if ((remainder | shift_mask) != 0xffffffff)
            {
              if (generate)
                {
                  rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
                  insns = arm_gen_constant (AND, mode, cond,
                                            remainder | shift_mask,
                                            new_src, source, subtargets, 1);
                  source = new_src;
                }
              else
                {
                  rtx targ = subtargets ? NULL_RTX : target;
                  insns = arm_gen_constant (AND, mode, cond,
                                            remainder | shift_mask,
                                            targ, source, subtargets, 0);
                }
            }

          if (generate)
            {
              rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
              rtx shift = GEN_INT (clear_sign_bit_copies);

              emit_insn (gen_ashlsi3 (new_src, source, shift));
              emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (target, new_src, shift));
            }

          return insns + 2;
        }

      if (clear_zero_bit_copies >= 16 && clear_zero_bit_copies < 24)
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask = (1 << clear_zero_bit_copies) - 1;

          if ((remainder | shift_mask) != 0xffffffff)
            {
              if (generate)
                {
                  rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;

                  insns = arm_gen_constant (AND, mode, cond,
                                            remainder | shift_mask,
                                            new_src, source, subtargets, 1);
                  source = new_src;
                }
              else
                {
                  rtx targ = subtargets ? NULL_RTX : target;

                  insns = arm_gen_constant (AND, mode, cond,
                                            remainder | shift_mask,
                                            targ, source, subtargets, 0);
                }
            }

          if (generate)
            {
              rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
              rtx shift = GEN_INT (clear_zero_bit_copies);

              emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (new_src, source, shift));
              emit_insn (gen_ashlsi3 (target, new_src, shift));
            }

          return insns + 2;
        }

      break;

    default:
      break;
    }

  for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
    if (remainder & (1 << i))
      num_bits_set++;

  if ((code == AND) || (can_invert && num_bits_set > 16))
    remainder ^= 0xffffffff;
  else if (code == PLUS && num_bits_set > 16)
    remainder = (-remainder) & 0xffffffff;

  /* For XOR, if more than half the bits are set and there's a sequence
     of more than 8 consecutive ones in the pattern then we can XOR by the
     inverted constant and then invert the final result; this may save an
     instruction and might also lead to the final mvn being merged with
     some other operation.  */
  else if (code == XOR && num_bits_set > 16
           && (count_insns_for_constant (remainder ^ 0xffffffff,
                                         find_best_start
                                         (remainder ^ 0xffffffff))
               < count_insns_for_constant (remainder,
                                           find_best_start (remainder))))
    {
      remainder ^= 0xffffffff;
      final_invert = 1;
    }
  else
    {
      can_invert = 0;
      can_negate = 0;
    }

  /* Now try and find a way of doing the job in either two or three
     instructions.
     We start by looking for the largest block of zeros that are aligned on
     a 2-bit boundary, we then fill up the temps, wrapping around to the
     top of the word when we drop off the bottom.
     In the worst case this code should produce no more than four insns.
     Thumb-2 constants are shifted, not rotated, so the MSB is always the
     best place to start.  */

  /* ??? Use thumb2 replicated constants when the high and low halfwords are
     the same.  */
  {
    /* Now start emitting the insns.  */
    i = find_best_start (remainder);
    do
      {
        int end;

        if (i <= 0)
          i += 32;
        if (remainder & (3 << (i - 2)))
          {
            end = i - 8;
            if (end < 0)
              end += 32;
            temp1 = remainder & ((0x0ff << end)
                                 | ((i < end) ? (0xff >> (32 - end)) : 0));
            remainder &= ~temp1;

            if (generate)
              {
                rtx new_src, temp1_rtx;

                if (code == SET || code == MINUS)
                  {
                    new_src = (subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target);
                    if (can_invert && code != MINUS)
                      temp1 = ~temp1;
                  }
                else
                  {
                    if ((final_invert || remainder) && subtargets)
                      new_src = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                    else
                      new_src = target;
                    if (can_invert)
                      temp1 = ~temp1;
                    else if (can_negate)
                      temp1 = -temp1;
                  }

                temp1 = trunc_int_for_mode (temp1, mode);
                temp1_rtx = GEN_INT (temp1);

                if (code == SET)
                  ;
                else if (code == MINUS)
                  temp1_rtx = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, temp1_rtx, source);
                else
                  temp1_rtx = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, source, temp1_rtx);

                emit_constant_insn (cond,
                                    gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_src,
                                                 temp1_rtx));
                source = new_src;
              }

            if (code == SET)
              {
                can_invert = 0;
                code = PLUS;
              }
            else if (code == MINUS)
              code = PLUS;

            insns++;
            i -= 8 - step_size;
          }
        /* Arm allows rotates by a multiple of two. Thumb-2 allows arbitrary
           shifts.  */
        i -= step_size;
      }
    while (remainder);
  }

  if (final_invert)
    {
      if (generate)
        emit_constant_insn (cond, gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                                               gen_rtx_NOT (mode, source)));
      insns++;
    }

  return insns;
}

/* Canonicalize a comparison so that we are more likely to recognize it.
   This can be done for a few constant compares, where we can make the
   immediate value easier to load.  */

enum rtx_code
arm_canonicalize_comparison (enum rtx_code code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1)
{
  enum machine_mode mode;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i, maxval;

  mode = GET_MODE (*op0);
  if (mode == VOIDmode)
    mode = GET_MODE (*op1);

  maxval = (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE(mode) - 1)) - 1;

  /* For DImode, we have GE/LT/GEU/LTU comparisons.  In ARM mode
     we can also use cmp/cmpeq for GTU/LEU.  GT/LE must be either
     reversed or (for constant OP1) adjusted to GE/LT.  Similarly
     for GTU/LEU in Thumb mode.  */
  if (mode == DImode)
    {
      rtx tem;

      /* To keep things simple, always use the Cirrus cfcmp64 if it is
         available.  */
      if (TARGET_ARM && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK)
        return code;

      if (code == GT || code == LE
          || (!TARGET_ARM && (code == GTU || code == LEU)))
        {
          /* Missing comparison.  First try to use an available
             comparison.  */
          if (GET_CODE (*op1) == CONST_INT)
            {
              i = INTVAL (*op1);
              switch (code)
                {
                case GT:
                case LE:
                  if (i != maxval
                      && arm_const_double_by_immediates (GEN_INT (i + 1)))
                    {
                      *op1 = GEN_INT (i + 1);
                      return code == GT ? GE : LT;
                    }
                  break;
                case GTU:
                case LEU:
                  if (i != ~((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0)
                      && arm_const_double_by_immediates (GEN_INT (i + 1)))
                    {
                      *op1 = GEN_INT (i + 1);
                      return code == GTU ? GEU : LTU;
                    }
                  break;
                default:
                  gcc_unreachable ();
                }
            }

          /* If that did not work, reverse the condition.  */
          tem = *op0;
          *op0 = *op1;
          *op1 = tem;
          return swap_condition (code);
        }

      return code;
    }

  /* Comparisons smaller than DImode.  Only adjust comparisons against
     an out-of-range constant.  */
  if (GET_CODE (*op1) != CONST_INT
      || const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (*op1))
      || const_ok_for_arm (- INTVAL (*op1)))
    return code;

  i = INTVAL (*op1);

  switch (code)
    {
    case EQ:
    case NE:
      return code;

    case GT:
    case LE:
      if (i != maxval
          && (const_ok_for_arm (i + 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i + 1))))
        {
          *op1 = GEN_INT (i + 1);
          return code == GT ? GE : LT;
        }
      break;

    case GE:
    case LT:
      if (i != ~maxval
          && (const_ok_for_arm (i - 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i - 1))))
        {
          *op1 = GEN_INT (i - 1);
          return code == GE ? GT : LE;
        }
      break;

    case GTU:
    case LEU:
      if (i != ~((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0)
          && (const_ok_for_arm (i + 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i + 1))))
        {
          *op1 = GEN_INT (i + 1);
          return code == GTU ? GEU : LTU;
        }
      break;

    case GEU:
    case LTU:
      if (i != 0
          && (const_ok_for_arm (i - 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i - 1))))
        {
          *op1 = GEN_INT (i - 1);
          return code == GEU ? GTU : LEU;
        }
      break;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  return code;
}


/* Define how to find the value returned by a function.  */

static rtx
arm_function_value(const_tree type, const_tree func,
                   bool outgoing ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  enum machine_mode mode;
  int unsignedp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
  rtx r ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;

  mode = TYPE_MODE (type);

  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    return aapcs_allocate_return_reg (mode, type, func);

  /* Promote integer types.  */
  if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
    mode = arm_promote_function_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, func, 1);

  /* Promotes small structs returned in a register to full-word size
     for big-endian AAPCS.  */
  if (arm_return_in_msb (type))
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
      if (size % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0)
        {
          size += UNITS_PER_WORD - size % UNITS_PER_WORD;
          mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
        }
    }

  return LIBCALL_VALUE (mode);
}

static int
libcall_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
{
  return rtx_equal_p ((const_rtx) p1, (const_rtx) p2);
}

static hashval_t
libcall_hash (const void *p1)
{
  return hash_rtx ((const_rtx) p1, VOIDmode, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
}

static void
add_libcall (htab_t htab, rtx libcall)
{
  *htab_find_slot (htab, libcall, INSERT) = libcall;
}

static bool
arm_libcall_uses_aapcs_base (const_rtx libcall)
{
  static bool init_done = false;
  static htab_t libcall_htab;

  if (!init_done)
    {
      init_done = true;

      libcall_htab = htab_create (31, libcall_hash, libcall_eq,
                                  NULL);
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, SImode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, SImode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, DImode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, DImode));
      
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, SImode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, SImode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, DImode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, DImode));

      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (sext_optab, SFmode, HFmode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (trunc_optab, HFmode, SFmode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode));
      add_libcall (libcall_htab,
                   convert_optab_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode));
    }

  return libcall && htab_find (libcall_htab, libcall) != NULL;
}

rtx
arm_libcall_value (enum machine_mode mode, const_rtx libcall)
{
  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED && arm_pcs_default != ARM_PCS_AAPCS
      && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
    {
      /* The following libcalls return their result in integer registers,
         even though they return a floating point value.  */
      if (arm_libcall_uses_aapcs_base (libcall))
        return gen_rtx_REG (mode, ARG_REGISTER(1));

    }

  return LIBCALL_VALUE (mode);
}

/* Determine the amount of memory needed to store the possible return
   registers of an untyped call.  */
int
arm_apply_result_size (void)
{
  int size = 16;

  if (TARGET_32BIT)
    {
      if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT_ABI)
        {
          if (TARGET_VFP)
            size += 32;
          if (TARGET_FPA)
            size += 12;
          if (TARGET_MAVERICK)
            size += 8;
        }
      if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI)
        size += 8;
    }

  return size;
}

/* Decide whether TYPE should be returned in memory (true)
   or in a register (false).  FNTYPE is the type of the function making
   the call.  */
static bool
arm_return_in_memory (const_tree type, const_tree fntype)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT size;

  size = int_size_in_bytes (type);  /* Negative if not fixed size.  */

  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    {
      /* Simple, non-aggregate types (ie not including vectors and
         complex) are always returned in a register (or registers).
         We don't care about which register here, so we can short-cut
         some of the detail.  */
      if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
          && TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE
          && TREE_CODE (type) != COMPLEX_TYPE)
        return false;

      /* Any return value that is no larger than one word can be
         returned in r0.  */
      if (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) size) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
        return false;

      /* Check any available co-processors to see if they accept the
         type as a register candidate (VFP, for example, can return
         some aggregates in consecutive registers).  These aren't
         available if the call is variadic.  */
      if (aapcs_select_return_coproc (type, fntype) >= 0)
        return false;

      /* Vector values should be returned using ARM registers, not
         memory (unless they're over 16 bytes, which will break since
         we only have four call-clobbered registers to play with).  */
      if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
        return (size < 0 || size > (4 * UNITS_PER_WORD));

      /* The rest go in memory.  */
      return true;
    }

  if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
    return (size < 0 || size > (4 * UNITS_PER_WORD));

  if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) &&
      (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE))
    /* All simple types are returned in registers.  */
    return false;

  if (arm_abi != ARM_ABI_APCS)
    {
      /* ATPCS and later return aggregate types in memory only if they are
         larger than a word (or are variable size).  */
      return (size < 0 || size > UNITS_PER_WORD);
    }

  /* For the arm-wince targets we choose to be compatible with Microsoft's
     ARM and Thumb compilers, which always return aggregates in memory.  */
#ifndef ARM_WINCE
  /* All structures/unions bigger than one word are returned in memory.
     Also catch the case where int_size_in_bytes returns -1.  In this case
     the aggregate is either huge or of variable size, and in either case
     we will want to return it via memory and not in a register.  */
  if (size < 0 || size > UNITS_PER_WORD)
    return true;

  if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
    {
      tree field;

      /* For a struct the APCS says that we only return in a register
         if the type is 'integer like' and every addressable element
         has an offset of zero.  For practical purposes this means
         that the structure can have at most one non bit-field element
         and that this element must be the first one in the structure.  */

      /* Find the first field, ignoring non FIELD_DECL things which will
         have been created by C++.  */
      for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
           field && TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL;
           field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
        continue;

      if (field == NULL)
        return false; /* An empty structure.  Allowed by an extension to ANSI C.  */

      /* Check that the first field is valid for returning in a register.  */

      /* ... Floats are not allowed */
      if (FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field)))
        return true;

      /* ... Aggregates that are not themselves valid for returning in
         a register are not allowed.  */
      if (arm_return_in_memory (TREE_TYPE (field), NULL_TREE))
        return true;

      /* Now check the remaining fields, if any.  Only bitfields are allowed,
         since they are not addressable.  */
      for (field = DECL_CHAIN (field);
           field;
           field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
        {
          if (TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL)
            continue;

          if (!DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (field))
            return true;
        }

      return false;
    }

  if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
    {
      tree field;

      /* Unions can be returned in registers if every element is
         integral, or can be returned in an integer register.  */
      for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
           field;
           field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
        {
          if (TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL)
            continue;

          if (FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field)))
            return true;

          if (arm_return_in_memory (TREE_TYPE (field), NULL_TREE))
            return true;
        }

      return false;
    }
#endif /* not ARM_WINCE */

  /* Return all other types in memory.  */
  return true;
}

/* Indicate whether or not words of a double are in big-endian order.  */

int
arm_float_words_big_endian (void)
{
  if (TARGET_MAVERICK)
    return 0;

  /* For FPA, float words are always big-endian.  For VFP, floats words
     follow the memory system mode.  */

  if (TARGET_FPA)
    {
      return 1;
    }

  if (TARGET_VFP)
    return (TARGET_BIG_END ? 1 : 0);

  return 1;
}

const struct pcs_attribute_arg
{
  const char *arg;
  enum arm_pcs value;
} pcs_attribute_args[] =
  {
    {"aapcs", ARM_PCS_AAPCS},
    {"aapcs-vfp", ARM_PCS_AAPCS_VFP},
#if 0
    /* We could recognize these, but changes would be needed elsewhere
     * to implement them.  */
    {"aapcs-iwmmxt", ARM_PCS_AAPCS_IWMMXT},
    {"atpcs", ARM_PCS_ATPCS},
    {"apcs", ARM_PCS_APCS},
#endif
    {NULL, ARM_PCS_UNKNOWN}
  };

static enum arm_pcs
arm_pcs_from_attribute (tree attr)
{
  const struct pcs_attribute_arg *ptr;
  const char *arg;

  /* Get the value of the argument.  */
  if (TREE_VALUE (attr) == NULL_TREE
      || TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (attr)) != STRING_CST)
    return ARM_PCS_UNKNOWN;

  arg = TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (attr));

  /* Check it against the list of known arguments.  */
  for (ptr = pcs_attribute_args; ptr->arg != NULL; ptr++)
    if (streq (arg, ptr->arg))
      return ptr->value;

  /* An unrecognized interrupt type.  */
  return ARM_PCS_UNKNOWN;
}

/* Get the PCS variant to use for this call.  TYPE is the function's type
   specification, DECL is the specific declartion.  DECL may be null if
   the call could be indirect or if this is a library call.  */
static enum arm_pcs
arm_get_pcs_model (const_tree type, const_tree decl)
{
  bool user_convention = false;
  enum arm_pcs user_pcs = arm_pcs_default;
  tree attr;

  gcc_assert (type);

  attr = lookup_attribute ("pcs", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type));
  if (attr)
    {
      user_pcs = arm_pcs_from_attribute (TREE_VALUE (attr));
      user_convention = true;
    }

  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    {
      /* Detect varargs functions.  These always use the base rules
         (no argument is ever a candidate for a co-processor
         register).  */
      bool base_rules = stdarg_p (type);
      
      if (user_convention)
        {
          if (user_pcs > ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
            sorry ("non-AAPCS derived PCS variant");
          else if (base_rules && user_pcs != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
            error ("variadic functions must use the base AAPCS variant");
        }

      if (base_rules)
        return ARM_PCS_AAPCS;
      else if (user_convention)
        return user_pcs;
      else if (decl && flag_unit_at_a_time)
        {
          /* Local functions never leak outside this compilation unit,
             so we are free to use whatever conventions are
             appropriate.  */
          /* FIXME: remove CONST_CAST_TREE when cgraph is constified.  */
          struct cgraph_local_info *i = cgraph_local_info (CONST_CAST_TREE(decl));
          if (i && i->local)
            return ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL;
        }
    }
  else if (user_convention && user_pcs != arm_pcs_default)
    sorry ("PCS variant");

  /* For everything else we use the target's default.  */
  return arm_pcs_default;
}


static void
aapcs_vfp_cum_init (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum  ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                    const_tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                    rtx libcall ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 
                    const_tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  /* Record the unallocated VFP registers.  */
  pcum->aapcs_vfp_regs_free = (1 << NUM_VFP_ARG_REGS) - 1;
  pcum->aapcs_vfp_reg_alloc = 0;
}

/* Walk down the type tree of TYPE counting consecutive base elements.
   If *MODEP is VOIDmode, then set it to the first valid floating point
   type.  If a non-floating point type is found, or if a floating point
   type that doesn't match a non-VOIDmode *MODEP is found, then return -1,
   otherwise return the count in the sub-tree.  */
static int
aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (const_tree type, enum machine_mode *modep)
{
  enum machine_mode mode;
  HOST_WIDE_INT size;

  switch (TREE_CODE (type))
    {
    case REAL_TYPE:
      mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
      if (mode != DFmode && mode != SFmode)
        return -1;

      if (*modep == VOIDmode)
        *modep = mode;

      if (*modep == mode)
        return 1;

      break;

    case COMPLEX_TYPE:
      mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type));
      if (mode != DFmode && mode != SFmode)
        return -1;

      if (*modep == VOIDmode)
        *modep = mode;

      if (*modep == mode)
        return 2;

      break;

    case VECTOR_TYPE:
      /* Use V2SImode and V4SImode as representatives of all 64-bit
         and 128-bit vector types, whether or not those modes are
         supported with the present options.  */
      size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
      switch (size)
        {
        case 8:
          mode = V2SImode;
          break;
        case 16:
          mode = V4SImode;
          break;
        default:
          return -1;
        }

      if (*modep == VOIDmode)
        *modep = mode;

      /* Vector modes are considered to be opaque: two vectors are
         equivalent for the purposes of being homogeneous aggregates
         if they are the same size.  */
      if (*modep == mode)
        return 1;

      break;

    case ARRAY_TYPE:
      {
        int count;
        tree index = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);

        /* Can't handle incomplete types.  */
        if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P(type))
          return -1;

        count = aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (TREE_TYPE (type), modep);
        if (count == -1
            || !index
            || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (index)
            || !host_integerp (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (index), 1)
            || !TYPE_MIN_VALUE (index)
            || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (index), 1)
            || count < 0)
          return -1;

        count *= (1 + tree_low_cst (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (index), 1)
                      - tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (index), 1));

        /* There must be no padding.  */
        if (!host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
            || (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
                != count * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (*modep)))
          return -1;

        return count;
      }
      
    case RECORD_TYPE:
      {
        int count = 0;
        int sub_count;
        tree field;

        /* Can't handle incomplete types.  */
        if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P(type))
          return -1;

        for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
          {
            if (TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL)
              continue;

            sub_count = aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (TREE_TYPE (field), modep);
            if (sub_count < 0)
              return -1;
            count += sub_count;
          }

        /* There must be no padding.  */
        if (!host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
            || (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
                != count * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (*modep)))
          return -1;

        return count;
      }

    case UNION_TYPE:
    case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
      {
        /* These aren't very interesting except in a degenerate case.  */
        int count = 0;
        int sub_count;
        tree field;

        /* Can't handle incomplete types.  */
        if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P(type))
          return -1;

        for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
          {
            if (TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL)
              continue;

            sub_count = aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (TREE_TYPE (field), modep);
            if (sub_count < 0)
              return -1;
            count = count > sub_count ? count : sub_count;
          }

        /* There must be no padding.  */
        if (!host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
            || (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
                != count * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (*modep)))
          return -1;

        return count;
      }

    default:
      break;
    }

  return -1;
}

/* Return true if PCS_VARIANT should use VFP registers.  */
static bool
use_vfp_abi (enum arm_pcs pcs_variant, bool is_double)
{
  if (pcs_variant == ARM_PCS_AAPCS_VFP)
    {
      static bool seen_thumb1_vfp = false;

      if (TARGET_THUMB1 && !seen_thumb1_vfp)
        {
          sorry ("Thumb-1 hard-float VFP ABI");
          /* sorry() is not immediately fatal, so only display this once.  */
          seen_thumb1_vfp = true;
        }

      return true;
    }

  if (pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
    return false;

  return (TARGET_32BIT && TARGET_VFP && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT &&
          (TARGET_VFP_DOUBLE || !is_double));
}

static bool
aapcs_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (enum arm_pcs pcs_variant,
                                       enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
                                       enum machine_mode *base_mode, int *count)
{
  enum machine_mode new_mode = VOIDmode;

  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
      || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT
      || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT)
    {
      *count = 1;
      new_mode = mode;
    }
  else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
    {
      *count = 2;
      new_mode = (mode == DCmode ? DFmode : SFmode);
    }
  else if (type && (mode == BLKmode || TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE))
    {
      int ag_count = aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (type, &new_mode);

      if (ag_count > 0 && ag_count <= 4)
        *count = ag_count;
      else
        return false;
    }
  else
    return false;


  if (!use_vfp_abi (pcs_variant, ARM_NUM_REGS (new_mode) > 1))
    return false;

  *base_mode = new_mode;
  return true;
}

static bool
aapcs_vfp_is_return_candidate (enum arm_pcs pcs_variant,
                               enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
{
  int count ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
  enum machine_mode ag_mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;

  if (!use_vfp_abi (pcs_variant, false))
    return false;
  return aapcs_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (pcs_variant, mode, type,
                                                &ag_mode, &count);
}

static bool
aapcs_vfp_is_call_candidate (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode, 
                             const_tree type)
{
  if (!use_vfp_abi (pcum->pcs_variant, false))
    return false;

  return aapcs_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (pcum->pcs_variant, mode, type,
                                                &pcum->aapcs_vfp_rmode,
                                                &pcum->aapcs_vfp_rcount);
}

static bool
aapcs_vfp_allocate (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode,
                    const_tree type  ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  int shift = GET_MODE_SIZE (pcum->aapcs_vfp_rmode) / GET_MODE_SIZE (SFmode);
  unsigned mask = (1 << (shift * pcum->aapcs_vfp_rcount)) - 1;
  int regno;
  
  for (regno = 0; regno < NUM_VFP_ARG_REGS; regno += shift)
    if (((pcum->aapcs_vfp_regs_free >> regno) & mask) == mask)
      {
        pcum->aapcs_vfp_reg_alloc = mask << regno;
        if (mode == BLKmode || (mode == TImode && !TARGET_NEON))
          {
            int i;
            int rcount = pcum->aapcs_vfp_rcount;
            int rshift = shift;
            enum machine_mode rmode = pcum->aapcs_vfp_rmode;
            rtx par;
            if (!TARGET_NEON)
              {
                /* Avoid using unsupported vector modes.  */
                if (rmode == V2SImode)
                  rmode = DImode;
                else if (rmode == V4SImode)
                  {
                    rmode = DImode;
                    rcount *= 2;
                    rshift /= 2;
                  }
              }
            par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (rcount));
            for (i = 0; i < rcount; i++)
              {
                rtx tmp = gen_rtx_REG (rmode, 
                                       FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + regno + i * rshift);
                tmp = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST
                  (VOIDmode, tmp, 
                   GEN_INT (i * GET_MODE_SIZE (rmode)));
                XVECEXP (par, 0, i) = tmp;
              }

            pcum->aapcs_reg = par;
          }
        else
          pcum->aapcs_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + regno);
        return true;
      }
  return false;
}

static rtx
aapcs_vfp_allocate_return_reg (enum arm_pcs pcs_variant ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                               enum machine_mode mode,
                               const_tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (!use_vfp_abi (pcs_variant, false))
    return false;

  if (mode == BLKmode || (mode == TImode && !TARGET_NEON))
    {
      int count;
      enum machine_mode ag_mode;
      int i;
      rtx par;
      int shift;
      
      aapcs_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (pcs_variant, mode, type,
                                             &ag_mode, &count);

      if (!TARGET_NEON)
        {
          if (ag_mode == V2SImode)
            ag_mode = DImode;
          else if (ag_mode == V4SImode)
            {
              ag_mode = DImode;
              count *= 2;
            }
        }
      shift = GET_MODE_SIZE(ag_mode) / GET_MODE_SIZE(SFmode);
      par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (count));
      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
        {
          rtx tmp = gen_rtx_REG (ag_mode, FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + i * shift);
          tmp = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, tmp, 
                                   GEN_INT (i * GET_MODE_SIZE (ag_mode)));
          XVECEXP (par, 0, i) = tmp;
        }

      return par;
    }

  return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FIRST_VFP_REGNUM);
}

static void
aapcs_vfp_advance (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum  ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                   enum machine_mode mode  ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                   const_tree type  ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  pcum->aapcs_vfp_regs_free &= ~pcum->aapcs_vfp_reg_alloc;
  pcum->aapcs_vfp_reg_alloc = 0;
  return;
}

#define AAPCS_CP(X)                             \
  {                                             \
    aapcs_ ## X ## _cum_init,                   \
    aapcs_ ## X ## _is_call_candidate,          \
    aapcs_ ## X ## _allocate,                   \
    aapcs_ ## X ## _is_return_candidate,        \
    aapcs_ ## X ## _allocate_return_reg,        \
    aapcs_ ## X ## _advance                     \
  }

/* Table of co-processors that can be used to pass arguments in
   registers.  Idealy no arugment should be a candidate for more than
   one co-processor table entry, but the table is processed in order
   and stops after the first match.  If that entry then fails to put
   the argument into a co-processor register, the argument will go on
   the stack.  */
static struct 
{
  /* Initialize co-processor related state in CUMULATIVE_ARGS structure.  */
  void (*cum_init) (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, const_tree, rtx, const_tree);

  /* Return true if an argument of mode MODE (or type TYPE if MODE is
     BLKmode) is a candidate for this co-processor's registers; this
     function should ignore any position-dependent state in
     CUMULATIVE_ARGS and only use call-type dependent information.  */
  bool (*is_call_candidate) (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode, const_tree);

  /* Return true if the argument does get a co-processor register; it
     should set aapcs_reg to an RTX of the register allocated as is
     required for a return from FUNCTION_ARG.  */
  bool (*allocate) (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode, const_tree);

  /* Return true if a result of mode MODE (or type TYPE if MODE is
     BLKmode) is can be returned in this co-processor's registers.  */
  bool (*is_return_candidate) (enum arm_pcs, enum machine_mode, const_tree);

  /* Allocate and return an RTX element to hold the return type of a
     call, this routine must not fail and will only be called if
     is_return_candidate returned true with the same parameters.  */
  rtx (*allocate_return_reg) (enum arm_pcs, enum machine_mode, const_tree);

  /* Finish processing this argument and prepare to start processing
     the next one.  */
  void (*advance) (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode, const_tree);
} aapcs_cp_arg_layout[ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS] =
  {
    AAPCS_CP(vfp)
  };

#undef AAPCS_CP

static int
aapcs_select_call_coproc (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode, 
                          const_tree type)
{
  int i;

  for (i = 0; i < ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS; i++)
    if (aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].is_call_candidate (pcum, mode, type))
      return i;

  return -1;
}

static int
aapcs_select_return_coproc (const_tree type, const_tree fntype)
{
  /* We aren't passed a decl, so we can't check that a call is local.
     However, it isn't clear that that would be a win anyway, since it
     might limit some tail-calling opportunities.  */
  enum arm_pcs pcs_variant;

  if (fntype)
    {
      const_tree fndecl = NULL_TREE;

      if (TREE_CODE (fntype) == FUNCTION_DECL)
        {
          fndecl = fntype;
          fntype = TREE_TYPE (fntype);
        }

      pcs_variant = arm_get_pcs_model (fntype, fndecl);
    }
  else
    pcs_variant = arm_pcs_default;

  if (pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
    {
      int i;

      for (i = 0; i < ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS; i++)
        if (aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].is_return_candidate (pcs_variant, 
                                                        TYPE_MODE (type),
                                                        type))
          return i;
    }
  return -1;
}

static rtx
aapcs_allocate_return_reg (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
                           const_tree fntype)
{
  /* We aren't passed a decl, so we can't check that a call is local.
     However, it isn't clear that that would be a win anyway, since it
     might limit some tail-calling opportunities.  */
  enum arm_pcs pcs_variant;
  int unsignedp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;

  if (fntype)
    {
      const_tree fndecl = NULL_TREE;

      if (TREE_CODE (fntype) == FUNCTION_DECL)
        {
          fndecl = fntype;
          fntype = TREE_TYPE (fntype);
        }

      pcs_variant = arm_get_pcs_model (fntype, fndecl);
    }
  else
    pcs_variant = arm_pcs_default;

  /* Promote integer types.  */
  if (type && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
    mode = arm_promote_function_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, fntype, 1);

  if (pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
    {
      int i;

      for (i = 0; i < ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS; i++)
        if (aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].is_return_candidate (pcs_variant, mode,
                                                        type))
          return aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].allocate_return_reg (pcs_variant,
                                                             mode, type);
    }

  /* Promotes small structs returned in a register to full-word size
     for big-endian AAPCS.  */
  if (type && arm_return_in_msb (type))
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
      if (size % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0)
        {
          size += UNITS_PER_WORD - size % UNITS_PER_WORD;
          mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
        }
    }

  return gen_rtx_REG (mode, R0_REGNUM);
}

rtx
aapcs_libcall_value (enum machine_mode mode)
{
  return aapcs_allocate_return_reg (mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE);
}

/* Lay out a function argument using the AAPCS rules.  The rule
   numbers referred to here are those in the AAPCS.  */
static void
aapcs_layout_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode,
                  const_tree type, bool named)
{
  int nregs, nregs2;
  int ncrn;

  /* We only need to do this once per argument.  */
  if (pcum->aapcs_arg_processed)
    return;

  pcum->aapcs_arg_processed = true;

  /* Special case: if named is false then we are handling an incoming
     anonymous argument which is on the stack.  */
  if (!named)
    return;
  
  /* Is this a potential co-processor register candidate?  */
  if (pcum->pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
    {
      int slot = aapcs_select_call_coproc (pcum, mode, type);
      pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot = slot;

      /* We don't have to apply any of the rules from part B of the
         preparation phase, these are handled elsewhere in the
         compiler.  */

      if (slot >= 0)
        {
          /* A Co-processor register candidate goes either in its own
             class of registers or on the stack.  */
          if (!pcum->aapcs_cprc_failed[slot])
            {
              /* C1.cp - Try to allocate the argument to co-processor
                 registers.  */
              if (aapcs_cp_arg_layout[slot].allocate (pcum, mode, type))
                return;

              /* C2.cp - Put the argument on the stack and note that we
                 can't assign any more candidates in this slot.  We also
                 need to note that we have allocated stack space, so that
                 we won't later try to split a non-cprc candidate between
                 core registers and the stack.  */
              pcum->aapcs_cprc_failed[slot] = true;
              pcum->can_split = false;
            }

          /* We didn't get a register, so this argument goes on the
             stack.  */
          gcc_assert (pcum->can_split == false);
          return;
        }
    }

  /* C3 - For double-word aligned arguments, round the NCRN up to the
     next even number.  */
  ncrn = pcum->aapcs_ncrn;
  if ((ncrn & 1) && arm_needs_doubleword_align (mode, type))
    ncrn++;

  nregs = ARM_NUM_REGS2(mode, type);

  /* Sigh, this test should really assert that nregs > 0, but a GCC
     extension allows empty structs and then gives them empty size; it
     then allows such a structure to be passed by value.  For some of
     the code below we have to pretend that such an argument has
     non-zero size so that we 'locate' it correctly either in
     registers or on the stack.  */
  gcc_assert (nregs >= 0);

  nregs2 = nregs ? nregs : 1;

  /* C4 - Argument fits entirely in core registers.  */
  if (ncrn + nregs2 <= NUM_ARG_REGS)
    {
      pcum->aapcs_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, ncrn);
      pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn = ncrn + nregs;
      return;
    }

  /* C5 - Some core registers left and there are no arguments already
     on the stack: split this argument between the remaining core
     registers and the stack.  */
  if (ncrn < NUM_ARG_REGS && pcum->can_split)
    {
      pcum->aapcs_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, ncrn);
      pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn = NUM_ARG_REGS;
      pcum->aapcs_partial = (NUM_ARG_REGS - ncrn) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
      return;
    }

  /* C6 - NCRN is set to 4.  */
  pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn = NUM_ARG_REGS;

  /* C7,C8 - arugment goes on the stack.  We have nothing to do here.  */
  return;
}

/* Initialize a variable CUM of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS
   for a call to a function whose data type is FNTYPE.
   For a library call, FNTYPE is NULL.  */
void
arm_init_cumulative_args (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, tree fntype,
                          rtx libname,
                          tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  /* Long call handling.  */
  if (fntype)
    pcum->pcs_variant = arm_get_pcs_model (fntype, fndecl);
  else
    pcum->pcs_variant = arm_pcs_default;

  if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
    {
      if (arm_libcall_uses_aapcs_base (libname))
        pcum->pcs_variant = ARM_PCS_AAPCS;
 
      pcum->aapcs_ncrn = pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn = 0;
      pcum->aapcs_reg = NULL_RTX;
      pcum->aapcs_partial = 0;
      pcum->aapcs_arg_processed = false;
      pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot = -1;
      pcum->can_split = true;

      if (pcum->pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
        {
          int i;

          for (i = 0; i < ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS; i++)
            {
              pcum->aapcs_cprc_failed[i] = false;
              aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].cum_init (pcum, fntype, libname, fndecl);
            }
        }
      return;
    }

  /* Legacy ABIs */

  /* On the ARM, the offset starts at 0.  */
  pcum->nregs = 0;
  pcum->iwmmxt_nregs = 0;
  pcum->can_split = true;

  /* Varargs vectors are treated the same as long long.
     named_count avoids having to change the way arm handles 'named' */
  pcum->named_count = 0;
  pcum->nargs = 0;

  if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT && fntype)
    {
      tree fn_arg;

      for (fn_arg = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype);
           fn_arg;
           fn_arg = TREE_CHAIN (fn_arg))
        pcum->named_count += 1;

      if (! pcum->named_count)
        pcum->named_count = INT_MAX;
    }
}


/* Return true if mode/type need doubleword alignment.  */
static bool
arm_needs_doubleword_align (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
{
  return (GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) > PARM_BOUNDARY
          || (type && TYPE_ALIGN (type) > PARM_BOUNDARY));
}


/* Determine where to put an argument to a function.
   Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
   or a hard register in which to store the argument.

   MODE is the argument's machine mode.
   TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
    This is null for libcalls where that information may
    not be available.
   CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
    the preceding args and about the function being called.
   NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
    (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).

   On the ARM, normally the first 16 bytes are passed in registers r0-r3; all
   other arguments are passed on the stack.  If (NAMED == 0) (which happens
   only in assign_parms, since TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS is
   defined), say it is passed in the stack (function_prologue will
   indeed make it pass in the stack if necessary).  */

static rtx
arm_function_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode,
                  const_tree type, bool named)
{
  int nregs;

  /* Handle the special case quickly.  Pick an arbitrary value for op2 of
     a call insn (op3 of a call_value insn).  */
  if (mode == VOIDmode)
    return const0_rtx;

  if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
    {
      aapcs_layout_arg (pcum, mode, type, named);
      return pcum->aapcs_reg;
    }

  /* Varargs vectors are treated the same as long long.
     named_count avoids having to change the way arm handles 'named' */
  if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI
      && arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode)
      && pcum->named_count > pcum->nargs + 1)
    {
      if (pcum->iwmmxt_nregs <= 9)
        return gen_rtx_REG (mode, pcum->iwmmxt_nregs + FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM);
      else
        {
          pcum->can_split = false;
          return NULL_RTX;
        }
    }

  /* Put doubleword aligned quantities in even register pairs.  */
  if (pcum->nregs & 1
      && ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
      && arm_needs_doubleword_align (mode, type))
    pcum->nregs++;

  /* Only allow splitting an arg between regs and memory if all preceding
     args were allocated to regs.  For args passed by reference we only count
     the reference pointer.  */
  if (pcum->can_split)
    nregs = 1;
  else
    nregs = ARM_NUM_REGS2 (mode, type);

  if (!named || pcum->nregs + nregs > NUM_ARG_REGS)
    return NULL_RTX;

  return gen_rtx_REG (mode, pcum->nregs);
}

static unsigned int
arm_function_arg_boundary (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
{
  return (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN && arm_needs_doubleword_align (mode, type)
          ? DOUBLEWORD_ALIGNMENT
          : PARM_BOUNDARY);
}

static int
arm_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode,
                       tree type, bool named)
{
  int nregs = pcum->nregs;

  if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
    {
      aapcs_layout_arg (pcum, mode, type, named);
      return pcum->aapcs_partial;
    }

  if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI && arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode))
    return 0;

  if (NUM_ARG_REGS > nregs
      && (NUM_ARG_REGS < nregs + ARM_NUM_REGS2 (mode, type))
      && pcum->can_split)
    return (NUM_ARG_REGS - nregs) * UNITS_PER_WORD;

  return 0;
}

/* Update the data in PCUM to advance over an argument
   of mode MODE and data type TYPE.
   (TYPE is null for libcalls where that information may not be available.)  */

static void
arm_function_arg_advance (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode,
                          const_tree type, bool named)
{
  if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
    {
      aapcs_layout_arg (pcum, mode, type, named);

      if (pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot >= 0)
        {
          aapcs_cp_arg_layout[pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot].advance (pcum, mode,
                                                              type);
          pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot = -1;
        }

      /* Generic stuff.  */
      pcum->aapcs_arg_processed = false;
      pcum->aapcs_ncrn = pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn;
      pcum->aapcs_reg = NULL_RTX;
      pcum->aapcs_partial = 0;
    }
  else
    {
      pcum->nargs += 1;
      if (arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode)
          && pcum->named_count > pcum->nargs
          && TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI)
        pcum->iwmmxt_nregs += 1;
      else
        pcum->nregs += ARM_NUM_REGS2 (mode, type);
    }
}

/* Variable sized types are passed by reference.  This is a GCC
   extension to the ARM ABI.  */

static bool
arm_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                       enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                       const_tree type, bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return type && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST;
}
\f
/* Encode the current state of the #pragma [no_]long_calls.  */
typedef enum
{
  OFF,          /* No #pragma [no_]long_calls is in effect.  */
  LONG,         /* #pragma long_calls is in effect.  */
  SHORT         /* #pragma no_long_calls is in effect.  */
} arm_pragma_enum;

static arm_pragma_enum arm_pragma_long_calls = OFF;

void
arm_pr_long_calls (struct cpp_reader * pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  arm_pragma_long_calls = LONG;
}

void
arm_pr_no_long_calls (struct cpp_reader * pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  arm_pragma_long_calls = SHORT;
}

void
arm_pr_long_calls_off (struct cpp_reader * pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  arm_pragma_long_calls = OFF;
}
\f
/* Handle an attribute requiring a FUNCTION_DECL;
   arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler.  */
static tree
arm_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree *node, tree name, tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                             int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bool *no_add_attrs)
{
  if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
    {
      warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute only applies to functions",
               name);
      *no_add_attrs = true;
    }

  return NULL_TREE;
}

/* Handle an "interrupt" or "isr" attribute;
   arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler.  */
static tree
arm_handle_isr_attribute (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags,
                          bool *no_add_attrs)
{
  if (DECL_P (*node))
    {
      if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
        {
          warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute only applies to functions",
                   name);
          *no_add_attrs = true;
        }
      /* FIXME: the argument if any is checked for type attributes;
         should it be checked for decl ones?  */
    }
  else
    {
      if (TREE_CODE (*node) == FUNCTION_TYPE
          || TREE_CODE (*node) == METHOD_TYPE)
        {
          if (arm_isr_value (args) == ARM_FT_UNKNOWN)
            {
              warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute ignored",
                       name);
              *no_add_attrs = true;
            }
        }
      else if (TREE_CODE (*node) == POINTER_TYPE
               && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node)) == FUNCTION_TYPE
                   || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node)) == METHOD_TYPE)
               && arm_isr_value (args) != ARM_FT_UNKNOWN)
        {
          *node = build_variant_type_copy (*node);
          TREE_TYPE (*node) = build_type_attribute_variant
            (TREE_TYPE (*node),
             tree_cons (name, args, TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (*node))));
          *no_add_attrs = true;
        }
      else
        {
          /* Possibly pass this attribute on from the type to a decl.  */
          if (flags & ((int) ATTR_FLAG_DECL_NEXT
                       | (int) ATTR_FLAG_FUNCTION_NEXT
                       | (int) ATTR_FLAG_ARRAY_NEXT))
            {
              *no_add_attrs = true;
              return tree_cons (name, args, NULL_TREE);
            }
          else
            {
              warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute ignored",
                       name);
            }
        }
    }

  return NULL_TREE;
}

/* Handle a "pcs" attribute; arguments as in struct
   attribute_spec.handler.  */
static tree
arm_handle_pcs_attribute (tree *node ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree name, tree args,
                          int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bool *no_add_attrs)
{
  if (arm_pcs_from_attribute (args) == ARM_PCS_UNKNOWN)
    {
      warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute ignored", name);
      *no_add_attrs = true;
    }
  return NULL_TREE;
}

#if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
/* Handle the "notshared" attribute.  This attribute is another way of
   requesting hidden visibility.  ARM's compiler supports
   "__declspec(notshared)"; we support the same thing via an
   attribute.  */

static tree
arm_handle_notshared_attribute (tree *node,
                                tree name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                                tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                                int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                                bool *no_add_attrs)
{
  tree decl = TYPE_NAME (*node);

  if (decl)
    {
      DECL_VISIBILITY (decl) = VISIBILITY_HIDDEN;
      DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl) = 1;
      *no_add_attrs = false;
    }
  return NULL_TREE;
}
#endif

/* Return 0 if the attributes for two types are incompatible, 1 if they
   are compatible, and 2 if they are nearly compatible (which causes a
   warning to be generated).  */
static int
arm_comp_type_attributes (const_tree type1, const_tree type2)
{
  int l1, l2, s1, s2;

  /* Check for mismatch of non-default calling convention.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (type1) != FUNCTION_TYPE)
    return 1;

  /* Check for mismatched call attributes.  */
  l1 = lookup_attribute ("long_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
  l2 = lookup_attribute ("long_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
  s1 = lookup_attribute ("short_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
  s2 = lookup_attribute ("short_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;

  /* Only bother to check if an attribute is defined.  */
  if (l1 | l2 | s1 | s2)
    {
      /* If one type has an attribute, the other must have the same attribute.  */
      if ((l1 != l2) || (s1 != s2))
        return 0;

      /* Disallow mixed attributes.  */
      if ((l1 & s2) || (l2 & s1))
        return 0;
    }

  /* Check for mismatched ISR attribute.  */
  l1 = lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
  if (! l1)
    l1 = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
  l2 = lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
  if (! l2)
    l1 = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
  if (l1 != l2)
    return 0;

  return 1;
}

/*  Assigns default attributes to newly defined type.  This is used to
    set short_call/long_call attributes for function types of
    functions defined inside corresponding #pragma scopes.  */
static void
arm_set_default_type_attributes (tree type)
{
  /* Add __attribute__ ((long_call)) to all functions, when
     inside #pragma long_calls or __attribute__ ((short_call)),
     when inside #pragma no_long_calls.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (type) == FUNCTION_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == METHOD_TYPE)
    {
      tree type_attr_list, attr_name;
      type_attr_list = TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type);

      if (arm_pragma_long_calls == LONG)
        attr_name = get_identifier ("long_call");
      else if (arm_pragma_long_calls == SHORT)
        attr_name = get_identifier ("short_call");
      else
        return;

      type_attr_list = tree_cons (attr_name, NULL_TREE, type_attr_list);
      TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type) = type_attr_list;
    }
}
\f
/* Return true if DECL is known to be linked into section SECTION.  */

static bool
arm_function_in_section_p (tree decl, section *section)
{
  /* We can only be certain about functions defined in the same
     compilation unit.  */
  if (!TREE_STATIC (decl))
    return false;

  /* Make sure that SYMBOL always binds to the definition in this
     compilation unit.  */
  if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
    return false;

  /* If DECL_SECTION_NAME is set, assume it is trustworthy.  */
  if (!DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
    {
      /* Make sure that we will not create a unique section for DECL.  */
      if (flag_function_sections || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
        return false;
    }

  return function_section (decl) == section;
}

/* Return nonzero if a 32-bit "long_call" should be generated for
   a call from the current function to DECL.  We generate a long_call
   if the function:

        a.  has an __attribute__((long call))
     or b.  is within the scope of a #pragma long_calls
     or c.  the -mlong-calls command line switch has been specified

   However we do not generate a long call if the function:

        d.  has an __attribute__ ((short_call))
     or e.  is inside the scope of a #pragma no_long_calls
     or f.  is defined in the same section as the current function.  */

bool
arm_is_long_call_p (tree decl)
{
  tree attrs;

  if (!decl)
    return TARGET_LONG_CALLS;

  attrs = TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
  if (lookup_attribute ("short_call", attrs))
    return false;

  /* For "f", be conservative, and only cater for cases in which the
     whole of the current function is placed in the same section.  */
  if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
      && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
      && arm_function_in_section_p (decl, current_function_section ()))
    return false;

  if (lookup_attribute ("long_call", attrs))
    return true;

  return TARGET_LONG_CALLS;
}

/* Return nonzero if it is ok to make a tail-call to DECL.  */
static bool
arm_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl, tree exp)
{
  unsigned long func_type;

  if (cfun->machine->sibcall_blocked)
    return false;

  /* Never tailcall something for which we have no decl, or if we
     are generating code for Thumb-1.  */
  if (decl == NULL || TARGET_THUMB1)
    return false;

  /* The PIC register is live on entry to VxWorks PLT entries, so we
     must make the call before restoring the PIC register.  */
  if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP && flag_pic && !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
    return false;

  /* Cannot tail-call to long calls, since these are out of range of
     a branch instruction.  */
  if (arm_is_long_call_p (decl))
    return false;

  /* If we are interworking and the function is not declared static
     then we can't tail-call it unless we know that it exists in this
     compilation unit (since it might be a Thumb routine).  */
  if (TARGET_INTERWORK && TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
    return false;

  func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
  /* Never tailcall from an ISR routine - it needs a special exit sequence.  */
  if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
    return false;

  if (!VOID_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (cfun->decl))))
    {
      /* Check that the return value locations are the same.  For
         example that we aren't returning a value from the sibling in
         a VFP register but then need to transfer it to a core
         register.  */
      rtx a, b;

      a = arm_function_value (TREE_TYPE (exp), decl, false);
      b = arm_function_value (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (cfun->decl)),
                              cfun->decl, false);
      if (!rtx_equal_p (a, b))
        return false;
    }

  /* Never tailcall if function may be called with a misaligned SP.  */
  if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
    return false;

  /* Everything else is ok.  */
  return true;
}

\f
/* Addressing mode support functions.  */

/* Return nonzero if X is a legitimate immediate operand when compiling
   for PIC.  We know that X satisfies CONSTANT_P and flag_pic is true.  */
int
legitimate_pic_operand_p (rtx x)
{
  if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
      || (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF))
    return 0;

  return 1;
}

/* Record that the current function needs a PIC register.  Initialize
   cfun->machine->pic_reg if we have not already done so.  */

static void
require_pic_register (void)
{
  /* A lot of the logic here is made obscure by the fact that this
     routine gets called as part of the rtx cost estimation process.
     We don't want those calls to affect any assumptions about the real
     function; and further, we can't call entry_of_function() until we
     start the real expansion process.  */
  if (!crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
    {
      gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
      if (arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM)
        {
          if (!cfun->machine->pic_reg)
            cfun->machine->pic_reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, arm_pic_register);

          /* Play games to avoid marking the function as needing pic
             if we are being called as part of the cost-estimation
             process.  */
          if (current_ir_type () != IR_GIMPLE || currently_expanding_to_rtl)
            crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
        }
      else
        {
          rtx seq, insn;

          if (!cfun->machine->pic_reg)
            cfun->machine->pic_reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);

          /* Play games to avoid marking the function as needing pic
             if we are being called as part of the cost-estimation
             process.  */
          if (current_ir_type () != IR_GIMPLE || currently_expanding_to_rtl)
            {
              crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
              start_sequence ();

              arm_load_pic_register (0UL);

              seq = get_insns ();
              end_sequence ();

              for (insn = seq; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                if (INSN_P (insn))
                  INSN_LOCATOR (insn) = prologue_locator;

              /* We can be called during expansion of PHI nodes, where
                 we can't yet emit instructions directly in the final
                 insn stream.  Queue the insns on the entry edge, they will
                 be committed after everything else is expanded.  */
              insert_insn_on_edge (seq, single_succ_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR));
            }
        }
    }
}

rtx
legitimize_pic_address (rtx orig, enum machine_mode mode, rtx reg)
{
  if (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF
      || GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF)
    {
      rtx insn;

      if (reg == 0)
        {
          gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
          reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
        }

      /* VxWorks does not impose a fixed gap between segments; the run-time
         gap can be different from the object-file gap.  We therefore can't
         use GOTOFF unless we are absolutely sure that the symbol is in the
         same segment as the GOT.  Unfortunately, the flexibility of linker
         scripts means that we can't be sure of that in general, so assume
         that GOTOFF is never valid on VxWorks.  */
      if ((GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF
           || (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF &&
               SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (orig)))
          && NEED_GOT_RELOC
          && !TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
        insn = arm_pic_static_addr (orig, reg);
      else
        {
          rtx pat;
          rtx mem;

          /* If this function doesn't have a pic register, create one now.  */
          require_pic_register ();

          pat = gen_calculate_pic_address (reg, cfun->machine->pic_reg, orig);

          /* Make the MEM as close to a constant as possible.  */
          mem = SET_SRC (pat);
          gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem) && !MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem));
          MEM_READONLY_P (mem) = 1;
          MEM_NOTRAP_P (mem) = 1;

          insn = emit_insn (pat);
        }

      /* Put a REG_EQUAL note on this insn, so that it can be optimized
         by loop.  */
      set_unique_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, orig);

      return reg;
    }
  else if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
    {
      rtx base, offset;

      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
          && XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0) == cfun->machine->pic_reg)
        return orig;

      /* Handle the case where we have: const (UNSPEC_TLS).  */
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == UNSPEC
          && XINT (XEXP (orig, 0), 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
        return orig;

      /* Handle the case where we have:
         const (plus (UNSPEC_TLS) (ADDEND)).  The ADDEND must be a
         CONST_INT.  */
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0)) == UNSPEC
          && XINT (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
        {
          gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT);
          return orig;
        }

      if (reg == 0)
        {
          gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
          reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
        }

      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS);

      base = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), Pmode, reg);
      offset = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1), Pmode,
                                       base == reg ? 0 : reg);

      if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
        {
          /* The base register doesn't really matter, we only want to
             test the index for the appropriate mode.  */
          if (!arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, offset, SET, 0))
            {
              gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
              offset = force_reg (Pmode, offset);
            }

          if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
            return plus_constant (base, INTVAL (offset));
        }

      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 4
          && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
              || TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT))
        {
          emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (reg, base, offset));
          return reg;
        }

      return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, offset);
    }

  return orig;
}


/* Find a spare register to use during the prolog of a function.  */

static int
thumb_find_work_register (unsigned long pushed_regs_mask)
{
  int reg;

  /* Check the argument registers first as these are call-used.  The
     register allocation order means that sometimes r3 might be used
     but earlier argument registers might not, so check them all.  */
  for (reg = LAST_ARG_REGNUM; reg >= 0; reg --)
    if (!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg))
      return reg;

  /* Before going on to check the call-saved registers we can try a couple
     more ways of deducing that r3 is available.  The first is when we are
     pushing anonymous arguments onto the stack and we have less than 4
     registers worth of fixed arguments(*).  In this case r3 will be part of
     the variable argument list and so we can be sure that it will be
     pushed right at the start of the function.  Hence it will be available
     for the rest of the prologue.
     (*): ie crtl->args.pretend_args_size is greater than 0.  */
  if (cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args
      && crtl->args.pretend_args_size > 0)
    return LAST_ARG_REGNUM;

  /* The other case is when we have fixed arguments but less than 4 registers
     worth.  In this case r3 might be used in the body of the function, but
     it is not being used to convey an argument into the function.  In theory
     we could just check crtl->args.size to see how many bytes are
     being passed in argument registers, but it seems that it is unreliable.
     Sometimes it will have the value 0 when in fact arguments are being
     passed.  (See testcase execute/20021111-1.c for an example).  So we also
     check the args_info.nregs field as well.  The problem with this field is
     that it makes no allowances for arguments that are passed to the
     function but which are not used.  Hence we could miss an opportunity
     when a function has an unused argument in r3.  But it is better to be
     safe than to be sorry.  */
  if (! cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args
      && crtl->args.size >= 0
      && crtl->args.size <= (LAST_ARG_REGNUM * UNITS_PER_WORD)
      && crtl->args.info.nregs < 4)
    return LAST_ARG_REGNUM;

  /* Otherwise look for a call-saved register that is going to be pushed.  */
  for (reg = LAST_LO_REGNUM; reg > LAST_ARG_REGNUM; reg --)
    if (pushed_regs_mask & (1 << reg))
      return reg;

  if (TARGET_THUMB2)
    {
      /* Thumb-2 can use high regs.  */
      for (reg = FIRST_HI_REGNUM; reg < 15; reg ++)
        if (pushed_regs_mask & (1 << reg))
          return reg;
    }
  /* Something went wrong - thumb_compute_save_reg_mask()
     should have arranged for a suitable register to be pushed.  */
  gcc_unreachable ();
}

static GTY(()) int pic_labelno;

/* Generate code to load the PIC register.  In thumb mode SCRATCH is a
   low register.  */

void
arm_load_pic_register (unsigned long saved_regs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  rtx l1, labelno, pic_tmp, pic_rtx, pic_reg;

  if (crtl->uses_pic_offset_table == 0 || TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE)
    return;

  gcc_assert (flag_pic);

  pic_reg = cfun->machine->pic_reg;
  if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
    {
      pic_rtx = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, VXWORKS_GOTT_BASE);
      pic_rtx = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, pic_rtx);
      emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_32bit (pic_reg, pic_rtx));

      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (Pmode, pic_reg, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, pic_reg)));

      pic_tmp = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, VXWORKS_GOTT_INDEX);
      emit_insn (gen_pic_offset_arm (pic_reg, pic_reg, pic_tmp));
    }
  else
    {
      /* We use an UNSPEC rather than a LABEL_REF because this label
         never appears in the code stream.  */

      labelno = GEN_INT (pic_labelno++);
      l1 = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, labelno), UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL);
      l1 = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, l1);

      /* On the ARM the PC register contains 'dot + 8' at the time of the
         addition, on the Thumb it is 'dot + 4'.  */
      pic_rtx = plus_constant (l1, TARGET_ARM ? 8 : 4);
      pic_rtx = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, pic_rtx),
                                UNSPEC_GOTSYM_OFF);
      pic_rtx = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, pic_rtx);

      if (TARGET_32BIT)
        {
          emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_32bit (pic_reg, pic_rtx));
          if (TARGET_ARM)
            emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_eight (pic_reg, pic_reg, labelno));
          else
            emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (pic_reg, pic_reg, labelno));
        }
      else /* TARGET_THUMB1 */
        {
          if (arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
              && REGNO (pic_reg) > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
            {
              /* We will have pushed the pic register, so we should always be
                 able to find a work register.  */
              pic_tmp = gen_rtx_REG (SImode,
                                     thumb_find_work_register (saved_regs));
              emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_thumb1 (pic_tmp, pic_rtx));
              emit_insn (gen_movsi (pic_offset_table_rtx, pic_tmp));
            }
          else
            emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_thumb1 (pic_reg, pic_rtx));
          emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (pic_reg, pic_reg, labelno));
        }
    }

  /* Need to emit this whether or not we obey regdecls,
     since setjmp/longjmp can cause life info to screw up.  */
  emit_use (pic_reg);
}

/* Generate code to load the address of a static var when flag_pic is set.  */
static rtx
arm_pic_static_addr (rtx orig, rtx reg)
{
  rtx l1, labelno, offset_rtx, insn;

  gcc_assert (flag_pic);

  /* We use an UNSPEC rather than a LABEL_REF because this label
     never appears in the code stream.  */
  labelno = GEN_INT (pic_labelno++);
  l1 = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, labelno), UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL);
  l1 = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, l1);

  /* On the ARM the PC register contains 'dot + 8' at the time of the
     addition, on the Thumb it is 'dot + 4'.  */
  offset_rtx = plus_constant (l1, TARGET_ARM ? 8 : 4);
  offset_rtx = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (2, orig, offset_rtx),
                               UNSPEC_SYMBOL_OFFSET);
  offset_rtx = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, offset_rtx);

  if (TARGET_32BIT)
    {
      emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_32bit (reg, offset_rtx));
      if (TARGET_ARM)
        insn = emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_eight (reg, reg, labelno));
      else
        insn = emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (reg, reg, labelno));
    }
  else /* TARGET_THUMB1 */
    {
      emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_thumb1 (reg, offset_rtx));
      insn = emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (reg, reg, labelno));
    }

  return insn;
}

/* Return nonzero if X is valid as an ARM state addressing register.  */
static int
arm_address_register_rtx_p (rtx x, int strict_p)
{
  int regno;

  if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
    return 0;

  regno = REGNO (x);

  if (strict_p)
    return ARM_REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno);

  return (regno <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
          || regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
          || regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
          || regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM);
}

/* Return TRUE if this rtx is the difference of a symbol and a label,
   and will reduce to a PC-relative relocation in the object file.
   Expressions like this can be left alone when generating PIC, rather
   than forced through the GOT.  */
static int
pcrel_constant_p (rtx x)
{
  if (GET_CODE (x) == MINUS)
    return symbol_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 0)) && label_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 1));

  return FALSE;
}

/* Return true if X will surely end up in an index register after next
   splitting pass.  */
static bool
will_be_in_index_register (const_rtx x)
{
  /* arm.md: calculate_pic_address will split this into a register.  */
  return GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_PIC_SYM;
}

/* Return nonzero if X is a valid ARM state address operand.  */
int
arm_legitimate_address_outer_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, RTX_CODE outer,
                                int strict_p)
{
  bool use_ldrd;
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);

  if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (x, strict_p))
    return 1;

  use_ldrd = (TARGET_LDRD
              && (mode == DImode
                  || (mode == DFmode && (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT || TARGET_VFP))));

  if (code == POST_INC || code == PRE_DEC
      || ((code == PRE_INC || code == POST_DEC)
          && (use_ldrd || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)))
    return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p);

  else if ((code == POST_MODIFY || code == PRE_MODIFY)
           && arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p)
           && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PLUS
           && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), XEXP (x, 0)))
    {
      rtx addend = XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1);

      /* Don't allow ldrd post increment by register because it's hard
         to fixup invalid register choices.  */
      if (use_ldrd
          && GET_CODE (x) == POST_MODIFY
          && GET_CODE (addend) == REG)
        return 0;

      return ((use_ldrd || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
              && arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, addend, outer, strict_p));
    }

  /* After reload constants split into minipools will have addresses
     from a LABEL_REF.  */
  else if (reload_completed
           && (code == LABEL_REF
               || (code == CONST
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
    return 1;

  else if (mode == TImode || (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode)))
    return 0;

  else if (code == PLUS)
    {
      rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
      rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);

      return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop0, strict_p)
               && ((GET_CODE(xop1) == CONST_INT
                    && arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop1, outer, strict_p))
                   || (!strict_p && will_be_in_index_register (xop1))))
              || (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop1, strict_p)
                  && arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop0, outer, strict_p)));
    }

#if 0
  /* Reload currently can't handle MINUS, so disable this for now */
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == MINUS)
    {
      rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
      rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);

      return (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop0, strict_p)
              && arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop1, outer, strict_p));
    }
#endif

  else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_FLOAT
           && code == SYMBOL_REF
           && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
           && ! (flag_pic
                 && symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
                 && ! pcrel_constant_p (get_pool_constant (x))))
    return 1;

  return 0;
}

/* Return nonzero if X is a valid Thumb-2 address operand.  */
static int
thumb2_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int strict_p)
{
  bool use_ldrd;
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
  
  if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (x, strict_p))
    return 1;

  use_ldrd = (TARGET_LDRD
              && (mode == DImode
                  || (mode == DFmode && (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT || TARGET_VFP))));

  if (code == POST_INC || code == PRE_DEC
      || ((code == PRE_INC || code == POST_DEC)
          && (use_ldrd || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)))
    return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p);

  else if ((code == POST_MODIFY || code == PRE_MODIFY)
           && arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p)
           && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PLUS
           && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), XEXP (x, 0)))
    {
      /* Thumb-2 only has autoincrement by constant.  */
      rtx addend = XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1);
      HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

      if (GET_CODE (addend) != CONST_INT)
        return 0;

      offset = INTVAL(addend);
      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
        return (offset > -256 && offset < 256);
      
      return (use_ldrd && offset > -1024 && offset < 1024
              && (offset & 3) == 0);
    }

  /* After reload constants split into minipools will have addresses
     from a LABEL_REF.  */
  else if (reload_completed
           && (code == LABEL_REF
               || (code == CONST
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
    return 1;

  else if (mode == TImode || (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode)))
    return 0;

  else if (code == PLUS)
    {
      rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
      rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);

      return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop0, strict_p)
               && (thumb2_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop1, strict_p)
                   || (!strict_p && will_be_in_index_register (xop1))))
              || (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop1, strict_p)
                  && thumb2_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop0, strict_p)));
    }

  else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_FLOAT
           && code == SYMBOL_REF
           && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
           && ! (flag_pic
                 && symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
                 && ! pcrel_constant_p (get_pool_constant (x))))
    return 1;

  return 0;
}

/* Return nonzero if INDEX is valid for an address index operand in
   ARM state.  */
static int
arm_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx index, RTX_CODE outer,
                        int strict_p)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT range;
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (index);

  /* Standard coprocessor addressing modes.  */
  if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
      && (TARGET_VFP || TARGET_FPA || TARGET_MAVERICK)
      && (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode
          || (TARGET_MAVERICK && mode == DImode)))
    return (code == CONST_INT && INTVAL (index) < 1024
            && INTVAL (index) > -1024
            && (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);

  /* For quad modes, we restrict the constant offset to be slightly less
     than what the instruction format permits.  We do this because for
     quad mode moves, we will actually decompose them into two separate
     double-mode reads or writes.  INDEX must therefore be a valid
     (double-mode) offset and so should INDEX+8.  */
  if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode))
    return (code == CONST_INT
            && INTVAL (index) < 1016
            && INTVAL (index) > -1024
            && (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);

  /* We have no such constraint on double mode offsets, so we permit the
     full range of the instruction format.  */
  if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode))
    return (code == CONST_INT
            && INTVAL (index) < 1024
            && INTVAL (index) > -1024
            && (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);

  if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT && VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode))
    return (code == CONST_INT
            && INTVAL (index) < 1024
            && INTVAL (index) > -1024
            && (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);

  if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (index, strict_p)
      && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4))
    return 1;

  if (mode == DImode || mode == DFmode)
    {
      if (code == CONST_INT)
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (index);

          if (TARGET_LDRD)
            return val > -256 && val < 256;
          else
            return val > -4096 && val < 4092;
        }

      return TARGET_LDRD && arm_address_register_rtx_p (index, strict_p);
    }

  if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4
      && ! (arm_arch4
            && (mode == HImode
                || mode == HFmode
                || (mode == QImode && outer == SIGN_EXTEND))))
    {
      if (code == MULT)
        {
          rtx xiop0 = XEXP (index, 0);
          rtx xiop1 = XEXP (index, 1);

          return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop0, strict_p)
                   && power_of_two_operand (xiop1, SImode))
                  || (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop1, strict_p)
                      && power_of_two_operand (xiop0, SImode)));
        }
      else if (code == LSHIFTRT || code == ASHIFTRT
               || code == ASHIFT || code == ROTATERT)
        {
          rtx op = XEXP (index, 1);

          return (arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (index, 0), strict_p)
                  && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
                  && INTVAL (op) > 0
                  && INTVAL (op) <= 31);
        }
    }

  /* For ARM v4 we may be doing a sign-extend operation during the
     load.  */
  if (arm_arch4)
    {
      if (mode == HImode
          || mode == HFmode
          || (outer == SIGN_EXTEND && mode == QImode))
        range = 256;
      else
        range = 4096;
    }
  else
    range = (mode == HImode || mode == HFmode) ? 4095 : 4096;

  return (code == CONST_INT
          && INTVAL (index) < range
          && INTVAL (index) > -range);
}

/* Return true if OP is a valid index scaling factor for Thumb-2 address
   index operand.  i.e. 1, 2, 4 or 8.  */
static bool
thumb2_index_mul_operand (rtx op)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT val;
  
  if (GET_CODE(op) != CONST_INT)
    return false;

  val = INTVAL(op);
  return (val == 1 || val == 2 || val == 4 || val == 8);
}
  
/* Return nonzero if INDEX is a valid Thumb-2 address index operand.  */
static int
thumb2_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx index, int strict_p)
{
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (index);

  /* ??? Combine arm and thumb2 coprocessor addressing modes.  */
  /* Standard coprocessor addressing modes.  */
  if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
      && (TARGET_VFP || TARGET_FPA || TARGET_MAVERICK)
      && (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode
          || (TARGET_MAVERICK && mode == DImode)))
    return (code == CONST_INT && INTVAL (index) < 1024
            /* Thumb-2 allows only > -256 index range for it's core register
               load/stores. Since we allow SF/DF in core registers, we have
               to use the intersection between -256~4096 (core) and -1024~1024
               (coprocessor).  */
            && INTVAL (index) > -256
            && (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);

  if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT && VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode))
    {
      /* For DImode assume values will usually live in core regs
         and only allow LDRD addressing modes.  */
      if (!TARGET_LDRD || mode != DImode)
        return (code == CONST_INT
                && INTVAL (index) < 1024
                && INTVAL (index) > -1024
                && (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);
    }

  /* For quad modes, we restrict the constant offset to be slightly less
     than what the instruction format permits.  We do this because for
     quad mode moves, we will actually decompose them into two separate
     double-mode reads or writes.  INDEX must therefore be a valid
     (double-mode) offset and so should INDEX+8.  */
  if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode))
    return (code == CONST_INT
            && INTVAL (index) < 1016
            && INTVAL (index) > -1024
            && (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);

  /* We have no such constraint on double mode offsets, so we permit the
     full range of the instruction format.  */
  if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode))
    return (code == CONST_INT
            && INTVAL (index) < 1024
            && INTVAL (index) > -1024
            && (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);

  if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (index, strict_p)
      && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4))
    return 1;

  if (mode == DImode || mode == DFmode)
    {
      if (code == CONST_INT)
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (index);
          /* ??? Can we assume ldrd for thumb2?  */
          /* Thumb-2 ldrd only has reg+const addressing modes.  */
          /* ldrd supports offsets of +-1020.
             However the ldr fallback does not.  */
          return val > -256 && val < 256 && (val & 3) == 0;
        }
      else
        return 0;
    }

  if (code == MULT)
    {
      rtx xiop0 = XEXP (index, 0);
      rtx xiop1 = XEXP (index, 1);

      return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop0, strict_p)
               && thumb2_index_mul_operand (xiop1))
              || (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop1, strict_p)
                  && thumb2_index_mul_operand (xiop0)));
    }
  else if (code == ASHIFT)
    {
      rtx op = XEXP (index, 1);

      return (arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (index, 0), strict_p)
              && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
              && INTVAL (op) > 0
              && INTVAL (op) <= 3);
    }

  return (code == CONST_INT
          && INTVAL (index) < 4096
          && INTVAL (index) > -256);
}

/* Return nonzero if X is valid as a 16-bit Thumb state base register.  */
static int
thumb1_base_register_rtx_p (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, int strict_p)
{
  int regno;

  if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
    return 0;

  regno = REGNO (x);

  if (strict_p)
    return THUMB1_REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode);

  return (regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM
          || regno > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
          || regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
          || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4
              && (regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
                  || regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                  || x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
                  || x == arg_pointer_rtx)));
}

/* Return nonzero if x is a legitimate index register.  This is the case
   for any base register that can access a QImode object.  */
inline static int
thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (rtx x, int strict_p)
{
  return thumb1_base_register_rtx_p (x, QImode, strict_p);
}

/* Return nonzero if x is a legitimate 16-bit Thumb-state address.

   The AP may be eliminated to either the SP or the FP, so we use the
   least common denominator, e.g. SImode, and offsets from 0 to 64.

   ??? Verify whether the above is the right approach.

   ??? Also, the FP may be eliminated to the SP, so perhaps that
   needs special handling also.

   ??? Look at how the mips16 port solves this problem.  It probably uses
   better ways to solve some of these problems.

   Although it is not incorrect, we don't accept QImode and HImode
   addresses based on the frame pointer or arg pointer until the
   reload pass starts.  This is so that eliminating such addresses
   into stack based ones won't produce impossible code.  */
int
thumb1_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int strict_p)
{
  /* ??? Not clear if this is right.  Experiment.  */
  if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 4
      && !(reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
      && (reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, x)
          || reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, x)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, x)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, x)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, x)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, x)))
    return 0;

  /* Accept any base register.  SP only in SImode or larger.  */
  else if (thumb1_base_register_rtx_p (x, mode, strict_p))
    return 1;

  /* This is PC relative data before arm_reorg runs.  */
  else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4 && CONSTANT_P (x)
           && GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
           && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x) && !flag_pic)
    return 1;

  /* This is PC relative data after arm_reorg runs.  */
  else if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4 || mode == HFmode)
           && reload_completed
           && (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF
               || (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
    return 1;

  /* Post-inc indexing only supported for SImode and larger.  */
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == POST_INC && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4
           && thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p))
    return 1;

  else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
    {
      /* REG+REG address can be any two index registers.  */
      /* We disallow FRAME+REG addressing since we know that FRAME
         will be replaced with STACK, and SP relative addressing only
         permits SP+OFFSET.  */
      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4
          && XEXP (x, 0) != frame_pointer_rtx
          && XEXP (x, 1) != frame_pointer_rtx
          && thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p)
          && (thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 1), strict_p)
              || (!strict_p && will_be_in_index_register (XEXP (x, 1)))))
        return 1;

      /* REG+const has 5-7 bit offset for non-SP registers.  */
      else if ((thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p)
                || XEXP (x, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx)
               && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
               && thumb_legitimate_offset_p (mode, INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))))
        return 1;

      /* REG+const has 10-bit offset for SP, but only SImode and
         larger is supported.  */
      /* ??? Should probably check for DI/DFmode overflow here
         just like GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_OFFSET does.  */
      else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
               && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
               && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4
               && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
               && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
               && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 1024
               && (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & 3) == 0)
        return 1;

      else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
               && (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
                   || REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
                   || (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
                       && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))
                          <= LAST_VIRTUAL_POINTER_REGISTER))
               && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4
               && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
               && (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & 3) == 0)
        return 1;
    }

  else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_FLOAT
           && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 4
           && GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
           && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
           && ! (flag_pic
                 && symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
                 && ! pcrel_constant_p (get_pool_constant (x))))
    return 1;

  return 0;
}

/* Return nonzero if VAL can be used as an offset in a Thumb-state address
   instruction of mode MODE.  */
int
thumb_legitimate_offset_p (enum machine_mode mode, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
{
  switch (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
    {
    case 1:
      return val >= 0 && val < 32;

    case 2:
      return val >= 0 && val < 64 && (val & 1) == 0;

    default:
      return (val >= 0
              && (val + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) <= 128
              && (val & 3) == 0);
    }
}

bool
arm_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict_p)
{
  if (TARGET_ARM)
    return arm_legitimate_address_outer_p (mode, x, SET, strict_p);
  else if (TARGET_THUMB2)
    return thumb2_legitimate_address_p (mode, x, strict_p);
  else /* if (TARGET_THUMB1) */
    return thumb1_legitimate_address_p (mode, x, strict_p);
}

/* Build the SYMBOL_REF for __tls_get_addr.  */

static GTY(()) rtx tls_get_addr_libfunc;

static rtx
get_tls_get_addr (void)
{
  if (!tls_get_addr_libfunc)
    tls_get_addr_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("__tls_get_addr");
  return tls_get_addr_libfunc;
}

static rtx
arm_load_tp (rtx target)
{
  if (!target)
    target = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);

  if (TARGET_HARD_TP)
    {
      /* Can return in any reg.  */
      emit_insn (gen_load_tp_hard (target));
    }
  else
    {
      /* Always returned in r0.  Immediately copy the result into a pseudo,
         otherwise other uses of r0 (e.g. setting up function arguments) may
         clobber the value.  */

      rtx tmp;

      emit_insn (gen_load_tp_soft ());

      tmp = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 0);
      emit_move_insn (target, tmp);
    }
  return target;
}

static rtx
load_tls_operand (rtx x, rtx reg)
{
  rtx tmp;

  if (reg == NULL_RTX)
    reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);

  tmp = gen_rtx_CONST (SImode, x);

  emit_move_insn (reg, tmp);

  return reg;
}

static rtx
arm_call_tls_get_addr (rtx x, rtx reg, rtx *valuep, int reloc)
{
  rtx insns, label, labelno, sum;

  start_sequence ();

  labelno = GEN_INT (pic_labelno++);
  label = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, labelno), UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL);
  label = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, label);

  sum = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode,
                        gen_rtvec (4, x, GEN_INT (reloc), label,
                                   GEN_INT (TARGET_ARM ? 8 : 4)),
                        UNSPEC_TLS);
  reg = load_tls_operand (sum, reg);

  if (TARGET_ARM)
    emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_eight (reg, reg, labelno));
  else if (TARGET_THUMB2)
    emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (reg, reg, labelno));
  else /* TARGET_THUMB1 */
    emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (reg, reg, labelno));

  *valuep = emit_library_call_value (get_tls_get_addr (), NULL_RTX, LCT_PURE, /* LCT_CONST?  */
                                     Pmode, 1, reg, Pmode);

  insns = get_insns ();
  end_sequence ();

  return insns;
}

rtx
legitimize_tls_address (rtx x, rtx reg)
{
  rtx dest, tp, label, labelno, sum, insns, ret, eqv, addend;
  unsigned int model = SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x);

  switch (model)
    {
    case TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC:
      insns = arm_call_tls_get_addr (x, reg, &ret, TLS_GD32);
      dest = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
      emit_libcall_block (insns, dest, ret, x);
      return dest;

    case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC:
      insns = arm_call_tls_get_addr (x, reg, &ret, TLS_LDM32);

      /* Attach a unique REG_EQUIV, to allow the RTL optimizers to
         share the LDM result with other LD model accesses.  */
      eqv = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, const1_rtx),
                            UNSPEC_TLS);
      dest = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
      emit_libcall_block (insns, dest, ret, eqv);

      /* Load the addend.  */
      addend = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (2, x, GEN_INT (TLS_LDO32)),
                               UNSPEC_TLS);
      addend = force_reg (SImode, gen_rtx_CONST (SImode, addend));
      return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, dest, addend);

    case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC:
      labelno = GEN_INT (pic_labelno++);
      label = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, labelno), UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL);
      label = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, label);
      sum = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode,
                            gen_rtvec (4, x, GEN_INT (TLS_IE32), label,
                                       GEN_INT (TARGET_ARM ? 8 : 4)),
                            UNSPEC_TLS);
      reg = load_tls_operand (sum, reg);

      if (TARGET_ARM)
        emit_insn (gen_tls_load_dot_plus_eight (reg, reg, labelno));
      else if (TARGET_THUMB2)
        emit_insn (gen_tls_load_dot_plus_four (reg, NULL, reg, labelno));
      else
        {
          emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (reg, reg, labelno));
          emit_move_insn (reg, gen_const_mem (SImode, reg));
        }

      tp = arm_load_tp (NULL_RTX);

      return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, tp, reg);

    case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC:
      tp = arm_load_tp (NULL_RTX);

      reg = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode,
                            gen_rtvec (2, x, GEN_INT (TLS_LE32)),
                            UNSPEC_TLS);
      reg = force_reg (SImode, gen_rtx_CONST (SImode, reg));

      return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, tp, reg);

    default:
      abort ();
    }
}

/* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address
   to be legitimate.  If we find one, return the new, valid address.  */
rtx
arm_legitimize_address (rtx x, rtx orig_x, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (!TARGET_ARM)
    {
      /* TODO: legitimize_address for Thumb2.  */
      if (TARGET_THUMB2)
        return x;
      return thumb_legitimize_address (x, orig_x, mode);
    }

  if (arm_tls_symbol_p (x))
    return legitimize_tls_address (x, NULL_RTX);

  if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
    {
      rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
      rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);

      if (CONSTANT_P (xop0) && !symbol_mentioned_p (xop0))
        xop0 = force_reg (SImode, xop0);

      if (CONSTANT_P (xop1) && !symbol_mentioned_p (xop1))
        xop1 = force_reg (SImode, xop1);

      if (ARM_BASE_REGISTER_RTX_P (xop0)
          && GET_CODE (xop1) == CONST_INT)
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT n, low_n;
          rtx base_reg, val;
          n = INTVAL (xop1);

          /* VFP addressing modes actually allow greater offsets, but for
             now we just stick with the lowest common denominator.  */
          if (mode == DImode
              || ((TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT || TARGET_VFP) && mode == DFmode))
            {
              low_n = n & 0x0f;
              n &= ~0x0f;
              if (low_n > 4)
                {
                  n += 16;
                  low_n -= 16;
                }
            }
          else
            {
              low_n = ((mode) == TImode ? 0
                       : n >= 0 ? (n & 0xfff) : -((-n) & 0xfff));
              n -= low_n;
            }

          base_reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
          val = force_operand (plus_constant (xop0, n), NULL_RTX);
          emit_move_insn (base_reg, val);
          x = plus_constant (base_reg, low_n);
        }
      else if (xop0 != XEXP (x, 0) || xop1 != XEXP (x, 1))
        x = gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, xop0, xop1);
    }

  /* XXX We don't allow MINUS any more -- see comment in
     arm_legitimate_address_outer_p ().  */
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == MINUS)
    {
      rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
      rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);

      if (CONSTANT_P (xop0))
        xop0 = force_reg (SImode, xop0);

      if (CONSTANT_P (xop1) && ! symbol_mentioned_p (xop1))
        xop1 = force_reg (SImode, xop1);

      if (xop0 != XEXP (x, 0) || xop1 != XEXP (x, 1))
        x = gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode, xop0, xop1);
    }

  /* Make sure to take full advantage of the pre-indexed addressing mode
     with absolute addresses which often allows for the base register to
     be factorized for multiple adjacent memory references, and it might
     even allows for the mini pool to be avoided entirely. */
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && optimize > 0)
    {
      unsigned int bits;
      HOST_WIDE_INT mask, base, index;
      rtx base_reg;

      /* ldr and ldrb can use a 12-bit index, ldrsb and the rest can only
         use a 8-bit index. So let's use a 12-bit index for SImode only and
         hope that arm_gen_constant will enable ldrb to use more bits. */
      bits = (mode == SImode) ? 12 : 8;
      mask = (1 << bits) - 1;
      base = INTVAL (x) & ~mask;
      index = INTVAL (x) & mask;
      if (bit_count (base & 0xffffffff) > (32 - bits)/2)
        {
          /* It'll most probably be more efficient to generate the base
             with more bits set and use a negative index instead. */
          base |= mask;
          index -= mask;
        }
      base_reg = force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (base));
      x = plus_constant (base_reg, index);
    }

  if (flag_pic)
    {
      /* We need to find and carefully transform any SYMBOL and LABEL
         references; so go back to the original address expression.  */
      rtx new_x = legitimize_pic_address (orig_x, mode, NULL_RTX);

      if (new_x != orig_x)
        x = new_x;
    }

  return x;
}


/* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate Thumb address
   to be legitimate.  If we find one, return the new, valid address.  */
rtx
thumb_legitimize_address (rtx x, rtx orig_x, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (arm_tls_symbol_p (x))
    return legitimize_tls_address (x, NULL_RTX);

  if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
      && (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 32 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
          || INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < 0))
    {
      rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
      rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);
      HOST_WIDE_INT offset = INTVAL (xop1);

      /* Try and fold the offset into a biasing of the base register and
         then offsetting that.  Don't do this when optimizing for space
         since it can cause too many CSEs.  */
      if (optimize_size && offset >= 0
          && offset < 256 + 31 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT delta;

          if (offset >= 256)
            delta = offset - (256 - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
          else if (offset < 32 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + 8)
            delta = 31 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
          else
            delta = offset & (~31 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));

          xop0 = force_operand (plus_constant (xop0, offset - delta),
                                NULL_RTX);
          x = plus_constant (xop0, delta);
        }
      else if (offset < 0 && offset > -256)
        /* Small negative offsets are best done with a subtract before the
           dereference, forcing these into a register normally takes two
           instructions.  */
        x = force_operand (x, NULL_RTX);
      else
        {
          /* For the remaining cases, force the constant into a register.  */
          xop1 = force_reg (SImode, xop1);
          x = gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, xop0, xop1);
        }
    }
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
           && s_register_operand (XEXP (x, 1), SImode)
           && !s_register_operand (XEXP (x, 0), SImode))
    {
      rtx xop0 = force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX);

      x = gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, xop0, XEXP (x, 1));
    }

  if (flag_pic)
    {
      /* We need to find and carefully transform any SYMBOL and LABEL
         references; so go back to the original address expression.  */
      rtx new_x = legitimize_pic_address (orig_x, mode, NULL_RTX);

      if (new_x != orig_x)
        x = new_x;
    }

  return x;
}

bool
arm_legitimize_reload_address (rtx *p,
                               enum machine_mode mode,
                               int opnum, int type,
                               int ind_levels ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (GET_CODE (*p) == PLUS
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (*p, 0)) == REG
      && ARM_REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (XEXP (*p, 0)))
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (*p, 1)) == CONST_INT)
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (XEXP (*p, 1));
      HOST_WIDE_INT low, high;

      /* Detect coprocessor load/stores.  */
      bool coproc_p = ((TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
                        && (TARGET_VFP || TARGET_FPA || TARGET_MAVERICK)
                        && (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode
                            || (mode == DImode && TARGET_MAVERICK)))
                       || (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
                           && VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode))
                       || (TARGET_NEON
                           && (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode)
                               || VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode))));

      /* For some conditions, bail out when lower two bits are unaligned.  */
      if ((val & 0x3) != 0
          /* Coprocessor load/store indexes are 8-bits + '00' appended.  */
          && (coproc_p
              /* For DI, and DF under soft-float: */
              || ((mode == DImode || mode == DFmode)
                  /* Without ldrd, we use stm/ldm, which does not
                     fair well with unaligned bits.  */
                  && (! TARGET_LDRD
                      /* Thumb-2 ldrd/strd is [-1020,+1020] in steps of 4.  */
                      || TARGET_THUMB2))))
        return false;

      /* When breaking down a [reg+index] reload address into [(reg+high)+low],
         of which the (reg+high) gets turned into a reload add insn,
         we try to decompose the index into high/low values that can often
         also lead to better reload CSE.
         For example:
                 ldr r0, [r2, #4100]  // Offset too large
                 ldr r1, [r2, #4104]  // Offset too large

         is best reloaded as:
                 add t1, r2, #4096
                 ldr r0, [t1, #4]
                 add t2, r2, #4096
                 ldr r1, [t2, #8]

         which post-reload CSE can simplify in most cases to eliminate the
         second add instruction:
                 add t1, r2, #4096
                 ldr r0, [t1, #4]
                 ldr r1, [t1, #8]

         The idea here is that we want to split out the bits of the constant
         as a mask, rather than as subtracting the maximum offset that the
         respective type of load/store used can handle.

         When encountering negative offsets, we can still utilize it even if
         the overall offset is positive; sometimes this may lead to an immediate
         that can be constructed with fewer instructions.
         For example:
                 ldr r0, [r2, #0x3FFFFC]

         This is best reloaded as:
                 add t1, r2, #0x400000
                 ldr r0, [t1, #-4]

         The trick for spotting this for a load insn with N bits of offset
         (i.e. bits N-1:0) is to look at bit N; if it is set, then chose a
         negative offset that is going to make bit N and all the bits below
         it become zero in the remainder part.

         The SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS macro below implements this, with respect
         to sign-magnitude addressing (i.e. separate +- bit, or 1's complement),
         used in most cases of ARM load/store instructions.  */

#define SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS(VAL, N)                                  \
      (((VAL) & ((1 << (N)) - 1))                                       \
       ? (((VAL) & ((1 << ((N) + 1)) - 1)) ^ (1 << (N))) - (1 << (N))   \
       : 0)

      if (coproc_p)
        {
          low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 10);

          /* NEON quad-word load/stores are made of two double-word accesses,
             so the valid index range is reduced by 8. Treat as 9-bit range if
             we go over it.  */
          if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode) && low >= 1016)
            low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 9);
        }
      else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 8)
        {
          if (TARGET_LDRD)
            low = (TARGET_THUMB2
                   ? SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 10)
                   : SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 8));
          else
            /* For pre-ARMv5TE (without ldrd), we use ldm/stm(db/da/ib)
               to access doublewords. The supported load/store offsets are
               -8, -4, and 4, which we try to produce here.  */
            low = ((val & 0xf) ^ 0x8) - 0x8;
        }
      else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 8)
        {
          /* NEON element load/stores do not have an offset.  */
          if (TARGET_NEON_FP16 && mode == HFmode)
            return false;

          if (TARGET_THUMB2)
            {
              /* Thumb-2 has an asymmetrical index range of (-256,4096).
                 Try the wider 12-bit range first, and re-try if the result
                 is out of range.  */
              low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 12);
              if (low < -255)
                low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 8);
            }
          else
            {
              if (mode == HImode || mode == HFmode)
                {
                  if (arm_arch4)
                    low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 8);
                  else
                    {
                      /* The storehi/movhi_bytes fallbacks can use only
                         [-4094,+4094] of the full ldrb/strb index range.  */
                      low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 12);
                      if (low == 4095 || low == -4095)
                        return false;
                    }
                }
              else
                low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 12);
            }
        }
      else
        return false;

      high = ((((val - low) & (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)
               ^ (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000)
              - (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000);
      /* Check for overflow or zero */
      if (low == 0 || high == 0 || (high + low != val))
        return false;

      /* Reload the high part into a base reg; leave the low part
         in the mem.  */
      *p = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (*p),
                         gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (*p), XEXP (*p, 0),
                                       GEN_INT (high)),
                         GEN_INT (low));
      push_reload (XEXP (*p, 0), NULL_RTX, &XEXP (*p, 0), NULL,
                   MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode), GET_MODE (*p),
                   VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, (enum reload_type) type);
      return true;
    }

  return false;
}

rtx
thumb_legitimize_reload_address (rtx *x_p,
                                 enum machine_mode mode,
                                 int opnum, int type,
                                 int ind_levels ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  rtx x = *x_p;

  if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
      && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 4
      && REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
      && XEXP (x, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
      && !thumb_legitimate_offset_p (mode, INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))))
    {
      rtx orig_x = x;

      x = copy_rtx (x);
      push_reload (orig_x, NULL_RTX, x_p, NULL, MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode),
                   Pmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, (enum reload_type) type);
      return x;
    }

  /* If both registers are hi-regs, then it's better to reload the
     entire expression rather than each register individually.  That
     only requires one reload register rather than two.  */
  if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
      && REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
      && REG_P (XEXP (x, 1))
      && !REG_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (XEXP (x, 0), mode)
      && !REG_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (XEXP (x, 1), mode))
    {
      rtx orig_x = x;

      x = copy_rtx (x);
      push_reload (orig_x, NULL_RTX, x_p, NULL, MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode),
                   Pmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, (enum reload_type) type);
      return x;
    }

  return NULL;
}

/* Test for various thread-local symbols.  */

/* Return TRUE if X is a thread-local symbol.  */

static bool
arm_tls_symbol_p (rtx x)
{
  if (! TARGET_HAVE_TLS)
    return false;

  if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
    return false;

  return SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x) != 0;
}

/* Helper for arm_tls_referenced_p.  */

static int
arm_tls_operand_p_1 (rtx *x, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (GET_CODE (*x) == SYMBOL_REF)
    return SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (*x) != 0;

  /* Don't recurse into UNSPEC_TLS looking for TLS symbols; these are
     TLS offsets, not real symbol references.  */
  if (GET_CODE (*x) == UNSPEC
      && XINT (*x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
    return -1;

  return 0;
}

/* Return TRUE if X contains any TLS symbol references.  */

bool
arm_tls_referenced_p (rtx x)
{
  if (! TARGET_HAVE_TLS)
    return false;

  return for_each_rtx (&x, arm_tls_operand_p_1, NULL);
}

/* Implement TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P.

   On the ARM, allow any integer (invalid ones are removed later by insn
   patterns), nice doubles and symbol_refs which refer to the function's
   constant pool XXX.

   When generating pic allow anything.  */

static bool
arm_legitimate_constant_p_1 (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
{
  /* At present, we have no support for Neon structure constants, so forbid
     them here.  It might be possible to handle simple cases like 0 and -1
     in future.  */
  if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode))
    return false;

  return flag_pic || !label_mentioned_p (x);
}

static bool
thumb_legitimate_constant_p (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx x)
{
  return (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
          || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
          || CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (x)
          || flag_pic);
}

static bool
arm_legitimate_constant_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
{
  return (!arm_cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x)
          && (TARGET_32BIT
              ? arm_legitimate_constant_p_1 (mode, x)
              : thumb_legitimate_constant_p (mode, x)));
}

/* Implement TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM.  */

static bool
arm_cannot_force_const_mem (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx x)
{
  rtx base, offset;

  if (ARM_OFFSETS_MUST_BE_WITHIN_SECTIONS_P)
    {
      split_const (x, &base, &offset);
      if (GET_CODE (base) == SYMBOL_REF
          && !offset_within_block_p (base, INTVAL (offset)))
        return true;
    }
  return arm_tls_referenced_p (x);
}
\f
#define REG_OR_SUBREG_REG(X)                                            \
  (GET_CODE (X) == REG                                                  \
   || (GET_CODE (X) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (X)) == REG))

#define REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX(X)                    \
   (GET_CODE (X) == REG ? (X) : SUBREG_REG (X))

static inline int
thumb1_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
  int total;

  switch (code)
    {
    case ASHIFT:
    case ASHIFTRT:
    case LSHIFTRT:
    case ROTATERT:
    case PLUS:
    case MINUS:
    case COMPARE:
    case NEG:
    case NOT:
      return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);

    case MULT:
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
        {
          int cycles = 0;
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));

          while (i)
            {
              i >>= 2;
              cycles++;
            }
          return COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + cycles;
        }
      return COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 16;

    case SET:
      return (COSTS_N_INSNS (1)
              + 4 * ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == MEM)
                     + GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == MEM));

    case CONST_INT:
      if (outer == SET)
        {
          if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (x) < 256)
            return 0;
          if (thumb_shiftable_const (INTVAL (x)))
            return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
        }
      else if ((outer == PLUS || outer == COMPARE)
               && INTVAL (x) < 256 && INTVAL (x) > -256)
        return 0;
      else if ((outer == IOR || outer == XOR || outer == AND)
               && INTVAL (x) < 256 && INTVAL (x) >= -256)
        return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      else if (outer == AND)
        {
          int i;
          /* This duplicates the tests in the andsi3 expander.  */
          for (i = 9; i <= 31; i++)
            if ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << i) - 1 == INTVAL (x)
                || (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << i) - 1 == ~INTVAL (x))
              return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
        }
      else if (outer == ASHIFT || outer == ASHIFTRT
               || outer == LSHIFTRT)
        return 0;
      return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);

    case CONST:
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
    case LABEL_REF:
    case SYMBOL_REF:
      return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);

    case UDIV:
    case UMOD:
    case DIV:
    case MOD:
      return 100;

    case TRUNCATE:
      return 99;

    case AND:
    case XOR:
    case IOR:
      /* XXX guess.  */
      return 8;

    case MEM:
      /* XXX another guess.  */
      /* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
         load at the equivalent of a single insn each.  */
      return (10 + 4 * ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
              + ((GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
                 ? 4 : 0));

    case IF_THEN_ELSE:
      /* XXX a guess.  */
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PC || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == PC)
        return 14;
      return 2;

    case SIGN_EXTEND:
    case ZERO_EXTEND:
      total = mode == DImode ? COSTS_N_INSNS (1) : 0;
      total += thumb1_rtx_costs (XEXP (x, 0), GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)), code);

      if (mode == SImode)
        return total;

      if (arm_arch6)
        return total + COSTS_N_INSNS (1);

      /* Assume a two-shift sequence.  Increase the cost slightly so
         we prefer actual shifts over an extend operation.  */
      return total + 1 + COSTS_N_INSNS (2);

    default:
      return 99;
    }
}

static inline bool
arm_rtx_costs_1 (rtx x, enum rtx_code outer, int* total, bool speed)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
  enum rtx_code subcode;
  rtx operand;
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
  *total = 0;

  switch (code)
    {
    case MEM:
      /* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
         load at the equivalent of a single insn each.  */
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2 + ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
      return true;

    case DIV:
    case MOD:
    case UDIV:
    case UMOD:
      if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && mode == SFmode)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      else if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
      return false;

    case ROTATE:
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1); /* Need to subtract from 32 */
      else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
        *total = rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);

      /* Fall through */
    case ROTATERT:
      if (mode != SImode)
        {
          *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
          return true;
        }

      /* Fall through */
    case ASHIFT: case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFTRT:
      *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
      if (mode == DImode)
        {
          *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
          return true;
        }

      *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      /* Increase the cost of complex shifts because they aren't any faster,
         and reduce dual issue opportunities.  */
      if (arm_tune_cortex_a9
          && outer != SET && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
        ++*total;

      return true;

    case MINUS:
      if (mode == DImode)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_INT
              && const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 0))))
            {
              *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
              return true;
            }

          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
              && const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))))
            {
              *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
              return true;
            }

          return false;
        }

      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
        {
          if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
              && (mode == SFmode
                  || (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
            {
              *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
              if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
                  && arm_const_double_rtx (XEXP (x, 0)))
                {
                  *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
                  return true;
                }

              if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE
                  && arm_const_double_rtx (XEXP (x, 1)))
                {
                  *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
                  return true;
                }

              return false;
            }
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
          return false;
        }

      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_INT
          && const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 0))))
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
          return true;
        }

      subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1));
      if (subcode == ASHIFT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
          || subcode == LSHIFTRT
          || subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT)
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), subcode, speed);
          return true;
        }

      /* A shift as a part of RSB costs no more than RSB itself.  */
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT
          && power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), code, speed);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
          return true;
        }

      if (subcode == MULT
          && power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1), SImode))
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), subcode, speed);
          return true;
        }

      if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1))) == RTX_COMPARE
          || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1))) == RTX_COMM_COMPARE)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)) == REG
              && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)) != CC_REGNUM)
            *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);

          return true;
        }

      /* Fall through */

    case PLUS:
      if (code == PLUS && arm_arch6 && mode == SImode
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
              || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
                              speed);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
          return true;
        }

      /* MLA: All arguments must be registers.  We filter out
         multiplication by a power of two, so that we fall down into
         the code below.  */
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT
          && !power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
        {
          /* The cost comes from the cost of the multiply.  */
          return false;
        }

      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
        {
          if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
              && (mode == SFmode
                  || (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
            {
              *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
              if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE
                  && arm_const_double_rtx (XEXP (x, 1)))
                {
                  *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
                  return true;
                }

              return false;
            }

          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
          return false;
        }

      if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) == RTX_COMPARE
          || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) == RTX_COMM_COMPARE)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == REG
              && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) != CC_REGNUM)
            *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          return true;
        }

      /* Fall through */

    case AND: case XOR: case IOR:

      /* Normally the frame registers will be spilt into reg+const during
         reload, so it is a bad idea to combine them with other instructions,
         since then they might not be moved outside of loops.  As a compromise
         we allow integration with ops that have a constant as their second
         operand.  */
      if (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))
          && ARM_FRAME_RTX (REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX (XEXP (x, 0)))
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);

      if (mode == DImode)
        {
          *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
              && const_ok_for_op (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)), code))
            {
              *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
              return true;
            }

          return false;
        }

      *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
          && const_ok_for_op (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)), code))
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
          return true;
        }
      subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));
      if (subcode == ASHIFT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
          || subcode == LSHIFTRT
          || subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT)
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, speed);
          return true;
        }

      if (subcode == MULT
          && power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, speed);
          return true;
        }

      if (subcode == UMIN || subcode == UMAX
          || subcode == SMIN || subcode == SMAX)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
          return true;
        }

      return false;

    case MULT:
      /* This should have been handled by the CPU specific routines.  */
      gcc_unreachable ();

    case TRUNCATE:
      if (arm_arch3m && mode == SImode
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == LSHIFTRT
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == MULT
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0))
              == GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 1)))
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
              || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
        {
          *total = rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), LSHIFTRT, speed);
          return true;
        }
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2); /* Plus the cost of the MULT */
      return false;

    case NEG:
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
        {
          if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
              && (mode == SFmode
                  || (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
            {
              *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
              return false;
            }
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          return false;
        }

      /* Fall through */
    case NOT:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS(mode));
      if (mode == SImode && code == NOT)
        {
          subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));
          if (subcode == ASHIFT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
              || subcode == LSHIFTRT
              || subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT
              || (subcode == MULT
                  && power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode)))
            {
              *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, speed);
              /* Register shifts cost an extra cycle.  */
              if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
                *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1),
                                                        subcode, speed);
              return true;
            }
        }

      return false;

    case IF_THEN_ELSE:
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PC || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == PC)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
          return true;
        }

      operand = XEXP (x, 0);

      if (!((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (operand)) == RTX_COMPARE
             || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (operand)) == RTX_COMM_COMPARE)
            && GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG
            && REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0)) == CC_REGNUM))
        *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      *total += (rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed)
                 + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 2), code, speed));
      return true;

    case NE:
      if (mode == SImode && XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
          return true;
        }
      goto scc_insn;

    case GE:
      if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != REG || REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) != CC_REGNUM)
          && mode == SImode && XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
          return true;
        }
      goto scc_insn;

    case LT:
      if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != REG || REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) != CC_REGNUM)
          && mode == SImode && XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
          return true;
        }
      goto scc_insn;

    case EQ:
    case GT:
    case LE:
    case GEU:
    case LTU:
    case GTU:
    case LEU:
    case UNORDERED:
    case ORDERED:
    case UNEQ:
    case UNGE:
    case UNLT:
    case UNGT:
    case UNLE:
    scc_insn:
      /* SCC insns.  In the case where the comparison has already been
         performed, then they cost 2 instructions.  Otherwise they need
         an additional comparison before them.  */
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == CC_REGNUM)
        {
          return true;
        }

      /* Fall through */
    case COMPARE:
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == CC_REGNUM)
        {
          *total = 0;
          return true;
        }

      *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
          && const_ok_for_op (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)), code))
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
          return true;
        }

      subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));
      if (subcode == ASHIFT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
          || subcode == LSHIFTRT
          || subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT)
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, speed);
          return true;
        }

      if (subcode == MULT
          && power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
        {
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, speed);
          return true;
        }
      
      return false;

    case UMIN:
    case UMAX:
    case SMIN:
    case SMAX:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT
          || !const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))))
        *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, speed);
      return true;

    case ABS:
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
        {
          if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
              && (mode == SFmode
                  || (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
            {
              *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
              return false;
            }
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
          return false;
        }
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      if (mode == DImode)
        *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
      return false;

    case SIGN_EXTEND:
    case ZERO_EXTEND:
      *total = 0;
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
        {
          rtx op = XEXP (x, 0);
          enum machine_mode opmode = GET_MODE (op);

          if (mode == DImode)
            *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);

          if (opmode != SImode)
            {
              if (MEM_P (op))
                {
                  /* If !arm_arch4, we use one of the extendhisi2_mem
                     or movhi_bytes patterns for HImode.  For a QImode
                     sign extension, we first zero-extend from memory
                     and then perform a shift sequence.  */
                  if (!arm_arch4 && (opmode != QImode || code == SIGN_EXTEND))
                    *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
                }
              else if (arm_arch6)
                *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);

              /* We don't have the necessary insn, so we need to perform some
                 other operation.  */
              else if (TARGET_ARM && code == ZERO_EXTEND && mode == QImode)
                /* An and with constant 255.  */
                *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
              else
                /* A shift sequence.  Increase costs slightly to avoid
                   combining two shifts into an extend operation.  */
                *total += COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + 1;
            }

          return false;
        }

      switch (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
        {
        case V8QImode:
        case V4HImode:
        case V2SImode:
        case V4QImode:
        case V2HImode:
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          return false;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
      gcc_unreachable ();

    case ZERO_EXTRACT:
    case SIGN_EXTRACT:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
      return true;

    case CONST_INT:
      if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (x))
          || const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (x)))
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (arm_gen_constant (SET, mode, NULL_RTX,
                                                  INTVAL (x), NULL_RTX,
                                                  NULL_RTX, 0, 0));
      return true;

    case CONST:
    case LABEL_REF:
    case SYMBOL_REF:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
      return true;

    case HIGH:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      return true;

    case LO_SUM:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
      return true;

    case CONST_DOUBLE:
      if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && vfp3_const_double_rtx (x)
          && (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
      return true;

    default:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
      return false;
    }
}

/* Estimates the size cost of thumb1 instructions.
   For now most of the code is copied from thumb1_rtx_costs. We need more
   fine grain tuning when we have more related test cases.  */
static inline int
thumb1_size_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);

  switch (code)
    {
    case ASHIFT:
    case ASHIFTRT:
    case LSHIFTRT:
    case ROTATERT:
    case PLUS:
    case MINUS:
    case COMPARE:
    case NEG:
    case NOT:
      return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);

    case MULT:
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
        {
          /* Thumb1 mul instruction can't operate on const. We must Load it
             into a register first.  */
          int const_size = thumb1_size_rtx_costs (XEXP (x, 1), CONST_INT, SET);
          return COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + const_size;
        }
      return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);

    case SET:
      return (COSTS_N_INSNS (1)
              + 4 * ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == MEM)
                     + GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == MEM));

    case CONST_INT:
      if (outer == SET)
        {
          if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (x) < 256)
            return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          /* See split "TARGET_THUMB1 && satisfies_constraint_J".  */
          if (INTVAL (x) >= -255 && INTVAL (x) <= -1)
            return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          /* See split "TARGET_THUMB1 && satisfies_constraint_K".  */
          if (thumb_shiftable_const (INTVAL (x)))
            return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
        }
      else if ((outer == PLUS || outer == COMPARE)
               && INTVAL (x) < 256 && INTVAL (x) > -256)
        return 0;
      else if ((outer == IOR || outer == XOR || outer == AND)
               && INTVAL (x) < 256 && INTVAL (x) >= -256)
        return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      else if (outer == AND)
        {
          int i;
          /* This duplicates the tests in the andsi3 expander.  */
          for (i = 9; i <= 31; i++)
            if ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << i) - 1 == INTVAL (x)
                || (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << i) - 1 == ~INTVAL (x))
              return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
        }
      else if (outer == ASHIFT || outer == ASHIFTRT
               || outer == LSHIFTRT)
        return 0;
      return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);

    case CONST:
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
    case LABEL_REF:
    case SYMBOL_REF:
      return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);

    case UDIV:
    case UMOD:
    case DIV:
    case MOD:
      return 100;

    case TRUNCATE:
      return 99;

    case AND:
    case XOR:
    case IOR:
      /* XXX guess.  */
      return 8;

    case MEM:
      /* XXX another guess.  */
      /* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
         load at the equivalent of a single insn each.  */
      return (10 + 4 * ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
              + ((GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
                 ? 4 : 0));

    case IF_THEN_ELSE:
      /* XXX a guess.  */
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PC || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == PC)
        return 14;
      return 2;

    case ZERO_EXTEND:
      /* XXX still guessing.  */
      switch (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
        {
          case QImode:
            return (1 + (mode == DImode ? 4 : 0)
                    + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM ? 10 : 0));

          case HImode:
            return (4 + (mode == DImode ? 4 : 0)
                    + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM ? 10 : 0));

          case SImode:
            return (1 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM ? 10 : 0));

          default:
            return 99;
        }

    default:
      return 99;
    }
}

/* RTX costs when optimizing for size.  */
static bool
arm_size_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
                    int *total)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      *total = thumb1_size_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
      return true;
    }

  /* FIXME: This makes no attempt to prefer narrow Thumb-2 instructions.  */
  switch (code)
    {
    case MEM:
      /* A memory access costs 1 insn if the mode is small, or the address is
         a single register, otherwise it costs one insn per word.  */
      if (REG_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      else if (flag_pic
               && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
               && will_be_in_index_register (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)))
        /* This will be split into two instructions.
           See arm.md:calculate_pic_address.  */
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
      return true;

    case DIV:
    case MOD:
    case UDIV:
    case UMOD:
      /* Needs a libcall, so it costs about this.  */
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      return false;

    case ROTATE:
      if (mode == SImode && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, false);
          return true;
        }
      /* Fall through */
    case ROTATERT:
    case ASHIFT:
    case LSHIFTRT:
    case ASHIFTRT:
      if (mode == DImode && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, false);
          return true;
        }
      else if (mode == SImode)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, false);
          /* Slightly disparage register shifts, but not by much.  */
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
            *total += 1 + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, false);
          return true;
        }

      /* Needs a libcall.  */
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      return false;

    case MINUS:
      if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
          && (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          return false;
        }

      if (mode == SImode)
        {
          enum rtx_code subcode0 = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));
          enum rtx_code subcode1 = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1));

          if (subcode0 == ROTATE || subcode0 == ROTATERT || subcode0 == ASHIFT
              || subcode0 == LSHIFTRT || subcode0 == ASHIFTRT
              || subcode1 == ROTATE || subcode1 == ROTATERT
              || subcode1 == ASHIFT || subcode1 == LSHIFTRT
              || subcode1 == ASHIFTRT)
            {
              /* It's just the cost of the two operands.  */
              *total = 0;
              return false;
            }

          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          return false;
        }

      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
      return false;

    case PLUS:
      if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
          && (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          return false;
        }

      /* A shift as a part of ADD costs nothing.  */
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT
          && power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (TARGET_THUMB2 ? 2 : 1);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), code, false);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, false);
          return true;
        }

      /* Fall through */
    case AND: case XOR: case IOR:
      if (mode == SImode)
        {
          enum rtx_code subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));

          if (subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT || subcode == ASHIFT
              || subcode == LSHIFTRT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
              || (code == AND && subcode == NOT))
            {
              /* It's just the cost of the two operands.  */
              *total = 0;
              return false;
            }
        }

      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
      return false;

    case MULT:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
      return false;

    case NEG:
      if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
          && (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          return false;
        }

      /* Fall through */
    case NOT:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));

      return false;

    case IF_THEN_ELSE:
      *total = 0;
      return false;

    case COMPARE:
      if (cc_register (XEXP (x, 0), VOIDmode))
        * total = 0;
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      return false;

    case ABS:
      if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
          && (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1 + ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
      return false;

    case SIGN_EXTEND:
    case ZERO_EXTEND:
      return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, 0);

    case CONST_INT:
      if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (x)))
        /* A multiplication by a constant requires another instruction
           to load the constant to a register.  */
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS ((outer_code == SET || outer_code == MULT)
                                ? 1 : 0);
      else if (const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (x)))
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (outer_code == AND ? 0 : 1);
      else if (const_ok_for_arm (-INTVAL (x)))
        {
          if (outer_code == COMPARE || outer_code == PLUS
              || outer_code == MINUS)
            *total = 0;
          else
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
        }
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      return true;

    case CONST:
    case LABEL_REF:
    case SYMBOL_REF:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      return true;

    case CONST_DOUBLE:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
      return true;

    case HIGH:
    case LO_SUM:
      /* We prefer constant pool entries to MOVW/MOVT pairs, so bump the
         cost of these slightly.  */
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 1;
      return true;

    default:
      if (mode != VOIDmode)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4); /* How knows?  */
      return false;
    }
}

/* RTX costs when optimizing for size.  */
static bool
arm_rtx_costs (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int *total,
               bool speed)
{
  if (!speed)
    return arm_size_rtx_costs (x, (enum rtx_code) code,
                               (enum rtx_code) outer_code, total);
  else
    return current_tune->rtx_costs (x, (enum rtx_code) code,
                                    (enum rtx_code) outer_code,
                                    total, speed);
}

/* RTX costs for cores with a slow MUL implementation.  Thumb-2 is not
   supported on any "slowmul" cores, so it can be ignored.  */

static bool
arm_slowmul_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
                       int *total, bool speed)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);

  if (TARGET_THUMB)
    {
      *total = thumb1_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
      return true;
    }

  switch (code)
    {
    case MULT:
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
          || mode == DImode)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
          return false;
        }

      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
        {
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i = (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))
                                      & (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff);
          int cost, const_ok = const_ok_for_arm (i);
          int j, booth_unit_size;

          /* Tune as appropriate.  */
          cost = const_ok ? 4 : 8;
          booth_unit_size = 2;
          for (j = 0; i && j < 32; j += booth_unit_size)
            {
              i >>= booth_unit_size;
              cost++;
            }

          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (cost);
          *total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, speed);
          return true;
        }

      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
      return false;

    default:
      return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);;
    }
}


/* RTX cost for cores with a fast multiply unit (M variants).  */

static bool
arm_fastmul_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
                       int *total, bool speed)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);

  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      *total = thumb1_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
      return true;
    }

  /* ??? should thumb2 use different costs?  */
  switch (code)
    {
    case MULT:
      /* There is no point basing this on the tuning, since it is always the
         fast variant if it exists at all.  */
      if (mode == DImode
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)))
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
              || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS(2);
          return false;
        }


      if (mode == DImode)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
          return false;
        }

      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
        {
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i = (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))
                                      & (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff);
          int cost, const_ok = const_ok_for_arm (i);
          int j, booth_unit_size;

          /* Tune as appropriate.  */
          cost = const_ok ? 4 : 8;
          booth_unit_size = 8;
          for (j = 0; i && j < 32; j += booth_unit_size)
            {
              i >>= booth_unit_size;
              cost++;
            }

          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS(cost);
          return false;
        }

      if (mode == SImode)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
          return false;
        }

      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
        {
          if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
              && (mode == SFmode
                  || (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
            {
              *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
              return false;
            }
        }

      /* Requires a lib call */
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
      return false;

    default:
      return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);
    }
}


/* RTX cost for XScale CPUs.  Thumb-2 is not supported on any xscale cores,
   so it can be ignored.  */

static bool
arm_xscale_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
                      int *total, bool speed)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);

  if (TARGET_THUMB)
    {
      *total = thumb1_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
      return true;
    }

  switch (code)
    {
    case COMPARE:
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != MULT)
        return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);

      /* A COMPARE of a MULT is slow on XScale; the muls instruction
         will stall until the multiplication is complete.  */
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
      return false;

    case MULT:
      /* There is no point basing this on the tuning, since it is always the
         fast variant if it exists at all.  */
      if (mode == DImode
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)))
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
              || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          return false;
        }


      if (mode == DImode)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
          return false;
        }

      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
        {
          /* If operand 1 is a constant we can more accurately
             calculate the cost of the multiply.  The multiplier can
             retire 15 bits on the first cycle and a further 12 on the
             second.  We do, of course, have to load the constant into
             a register first.  */
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
          /* There's a general overhead of one cycle.  */
          int cost = 1;
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT masked_const;

          if (i & 0x80000000)
            i = ~i;

          i &= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff;

          masked_const = i & 0xffff8000;
          if (masked_const != 0)
            {
              cost++;
              masked_const = i & 0xf8000000;
              if (masked_const != 0)
                cost++;
            }
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (cost);
          return false;
        }

      if (mode == SImode)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
          return false;
        }

      /* Requires a lib call */
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
      return false;

    default:
      return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);
    }
}


/* RTX costs for 9e (and later) cores.  */

static bool
arm_9e_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
                  int *total, bool speed)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);

  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      switch (code)
        {
        case MULT:
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
          return true;

        default:
          *total = thumb1_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
          return true;
        }
    }

  switch (code)
    {
    case MULT:
      /* There is no point basing this on the tuning, since it is always the
         fast variant if it exists at all.  */
      if (mode == DImode
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)))
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
              || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          return false;
        }


      if (mode == DImode)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
          return false;
        }

      if (mode == SImode)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          return false;
        }

      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
        {
          if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
              && (mode == SFmode
                  || (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
            {
              *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
              return false;
            }
        }

      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
      return false;

    default:
      return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);
    }
}
/* All address computations that can be done are free, but rtx cost returns
   the same for practically all of them.  So we weight the different types
   of address here in the order (most pref first):
   PRE/POST_INC/DEC, SHIFT or NON-INT sum, INT sum, REG, MEM or LABEL.  */
static inline int
arm_arm_address_cost (rtx x)
{
  enum rtx_code c  = GET_CODE (x);

  if (c == PRE_INC || c == PRE_DEC || c == POST_INC || c == POST_DEC)
    return 0;
  if (c == MEM || c == LABEL_REF || c == SYMBOL_REF)
    return 10;

  if (c == PLUS)
    {
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
        return 2;

      if (ARITHMETIC_P (XEXP (x, 0)) || ARITHMETIC_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
        return 3;

      return 4;
    }

  return 6;
}

static inline int
arm_thumb_address_cost (rtx x)
{
  enum rtx_code c  = GET_CODE (x);

  if (c == REG)
    return 1;
  if (c == PLUS
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
    return 1;

  return 2;
}

static int
arm_address_cost (rtx x, bool speed ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return TARGET_32BIT ? arm_arm_address_cost (x) : arm_thumb_address_cost (x);
}

/* Adjust cost hook for XScale.  */
static bool
xscale_sched_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int * cost)
{
  /* Some true dependencies can have a higher cost depending
     on precisely how certain input operands are used.  */
  if (REG_NOTE_KIND(link) == 0
      && recog_memoized (insn) >= 0
      && recog_memoized (dep) >= 0)
    {
      int shift_opnum = get_attr_shift (insn);
      enum attr_type attr_type = get_attr_type (dep);

      /* If nonzero, SHIFT_OPNUM contains the operand number of a shifted
         operand for INSN.  If we have a shifted input operand and the
         instruction we depend on is another ALU instruction, then we may
         have to account for an additional stall.  */
      if (shift_opnum != 0
          && (attr_type == TYPE_ALU_SHIFT || attr_type == TYPE_ALU_SHIFT_REG))
        {
          rtx shifted_operand;
          int opno;

          /* Get the shifted operand.  */
          extract_insn (insn);
          shifted_operand = recog_data.operand[shift_opnum];

          /* Iterate over all the operands in DEP.  If we write an operand
             that overlaps with SHIFTED_OPERAND, then we have increase the
             cost of this dependency.  */
          extract_insn (dep);
          preprocess_constraints ();
          for (opno = 0; opno < recog_data.n_operands; opno++)
            {
              /* We can ignore strict inputs.  */
              if (recog_data.operand_type[opno] == OP_IN)
                continue;

              if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (recog_data.operand[opno],
                                           shifted_operand))
                {
                  *cost = 2;
                  return false;
                }
            }
        }
    }
  return true;
}

/* Adjust cost hook for Cortex A9.  */
static bool
cortex_a9_sched_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int * cost)
{
  switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (link))
    {
    case REG_DEP_ANTI:
      *cost = 0;
      return false;

    case REG_DEP_TRUE:
    case REG_DEP_OUTPUT:
        if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0
            && recog_memoized (dep) >= 0)
          {
            if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
              {
                if (GET_MODE_CLASS 
                    (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)))) == MODE_FLOAT
                  || GET_MODE_CLASS 
                    (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)))) == MODE_FLOAT)
                  {
                    enum attr_type attr_type_insn = get_attr_type (insn);
                    enum attr_type attr_type_dep = get_attr_type (dep);

                    /* By default all dependencies of the form
                       s0 = s0 <op> s1
                       s0 = s0 <op> s2
                       have an extra latency of 1 cycle because
                       of the input and output dependency in this
                       case. However this gets modeled as an true
                       dependency and hence all these checks.  */
                    if (REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)))
                        && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (dep)))
                        && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)),
                                                    SET_DEST (PATTERN (dep))))
                      {
                        /* FMACS is a special case where the dependant
                           instruction can be issued 3 cycles before
                           the normal latency in case of an output 
                           dependency.  */
                        if ((attr_type_insn == TYPE_FMACS
                             || attr_type_insn == TYPE_FMACD)
                            && (attr_type_dep == TYPE_FMACS
                                || attr_type_dep == TYPE_FMACD))
                          {
                            if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_OUTPUT)
                              *cost = insn_default_latency (dep) - 3;
                            else
                              *cost = insn_default_latency (dep);
                            return false;
                          }
                        else
                          {
                            if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_OUTPUT)
                              *cost = insn_default_latency (dep) + 1;
                            else
                              *cost = insn_default_latency (dep);
                          }
                        return false;
                      }
                  }
              }
          }
        break;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  return true;
}

/* Adjust cost hook for FA726TE.  */
static bool
fa726te_sched_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int * cost)
{
  /* For FA726TE, true dependency on CPSR (i.e. set cond followed by predicated)
     have penalty of 3.  */
  if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_TRUE
      && recog_memoized (insn) >= 0
      && recog_memoized (dep) >= 0
      && get_attr_conds (dep) == CONDS_SET)
    {
      /* Use of carry (e.g. 64-bit arithmetic) in ALU: 3-cycle latency.  */
      if (get_attr_conds (insn) == CONDS_USE
          && get_attr_type (insn) != TYPE_BRANCH)
        {
          *cost = 3;
          return false;
        }

      if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == COND_EXEC
          || get_attr_conds (insn) == CONDS_USE)
        {
          *cost = 0;
          return false;
        }
    }

  return true;
}

/* This function implements the target macro TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST.
   It corrects the value of COST based on the relationship between
   INSN and DEP through the dependence LINK.  It returns the new
   value. There is a per-core adjust_cost hook to adjust scheduler costs
   and the per-core hook can choose to completely override the generic 
   adjust_cost function. Only put bits of code into arm_adjust_cost that 
   are common across all cores.  */
static int
arm_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int cost)
{
  rtx i_pat, d_pat;

 /* When generating Thumb-1 code, we want to place flag-setting operations
    close to a conditional branch which depends on them, so that we can
    omit the comparison. */
  if (TARGET_THUMB1
      && REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == 0
      && recog_memoized (insn) == CODE_FOR_cbranchsi4_insn
      && recog_memoized (dep) >= 0
      && get_attr_conds (dep) == CONDS_SET)
    return 0;

  if (current_tune->sched_adjust_cost != NULL)
    {
      if (!current_tune->sched_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep, &cost))
        return cost;
    }

  /* XXX This is not strictly true for the FPA.  */
  if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_ANTI
      || REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_OUTPUT)
    return 0;

  /* Call insns don't incur a stall, even if they follow a load.  */
  if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == 0
      && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
    return 1;

  if ((i_pat = single_set (insn)) != NULL
      && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (i_pat)) == MEM
      && (d_pat = single_set (dep)) != NULL
      && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (d_pat)) == MEM)
    {
      rtx src_mem = XEXP (SET_SRC (i_pat), 0);
      /* This is a load after a store, there is no conflict if the load reads
         from a cached area.  Assume that loads from the stack, and from the
         constant pool are cached, and that others will miss.  This is a
         hack.  */

      if ((GET_CODE (src_mem) == SYMBOL_REF 
           && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (src_mem))
          || reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, src_mem)
          || reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, src_mem)
          || reg_mentioned_p (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, src_mem))
        return 1;
    }

  return cost;
}

static int fp_consts_inited = 0;

/* Only zero is valid for VFP.  Other values are also valid for FPA.  */
static const char * const strings_fp[8] =
{
  "0",   "1",   "2",   "3",
  "4",   "5",   "0.5", "10"
};

static REAL_VALUE_TYPE values_fp[8];

static void
init_fp_table (void)
{
  int i;
  REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;

  if (TARGET_VFP)
    fp_consts_inited = 1;
  else
    fp_consts_inited = 8;

  for (i = 0; i < fp_consts_inited; i++)
    {
      r = REAL_VALUE_ATOF (strings_fp[i], DFmode);
      values_fp[i] = r;
    }
}

/* Return TRUE if rtx X is a valid immediate FP constant.  */
int
arm_const_double_rtx (rtx x)
{
  REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
  int i;

  if (!fp_consts_inited)
    init_fp_table ();

  REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
  if (REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r))
    return 0;

  for (i = 0; i < fp_consts_inited; i++)
    if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, values_fp[i]))
      return 1;

  return 0;
}

/* Return TRUE if rtx X is a valid immediate FPA constant.  */
int
neg_const_double_rtx_ok_for_fpa (rtx x)
{
  REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
  int i;

  if (!fp_consts_inited)
    init_fp_table ();

  REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
  r = real_value_negate (&r);
  if (REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r))
    return 0;

  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
    if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, values_fp[i]))
      return 1;

  return 0;
}


/* VFPv3 has a fairly wide range of representable immediates, formed from
   "quarter-precision" floating-point values. These can be evaluated using this
   formula (with ^ for exponentiation):

     -1^s * n * 2^-r

   Where 's' is a sign bit (0/1), 'n' and 'r' are integers such that
   16 <= n <= 31 and 0 <= r <= 7.

   These values are mapped onto an 8-bit integer ABCDEFGH s.t.

     - A (most-significant) is the sign bit.
     - BCD are the exponent (encoded as r XOR 3).
     - EFGH are the mantissa (encoded as n - 16).
*/

/* Return an integer index for a VFPv3 immediate operand X suitable for the
   fconst[sd] instruction, or -1 if X isn't suitable.  */
static int
vfp3_const_double_index (rtx x)
{
  REAL_VALUE_TYPE r, m;
  int sign, exponent;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mantissa, mant_hi;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask;
  HOST_WIDE_INT m1, m2;
  int point_pos = 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1;

  if (!TARGET_VFP3 || GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE)
    return -1;

  REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);

  /* We can't represent these things, so detect them first.  */
  if (REAL_VALUE_ISINF (r) || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (r) || REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r))
    return -1;

  /* Extract sign, exponent and mantissa.  */
  sign = REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (r) ? 1 : 0;
  r = real_value_abs (&r);
  exponent = REAL_EXP (&r);
  /* For the mantissa, we expand into two HOST_WIDE_INTS, apart from the
     highest (sign) bit, with a fixed binary point at bit point_pos.
     WARNING: If there's ever a VFP version which uses more than 2 * H_W_I - 1
     bits for the mantissa, this may fail (low bits would be lost).  */
  real_ldexp (&m, &r, point_pos - exponent);
  REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (&m1, &m2, m);
  mantissa = m1;
  mant_hi = m2;

  /* If there are bits set in the low part of the mantissa, we can't
     represent this value.  */
  if (mantissa != 0)
    return -1;

  /* Now make it so that mantissa contains the most-significant bits, and move
     the point_pos to indicate that the least-significant bits have been
     discarded.  */
  point_pos -= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
  mantissa = mant_hi;

  /* We can permit four significant bits of mantissa only, plus a high bit
     which is always 1.  */
  mask = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)1 << (point_pos - 5)) - 1;
  if ((mantissa & mask) != 0)
    return -1;

  /* Now we know the mantissa is in range, chop off the unneeded bits.  */
  mantissa >>= point_pos - 5;

  /* The mantissa may be zero. Disallow that case. (It's possible to load the
     floating-point immediate zero with Neon using an integer-zero load, but
     that case is handled elsewhere.)  */
  if (mantissa == 0)
    return -1;

  gcc_assert (mantissa >= 16 && mantissa <= 31);

  /* The value of 5 here would be 4 if GCC used IEEE754-like encoding (where
     normalized significands are in the range [1, 2). (Our mantissa is shifted
     left 4 places at this point relative to normalized IEEE754 values).  GCC
     internally uses [0.5, 1) (see real.c), so the exponent returned from
     REAL_EXP must be altered.  */
  exponent = 5 - exponent;

  if (exponent < 0 || exponent > 7)
    return -1;

  /* Sign, mantissa and exponent are now in the correct form to plug into the
     formula described in the comment above.  */
  return (sign << 7) | ((exponent ^ 3) << 4) | (mantissa - 16);
}

/* Return TRUE if rtx X is a valid immediate VFPv3 constant.  */
int
vfp3_const_double_rtx (rtx x)
{
  if (!TARGET_VFP3)
    return 0;

  return vfp3_const_double_index (x) != -1;
}

/* Recognize immediates which can be used in various Neon instructions. Legal
   immediates are described by the following table (for VMVN variants, the
   bitwise inverse of the constant shown is recognized. In either case, VMOV
   is output and the correct instruction to use for a given constant is chosen
   by the assembler). The constant shown is replicated across all elements of
   the destination vector.

   insn elems variant constant (binary)
   ---- ----- ------- -----------------
   vmov  i32     0    00000000 00000000 00000000 abcdefgh
   vmov  i32     1    00000000 00000000 abcdefgh 00000000
   vmov  i32     2    00000000 abcdefgh 00000000 00000000
   vmov  i32     3    abcdefgh 00000000 00000000 00000000
   vmov  i16     4    00000000 abcdefgh
   vmov  i16     5    abcdefgh 00000000
   vmvn  i32     6    00000000 00000000 00000000 abcdefgh
   vmvn  i32     7    00000000 00000000 abcdefgh 00000000
   vmvn  i32     8    00000000 abcdefgh 00000000 00000000
   vmvn  i32     9    abcdefgh 00000000 00000000 00000000
   vmvn  i16    10    00000000 abcdefgh
   vmvn  i16    11    abcdefgh 00000000
   vmov  i32    12    00000000 00000000 abcdefgh 11111111
   vmvn  i32    13    00000000 00000000 abcdefgh 11111111
   vmov  i32    14    00000000 abcdefgh 11111111 11111111
   vmvn  i32    15    00000000 abcdefgh 11111111 11111111
   vmov   i8    16    abcdefgh
   vmov  i64    17    aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb cccccccc dddddddd
                      eeeeeeee ffffffff gggggggg hhhhhhhh
   vmov  f32    18    aBbbbbbc defgh000 00000000 00000000

   For case 18, B = !b. Representable values are exactly those accepted by
   vfp3_const_double_index, but are output as floating-point numbers rather
   than indices.

   Variants 0-5 (inclusive) may also be used as immediates for the second
   operand of VORR/VBIC instructions.

   The INVERSE argument causes the bitwise inverse of the given operand to be
   recognized instead (used for recognizing legal immediates for the VAND/VORN
   pseudo-instructions). If INVERSE is true, the value placed in *MODCONST is
   *not* inverted (i.e. the pseudo-instruction forms vand/vorn should still be
   output, rather than the real insns vbic/vorr).

   INVERSE makes no difference to the recognition of float vectors.

   The return value is the variant of immediate as shown in the above table, or
   -1 if the given value doesn't match any of the listed patterns.
*/
static int
neon_valid_immediate (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode, int inverse,
                      rtx *modconst, int *elementwidth)
{
#define CHECK(STRIDE, ELSIZE, CLASS, TEST)      \
  matches = 1;                                  \
  for (i = 0; i < idx; i += (STRIDE))           \
    if (!(TEST))                                \
      matches = 0;                              \
  if (matches)                                  \
    {                                           \
      immtype = (CLASS);                        \
      elsize = (ELSIZE);                        \
      break;                                    \
    }

  unsigned int i, elsize = 0, idx = 0, n_elts = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (op);
  unsigned int innersize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
  unsigned char bytes[16];
  int immtype = -1, matches;
  unsigned int invmask = inverse ? 0xff : 0;

  /* Vectors of float constants.  */
  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT)
    {
      rtx el0 = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, 0);
      REAL_VALUE_TYPE r0;

      if (!vfp3_const_double_rtx (el0))
        return -1;

      REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r0, el0);

      for (i = 1; i < n_elts; i++)
        {
          rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i);
          REAL_VALUE_TYPE re;

          REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (re, elt);

          if (!REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r0, re))
            return -1;
        }

      if (modconst)
        *modconst = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, 0);

      if (elementwidth)
        *elementwidth = 0;

      return 18;
    }

  /* Splat vector constant out into a byte vector.  */
  for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
    {
      rtx el = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i);
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elpart;
      unsigned int part, parts;

      if (GET_CODE (el) == CONST_INT)
        {
          elpart = INTVAL (el);
          parts = 1;
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (el) == CONST_DOUBLE)
        {
          elpart = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (el);
          parts = 2;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();

      for (part = 0; part < parts; part++)
        {
          unsigned int byte;
          for (byte = 0; byte < innersize; byte++)
            {
              bytes[idx++] = (elpart & 0xff) ^ invmask;
              elpart >>= BITS_PER_UNIT;
            }
          if (GET_CODE (el) == CONST_DOUBLE)
            elpart = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (el);
        }
    }

  /* Sanity check.  */
  gcc_assert (idx == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));

  do
    {
      CHECK (4, 32, 0, bytes[i] == bytes[0] && bytes[i + 1] == 0
                       && bytes[i + 2] == 0 && bytes[i + 3] == 0);

      CHECK (4, 32, 1, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]
                       && bytes[i + 2] == 0 && bytes[i + 3] == 0);

      CHECK (4, 32, 2, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == 0
                       && bytes[i + 2] == bytes[2] && bytes[i + 3] == 0);

      CHECK (4, 32, 3, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == 0
                       && bytes[i + 2] == 0 && bytes[i + 3] == bytes[3]);

      CHECK (2, 16, 4, bytes[i] == bytes[0] && bytes[i + 1] == 0);

      CHECK (2, 16, 5, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]);

      CHECK (4, 32, 6, bytes[i] == bytes[0] && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff
                       && bytes[i + 2] == 0xff && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);

      CHECK (4, 32, 7, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]
                       && bytes[i + 2] == 0xff && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);

      CHECK (4, 32, 8, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff
                       && bytes[i + 2] == bytes[2] && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);

      CHECK (4, 32, 9, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff
                       && bytes[i + 2] == 0xff && bytes[i + 3] == bytes[3]);

      CHECK (2, 16, 10, bytes[i] == bytes[0] && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff);

      CHECK (2, 16, 11, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]);

      CHECK (4, 32, 12, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]
                        && bytes[i + 2] == 0 && bytes[i + 3] == 0);

      CHECK (4, 32, 13, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]
                        && bytes[i + 2] == 0xff && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);

      CHECK (4, 32, 14, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff
                        && bytes[i + 2] == bytes[2] && bytes[i + 3] == 0);

      CHECK (4, 32, 15, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == 0
                        && bytes[i + 2] == bytes[2] && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);

      CHECK (1, 8, 16, bytes[i] == bytes[0]);

      CHECK (1, 64, 17, (bytes[i] == 0 || bytes[i] == 0xff)
                        && bytes[i] == bytes[(i + 8) % idx]);
    }
  while (0);

  if (immtype == -1)
    return -1;

  if (elementwidth)
    *elementwidth = elsize;

  if (modconst)
    {
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT imm = 0;

      /* Un-invert bytes of recognized vector, if necessary.  */
      if (invmask != 0)
        for (i = 0; i < idx; i++)
          bytes[i] ^= invmask;

      if (immtype == 17)
        {
          /* FIXME: Broken on 32-bit H_W_I hosts.  */
          gcc_assert (sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) == 8);

          for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
            imm |= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (bytes[i] ? 0xff : 0)
                   << (i * BITS_PER_UNIT);

          *modconst = GEN_INT (imm);
        }
      else
        {
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT imm = 0;

          for (i = 0; i < elsize / BITS_PER_UNIT; i++)
            imm |= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bytes[i] << (i * BITS_PER_UNIT);

          *modconst = GEN_INT (imm);
        }
    }

  return immtype;
#undef CHECK
}

/* Return TRUE if rtx X is legal for use as either a Neon VMOV (or, implicitly,
   VMVN) immediate. Write back width per element to *ELEMENTWIDTH (or zero for
   float elements), and a modified constant (whatever should be output for a
   VMOV) in *MODCONST.  */

int
neon_immediate_valid_for_move (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode,
                               rtx *modconst, int *elementwidth)
{
  rtx tmpconst;
  int tmpwidth;
  int retval = neon_valid_immediate (op, mode, 0, &tmpconst, &tmpwidth);

  if (retval == -1)
    return 0;

  if (modconst)
    *modconst = tmpconst;

  if (elementwidth)
    *elementwidth = tmpwidth;

  return 1;
}

/* Return TRUE if rtx X is legal for use in a VORR or VBIC instruction.  If
   the immediate is valid, write a constant suitable for using as an operand
   to VORR/VBIC/VAND/VORN to *MODCONST and the corresponding element width to
   *ELEMENTWIDTH. See neon_valid_immediate for description of INVERSE.  */

int
neon_immediate_valid_for_logic (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode, int inverse,
                                rtx *modconst, int *elementwidth)
{
  rtx tmpconst;
  int tmpwidth;
  int retval = neon_valid_immediate (op, mode, inverse, &tmpconst, &tmpwidth);

  if (retval < 0 || retval > 5)
    return 0;

  if (modconst)
    *modconst = tmpconst;

  if (elementwidth)
    *elementwidth = tmpwidth;

  return 1;
}

/* Return a string suitable for output of Neon immediate logic operation
   MNEM.  */

char *
neon_output_logic_immediate (const char *mnem, rtx *op2, enum machine_mode mode,
                             int inverse, int quad)
{
  int width, is_valid;
  static char templ[40];

  is_valid = neon_immediate_valid_for_logic (*op2, mode, inverse, op2, &width);

  gcc_assert (is_valid != 0);

  if (quad)
    sprintf (templ, "%s.i%d\t%%q0, %%2", mnem, width);
  else
    sprintf (templ, "%s.i%d\t%%P0, %%2", mnem, width);

  return templ;
}

/* Output a sequence of pairwise operations to implement a reduction.
   NOTE: We do "too much work" here, because pairwise operations work on two
   registers-worth of operands in one go. Unfortunately we can't exploit those
   extra calculations to do the full operation in fewer steps, I don't think.
   Although all vector elements of the result but the first are ignored, we
   actually calculate the same result in each of the elements. An alternative
   such as initially loading a vector with zero to use as each of the second
   operands would use up an additional register and take an extra instruction,
   for no particular gain.  */

void
neon_pairwise_reduce (rtx op0, rtx op1, enum machine_mode mode,
                      rtx (*reduc) (rtx, rtx, rtx))
{
  enum machine_mode inner = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
  unsigned int i, parts = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
  rtx tmpsum = op1;

  for (i = parts / 2; i >= 1; i /= 2)
    {
      rtx dest = (i == 1) ? op0 : gen_reg_rtx (mode);
      emit_insn (reduc (dest, tmpsum, tmpsum));
      tmpsum = dest;
    }
}

/* If VALS is a vector constant that can be loaded into a register
   using VDUP, generate instructions to do so and return an RTX to
   assign to the register.  Otherwise return NULL_RTX.  */

static rtx
neon_vdup_constant (rtx vals)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (vals);
  enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
  int n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
  bool all_same = true;
  rtx x;
  int i;

  if (GET_CODE (vals) != CONST_VECTOR || GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode) > 4)
    return NULL_RTX;

  for (i = 0; i < n_elts; ++i)
    {
      x = XVECEXP (vals, 0, i);
      if (i > 0 && !rtx_equal_p (x, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0)))
        all_same = false;
    }

  if (!all_same)
    /* The elements are not all the same.  We could handle repeating
       patterns of a mode larger than INNER_MODE here (e.g. int8x8_t
       {0, C, 0, C, 0, C, 0, C} which can be loaded using
       vdup.i16).  */
    return NULL_RTX;

  /* We can load this constant by using VDUP and a constant in a
     single ARM register.  This will be cheaper than a vector
     load.  */

  x = copy_to_mode_reg (inner_mode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0));
  return gen_rtx_VEC_DUPLICATE (mode, x);
}

/* Generate code to load VALS, which is a PARALLEL containing only
   constants (for vec_init) or CONST_VECTOR, efficiently into a
   register.  Returns an RTX to copy into the register, or NULL_RTX
   for a PARALLEL that can not be converted into a CONST_VECTOR.  */

rtx
neon_make_constant (rtx vals)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (vals);
  rtx target;
  rtx const_vec = NULL_RTX;
  int n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
  int n_const = 0;
  int i;

  if (GET_CODE (vals) == CONST_VECTOR)
    const_vec = vals;
  else if (GET_CODE (vals) == PARALLEL)
    {
      /* A CONST_VECTOR must contain only CONST_INTs and
         CONST_DOUBLEs, but CONSTANT_P allows more (e.g. SYMBOL_REF).
         Only store valid constants in a CONST_VECTOR.  */
      for (i = 0; i < n_elts; ++i)
        {
          rtx x = XVECEXP (vals, 0, i);
          if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
            n_const++;
        }
      if (n_const == n_elts)
        const_vec = gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, XVEC (vals, 0));
    }
  else
    gcc_unreachable ();

  if (const_vec != NULL
      && neon_immediate_valid_for_move (const_vec, mode, NULL, NULL))
    /* Load using VMOV.  On Cortex-A8 this takes one cycle.  */
    return const_vec;
  else if ((target = neon_vdup_constant (vals)) != NULL_RTX)
    /* Loaded using VDUP.  On Cortex-A8 the VDUP takes one NEON
       pipeline cycle; creating the constant takes one or two ARM
       pipeline cycles.  */
    return target;
  else if (const_vec != NULL_RTX)
    /* Load from constant pool.  On Cortex-A8 this takes two cycles
       (for either double or quad vectors).  We can not take advantage
       of single-cycle VLD1 because we need a PC-relative addressing
       mode.  */
    return const_vec;
  else
    /* A PARALLEL containing something not valid inside CONST_VECTOR.
       We can not construct an initializer.  */
    return NULL_RTX;
}

/* Initialize vector TARGET to VALS.  */

void
neon_expand_vector_init (rtx target, rtx vals)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (target);
  enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
  int n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
  int n_var = 0, one_var = -1;
  bool all_same = true;
  rtx x, mem;
  int i;

  for (i = 0; i < n_elts; ++i)
    {
      x = XVECEXP (vals, 0, i);
      if (!CONSTANT_P (x))
        ++n_var, one_var = i;

      if (i > 0 && !rtx_equal_p (x, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0)))
        all_same = false;
    }

  if (n_var == 0)
    {
      rtx constant = neon_make_constant (vals);
      if (constant != NULL_RTX)
        {
          emit_move_insn (target, constant);
          return;
        }
    }

  /* Splat a single non-constant element if we can.  */
  if (all_same && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode) <= 4)
    {
      x = copy_to_mode_reg (inner_mode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0));
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
                              gen_rtx_VEC_DUPLICATE (mode, x)));
      return;
    }

  /* One field is non-constant.  Load constant then overwrite varying
     field.  This is more efficient than using the stack.  */
  if (n_var == 1)
    {
      rtx copy = copy_rtx (vals);
      rtx index = GEN_INT (one_var);

      /* Load constant part of vector, substitute neighboring value for
         varying element.  */
      XVECEXP (copy, 0, one_var) = XVECEXP (vals, 0, (one_var + 1) % n_elts);
      neon_expand_vector_init (target, copy);

      /* Insert variable.  */
      x = copy_to_mode_reg (inner_mode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, one_var));
      switch (mode)
        {
        case V8QImode:
          emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev8qi (target, x, target, index));
          break;
        case V16QImode:
          emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev16qi (target, x, target, index));
          break;
        case V4HImode:
          emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev4hi (target, x, target, index));
          break;
        case V8HImode:
          emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev8hi (target, x, target, index));
          break;
        case V2SImode:
          emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev2si (target, x, target, index));
          break;
        case V4SImode:
          emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev4si (target, x, target, index));
          break;
        case V2SFmode:
          emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev2sf (target, x, target, index));
          break;
        case V4SFmode:
          emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev4sf (target, x, target, index));
          break;
        case V2DImode:
          emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev2di (target, x, target, index));
          break;
        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
      return;
    }

  /* Construct the vector in memory one field at a time
     and load the whole vector.  */
  mem = assign_stack_temp (mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
  for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
    emit_move_insn (adjust_address_nv (mem, inner_mode,
                                    i * GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode)),
                    XVECEXP (vals, 0, i));
  emit_move_insn (target, mem);
}

/* Ensure OPERAND lies between LOW (inclusive) and HIGH (exclusive).  Raise
   ERR if it doesn't.  FIXME: NEON bounds checks occur late in compilation, so
   reported source locations are bogus.  */

static void
bounds_check (rtx operand, HOST_WIDE_INT low, HOST_WIDE_INT high,
              const char *err)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT lane;

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT);

  lane = INTVAL (operand);

  if (lane < low || lane >= high)
    error (err);
}

/* Bounds-check lanes.  */

void
neon_lane_bounds (rtx operand, HOST_WIDE_INT low, HOST_WIDE_INT high)
{
  bounds_check (operand, low, high, "lane out of range");
}

/* Bounds-check constants.  */

void
neon_const_bounds (rtx operand, HOST_WIDE_INT low, HOST_WIDE_INT high)
{
  bounds_check (operand, low, high, "constant out of range");
}

HOST_WIDE_INT
neon_element_bits (enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (mode == DImode)
    return GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
  else
    return GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
}

\f
/* Predicates for `match_operand' and `match_operator'.  */

/* Return nonzero if OP is a valid Cirrus memory address pattern.  */
int
cirrus_memory_offset (rtx op)
{
  /* Reject eliminable registers.  */
  if (! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
      && (   reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, op)))
    return 0;

  if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
    {
      rtx ind;

      ind = XEXP (op, 0);

      /* Match: (mem (reg)).  */
      if (GET_CODE (ind) == REG)
        return 1;

      /* Match:
         (mem (plus (reg)
                    (const))).  */
      if (GET_CODE (ind) == PLUS
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == REG
          && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ind, 0), VOIDmode)
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 1)) == CONST_INT)
        return 1;
    }

  return 0;
}

/* Return TRUE if OP is a valid coprocessor memory address pattern.
   WB is true if full writeback address modes are allowed and is false
   if limited writeback address modes (POST_INC and PRE_DEC) are
   allowed.  */

int
arm_coproc_mem_operand (rtx op, bool wb)
{
  rtx ind;

  /* Reject eliminable registers.  */
  if (! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
      && (   reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, op)))
    return FALSE;

  /* Constants are converted into offsets from labels.  */
  if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
    return FALSE;

  ind = XEXP (op, 0);

  if (reload_completed
      && (GET_CODE (ind) == LABEL_REF
          || (GET_CODE (ind) == CONST
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == PLUS
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
    return TRUE;

  /* Match: (mem (reg)).  */
  if (GET_CODE (ind) == REG)
    return arm_address_register_rtx_p (ind, 0);

  /* Autoincremment addressing modes.  POST_INC and PRE_DEC are
     acceptable in any case (subject to verification by
     arm_address_register_rtx_p).  We need WB to be true to accept
     PRE_INC and POST_DEC.  */
  if (GET_CODE (ind) == POST_INC
      || GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_DEC
      || (wb
          && (GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_INC
              || GET_CODE (ind) == POST_DEC)))
    return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind, 0), 0);

  if (wb
      && (GET_CODE (ind) == POST_MODIFY || GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_MODIFY)
      && arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind, 0), 0)
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 1)) == PLUS
      && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 1), 0), XEXP (ind, 0)))
    ind = XEXP (ind, 1);

  /* Match:
     (plus (reg)
           (const)).  */
  if (GET_CODE (ind) == PLUS
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == REG
      && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ind, 0), VOIDmode)
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 1)) == CONST_INT
      && INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) > -1024
      && INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) <  1024
      && (INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) & 3) == 0)
    return TRUE;

  return FALSE;
}

/* Return TRUE if OP is a memory operand which we can load or store a vector
   to/from. TYPE is one of the following values:
    0 - Vector load/stor (vldr)
    1 - Core registers (ldm)
    2 - Element/structure loads (vld1)
 */
int
neon_vector_mem_operand (rtx op, int type)
{
  rtx ind;

  /* Reject eliminable registers.  */
  if (! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
      && (   reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, op)))
    return FALSE;

  /* Constants are converted into offsets from labels.  */
  if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
    return FALSE;

  ind = XEXP (op, 0);

  if (reload_completed
      && (GET_CODE (ind) == LABEL_REF
          || (GET_CODE (ind) == CONST
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == PLUS
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
    return TRUE;

  /* Match: (mem (reg)).  */
  if (GET_CODE (ind) == REG)
    return arm_address_register_rtx_p (ind, 0);

  /* Allow post-increment with Neon registers.  */
  if ((type != 1 && GET_CODE (ind) == POST_INC)
      || (type == 0 && GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_DEC))
    return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind, 0), 0);

  /* FIXME: vld1 allows register post-modify.  */

  /* Match:
     (plus (reg)
          (const)).  */
  if (type == 0
      && GET_CODE (ind) == PLUS
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == REG
      && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ind, 0), VOIDmode)
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 1)) == CONST_INT
      && INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) > -1024
      && INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) < 1016
      && (INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) & 3) == 0)
    return TRUE;

  return FALSE;
}

/* Return TRUE if OP is a mem suitable for loading/storing a Neon struct
   type.  */
int
neon_struct_mem_operand (rtx op)
{
  rtx ind;

  /* Reject eliminable registers.  */
  if (! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
      && (   reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, op)
          || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, op)))
    return FALSE;

  /* Constants are converted into offsets from labels.  */
  if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
    return FALSE;

  ind = XEXP (op, 0);

  if (reload_completed
      && (GET_CODE (ind) == LABEL_REF
          || (GET_CODE (ind) == CONST
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == PLUS
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
    return TRUE;

  /* Match: (mem (reg)).  */
  if (GET_CODE (ind) == REG)
    return arm_address_register_rtx_p (ind, 0);

  /* vldm/vstm allows POST_INC (ia) and PRE_DEC (db).  */
  if (GET_CODE (ind) == POST_INC
      || GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_DEC)
    return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind, 0), 0);

  return FALSE;
}

/* Return true if X is a register that will be eliminated later on.  */
int
arm_eliminable_register (rtx x)
{
  return REG_P (x) && (REGNO (x) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
                       || REGNO (x) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
                       || (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
                           && REGNO (x) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER));
}

/* Return GENERAL_REGS if a scratch register required to reload x to/from
   coprocessor registers.  Otherwise return NO_REGS.  */

enum reg_class
coproc_secondary_reload_class (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool wb)
{
  if (mode == HFmode)
    {
      if (!TARGET_NEON_FP16)
        return GENERAL_REGS;
      if (s_register_operand (x, mode) || neon_vector_mem_operand (x, 2))
        return NO_REGS;
      return GENERAL_REGS;
    }

  /* The neon move patterns handle all legitimate vector and struct
     addresses.  */
  if (TARGET_NEON
      && MEM_P (x)
      && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT
          || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
          || VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode)))
    return NO_REGS;

  if (arm_coproc_mem_operand (x, wb) || s_register_operand (x, mode))
    return NO_REGS;

  return GENERAL_REGS;
}

/* Values which must be returned in the most-significant end of the return
   register.  */

static bool
arm_return_in_msb (const_tree valtype)
{
  return (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
          && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
          && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (valtype)
              || TREE_CODE (valtype) == COMPLEX_TYPE));
}

/* Returns TRUE if INSN is an "LDR REG, ADDR" instruction.
   Use by the Cirrus Maverick code which has to workaround
   a hardware bug triggered by such instructions.  */
static bool
arm_memory_load_p (rtx insn)
{
  rtx body, lhs, rhs;;

  if (insn == NULL_RTX || GET_CODE (insn) != INSN)
    return false;

  body = PATTERN (insn);

  if (GET_CODE (body) != SET)
    return false;

  lhs = XEXP (body, 0);
  rhs = XEXP (body, 1);

  lhs = REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX (lhs);

  /* If the destination is not a general purpose
     register we do not have to worry.  */
  if (GET_CODE (lhs) != REG
      || REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (lhs)) != GENERAL_REGS)
    return false;

  /* As well as loads from memory we also have to react
     to loads of invalid constants which will be turned
     into loads from the minipool.  */
  return (GET_CODE (rhs) == MEM
          || GET_CODE (rhs) == SYMBOL_REF
          || note_invalid_constants (insn, -1, false));
}

/* Return TRUE if INSN is a Cirrus instruction.  */
static bool
arm_cirrus_insn_p (rtx insn)
{
  enum attr_cirrus attr;

  /* get_attr cannot accept USE or CLOBBER.  */
  if (!insn
      || GET_CODE (insn) != INSN
      || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE
      || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
    return 0;

  attr = get_attr_cirrus (insn);

  return attr != CIRRUS_NOT;
}

/* Cirrus reorg for invalid instruction combinations.  */
static void
cirrus_reorg (rtx first)
{
  enum attr_cirrus attr;
  rtx body = PATTERN (first);
  rtx t;
  int nops;

  /* Any branch must be followed by 2 non Cirrus instructions.  */
  if (GET_CODE (first) == JUMP_INSN && GET_CODE (body) != RETURN)
    {
      nops = 0;
      t = next_nonnote_insn (first);

      if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (t))
        ++ nops;

      if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (next_nonnote_insn (t)))
        ++ nops;

      while (nops --)
        emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first);

      return;
    }

  /* (float (blah)) is in parallel with a clobber.  */
  if (GET_CODE (body) == PARALLEL && XVECLEN (body, 0) > 0)
    body = XVECEXP (body, 0, 0);

  if (GET_CODE (body) == SET)
    {
      rtx lhs = XEXP (body, 0), rhs = XEXP (body, 1);

      /* cfldrd, cfldr64, cfstrd, cfstr64 must
         be followed by a non Cirrus insn.  */
      if (get_attr_cirrus (first) == CIRRUS_DOUBLE)
        {
          if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (next_nonnote_insn (first)))
            emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first);

          return;
        }
      else if (arm_memory_load_p (first))
        {
          unsigned int arm_regno;

          /* Any ldr/cfmvdlr, ldr/cfmvdhr, ldr/cfmvsr, ldr/cfmv64lr,
             ldr/cfmv64hr combination where the Rd field is the same
             in both instructions must be split with a non Cirrus
             insn.  Example:

             ldr r0, blah
             nop
             cfmvsr mvf0, r0.  */

          /* Get Arm register number for ldr insn.  */
          if (GET_CODE (lhs) == REG)
            arm_regno = REGNO (lhs);
          else
            {
              gcc_assert (GET_CODE (rhs) == REG);
              arm_regno = REGNO (rhs);
            }

          /* Next insn.  */
          first = next_nonnote_insn (first);

          if (! arm_cirrus_insn_p (first))
            return;

          body = PATTERN (first);

          /* (float (blah)) is in parallel with a clobber.  */
          if (GET_CODE (body) == PARALLEL && XVECLEN (body, 0))
            body = XVECEXP (body, 0, 0);

          if (GET_CODE (body) == FLOAT)
            body = XEXP (body, 0);

          if (get_attr_cirrus (first) == CIRRUS_MOVE
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (body, 1)) == REG
              && arm_regno == REGNO (XEXP (body, 1)))
            emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first);

          return;
        }
    }

  /* get_attr cannot accept USE or CLOBBER.  */
  if (!first
      || GET_CODE (first) != INSN
      || GET_CODE (PATTERN (first)) == USE
      || GET_CODE (PATTERN (first)) == CLOBBER)
    return;

  attr = get_attr_cirrus (first);

  /* Any coprocessor compare instruction (cfcmps, cfcmpd, ...)
     must be followed by a non-coprocessor instruction.  */
  if (attr == CIRRUS_COMPARE)
    {
      nops = 0;

      t = next_nonnote_insn (first);

      if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (t))
        ++ nops;

      if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (next_nonnote_insn (t)))
        ++ nops;

      while (nops --)
        emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first);

      return;
    }
}

/* Return TRUE if X references a SYMBOL_REF.  */
int
symbol_mentioned_p (rtx x)
{
  const char * fmt;
  int i;

  if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
    return 1;

  /* UNSPEC_TLS entries for a symbol include the SYMBOL_REF, but they
     are constant offsets, not symbols.  */
  if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
    return 0;

  fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));

  for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
    {
      if (fmt[i] == 'E')
        {
          int j;

          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
            if (symbol_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
              return 1;
        }
      else if (fmt[i] == 'e' && symbol_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, i)))
        return 1;
    }

  return 0;
}

/* Return TRUE if X references a LABEL_REF.  */
int
label_mentioned_p (rtx x)
{
  const char * fmt;
  int i;

  if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
    return 1;

  /* UNSPEC_TLS entries for a symbol include a LABEL_REF for the referencing
     instruction, but they are constant offsets, not symbols.  */
  if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
    return 0;

  fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
  for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
    {
      if (fmt[i] == 'E')
        {
          int j;

          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
            if (label_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
              return 1;
        }
      else if (fmt[i] == 'e' && label_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, i)))
        return 1;
    }

  return 0;
}

int
tls_mentioned_p (rtx x)
{
  switch (GET_CODE (x))
    {
    case CONST:
      return tls_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 0));

    case UNSPEC:
      if (XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
        return 1;

    default:
      return 0;
    }
}

/* Must not copy any rtx that uses a pc-relative address.  */

static int
arm_note_pic_base (rtx *x, void *date ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (GET_CODE (*x) == UNSPEC
      && XINT (*x, 1) == UNSPEC_PIC_BASE)
    return 1;
  return 0;
}

static bool
arm_cannot_copy_insn_p (rtx insn)
{
  return for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), arm_note_pic_base, NULL);
}

enum rtx_code
minmax_code (rtx x)
{
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);

  switch (code)
    {
    case SMAX:
      return GE;
    case SMIN:
      return LE;
    case UMIN:
      return LEU;
    case UMAX:
      return GEU;
    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Return 1 if memory locations are adjacent.  */
int
adjacent_mem_locations (rtx a, rtx b)
{
  /* We don't guarantee to preserve the order of these memory refs.  */
  if (volatile_refs_p (a) || volatile_refs_p (b))
    return 0;

  if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (a, 0)) == REG
       || (GET_CODE (XEXP (a, 0)) == PLUS
           && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (a, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT))
      && (GET_CODE (XEXP (b, 0)) == REG
          || (GET_CODE (XEXP (b, 0)) == PLUS
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (b, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT val0 = 0, val1 = 0;
      rtx reg0, reg1;
      int val_diff;

      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (a, 0)) == PLUS)
        {
          reg0 = XEXP (XEXP (a, 0), 0);
          val0 = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (a, 0), 1));
        }
      else
        reg0 = XEXP (a, 0);

      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (b, 0)) == PLUS)
        {
          reg1 = XEXP (XEXP (b, 0), 0);
          val1 = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (b, 0), 1));
        }
      else
        reg1 = XEXP (b, 0);

      /* Don't accept any offset that will require multiple
         instructions to handle, since this would cause the
         arith_adjacentmem pattern to output an overlong sequence.  */
      if (!const_ok_for_op (val0, PLUS) || !const_ok_for_op (val1, PLUS))
        return 0;

      /* Don't allow an eliminable register: register elimination can make
         the offset too large.  */
      if (arm_eliminable_register (reg0))
        return 0;

      val_diff = val1 - val0;

      if (arm_ld_sched)
        {
          /* If the target has load delay slots, then there's no benefit
             to using an ldm instruction unless the offset is zero and
             we are optimizing for size.  */
          return (optimize_size && (REGNO (reg0) == REGNO (reg1))
                  && (val0 == 0 || val1 == 0 || val0 == 4 || val1 == 4)
                  && (val_diff == 4 || val_diff == -4));
        }

      return ((REGNO (reg0) == REGNO (reg1))
              && (val_diff == 4 || val_diff == -4));
    }

  return 0;
}

/* Return true iff it would be profitable to turn a sequence of NOPS loads
   or stores (depending on IS_STORE) into a load-multiple or store-multiple
   instruction.  ADD_OFFSET is nonzero if the base address register needs
   to be modified with an add instruction before we can use it.  */

static bool
multiple_operation_profitable_p (bool is_store ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                                 int nops, HOST_WIDE_INT add_offset)
 {
  /* For ARM8,9 & StrongARM, 2 ldr instructions are faster than an ldm
     if the offset isn't small enough.  The reason 2 ldrs are faster
     is because these ARMs are able to do more than one cache access
     in a single cycle.  The ARM9 and StrongARM have Harvard caches,
     whilst the ARM8 has a double bandwidth cache.  This means that
     these cores can do both an instruction fetch and a data fetch in
     a single cycle, so the trick of calculating the address into a
     scratch register (one of the result regs) and then doing a load
     multiple actually becomes slower (and no smaller in code size).
     That is the transformation

        ldr     rd1, [rbase + offset]
        ldr     rd2, [rbase + offset + 4]

     to

        add     rd1, rbase, offset
        ldmia   rd1, {rd1, rd2}

     produces worse code -- '3 cycles + any stalls on rd2' instead of
     '2 cycles + any stalls on rd2'.  On ARMs with only one cache
     access per cycle, the first sequence could never complete in less
     than 6 cycles, whereas the ldm sequence would only take 5 and
     would make better use of sequential accesses if not hitting the
     cache.

     We cheat here and test 'arm_ld_sched' which we currently know to
     only be true for the ARM8, ARM9 and StrongARM.  If this ever
     changes, then the test below needs to be reworked.  */
  if (nops == 2 && arm_ld_sched && add_offset != 0)
    return false;

  /* XScale has load-store double instructions, but they have stricter
     alignment requirements than load-store multiple, so we cannot
     use them.

     For XScale ldm requires 2 + NREGS cycles to complete and blocks
     the pipeline until completion.

        NREGS           CYCLES
          1               3
          2               4
          3               5
          4               6

     An ldr instruction takes 1-3 cycles, but does not block the
     pipeline.

        NREGS           CYCLES
          1              1-3
          2              2-6
          3              3-9
          4              4-12

     Best case ldr will always win.  However, the more ldr instructions
     we issue, the less likely we are to be able to schedule them well.
     Using ldr instructions also increases code size.

     As a compromise, we use ldr for counts of 1 or 2 regs, and ldm
     for counts of 3 or 4 regs.  */
  if (nops <= 2 && arm_tune_xscale && !optimize_size)
    return false;
  return true;
}

/* Subroutine of load_multiple_sequence and store_multiple_sequence.
   Given an array of UNSORTED_OFFSETS, of which there are NOPS, compute
   an array ORDER which describes the sequence to use when accessing the
   offsets that produces an ascending order.  In this sequence, each
   offset must be larger by exactly 4 than the previous one.  ORDER[0]
   must have been filled in with the lowest offset by the caller.
   If UNSORTED_REGS is nonnull, it is an array of register numbers that
   we use to verify that ORDER produces an ascending order of registers.
   Return true if it was possible to construct such an order, false if
   not.  */

static bool
compute_offset_order (int nops, HOST_WIDE_INT *unsorted_offsets, int *order,
                      int *unsorted_regs)
{
  int i;
  for (i = 1; i < nops; i++)
    {
      int j;

      order[i] = order[i - 1];
      for (j = 0; j < nops; j++)
        if (unsorted_offsets[j] == unsorted_offsets[order[i - 1]] + 4)
          {
            /* We must find exactly one offset that is higher than the
               previous one by 4.  */
            if (order[i] != order[i - 1])
              return false;
            order[i] = j;
          }
      if (order[i] == order[i - 1])
        return false;
      /* The register numbers must be ascending.  */
      if (unsorted_regs != NULL
          && unsorted_regs[order[i]] <= unsorted_regs[order[i - 1]])
        return false;
    }
  return true;
}

/* Used to determine in a peephole whether a sequence of load
   instructions can be changed into a load-multiple instruction.
   NOPS is the number of separate load instructions we are examining.  The
   first NOPS entries in OPERANDS are the destination registers, the
   next NOPS entries are memory operands.  If this function is
   successful, *BASE is set to the common base register of the memory
   accesses; *LOAD_OFFSET is set to the first memory location's offset
   from that base register.
   REGS is an array filled in with the destination register numbers.
   SAVED_ORDER (if nonnull), is an array filled in with an order that maps
   insn numbers to an ascending order of stores.  If CHECK_REGS is true,
   the sequence of registers in REGS matches the loads from ascending memory
   locations, and the function verifies that the register numbers are
   themselves ascending.  If CHECK_REGS is false, the register numbers
   are stored in the order they are found in the operands.  */
static int
load_multiple_sequence (rtx *operands, int nops, int *regs, int *saved_order,
                        int *base, HOST_WIDE_INT *load_offset, bool check_regs)
{
  int unsorted_regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  HOST_WIDE_INT unsorted_offsets[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  int order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  rtx base_reg_rtx = NULL;
  int base_reg = -1;
  int i, ldm_case;

  /* Can only handle up to MAX_LDM_STM_OPS insns at present, though could be
     easily extended if required.  */
  gcc_assert (nops >= 2 && nops <= MAX_LDM_STM_OPS);

  memset (order, 0, MAX_LDM_STM_OPS * sizeof (int));

  /* Loop over the operands and check that the memory references are
     suitable (i.e. immediate offsets from the same base register).  At
     the same time, extract the target register, and the memory
     offsets.  */
  for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
    {
      rtx reg;
      rtx offset;

      /* Convert a subreg of a mem into the mem itself.  */
      if (GET_CODE (operands[nops + i]) == SUBREG)
        operands[nops + i] = alter_subreg (operands + (nops + i));

      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[nops + i]) == MEM);

      /* Don't reorder volatile memory references; it doesn't seem worth
         looking for the case where the order is ok anyway.  */
      if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands[nops + i]))
        return 0;

      offset = const0_rtx;

      if ((GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0)) == REG
           || (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG
               && GET_CODE (reg = SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG))
          || (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0)) == PLUS
              && ((GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0), 0))
                   == REG)
                  || (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG
                      && GET_CODE (reg = SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG))
              && (GET_CODE (offset = XEXP (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0), 1))
                  == CONST_INT)))
        {
          if (i == 0)
            {
              base_reg = REGNO (reg);
              base_reg_rtx = reg;
              if (TARGET_THUMB1 && base_reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
                return 0;
            }
          else if (base_reg != (int) REGNO (reg))
            /* Not addressed from the same base register.  */
            return 0;

          unsorted_regs[i] = (GET_CODE (operands[i]) == REG
                              ? REGNO (operands[i])
                              : REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operands[i])));

          /* If it isn't an integer register, or if it overwrites the
             base register but isn't the last insn in the list, then
             we can't do this.  */
          if (unsorted_regs[i] < 0
              || (TARGET_THUMB1 && unsorted_regs[i] > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
              || unsorted_regs[i] > 14
              || (i != nops - 1 && unsorted_regs[i] == base_reg))
            return 0;

          unsorted_offsets[i] = INTVAL (offset);
          if (i == 0 || unsorted_offsets[i] < unsorted_offsets[order[0]])
            order[0] = i;
        }
      else
        /* Not a suitable memory address.  */
        return 0;
    }

  /* All the useful information has now been extracted from the
     operands into unsorted_regs and unsorted_offsets; additionally,
     order[0] has been set to the lowest offset in the list.  Sort
     the offsets into order, verifying that they are adjacent, and
     check that the register numbers are ascending.  */
  if (!compute_offset_order (nops, unsorted_offsets, order,
                             check_regs ? unsorted_regs : NULL))
    return 0;

  if (saved_order)
    memcpy (saved_order, order, sizeof order);

  if (base)
    {
      *base = base_reg;

      for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
        regs[i] = unsorted_regs[check_regs ? order[i] : i];

      *load_offset = unsorted_offsets[order[0]];
    }

  if (TARGET_THUMB1
      && !peep2_reg_dead_p (nops, base_reg_rtx))
    return 0;

  if (unsorted_offsets[order[0]] == 0)
    ldm_case = 1; /* ldmia */
  else if (TARGET_ARM && unsorted_offsets[order[0]] == 4)
    ldm_case = 2; /* ldmib */
  else if (TARGET_ARM && unsorted_offsets[order[nops - 1]] == 0)
    ldm_case = 3; /* ldmda */
  else if (TARGET_32BIT && unsorted_offsets[order[nops - 1]] == -4)
    ldm_case = 4; /* ldmdb */
  else if (const_ok_for_arm (unsorted_offsets[order[0]])
           || const_ok_for_arm (-unsorted_offsets[order[0]]))
    ldm_case = 5;
  else
    return 0;

  if (!multiple_operation_profitable_p (false, nops,
                                        ldm_case == 5
                                        ? unsorted_offsets[order[0]] : 0))
    return 0;

  return ldm_case;
}

/* Used to determine in a peephole whether a sequence of store instructions can
   be changed into a store-multiple instruction.
   NOPS is the number of separate store instructions we are examining.
   NOPS_TOTAL is the total number of instructions recognized by the peephole
   pattern.
   The first NOPS entries in OPERANDS are the source registers, the next
   NOPS entries are memory operands.  If this function is successful, *BASE is
   set to the common base register of the memory accesses; *LOAD_OFFSET is set
   to the first memory location's offset from that base register.  REGS is an
   array filled in with the source register numbers, REG_RTXS (if nonnull) is
   likewise filled with the corresponding rtx's.
   SAVED_ORDER (if nonnull), is an array filled in with an order that maps insn
   numbers to an ascending order of stores.
   If CHECK_REGS is true, the sequence of registers in *REGS matches the stores
   from ascending memory locations, and the function verifies that the register
   numbers are themselves ascending.  If CHECK_REGS is false, the register
   numbers are stored in the order they are found in the operands.  */
static int
store_multiple_sequence (rtx *operands, int nops, int nops_total,
                         int *regs, rtx *reg_rtxs, int *saved_order, int *base,
                         HOST_WIDE_INT *load_offset, bool check_regs)
{
  int unsorted_regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  rtx unsorted_reg_rtxs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  HOST_WIDE_INT unsorted_offsets[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  int order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  int base_reg = -1;
  rtx base_reg_rtx = NULL;
  int i, stm_case;

  /* Can only handle up to MAX_LDM_STM_OPS insns at present, though could be
     easily extended if required.  */
  gcc_assert (nops >= 2 && nops <= MAX_LDM_STM_OPS);

  memset (order, 0, MAX_LDM_STM_OPS * sizeof (int));

  /* Loop over the operands and check that the memory references are
     suitable (i.e. immediate offsets from the same base register).  At
     the same time, extract the target register, and the memory
     offsets.  */
  for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
    {
      rtx reg;
      rtx offset;

      /* Convert a subreg of a mem into the mem itself.  */
      if (GET_CODE (operands[nops + i]) == SUBREG)
        operands[nops + i] = alter_subreg (operands + (nops + i));

      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[nops + i]) == MEM);

      /* Don't reorder volatile memory references; it doesn't seem worth
         looking for the case where the order is ok anyway.  */
      if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands[nops + i]))
        return 0;

      offset = const0_rtx;

      if ((GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0)) == REG
           || (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG
               && GET_CODE (reg = SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG))
          || (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0)) == PLUS
              && ((GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0), 0))
                   == REG)
                  || (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG
                      && GET_CODE (reg = SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG))
              && (GET_CODE (offset = XEXP (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0), 1))
                  == CONST_INT)))
        {
          unsorted_reg_rtxs[i] = (GET_CODE (operands[i]) == REG
                                  ? operands[i] : SUBREG_REG (operands[i]));
          unsorted_regs[i] = REGNO (unsorted_reg_rtxs[i]);

          if (i == 0)
            {
              base_reg = REGNO (reg);
              base_reg_rtx = reg;
              if (TARGET_THUMB1 && base_reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
                return 0;
            }
          else if (base_reg != (int) REGNO (reg))
            /* Not addressed from the same base register.  */
            return 0;

          /* If it isn't an integer register, then we can't do this.  */
          if (unsorted_regs[i] < 0
              || (TARGET_THUMB1 && unsorted_regs[i] > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
              || (TARGET_THUMB2 && unsorted_regs[i] == base_reg)
              || (TARGET_THUMB2 && unsorted_regs[i] == SP_REGNUM)
              || unsorted_regs[i] > 14)
            return 0;

          unsorted_offsets[i] = INTVAL (offset);
          if (i == 0 || unsorted_offsets[i] < unsorted_offsets[order[0]])
            order[0] = i;
        }
      else
        /* Not a suitable memory address.  */
        return 0;
    }

  /* All the useful information has now been extracted from the
     operands into unsorted_regs and unsorted_offsets; additionally,
     order[0] has been set to the lowest offset in the list.  Sort
     the offsets into order, verifying that they are adjacent, and
     check that the register numbers are ascending.  */
  if (!compute_offset_order (nops, unsorted_offsets, order,
                             check_regs ? unsorted_regs : NULL))
    return 0;

  if (saved_order)
    memcpy (saved_order, order, sizeof order);

  if (base)
    {
      *base = base_reg;

      for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
        {
          regs[i] = unsorted_regs[check_regs ? order[i] : i];
          if (reg_rtxs)
            reg_rtxs[i] = unsorted_reg_rtxs[check_regs ? order[i] : i];
        }

      *load_offset = unsorted_offsets[order[0]];
    }

  if (TARGET_THUMB1
      && !peep2_reg_dead_p (nops_total, base_reg_rtx))
    return 0;

  if (unsorted_offsets[order[0]] == 0)
    stm_case = 1; /* stmia */
  else if (TARGET_ARM && unsorted_offsets[order[0]] == 4)
    stm_case = 2; /* stmib */
  else if (TARGET_ARM && unsorted_offsets[order[nops - 1]] == 0)
    stm_case = 3; /* stmda */
  else if (TARGET_32BIT && unsorted_offsets[order[nops - 1]] == -4)
    stm_case = 4; /* stmdb */
  else
    return 0;

  if (!multiple_operation_profitable_p (false, nops, 0))
    return 0;

  return stm_case;
}
\f
/* Routines for use in generating RTL.  */

/* Generate a load-multiple instruction.  COUNT is the number of loads in
   the instruction; REGS and MEMS are arrays containing the operands.
   BASEREG is the base register to be used in addressing the memory operands.
   WBACK_OFFSET is nonzero if the instruction should update the base
   register.  */

static rtx
arm_gen_load_multiple_1 (int count, int *regs, rtx *mems, rtx basereg,
                         HOST_WIDE_INT wback_offset)
{
  int i = 0, j;
  rtx result;

  if (!multiple_operation_profitable_p (false, count, 0))
    {
      rtx seq;

      start_sequence ();

      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[i]), mems[i]);

      if (wback_offset != 0)
        emit_move_insn (basereg, plus_constant (basereg, wback_offset));

      seq = get_insns ();
      end_sequence ();

      return seq;
    }

  result = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode,
                             rtvec_alloc (count + (wback_offset != 0 ? 1 : 0)));
  if (wback_offset != 0)
    {
      XVECEXP (result, 0, 0)
        = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, basereg,
                       plus_constant (basereg, wback_offset));
      i = 1;
      count++;
    }

  for (j = 0; i < count; i++, j++)
    XVECEXP (result, 0, i)
      = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[j]), mems[j]);

  return result;
}

/* Generate a store-multiple instruction.  COUNT is the number of stores in
   the instruction; REGS and MEMS are arrays containing the operands.
   BASEREG is the base register to be used in addressing the memory operands.
   WBACK_OFFSET is nonzero if the instruction should update the base
   register.  */

static rtx
arm_gen_store_multiple_1 (int count, int *regs, rtx *mems, rtx basereg,
                          HOST_WIDE_INT wback_offset)
{
  int i = 0, j;
  rtx result;

  if (GET_CODE (basereg) == PLUS)
    basereg = XEXP (basereg, 0);

  if (!multiple_operation_profitable_p (false, count, 0))
    {
      rtx seq;

      start_sequence ();

      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
        emit_move_insn (mems[i], gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[i]));

      if (wback_offset != 0)
        emit_move_insn (basereg, plus_constant (basereg, wback_offset));

      seq = get_insns ();
      end_sequence ();

      return seq;
    }

  result = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode,
                             rtvec_alloc (count + (wback_offset != 0 ? 1 : 0)));
  if (wback_offset != 0)
    {
      XVECEXP (result, 0, 0)
        = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, basereg,
                       plus_constant (basereg, wback_offset));
      i = 1;
      count++;
    }

  for (j = 0; i < count; i++, j++)
    XVECEXP (result, 0, i)
      = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mems[j], gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[j]));

  return result;
}

/* Generate either a load-multiple or a store-multiple instruction.  This
   function can be used in situations where we can start with a single MEM
   rtx and adjust its address upwards.
   COUNT is the number of operations in the instruction, not counting a
   possible update of the base register.  REGS is an array containing the
   register operands.
   BASEREG is the base register to be used in addressing the memory operands,
   which are constructed from BASEMEM.
   WRITE_BACK specifies whether the generated instruction should include an
   update of the base register.
   OFFSETP is used to pass an offset to and from this function; this offset
   is not used when constructing the address (instead BASEMEM should have an
   appropriate offset in its address), it is used only for setting
   MEM_OFFSET.  It is updated only if WRITE_BACK is true.*/

static rtx
arm_gen_multiple_op (bool is_load, int *regs, int count, rtx basereg,
                     bool write_back, rtx basemem, HOST_WIDE_INT *offsetp)
{
  rtx mems[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = *offsetp;
  int i;

  gcc_assert (count <= MAX_LDM_STM_OPS);

  if (GET_CODE (basereg) == PLUS)
    basereg = XEXP (basereg, 0);

  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
    {
      rtx addr = plus_constant (basereg, i * 4);
      mems[i] = adjust_automodify_address_nv (basemem, SImode, addr, offset);
      offset += 4;
    }

  if (write_back)
    *offsetp = offset;

  if (is_load)
    return arm_gen_load_multiple_1 (count, regs, mems, basereg,
                                    write_back ? 4 * count : 0);
  else
    return arm_gen_store_multiple_1 (count, regs, mems, basereg,
                                     write_back ? 4 * count : 0);
}

rtx
arm_gen_load_multiple (int *regs, int count, rtx basereg, int write_back,
                       rtx basemem, HOST_WIDE_INT *offsetp)
{
  return arm_gen_multiple_op (TRUE, regs, count, basereg, write_back, basemem,
                              offsetp);
}

rtx
arm_gen_store_multiple (int *regs, int count, rtx basereg, int write_back,
                        rtx basemem, HOST_WIDE_INT *offsetp)
{
  return arm_gen_multiple_op (FALSE, regs, count, basereg, write_back, basemem,
                              offsetp);
}

/* Called from a peephole2 expander to turn a sequence of loads into an
   LDM instruction.  OPERANDS are the operands found by the peephole matcher;
   NOPS indicates how many separate loads we are trying to combine.  SORT_REGS
   is true if we can reorder the registers because they are used commutatively
   subsequently.
   Returns true iff we could generate a new instruction.  */

bool
gen_ldm_seq (rtx *operands, int nops, bool sort_regs)
{
  int regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], mem_order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  rtx mems[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  int i, j, base_reg;
  rtx base_reg_rtx;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
  int write_back = FALSE;
  int ldm_case;
  rtx addr;

  ldm_case = load_multiple_sequence (operands, nops, regs, mem_order,
                                     &base_reg, &offset, !sort_regs);

  if (ldm_case == 0)
    return false;

  if (sort_regs)
    for (i = 0; i < nops - 1; i++)
      for (j = i + 1; j < nops; j++)
        if (regs[i] > regs[j])
          {
            int t = regs[i];
            regs[i] = regs[j];
            regs[j] = t;
          }
  base_reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, base_reg);

  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      gcc_assert (peep2_reg_dead_p (nops, base_reg_rtx));
      gcc_assert (ldm_case == 1 || ldm_case == 5);
      write_back = TRUE;
    }

  if (ldm_case == 5)
    {
      rtx newbase = TARGET_THUMB1 ? base_reg_rtx : gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[0]);
      emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (newbase, base_reg_rtx, GEN_INT (offset)));
      offset = 0;
      if (!TARGET_THUMB1)
        {
          base_reg = regs[0];
          base_reg_rtx = newbase;
        }
    }

  for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
    {
      addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset + i * 4);
      mems[i] = adjust_automodify_address_nv (operands[nops + mem_order[i]],
                                              SImode, addr, 0);
    }
  emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple_1 (nops, regs, mems, base_reg_rtx,
                                      write_back ? offset + i * 4 : 0));
  return true;
}

/* Called from a peephole2 expander to turn a sequence of stores into an
   STM instruction.  OPERANDS are the operands found by the peephole matcher;
   NOPS indicates how many separate stores we are trying to combine.
   Returns true iff we could generate a new instruction.  */

bool
gen_stm_seq (rtx *operands, int nops)
{
  int i;
  int regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], mem_order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  rtx mems[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  int base_reg;
  rtx base_reg_rtx;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
  int write_back = FALSE;
  int stm_case;
  rtx addr;
  bool base_reg_dies;

  stm_case = store_multiple_sequence (operands, nops, nops, regs, NULL,
                                      mem_order, &base_reg, &offset, true);

  if (stm_case == 0)
    return false;

  base_reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, base_reg);

  base_reg_dies = peep2_reg_dead_p (nops, base_reg_rtx);
  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      gcc_assert (base_reg_dies);
      write_back = TRUE;
    }

  if (stm_case == 5)
    {
      gcc_assert (base_reg_dies);
      emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_reg_rtx, base_reg_rtx, GEN_INT (offset)));
      offset = 0;
    }

  addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset);

  for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
    {
      addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset + i * 4);
      mems[i] = adjust_automodify_address_nv (operands[nops + mem_order[i]],
                                              SImode, addr, 0);
    }
  emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple_1 (nops, regs, mems, base_reg_rtx,
                                       write_back ? offset + i * 4 : 0));
  return true;
}

/* Called from a peephole2 expander to turn a sequence of stores that are
   preceded by constant loads into an STM instruction.  OPERANDS are the
   operands found by the peephole matcher; NOPS indicates how many
   separate stores we are trying to combine; there are 2 * NOPS
   instructions in the peephole.
   Returns true iff we could generate a new instruction.  */

bool
gen_const_stm_seq (rtx *operands, int nops)
{
  int regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], sorted_regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  int reg_order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], mem_order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  rtx reg_rtxs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], orig_reg_rtxs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  rtx mems[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
  int base_reg;
  rtx base_reg_rtx;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
  int write_back = FALSE;
  int stm_case;
  rtx addr;
  bool base_reg_dies;
  int i, j;
  HARD_REG_SET allocated;

  stm_case = store_multiple_sequence (operands, nops, 2 * nops, regs, reg_rtxs,
                                      mem_order, &base_reg, &offset, false);

  if (stm_case == 0)
    return false;

  memcpy (orig_reg_rtxs, reg_rtxs, sizeof orig_reg_rtxs);

  /* If the same register is used more than once, try to find a free
     register.  */
  CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (allocated);
  for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
    {
      for (j = i + 1; j < nops; j++)
        if (regs[i] == regs[j])
          {
            rtx t = peep2_find_free_register (0, nops * 2,
                                              TARGET_THUMB1 ? "l" : "r",
                                              SImode, &allocated);
            if (t == NULL_RTX)
              return false;
            reg_rtxs[i] = t;
            regs[i] = REGNO (t);
          }
    }

  /* Compute an ordering that maps the register numbers to an ascending
     sequence.  */
  reg_order[0] = 0;
  for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
    if (regs[i] < regs[reg_order[0]])
      reg_order[0] = i;

  for (i = 1; i < nops; i++)
    {
      int this_order = reg_order[i - 1];
      for (j = 0; j < nops; j++)
        if (regs[j] > regs[reg_order[i - 1]]
            && (this_order == reg_order[i - 1]
                || regs[j] < regs[this_order]))
          this_order = j;
      reg_order[i] = this_order;
    }

  /* Ensure that registers that must be live after the instruction end
     up with the correct value.  */
  for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
    {
      int this_order = reg_order[i];
      if ((this_order != mem_order[i]
           || orig_reg_rtxs[this_order] != reg_rtxs[this_order])
          && !peep2_reg_dead_p (nops * 2, orig_reg_rtxs[this_order]))
        return false;
    }

  /* Load the constants.  */
  for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
    {
      rtx op = operands[2 * nops + mem_order[i]];
      sorted_regs[i] = regs[reg_order[i]];
      emit_move_insn (reg_rtxs[reg_order[i]], op);
    }

  base_reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, base_reg);

  base_reg_dies = peep2_reg_dead_p (nops * 2, base_reg_rtx);
  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      gcc_assert (base_reg_dies);
      write_back = TRUE;
    }

  if (stm_case == 5)
    {
      gcc_assert (base_reg_dies);
      emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_reg_rtx, base_reg_rtx, GEN_INT (offset)));
      offset = 0;
    }

  addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset);

  for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
    {
      addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset + i * 4);
      mems[i] = adjust_automodify_address_nv (operands[nops + mem_order[i]],
                                              SImode, addr, 0);
    }
  emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple_1 (nops, sorted_regs, mems, base_reg_rtx,
                                       write_back ? offset + i * 4 : 0));
  return true;
}

int
arm_gen_movmemqi (rtx *operands)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT in_words_to_go, out_words_to_go, last_bytes;
  HOST_WIDE_INT srcoffset, dstoffset;
  int i;
  rtx src, dst, srcbase, dstbase;
  rtx part_bytes_reg = NULL;
  rtx mem;

  if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != CONST_INT
      || GET_CODE (operands[3]) != CONST_INT
      || INTVAL (operands[2]) > 64
      || INTVAL (operands[3]) & 3)
    return 0;

  dstbase = operands[0];
  srcbase = operands[1];

  dst = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, XEXP (dstbase, 0));
  src = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, XEXP (srcbase, 0));

  in_words_to_go = ARM_NUM_INTS (INTVAL (operands[2]));
  out_words_to_go = INTVAL (operands[2]) / 4;
  last_bytes = INTVAL (operands[2]) & 3;
  dstoffset = srcoffset = 0;

  if (out_words_to_go != in_words_to_go && ((in_words_to_go - 1) & 3) != 0)
    part_bytes_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, (in_words_to_go - 1) & 3);

  for (i = 0; in_words_to_go >= 2; i+=4)
    {
      if (in_words_to_go > 4)
        emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple (arm_regs_in_sequence, 4, src,
                                          TRUE, srcbase, &srcoffset));
      else
        emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple (arm_regs_in_sequence, in_words_to_go,
                                          src, FALSE, srcbase,
                                          &srcoffset));

      if (out_words_to_go)
        {
          if (out_words_to_go > 4)
            emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple (arm_regs_in_sequence, 4, dst,
                                               TRUE, dstbase, &dstoffset));
          else if (out_words_to_go != 1)
            emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple (arm_regs_in_sequence,
                                               out_words_to_go, dst,
                                               (last_bytes == 0
                                                ? FALSE : TRUE),
                                               dstbase, &dstoffset));
          else
            {
              mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, SImode, dst, dstoffset);
              emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 0));
              if (last_bytes != 0)
                {
                  emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dst, dst, GEN_INT (4)));
                  dstoffset += 4;
                }
            }
        }

      in_words_to_go -= in_words_to_go < 4 ? in_words_to_go : 4;
      out_words_to_go -= out_words_to_go < 4 ? out_words_to_go : 4;
    }

  /* OUT_WORDS_TO_GO will be zero here if there are byte stores to do.  */
  if (out_words_to_go)
    {
      rtx sreg;

      mem = adjust_automodify_address (srcbase, SImode, src, srcoffset);
      sreg = copy_to_reg (mem);

      mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, SImode, dst, dstoffset);
      emit_move_insn (mem, sreg);
      in_words_to_go--;

      gcc_assert (!in_words_to_go);     /* Sanity check */
    }

  if (in_words_to_go)
    {
      gcc_assert (in_words_to_go > 0);

      mem = adjust_automodify_address (srcbase, SImode, src, srcoffset);
      part_bytes_reg = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, mem);
    }

  gcc_assert (!last_bytes || part_bytes_reg);

  if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && last_bytes)
    {
      rtx tmp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);

      /* The bytes we want are in the top end of the word.  */
      emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp, part_bytes_reg,
                              GEN_INT (8 * (4 - last_bytes))));
      part_bytes_reg = tmp;

      while (last_bytes)
        {
          mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, QImode,
                                           plus_constant (dst, last_bytes - 1),
                                           dstoffset + last_bytes - 1);
          emit_move_insn (mem, gen_lowpart (QImode, part_bytes_reg));

          if (--last_bytes)
            {
              tmp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
              emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp, part_bytes_reg, GEN_INT (8)));
              part_bytes_reg = tmp;
            }
        }

    }
  else
    {
      if (last_bytes > 1)
        {
          mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, HImode, dst, dstoffset);
          emit_move_insn (mem, gen_lowpart (HImode, part_bytes_reg));
          last_bytes -= 2;
          if (last_bytes)
            {
              rtx tmp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
              emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dst, dst, const2_rtx));
              emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp, part_bytes_reg, GEN_INT (16)));
              part_bytes_reg = tmp;
              dstoffset += 2;
            }
        }

      if (last_bytes)
        {
          mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, QImode, dst, dstoffset);
          emit_move_insn (mem, gen_lowpart (QImode, part_bytes_reg));
        }
    }

  return 1;
}

/* Select a dominance comparison mode if possible for a test of the general
   form (OP (COND_OR (X) (Y)) (const_int 0)).  We support three forms.
   COND_OR == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y => (X && Y)
   COND_OR == DOM_CC_NX_OR_Y => ((! X) || Y)
   COND_OR == DOM_CC_X_OR_Y => (X || Y)
   In all cases OP will be either EQ or NE, but we don't need to know which
   here.  If we are unable to support a dominance comparison we return
   CC mode.  This will then fail to match for the RTL expressions that
   generate this call.  */
enum machine_mode
arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (rtx x, rtx y, HOST_WIDE_INT cond_or)
{
  enum rtx_code cond1, cond2;
  int swapped = 0;

  /* Currently we will probably get the wrong result if the individual
     comparisons are not simple.  This also ensures that it is safe to
     reverse a comparison if necessary.  */
  if ((arm_select_cc_mode (cond1 = GET_CODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1))
       != CCmode)
      || (arm_select_cc_mode (cond2 = GET_CODE (y), XEXP (y, 0), XEXP (y, 1))
          != CCmode))
    return CCmode;

  /* The if_then_else variant of this tests the second condition if the
     first passes, but is true if the first fails.  Reverse the first
     condition to get a true "inclusive-or" expression.  */
  if (cond_or == DOM_CC_NX_OR_Y)
    cond1 = reverse_condition (cond1);

  /* If the comparisons are not equal, and one doesn't dominate the other,
     then we can't do this.  */
  if (cond1 != cond2
      && !comparison_dominates_p (cond1, cond2)
      && (swapped = 1, !comparison_dominates_p (cond2, cond1)))
    return CCmode;

  if (swapped)
    {
      enum rtx_code temp = cond1;
      cond1 = cond2;
      cond2 = temp;
    }

  switch (cond1)
    {
    case EQ:
      if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
        return CC_DEQmode;

      switch (cond2)
        {
        case EQ: return CC_DEQmode;
        case LE: return CC_DLEmode;
        case LEU: return CC_DLEUmode;
        case GE: return CC_DGEmode;
        case GEU: return CC_DGEUmode;
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case LT:
      if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
        return CC_DLTmode;

      switch (cond2)
        {
        case  LT:
            return CC_DLTmode;
        case LE:
          return CC_DLEmode;
        case NE:
          return CC_DNEmode;
        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case GT:
      if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
        return CC_DGTmode;

      switch (cond2)
        {
        case GT:
          return CC_DGTmode;
        case GE:
          return CC_DGEmode;
        case NE:
          return CC_DNEmode;
        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case LTU:
      if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
        return CC_DLTUmode;

      switch (cond2)
        {
        case LTU:
          return CC_DLTUmode;
        case LEU:
          return CC_DLEUmode;
        case NE:
          return CC_DNEmode;
        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case GTU:
      if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
        return CC_DGTUmode;

      switch (cond2)
        {
        case GTU:
          return CC_DGTUmode;
        case GEU:
          return CC_DGEUmode;
        case NE:
          return CC_DNEmode;
        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    /* The remaining cases only occur when both comparisons are the
       same.  */
    case NE:
      gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
      return CC_DNEmode;

    case LE:
      gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
      return CC_DLEmode;

    case GE:
      gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
      return CC_DGEmode;

    case LEU:
      gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
      return CC_DLEUmode;

    case GEU:
      gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
      return CC_DGEUmode;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

enum machine_mode
arm_select_cc_mode (enum rtx_code op, rtx x, rtx y)
{
  /* All floating point compares return CCFP if it is an equality
     comparison, and CCFPE otherwise.  */
  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
    {
      switch (op)
        {
        case EQ:
        case NE:
        case UNORDERED:
        case ORDERED:
        case UNLT:
        case UNLE:
        case UNGT:
        case UNGE:
        case UNEQ:
        case LTGT:
          return CCFPmode;

        case LT:
        case LE:
        case GT:
        case GE:
          if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK)
            return CCFPmode;
          return CCFPEmode;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
    }

  /* A compare with a shifted operand.  Because of canonicalization, the
     comparison will have to be swapped when we emit the assembler.  */
  if (GET_MODE (y) == SImode 
      && (REG_P (y) || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG))
      && (GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFTRT
          || GET_CODE (x) == LSHIFTRT || GET_CODE (x) == ROTATE
          || GET_CODE (x) == ROTATERT))
    return CC_SWPmode;

  /* This operation is performed swapped, but since we only rely on the Z
     flag we don't need an additional mode.  */
  if (GET_MODE (y) == SImode 
      && (REG_P (y) || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG))
      && GET_CODE (x) == NEG
      && (op == EQ || op == NE))
    return CC_Zmode;

  /* This is a special case that is used by combine to allow a
     comparison of a shifted byte load to be split into a zero-extend
     followed by a comparison of the shifted integer (only valid for
     equalities and unsigned inequalities).  */
  if (GET_MODE (x) == SImode
      && GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == 24
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
      && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))) == MEM
      && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))) == QImode
      && (op == EQ || op == NE
          || op == GEU || op == GTU || op == LTU || op == LEU)
      && GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT)
    return CC_Zmode;

  /* A construct for a conditional compare, if the false arm contains
     0, then both conditions must be true, otherwise either condition
     must be true.  Not all conditions are possible, so CCmode is
     returned if it can't be done.  */
  if (GET_CODE (x) == IF_THEN_ELSE
      && (XEXP (x, 2) == const0_rtx
          || XEXP (x, 2) == const1_rtx)
      && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 0))
      && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
    return arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1),
                                         INTVAL (XEXP (x, 2)));

  /* Alternate canonicalizations of the above.  These are somewhat cleaner.  */
  if (GET_CODE (x) == AND
      && (op == EQ || op == NE)
      && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 0))
      && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
    return arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1),
                                         DOM_CC_X_AND_Y);

  if (GET_CODE (x) == IOR
      && (op == EQ || op == NE)
      && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 0))
      && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
    return arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1),
                                         DOM_CC_X_OR_Y);

  /* An operation (on Thumb) where we want to test for a single bit.
     This is done by shifting that bit up into the top bit of a
     scratch register; we can then branch on the sign bit.  */
  if (TARGET_THUMB1
      && GET_MODE (x) == SImode
      && (op == EQ || op == NE)
      && GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTRACT
      && XEXP (x, 1) == const1_rtx)
    return CC_Nmode;

  /* An operation that sets the condition codes as a side-effect, the
     V flag is not set correctly, so we can only use comparisons where
     this doesn't matter.  (For LT and GE we can use "mi" and "pl"
     instead.)  */
  /* ??? Does the ZERO_EXTRACT case really apply to thumb2?  */
  if (GET_MODE (x) == SImode
      && y == const0_rtx
      && (op == EQ || op == NE || op == LT || op == GE)
      && (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS || GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
          || GET_CODE (x) == AND || GET_CODE (x) == IOR
          || GET_CODE (x) == XOR || GET_CODE (x) == MULT
          || GET_CODE (x) == NOT || GET_CODE (x) == NEG
          || GET_CODE (x) == LSHIFTRT
          || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFTRT
          || GET_CODE (x) == ROTATERT
          || (TARGET_32BIT && GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTRACT)))
    return CC_NOOVmode;

  if (GET_MODE (x) == QImode && (op == EQ || op == NE))
    return CC_Zmode;

  if (GET_MODE (x) == SImode && (op == LTU || op == GEU)
      && GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
      && (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 0), y) || rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 1), y)))
    return CC_Cmode;

  if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode || GET_MODE (y) == DImode)
    {
      /* To keep things simple, always use the Cirrus cfcmp64 if it is
         available.  */
      if (TARGET_ARM && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK)
        return CCmode;

      switch (op)
        {
        case EQ:
        case NE:
          /* A DImode comparison against zero can be implemented by
             or'ing the two halves together.  */
          if (y == const0_rtx)
            return CC_Zmode;

          /* We can do an equality test in three Thumb instructions.  */
          if (!TARGET_ARM)
            return CC_Zmode;

          /* FALLTHROUGH */

        case LTU:
        case LEU:
        case GTU:
        case GEU:
          /* DImode unsigned comparisons can be implemented by cmp +
             cmpeq without a scratch register.  Not worth doing in
             Thumb-2.  */
          if (TARGET_ARM)
            return CC_CZmode;

          /* FALLTHROUGH */

        case LT:
        case LE:
        case GT:
        case GE:
          /* DImode signed and unsigned comparisons can be implemented
             by cmp + sbcs with a scratch register, but that does not
             set the Z flag - we must reverse GT/LE/GTU/LEU.  */
          gcc_assert (op != EQ && op != NE);
          return CC_NCVmode;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
    }

  return CCmode;
}

/* X and Y are two things to compare using CODE.  Emit the compare insn and
   return the rtx for register 0 in the proper mode.  FP means this is a
   floating point compare: I don't think that it is needed on the arm.  */
rtx
arm_gen_compare_reg (enum rtx_code code, rtx x, rtx y)
{
  enum machine_mode mode;
  rtx cc_reg;
  int dimode_comparison = GET_MODE (x) == DImode || GET_MODE (y) == DImode;

  /* We might have X as a constant, Y as a register because of the predicates
     used for cmpdi.  If so, force X to a register here.  */
  if (dimode_comparison && !REG_P (x))
    x = force_reg (DImode, x);

  mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (code, x, y);
  cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, CC_REGNUM);

  if (dimode_comparison
      && !(TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK)
      && mode != CC_CZmode)
    {
      rtx clobber, set;

      /* To compare two non-zero values for equality, XOR them and
         then compare against zero.  Not used for ARM mode; there
         CC_CZmode is cheaper.  */
      if (mode == CC_Zmode && y != const0_rtx)
        {
          x = expand_binop (DImode, xor_optab, x, y, NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN);
          y = const0_rtx;
        }
      /* A scratch register is required.  */
      clobber = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_SCRATCH (SImode));
      set = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cc_reg, gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode, x, y));
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec (2, set, clobber)));
    }
  else
    emit_set_insn (cc_reg, gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode, x, y));

  return cc_reg;
}

/* Generate a sequence of insns that will generate the correct return
   address mask depending on the physical architecture that the program
   is running on.  */
rtx
arm_gen_return_addr_mask (void)
{
  rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);

  emit_insn (gen_return_addr_mask (reg));
  return reg;
}

void
arm_reload_in_hi (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx ref = operands[1];
  rtx base, scratch;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;

  if (GET_CODE (ref) == SUBREG)
    {
      offset = SUBREG_BYTE (ref);
      ref = SUBREG_REG (ref);
    }

  if (GET_CODE (ref) == REG)
    {
      /* We have a pseudo which has been spilt onto the stack; there
         are two cases here: the first where there is a simple
         stack-slot replacement and a second where the stack-slot is
         out of range, or is used as a subreg.  */
      if (reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (ref)))
        {
          ref = reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (ref));
          base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0));
        }
      else
        /* The slot is out of range, or was dressed up in a SUBREG.  */
        base = reg_equiv_address (REGNO (ref));
    }
  else
    base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0));

  /* Handle the case where the address is too complex to be offset by 1.  */
  if (GET_CODE (base) == MINUS
      || (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (base, 1)) != CONST_INT))
    {
      rtx base_plus = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);

      emit_set_insn (base_plus, base);
      base = base_plus;
    }
  else if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS)
    {
      /* The addend must be CONST_INT, or we would have dealt with it above.  */
      HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;

      offset += INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1));
      base = XEXP (base, 0);

      /* Rework the address into a legal sequence of insns.  */
      /* Valid range for lo is -4095 -> 4095 */
      lo = (offset >= 0
            ? (offset & 0xfff)
            : -((-offset) & 0xfff));

      /* Corner case, if lo is the max offset then we would be out of range
         once we have added the additional 1 below, so bump the msb into the
         pre-loading insn(s).  */
      if (lo == 4095)
        lo &= 0x7ff;

      hi = ((((offset - lo) & (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)
             ^ (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000)
            - (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000);

      gcc_assert (hi + lo == offset);

      if (hi != 0)
        {
          rtx base_plus = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);

          /* Get the base address; addsi3 knows how to handle constants
             that require more than one insn.  */
          emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_plus, base, GEN_INT (hi)));
          base = base_plus;
          offset = lo;
        }
    }

  /* Operands[2] may overlap operands[0] (though it won't overlap
     operands[1]), that's why we asked for a DImode reg -- so we can
     use the bit that does not overlap.  */
  if (REGNO (operands[2]) == REGNO (operands[0]))
    scratch = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);
  else
    scratch = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]));

  emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqisi2 (scratch,
                                   gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
                                                plus_constant (base,
                                                               offset))));
  emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqisi2 (gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0),
                                   gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
                                                plus_constant (base,
                                                               offset + 1))));
  if (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
    emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0),
                   gen_rtx_IOR (SImode,
                                gen_rtx_ASHIFT
                                (SImode,
                                 gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0),
                                 GEN_INT (8)),
                                scratch));
  else
    emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0),
                   gen_rtx_IOR (SImode,
                                gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, scratch,
                                                GEN_INT (8)),
                                gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0)));
}

/* Handle storing a half-word to memory during reload by synthesizing as two
   byte stores.  Take care not to clobber the input values until after we
   have moved them somewhere safe.  This code assumes that if the DImode
   scratch in operands[2] overlaps either the input value or output address
   in some way, then that value must die in this insn (we absolutely need
   two scratch registers for some corner cases).  */
void
arm_reload_out_hi (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx ref = operands[0];
  rtx outval = operands[1];
  rtx base, scratch;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;

  if (GET_CODE (ref) == SUBREG)
    {
      offset = SUBREG_BYTE (ref);
      ref = SUBREG_REG (ref);
    }

  if (GET_CODE (ref) == REG)
    {
      /* We have a pseudo which has been spilt onto the stack; there
         are two cases here: the first where there is a simple
         stack-slot replacement and a second where the stack-slot is
         out of range, or is used as a subreg.  */
      if (reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (ref)))
        {
          ref = reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (ref));
          base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0));
        }
      else
        /* The slot is out of range, or was dressed up in a SUBREG.  */
        base = reg_equiv_address (REGNO (ref));
    }
  else
    base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0));

  scratch = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]));

  /* Handle the case where the address is too complex to be offset by 1.  */
  if (GET_CODE (base) == MINUS
      || (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (base, 1)) != CONST_INT))
    {
      rtx base_plus = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);

      /* Be careful not to destroy OUTVAL.  */
      if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (base_plus, outval))
        {
          /* Updating base_plus might destroy outval, see if we can
             swap the scratch and base_plus.  */
          if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (scratch, outval))
            {
              rtx tmp = scratch;
              scratch = base_plus;
              base_plus = tmp;
            }
          else
            {
              rtx scratch_hi = gen_rtx_REG (HImode, REGNO (operands[2]));

              /* Be conservative and copy OUTVAL into the scratch now,
                 this should only be necessary if outval is a subreg
                 of something larger than a word.  */
              /* XXX Might this clobber base?  I can't see how it can,
                 since scratch is known to overlap with OUTVAL, and
                 must be wider than a word.  */
              emit_insn (gen_movhi (scratch_hi, outval));
              outval = scratch_hi;
            }
        }

      emit_set_insn (base_plus, base);
      base = base_plus;
    }
  else if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS)
    {
      /* The addend must be CONST_INT, or we would have dealt with it above.  */
      HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;

      offset += INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1));
      base = XEXP (base, 0);

      /* Rework the address into a legal sequence of insns.  */
      /* Valid range for lo is -4095 -> 4095 */
      lo = (offset >= 0
            ? (offset & 0xfff)
            : -((-offset) & 0xfff));

      /* Corner case, if lo is the max offset then we would be out of range
         once we have added the additional 1 below, so bump the msb into the
         pre-loading insn(s).  */
      if (lo == 4095)
        lo &= 0x7ff;

      hi = ((((offset - lo) & (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)
             ^ (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000)
            - (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000);

      gcc_assert (hi + lo == offset);

      if (hi != 0)
        {
          rtx base_plus = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);

          /* Be careful not to destroy OUTVAL.  */
          if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (base_plus, outval))
            {
              /* Updating base_plus might destroy outval, see if we
                 can swap the scratch and base_plus.  */
              if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (scratch, outval))
                {
                  rtx tmp = scratch;
                  scratch = base_plus;
                  base_plus = tmp;
                }
              else
                {
                  rtx scratch_hi = gen_rtx_REG (HImode, REGNO (operands[2]));

                  /* Be conservative and copy outval into scratch now,
                     this should only be necessary if outval is a
                     subreg of something larger than a word.  */
                  /* XXX Might this clobber base?  I can't see how it
                     can, since scratch is known to overlap with
                     outval.  */
                  emit_insn (gen_movhi (scratch_hi, outval));
                  outval = scratch_hi;
                }
            }

          /* Get the base address; addsi3 knows how to handle constants
             that require more than one insn.  */
          emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_plus, base, GEN_INT (hi)));
          base = base_plus;
          offset = lo;
        }
    }

  if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
    {
      emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
                                         plus_constant (base, offset + 1)),
                            gen_lowpart (QImode, outval)));
      emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (scratch,
                              gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, outval, 0),
                              GEN_INT (8)));
      emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode, plus_constant (base, offset)),
                            gen_lowpart (QImode, scratch)));
    }
  else
    {
      emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode, plus_constant (base, offset)),
                            gen_lowpart (QImode, outval)));
      emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (scratch,
                              gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, outval, 0),
                              GEN_INT (8)));
      emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
                                         plus_constant (base, offset + 1)),
                            gen_lowpart (QImode, scratch)));
    }
}

/* Return true if a type must be passed in memory. For AAPCS, small aggregates
   (padded to the size of a word) should be passed in a register.  */

static bool
arm_must_pass_in_stack (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
{
  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    return must_pass_in_stack_var_size (mode, type);
  else
    return must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad (mode, type);
}


/* For use by FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (MODE, TYPE).
   Return true if an argument passed on the stack should be padded upwards,
   i.e. if the least-significant byte has useful data.
   For legacy APCS ABIs we use the default.  For AAPCS based ABIs small
   aggregate types are placed in the lowest memory address.  */

bool
arm_pad_arg_upward (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
{
  if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    return DEFAULT_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING(mode, type) == upward;

  if (type && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
    return false;

  return true;
}


/* Similarly, for use by BLOCK_REG_PADDING (MODE, TYPE, FIRST).
   For non-AAPCS, return !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN if the least significant
   byte of the register has useful data, and return the opposite if the
   most significant byte does.
   For AAPCS, small aggregates and small complex types are always padded
   upwards.  */

bool
arm_pad_reg_upward (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                    tree type, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
      && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
      && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
      && int_size_in_bytes (type) <= 4)
    return true;

  /* Otherwise, use default padding.  */
  return !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN;
}

\f
/* Print a symbolic form of X to the debug file, F.  */
static void
arm_print_value (FILE *f, rtx x)
{
  switch (GET_CODE (x))
    {
    case CONST_INT:
      fprintf (f, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, INTVAL (x));
      return;

    case CONST_DOUBLE:
      fprintf (f, "<0x%lx,0x%lx>", (long)XWINT (x, 2), (long)XWINT (x, 3));
      return;

    case CONST_VECTOR:
      {
        int i;

        fprintf (f, "<");
        for (i = 0; i < CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x); i++)
          {
            fprintf (f, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i)));
            if (i < (CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x) - 1))
              fputc (',', f);
          }
        fprintf (f, ">");
      }
      return;

    case CONST_STRING:
      fprintf (f, "\"%s\"", XSTR (x, 0));
      return;

    case SYMBOL_REF:
      fprintf (f, "`%s'", XSTR (x, 0));
      return;

    case LABEL_REF:
      fprintf (f, "L%d", INSN_UID (XEXP (x, 0)));
      return;

    case CONST:
      arm_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 0));
      return;

    case PLUS:
      arm_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 0));
      fprintf (f, "+");
      arm_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 1));
      return;

    case PC:
      fprintf (f, "pc");
      return;

    default:
      fprintf (f, "????");
      return;
    }
}
\f
/* Routines for manipulation of the constant pool.  */

/* Arm instructions cannot load a large constant directly into a
   register; they have to come from a pc relative load.  The constant
   must therefore be placed in the addressable range of the pc
   relative load.  Depending on the precise pc relative load
   instruction the range is somewhere between 256 bytes and 4k.  This
   means that we often have to dump a constant inside a function, and
   generate code to branch around it.

   It is important to minimize this, since the branches will slow
   things down and make the code larger.

   Normally we can hide the table after an existing unconditional
   branch so that there is no interruption of the flow, but in the
   worst case the code looks like this:

        ldr     rn, L1
        ...
        b       L2
        align
        L1:     .long value
        L2:
        ...

        ldr     rn, L3
        ...
        b       L4
        align
        L3:     .long value
        L4:
        ...

   We fix this by performing a scan after scheduling, which notices
   which instructions need to have their operands fetched from the
   constant table and builds the table.

   The algorithm starts by building a table of all the constants that
   need fixing up and all the natural barriers in the function (places
   where a constant table can be dropped without breaking the flow).
   For each fixup we note how far the pc-relative replacement will be
   able to reach and the offset of the instruction into the function.

   Having built the table we then group the fixes together to form
   tables that are as large as possible (subject to addressing
   constraints) and emit each table of constants after the last
   barrier that is within range of all the instructions in the group.
   If a group does not contain a barrier, then we forcibly create one
   by inserting a jump instruction into the flow.  Once the table has
   been inserted, the insns are then modified to reference the
   relevant entry in the pool.

   Possible enhancements to the algorithm (not implemented) are:

   1) For some processors and object formats, there may be benefit in
   aligning the pools to the start of cache lines; this alignment
   would need to be taken into account when calculating addressability
   of a pool.  */

/* These typedefs are located at the start of this file, so that
   they can be used in the prototypes there.  This comment is to
   remind readers of that fact so that the following structures
   can be understood more easily.

     typedef struct minipool_node    Mnode;
     typedef struct minipool_fixup   Mfix;  */

struct minipool_node
{
  /* Doubly linked chain of entries.  */
  Mnode * next;
  Mnode * prev;
  /* The maximum offset into the code that this entry can be placed.  While
     pushing fixes for forward references, all entries are sorted in order
     of increasing max_address.  */
  HOST_WIDE_INT max_address;
  /* Similarly for an entry inserted for a backwards ref.  */
  HOST_WIDE_INT min_address;
  /* The number of fixes referencing this entry.  This can become zero
     if we "unpush" an entry.  In this case we ignore the entry when we
     come to emit the code.  */
  int refcount;
  /* The offset from the start of the minipool.  */
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
  /* The value in table.  */
  rtx value;
  /* The mode of value.  */
  enum machine_mode mode;
  /* The size of the value.  With iWMMXt enabled
     sizes > 4 also imply an alignment of 8-bytes.  */
  int fix_size;
};

struct minipool_fixup
{
  Mfix *            next;
  rtx               insn;
  HOST_WIDE_INT     address;
  rtx *             loc;
  enum machine_mode mode;
  int               fix_size;
  rtx               value;
  Mnode *           minipool;
  HOST_WIDE_INT     forwards;
  HOST_WIDE_INT     backwards;
};

/* Fixes less than a word need padding out to a word boundary.  */
#define MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE(mode) \
  (GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) >= 4 ? GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) : 4)

static Mnode *  minipool_vector_head;
static Mnode *  minipool_vector_tail;
static rtx      minipool_vector_label;
static int      minipool_pad;

/* The linked list of all minipool fixes required for this function.  */
Mfix *          minipool_fix_head;
Mfix *          minipool_fix_tail;
/* The fix entry for the current minipool, once it has been placed.  */
Mfix *          minipool_barrier;

/* Determines if INSN is the start of a jump table.  Returns the end
   of the TABLE or NULL_RTX.  */
static rtx
is_jump_table (rtx insn)
{
  rtx table;

  if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
      && JUMP_LABEL (insn) != NULL
      && ((table = next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn)))
          == next_real_insn (insn))
      && table != NULL
      && GET_CODE (table) == JUMP_INSN
      && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (table)) == ADDR_VEC
          || GET_CODE (PATTERN (table)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
    return table;

  return NULL_RTX;
}

#ifndef JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
#define JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION 0
#endif

static HOST_WIDE_INT
get_jump_table_size (rtx insn)
{
  /* ADDR_VECs only take room if read-only data does into the text
     section.  */
  if (JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION || readonly_data_section == text_section)
    {
      rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
      int elt = GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC ? 1 : 0;
      HOST_WIDE_INT size;
      HOST_WIDE_INT modesize;

      modesize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (body));
      size = modesize * XVECLEN (body, elt);
      switch (modesize)
        {
        case 1:
          /* Round up size  of TBB table to a halfword boundary.  */
          size = (size + 1) & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)1;
          break;
        case 2:
          /* No padding necessary for TBH.  */
          break;
        case 4:
          /* Add two bytes for alignment on Thumb.  */
          if (TARGET_THUMB)
            size += 2;
          break;
        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
      return size;
    }

  return 0;
}

/* Move a minipool fix MP from its current location to before MAX_MP.
   If MAX_MP is NULL, then MP doesn't need moving, but the addressing
   constraints may need updating.  */
static Mnode *
move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (Mnode *mp, Mnode *max_mp,
                               HOST_WIDE_INT max_address)
{
  /* The code below assumes these are different.  */
  gcc_assert (mp != max_mp);

  if (max_mp == NULL)
    {
      if (max_address < mp->max_address)
        mp->max_address = max_address;
    }
  else
    {
      if (max_address > max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size)
        mp->max_address = max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size;
      else
        mp->max_address = max_address;

      /* Unlink MP from its current position.  Since max_mp is non-null,
       mp->prev must be non-null.  */
      mp->prev->next = mp->next;
      if (mp->next != NULL)
        mp->next->prev = mp->prev;
      else
        minipool_vector_tail = mp->prev;

      /* Re-insert it before MAX_MP.  */
      mp->next = max_mp;
      mp->prev = max_mp->prev;
      max_mp->prev = mp;

      if (mp->prev != NULL)
        mp->prev->next = mp;
      else
        minipool_vector_head = mp;
    }

  /* Save the new entry.  */
  max_mp = mp;

  /* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as
     required.  */
  while (mp->prev != NULL
         && mp->prev->max_address > mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size)
    {
      mp->prev->max_address = mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size;
      mp = mp->prev;
    }

  return max_mp;
}

/* Add a constant to the minipool for a forward reference.  Returns the
   node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool.  */
static Mnode *
add_minipool_forward_ref (Mfix *fix)
{
  /* If set, max_mp is the first pool_entry that has a lower
     constraint than the one we are trying to add.  */
  Mnode *       max_mp = NULL;
  HOST_WIDE_INT max_address = fix->address + fix->forwards - minipool_pad;
  Mnode *       mp;

  /* If the minipool starts before the end of FIX->INSN then this FIX
     can not be placed into the current pool.  Furthermore, adding the
     new constant pool entry may cause the pool to start FIX_SIZE bytes
     earlier.  */
  if (minipool_vector_head &&
      (fix->address + get_attr_length (fix->insn)
       >= minipool_vector_head->max_address - fix->fix_size))
    return NULL;

  /* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has
     already been added.  While we are doing this, also note the
     location where we must insert the constant if it doesn't already
     exist.  */
  for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
    {
      if (GET_CODE (fix->value) == GET_CODE (mp->value)
          && fix->mode == mp->mode
          && (GET_CODE (fix->value) != CODE_LABEL
              || (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix->value)
                  == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp->value)))
          && rtx_equal_p (fix->value, mp->value))
        {
          /* More than one fix references this entry.  */
          mp->refcount++;
          return move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (mp, max_mp, max_address);
        }

      /* Note the insertion point if necessary.  */
      if (max_mp == NULL
          && mp->max_address > max_address)
        max_mp = mp;

      /* If we are inserting an 8-bytes aligned quantity and
         we have not already found an insertion point, then
         make sure that all such 8-byte aligned quantities are
         placed at the start of the pool.  */
      if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
          && max_mp == NULL
          && fix->fix_size >= 8
          && mp->fix_size < 8)
        {
          max_mp = mp;
          max_address = mp->max_address;
        }
    }

  /* The value is not currently in the minipool, so we need to create
     a new entry for it.  If MAX_MP is NULL, the entry will be put on
     the end of the list since the placement is less constrained than
     any existing entry.  Otherwise, we insert the new fix before
     MAX_MP and, if necessary, adjust the constraints on the other
     entries.  */
  mp = XNEW (Mnode);
  mp->fix_size = fix->fix_size;
  mp->mode = fix->mode;
  mp->value = fix->value;
  mp->refcount = 1;
  /* Not yet required for a backwards ref.  */
  mp->min_address = -65536;

  if (max_mp == NULL)
    {
      mp->max_address = max_address;
      mp->next = NULL;
      mp->prev = minipool_vector_tail;

      if (mp->prev == NULL)
        {
          minipool_vector_head = mp;
          minipool_vector_label = gen_label_rtx ();
        }
      else
        mp->prev->next = mp;

      minipool_vector_tail = mp;
    }
  else
    {
      if (max_address > max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size)
        mp->max_address = max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size;
      else
        mp->max_address = max_address;

      mp->next = max_mp;
      mp->prev = max_mp->prev;
      max_mp->prev = mp;
      if (mp->prev != NULL)
        mp->prev->next = mp;
      else
        minipool_vector_head = mp;
    }

  /* Save the new entry.  */
  max_mp = mp;

  /* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as
     required.  */
  while (mp->prev != NULL
         && mp->prev->max_address > mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size)
    {
      mp->prev->max_address = mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size;
      mp = mp->prev;
    }

  return max_mp;
}

static Mnode *
move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (Mnode *mp, Mnode *min_mp,
                                HOST_WIDE_INT  min_address)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

  /* The code below assumes these are different.  */
  gcc_assert (mp != min_mp);

  if (min_mp == NULL)
    {
      if (min_address > mp->min_address)
        mp->min_address = min_address;
    }
  else
    {
      /* We will adjust this below if it is too loose.  */
      mp->min_address = min_address;

      /* Unlink MP from its current position.  Since min_mp is non-null,
         mp->next must be non-null.  */
      mp->next->prev = mp->prev;
      if (mp->prev != NULL)
        mp->prev->next = mp->next;
      else
        minipool_vector_head = mp->next;

      /* Reinsert it after MIN_MP.  */
      mp->prev = min_mp;
      mp->next = min_mp->next;
      min_mp->next = mp;
      if (mp->next != NULL)
        mp->next->prev = mp;
      else
        minipool_vector_tail = mp;
    }

  min_mp = mp;

  offset = 0;
  for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
    {
      mp->offset = offset;
      if (mp->refcount > 0)
        offset += mp->fix_size;

      if (mp->next && mp->next->min_address < mp->min_address + mp->fix_size)
        mp->next->min_address = mp->min_address + mp->fix_size;
    }

  return min_mp;
}

/* Add a constant to the minipool for a backward reference.  Returns the
   node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool.

   Note that the code for insertion for a backwards reference can be
   somewhat confusing because the calculated offsets for each fix do
   not take into account the size of the pool (which is still under
   construction.  */
static Mnode *
add_minipool_backward_ref (Mfix *fix)
{
  /* If set, min_mp is the last pool_entry that has a lower constraint
     than the one we are trying to add.  */
  Mnode *min_mp = NULL;
  /* This can be negative, since it is only a constraint.  */
  HOST_WIDE_INT  min_address = fix->address - fix->backwards;
  Mnode *mp;

  /* If we can't reach the current pool from this insn, or if we can't
     insert this entry at the end of the pool without pushing other
     fixes out of range, then we don't try.  This ensures that we
     can't fail later on.  */
  if (min_address >= minipool_barrier->address
      || (minipool_vector_tail->min_address + fix->fix_size
          >= minipool_barrier->address))
    return NULL;

  /* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has
     already been added.  While we are doing this, also note the
     location where we must insert the constant if it doesn't already
     exist.  */
  for (mp = minipool_vector_tail; mp != NULL; mp = mp->prev)
    {
      if (GET_CODE (fix->value) == GET_CODE (mp->value)
          && fix->mode == mp->mode
          && (GET_CODE (fix->value) != CODE_LABEL
              || (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix->value)
                  == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp->value)))
          && rtx_equal_p (fix->value, mp->value)
          /* Check that there is enough slack to move this entry to the
             end of the table (this is conservative).  */
          && (mp->max_address
              > (minipool_barrier->address
                 + minipool_vector_tail->offset
                 + minipool_vector_tail->fix_size)))
        {
          mp->refcount++;
          return move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (mp, min_mp, min_address);
        }

      if (min_mp != NULL)
        mp->min_address += fix->fix_size;
      else
        {
          /* Note the insertion point if necessary.  */
          if (mp->min_address < min_address)
            {
              /* For now, we do not allow the insertion of 8-byte alignment
                 requiring nodes anywhere but at the start of the pool.  */
              if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
                  && fix->fix_size >= 8 && mp->fix_size < 8)
                return NULL;
              else
                min_mp = mp;
            }
          else if (mp->max_address
                   < minipool_barrier->address + mp->offset + fix->fix_size)
            {
              /* Inserting before this entry would push the fix beyond
                 its maximum address (which can happen if we have
                 re-located a forwards fix); force the new fix to come
                 after it.  */
              if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
                  && fix->fix_size >= 8 && mp->fix_size < 8)
                return NULL;
              else
                {
                  min_mp = mp;
                  min_address = mp->min_address + fix->fix_size;
                }
            }
          /* Do not insert a non-8-byte aligned quantity before 8-byte
             aligned quantities.  */
          else if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
                   && fix->fix_size < 8
                   && mp->fix_size >= 8)
            {
              min_mp = mp;
              min_address = mp->min_address + fix->fix_size;
            }
        }
    }

  /* We need to create a new entry.  */
  mp = XNEW (Mnode);
  mp->fix_size = fix->fix_size;
  mp->mode = fix->mode;
  mp->value = fix->value;
  mp->refcount = 1;
  mp->max_address = minipool_barrier->address + 65536;

  mp->min_address = min_address;

  if (min_mp == NULL)
    {
      mp->prev = NULL;
      mp->next = minipool_vector_head;

      if (mp->next == NULL)
        {
          minipool_vector_tail = mp;
          minipool_vector_label = gen_label_rtx ();
        }
      else
        mp->next->prev = mp;

      minipool_vector_head = mp;
    }
  else
    {
      mp->next = min_mp->next;
      mp->prev = min_mp;
      min_mp->next = mp;

      if (mp->next != NULL)
        mp->next->prev = mp;
      else
        minipool_vector_tail = mp;
    }

  /* Save the new entry.  */
  min_mp = mp;

  if (mp->prev)
    mp = mp->prev;
  else
    mp->offset = 0;

  /* Scan over the following entries and adjust their offsets.  */
  while (mp->next != NULL)
    {
      if (mp->next->min_address < mp->min_address + mp->fix_size)
        mp->next->min_address = mp->min_address + mp->fix_size;

      if (mp->refcount)
        mp->next->offset = mp->offset + mp->fix_size;
      else
        mp->next->offset = mp->offset;

      mp = mp->next;
    }

  return min_mp;
}

static void
assign_minipool_offsets (Mfix *barrier)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
  Mnode *mp;

  minipool_barrier = barrier;

  for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
    {
      mp->offset = offset;

      if (mp->refcount > 0)
        offset += mp->fix_size;
    }
}

/* Output the literal table */
static void
dump_minipool (rtx scan)
{
  Mnode * mp;
  Mnode * nmp;
  int align64 = 0;

  if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN)
    for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
      if (mp->refcount > 0 && mp->fix_size >= 8)
        {
          align64 = 1;
          break;
        }

  if (dump_file)
    fprintf (dump_file,
             ";; Emitting minipool after insn %u; address %ld; align %d (bytes)\n",
             INSN_UID (scan), (unsigned long) minipool_barrier->address, align64 ? 8 : 4);

  scan = emit_label_after (gen_label_rtx (), scan);
  scan = emit_insn_after (align64 ? gen_align_8 () : gen_align_4 (), scan);
  scan = emit_label_after (minipool_vector_label, scan);

  for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = nmp)
    {
      if (mp->refcount > 0)
        {
          if (dump_file)
            {
              fprintf (dump_file,
                       ";;  Offset %u, min %ld, max %ld ",
                       (unsigned) mp->offset, (unsigned long) mp->min_address,
                       (unsigned long) mp->max_address);
              arm_print_value (dump_file, mp->value);
              fputc ('\n', dump_file);
            }

          switch (mp->fix_size)
            {
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_1
            case 1:
              scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_1 (mp->value), scan);
              break;

#endif
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_2
            case 2:
              scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_2 (mp->value), scan);
              break;

#endif
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_4
            case 4:
              scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_4 (mp->value), scan);
              break;

#endif
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_8
            case 8:
              scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_8 (mp->value), scan);
              break;

#endif
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_16
            case 16:
              scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_16 (mp->value), scan);
              break;

#endif
            default:
              gcc_unreachable ();
            }
        }

      nmp = mp->next;
      free (mp);
    }

  minipool_vector_head = minipool_vector_tail = NULL;
  scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_end (), scan);
  scan = emit_barrier_after (scan);
}

/* Return the cost of forcibly inserting a barrier after INSN.  */
static int
arm_barrier_cost (rtx insn)
{
  /* Basing the location of the pool on the loop depth is preferable,
     but at the moment, the basic block information seems to be
     corrupt by this stage of the compilation.  */
  int base_cost = 50;
  rtx next = next_nonnote_insn (insn);

  if (next != NULL && GET_CODE (next) == CODE_LABEL)
    base_cost -= 20;

  switch (GET_CODE (insn))
    {
    case CODE_LABEL:
      /* It will always be better to place the table before the label, rather
         than after it.  */
      return 50;

    case INSN:
    case CALL_INSN:
      return base_cost;

    case JUMP_INSN:
      return base_cost - 10;

    default:
      return base_cost + 10;
    }
}

/* Find the best place in the insn stream in the range
   (FIX->address,MAX_ADDRESS) to forcibly insert a minipool barrier.
   Create the barrier by inserting a jump and add a new fix entry for
   it.  */
static Mfix *
create_fix_barrier (Mfix *fix, HOST_WIDE_INT max_address)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0;
  rtx barrier;
  rtx from = fix->insn;
  /* The instruction after which we will insert the jump.  */
  rtx selected = NULL;
  int selected_cost;
  /* The address at which the jump instruction will be placed.  */
  HOST_WIDE_INT selected_address;
  Mfix * new_fix;
  HOST_WIDE_INT max_count = max_address - fix->address;
  rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();

  selected_cost = arm_barrier_cost (from);
  selected_address = fix->address;

  while (from && count < max_count)
    {
      rtx tmp;
      int new_cost;

      /* This code shouldn't have been called if there was a natural barrier
         within range.  */
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (from) != BARRIER);

      /* Count the length of this insn.  */
      count += get_attr_length (from);

      /* If there is a jump table, add its length.  */
      tmp = is_jump_table (from);
      if (tmp != NULL)
        {
          count += get_jump_table_size (tmp);

          /* Jump tables aren't in a basic block, so base the cost on
             the dispatch insn.  If we select this location, we will
             still put the pool after the table.  */
          new_cost = arm_barrier_cost (from);

          if (count < max_count 
              && (!selected || new_cost <= selected_cost))
            {
              selected = tmp;
              selected_cost = new_cost;
              selected_address = fix->address + count;
            }

          /* Continue after the dispatch table.  */
          from = NEXT_INSN (tmp);
          continue;
        }

      new_cost = arm_barrier_cost (from);

      if (count < max_count
          && (!selected || new_cost <= selected_cost))
        {
          selected = from;
          selected_cost = new_cost;
          selected_address = fix->address + count;
        }

      from = NEXT_INSN (from);
    }

  /* Make sure that we found a place to insert the jump.  */
  gcc_assert (selected);

  /* Make sure we do not split a call and its corresponding
     CALL_ARG_LOCATION note.  */
  if (CALL_P (selected))
    {
      rtx next = NEXT_INSN (selected);
      if (next && NOTE_P (next)
          && NOTE_KIND (next) == NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION)
          selected = next;
    }

  /* Create a new JUMP_INSN that branches around a barrier.  */
  from = emit_jump_insn_after (gen_jump (label), selected);
  JUMP_LABEL (from) = label;
  barrier = emit_barrier_after (from);
  emit_label_after (label, barrier);

  /* Create a minipool barrier entry for the new barrier.  */
  new_fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (* new_fix));
  new_fix->insn = barrier;
  new_fix->address = selected_address;
  new_fix->next = fix->next;
  fix->next = new_fix;

  return new_fix;
}

/* Record that there is a natural barrier in the insn stream at
   ADDRESS.  */
static void
push_minipool_barrier (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address)
{
  Mfix * fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (* fix));

  fix->insn = insn;
  fix->address = address;

  fix->next = NULL;
  if (minipool_fix_head != NULL)
    minipool_fix_tail->next = fix;
  else
    minipool_fix_head = fix;

  minipool_fix_tail = fix;
}

/* Record INSN, which will need fixing up to load a value from the
   minipool.  ADDRESS is the offset of the insn since the start of the
   function; LOC is a pointer to the part of the insn which requires
   fixing; VALUE is the constant that must be loaded, which is of type
   MODE.  */
static void
push_minipool_fix (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address, rtx *loc,
                   enum machine_mode mode, rtx value)
{
  Mfix * fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (* fix));

  fix->insn = insn;
  fix->address = address;
  fix->loc = loc;
  fix->mode = mode;
  fix->fix_size = MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE (mode);
  fix->value = value;
  fix->forwards = get_attr_pool_range (insn);
  fix->backwards = get_attr_neg_pool_range (insn);
  fix->minipool = NULL;

  /* If an insn doesn't have a range defined for it, then it isn't
     expecting to be reworked by this code.  Better to stop now than
     to generate duff assembly code.  */
  gcc_assert (fix->forwards || fix->backwards);

  /* If an entry requires 8-byte alignment then assume all constant pools
     require 4 bytes of padding.  Trying to do this later on a per-pool
     basis is awkward because existing pool entries have to be modified.  */
  if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN && fix->fix_size >= 8)
    minipool_pad = 4;

  if (dump_file)
    {
      fprintf (dump_file,
               ";; %smode fixup for i%d; addr %lu, range (%ld,%ld): ",
               GET_MODE_NAME (mode),
               INSN_UID (insn), (unsigned long) address,
               -1 * (long)fix->backwards, (long)fix->forwards);
      arm_print_value (dump_file, fix->value);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }

  /* Add it to the chain of fixes.  */
  fix->next = NULL;

  if (minipool_fix_head != NULL)
    minipool_fix_tail->next = fix;
  else
    minipool_fix_head = fix;

  minipool_fix_tail = fix;
}

/* Return the cost of synthesizing a 64-bit constant VAL inline.
   Returns the number of insns needed, or 99 if we don't know how to
   do it.  */
int
arm_const_double_inline_cost (rtx val)
{
  rtx lowpart, highpart;
  enum machine_mode mode;

  mode = GET_MODE (val);

  if (mode == VOIDmode)
    mode = DImode;

  gcc_assert (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 8);

  lowpart = gen_lowpart (SImode, val);
  highpart = gen_highpart_mode (SImode, mode, val);

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (lowpart) == CONST_INT);
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (highpart) == CONST_INT);

  return (arm_gen_constant (SET, SImode, NULL_RTX, INTVAL (lowpart),
                            NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, 0, 0)
          + arm_gen_constant (SET, SImode, NULL_RTX, INTVAL (highpart),
                              NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, 0, 0));
}

/* Return true if it is worthwhile to split a 64-bit constant into two
   32-bit operations.  This is the case if optimizing for size, or
   if we have load delay slots, or if one 32-bit part can be done with
   a single data operation.  */
bool
arm_const_double_by_parts (rtx val)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (val);
  rtx part;

  if (optimize_size || arm_ld_sched)
    return true;

  if (mode == VOIDmode)
    mode = DImode;

  part = gen_highpart_mode (SImode, mode, val);

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (part) == CONST_INT);

  if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (part))
      || const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (part)))
    return true;

  part = gen_lowpart (SImode, val);

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (part) == CONST_INT);

  if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (part))
      || const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (part)))
    return true;

  return false;
}

/* Return true if it is possible to inline both the high and low parts
   of a 64-bit constant into 32-bit data processing instructions.  */
bool
arm_const_double_by_immediates (rtx val)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (val);
  rtx part;

  if (mode == VOIDmode)
    mode = DImode;

  part = gen_highpart_mode (SImode, mode, val);

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (part) == CONST_INT);

  if (!const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (part)))
    return false;

  part = gen_lowpart (SImode, val);

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (part) == CONST_INT);

  if (!const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (part)))
    return false;

  return true;
}

/* Scan INSN and note any of its operands that need fixing.
   If DO_PUSHES is false we do not actually push any of the fixups
   needed.  The function returns TRUE if any fixups were needed/pushed.
   This is used by arm_memory_load_p() which needs to know about loads
   of constants that will be converted into minipool loads.  */
static bool
note_invalid_constants (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address, int do_pushes)
{
  bool result = false;
  int opno;

  extract_insn (insn);

  if (!constrain_operands (1))
    fatal_insn_not_found (insn);

  if (recog_data.n_alternatives == 0)
    return false;

  /* Fill in recog_op_alt with information about the constraints of
     this insn.  */
  preprocess_constraints ();

  for (opno = 0; opno < recog_data.n_operands; opno++)
    {
      /* Things we need to fix can only occur in inputs.  */
      if (recog_data.operand_type[opno] != OP_IN)
        continue;

      /* If this alternative is a memory reference, then any mention
         of constants in this alternative is really to fool reload
         into allowing us to accept one there.  We need to fix them up
         now so that we output the right code.  */
      if (recog_op_alt[opno][which_alternative].memory_ok)
        {
          rtx op = recog_data.operand[opno];

          if (CONSTANT_P (op))
            {
              if (do_pushes)
                push_minipool_fix (insn, address, recog_data.operand_loc[opno],
                                   recog_data.operand_mode[opno], op);
              result = true;
            }
          else if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM
                   && GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
                   && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (op, 0)))
            {
              if (do_pushes)
                {
                  rtx cop = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op);

                  /* Casting the address of something to a mode narrower
                     than a word can cause avoid_constant_pool_reference()
                     to return the pool reference itself.  That's no good to
                     us here.  Lets just hope that we can use the
                     constant pool value directly.  */
                  if (op == cop)
                    cop = get_pool_constant (XEXP (op, 0));

                  push_minipool_fix (insn, address,
                                     recog_data.operand_loc[opno],
                                     recog_data.operand_mode[opno], cop);
                }

              result = true;
            }
        }
    }

  return result;
}

/* Convert instructions to their cc-clobbering variant if possible, since
   that allows us to use smaller encodings.  */

static void
thumb2_reorg (void)
{
  basic_block bb;
  regset_head live;

  INIT_REG_SET (&live);

  /* We are freeing block_for_insn in the toplev to keep compatibility
     with old MDEP_REORGS that are not CFG based.  Recompute it now.  */
  compute_bb_for_insn ();
  df_analyze ();

  FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
    {
      rtx insn;

      COPY_REG_SET (&live, DF_LR_OUT (bb));
      df_simulate_initialize_backwards (bb, &live);
      FOR_BB_INSNS_REVERSE (bb, insn)
        {
          if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn)
              && !REGNO_REG_SET_P (&live, CC_REGNUM))
            {
              rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
              if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET
                  && low_register_operand (XEXP (pat, 0), SImode)
                  && thumb_16bit_operator (XEXP (pat, 1), SImode)
                  && low_register_operand (XEXP (XEXP (pat, 1), 0), SImode)
                  && low_register_operand (XEXP (XEXP (pat, 1), 1), SImode))
                {
                  rtx dst = XEXP (pat, 0);
                  rtx src = XEXP (pat, 1);
                  rtx op0 = XEXP (src, 0);
                  rtx op1 = (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (src)) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
                             ? XEXP (src, 1) : NULL);

                  if (rtx_equal_p (dst, op0)
                      || GET_CODE (src) == PLUS || GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
                    {
                      rtx ccreg = gen_rtx_REG (CCmode, CC_REGNUM);
                      rtx clobber = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, ccreg);
                      rtvec vec = gen_rtvec (2, pat, clobber);

                      PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, vec);
                      INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
                    }
                  /* We can also handle a commutative operation where the
                     second operand matches the destination.  */
                  else if (op1 && rtx_equal_p (dst, op1))
                    {
                      rtx ccreg = gen_rtx_REG (CCmode, CC_REGNUM);
                      rtx clobber = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, ccreg);
                      rtvec vec;

                      src = copy_rtx (src);
                      XEXP (src, 0) = op1;
                      XEXP (src, 1) = op0;
                      pat = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dst, src);
                      vec = gen_rtvec (2, pat, clobber);
                      PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, vec);
                      INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
                    }
                }
            }

          if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn))
            df_simulate_one_insn_backwards (bb, insn, &live);
        }
    }

  CLEAR_REG_SET (&live);
}

/* Gcc puts the pool in the wrong place for ARM, since we can only
   load addresses a limited distance around the pc.  We do some
   special munging to move the constant pool values to the correct
   point in the code.  */
static void
arm_reorg (void)
{
  rtx insn;
  HOST_WIDE_INT address = 0;
  Mfix * fix;

  if (TARGET_THUMB2)
    thumb2_reorg ();
  
  minipool_fix_head = minipool_fix_tail = NULL;

  /* The first insn must always be a note, or the code below won't
     scan it properly.  */
  insn = get_insns ();
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE);
  minipool_pad = 0;

  /* Scan all the insns and record the operands that will need fixing.  */
  for (insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn); insn; insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn))
    {
      if (TARGET_CIRRUS_FIX_INVALID_INSNS
          && (arm_cirrus_insn_p (insn)
              || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
              || arm_memory_load_p (insn)))
        cirrus_reorg (insn);

      if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
        push_minipool_barrier (insn, address);
      else if (INSN_P (insn))
        {
          rtx table;

          note_invalid_constants (insn, address, true);
          address += get_attr_length (insn);

          /* If the insn is a vector jump, add the size of the table
             and skip the table.  */
          if ((table = is_jump_table (insn)) != NULL)
            {
              address += get_jump_table_size (table);
              insn = table;
            }
        }
    }

  fix = minipool_fix_head;

  /* Now scan the fixups and perform the required changes.  */
  while (fix)
    {
      Mfix * ftmp;
      Mfix * fdel;
      Mfix *  last_added_fix;
      Mfix * last_barrier = NULL;
      Mfix * this_fix;

      /* Skip any further barriers before the next fix.  */
      while (fix && GET_CODE (fix->insn) == BARRIER)
        fix = fix->next;

      /* No more fixes.  */
      if (fix == NULL)
        break;

      last_added_fix = NULL;

      for (ftmp = fix; ftmp; ftmp = ftmp->next)
        {
          if (GET_CODE (ftmp->insn) == BARRIER)
            {
              if (ftmp->address >= minipool_vector_head->max_address)
                break;

              last_barrier = ftmp;
            }
          else if ((ftmp->minipool = add_minipool_forward_ref (ftmp)) == NULL)
            break;

          last_added_fix = ftmp;  /* Keep track of the last fix added.  */
        }

      /* If we found a barrier, drop back to that; any fixes that we
         could have reached but come after the barrier will now go in
         the next mini-pool.  */
      if (last_barrier != NULL)
        {
          /* Reduce the refcount for those fixes that won't go into this
             pool after all.  */
          for (fdel = last_barrier->next;
               fdel && fdel != ftmp;
               fdel = fdel->next)
            {
              fdel->minipool->refcount--;
              fdel->minipool = NULL;
            }

          ftmp = last_barrier;
        }
      else
        {
          /* ftmp is first fix that we can't fit into this pool and
             there no natural barriers that we could use.  Insert a
             new barrier in the code somewhere between the previous
             fix and this one, and arrange to jump around it.  */
          HOST_WIDE_INT max_address;

          /* The last item on the list of fixes must be a barrier, so
             we can never run off the end of the list of fixes without
             last_barrier being set.  */
          gcc_assert (ftmp);

          max_address = minipool_vector_head->max_address;
          /* Check that there isn't another fix that is in range that
             we couldn't fit into this pool because the pool was
             already too large: we need to put the pool before such an
             instruction.  The pool itself may come just after the
             fix because create_fix_barrier also allows space for a
             jump instruction.  */
          if (ftmp->address < max_address)
            max_address = ftmp->address + 1;

          last_barrier = create_fix_barrier (last_added_fix, max_address);
        }

      assign_minipool_offsets (last_barrier);

      while (ftmp)
        {
          if (GET_CODE (ftmp->insn) != BARRIER
              && ((ftmp->minipool = add_minipool_backward_ref (ftmp))
                  == NULL))
            break;

          ftmp = ftmp->next;
        }

      /* Scan over the fixes we have identified for this pool, fixing them
         up and adding the constants to the pool itself.  */
      for (this_fix = fix; this_fix && ftmp != this_fix;
           this_fix = this_fix->next)
        if (GET_CODE (this_fix->insn) != BARRIER)
          {
            rtx addr
              = plus_constant (gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode,
                                                  minipool_vector_label),
                               this_fix->minipool->offset);
            *this_fix->loc = gen_rtx_MEM (this_fix->mode, addr);
          }

      dump_minipool (last_barrier->insn);
      fix = ftmp;
    }

  /* From now on we must synthesize any constants that we can't handle
     directly.  This can happen if the RTL gets split during final
     instruction generation.  */
  after_arm_reorg = 1;

  /* Free the minipool memory.  */
  obstack_free (&minipool_obstack, minipool_startobj);
}
\f
/* Routines to output assembly language.  */

/* If the rtx is the correct value then return the string of the number.
   In this way we can ensure that valid double constants are generated even
   when cross compiling.  */
const char *
fp_immediate_constant (rtx x)
{
  REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
  int i;

  if (!fp_consts_inited)
    init_fp_table ();

  REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
    if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, values_fp[i]))
      return strings_fp[i];

  gcc_unreachable ();
}

/* As for fp_immediate_constant, but value is passed directly, not in rtx.  */
static const char *
fp_const_from_val (REAL_VALUE_TYPE *r)
{
  int i;

  if (!fp_consts_inited)
    init_fp_table ();

  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
    if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (*r, values_fp[i]))
      return strings_fp[i];

  gcc_unreachable ();
}

/* Output the operands of a LDM/STM instruction to STREAM.
   MASK is the ARM register set mask of which only bits 0-15 are important.
   REG is the base register, either the frame pointer or the stack pointer,
   INSTR is the possibly suffixed load or store instruction.
   RFE is nonzero if the instruction should also copy spsr to cpsr.  */

static void
print_multi_reg (FILE *stream, const char *instr, unsigned reg,
                 unsigned long mask, int rfe)
{
  unsigned i;
  bool not_first = FALSE;

  gcc_assert (!rfe || (mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM)));
  fputc ('\t', stream);
  asm_fprintf (stream, instr, reg);
  fputc ('{', stream);

  for (i = 0; i <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; i++)
    if (mask & (1 << i))
      {
        if (not_first)
          fprintf (stream, ", ");

        asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", i);
        not_first = TRUE;
      }

  if (rfe)
    fprintf (stream, "}^\n");
  else
    fprintf (stream, "}\n");
}


/* Output a FLDMD instruction to STREAM.
   BASE if the register containing the address.
   REG and COUNT specify the register range.
   Extra registers may be added to avoid hardware bugs.

   We output FLDMD even for ARMv5 VFP implementations.  Although
   FLDMD is technically not supported until ARMv6, it is believed
   that all VFP implementations support its use in this context.  */

static void
vfp_output_fldmd (FILE * stream, unsigned int base, int reg, int count)
{
  int i;

  /* Workaround ARM10 VFPr1 bug.  */
  if (count == 2 && !arm_arch6)
    {
      if (reg == 15)
        reg--;
      count++;
    }

  /* FLDMD may not load more than 16 doubleword registers at a time. Split the
     load into multiple parts if we have to handle more than 16 registers.  */
  if (count > 16)
    {
      vfp_output_fldmd (stream, base, reg, 16);
      vfp_output_fldmd (stream, base, reg + 16, count - 16);
      return;
    }

  fputc ('\t', stream);
  asm_fprintf (stream, "fldmfdd\t%r!, {", base);

  for (i = reg; i < reg + count; i++)
    {
      if (i > reg)
        fputs (", ", stream);
      asm_fprintf (stream, "d%d", i);
    }
  fputs ("}\n", stream);

}


/* Output the assembly for a store multiple.  */

const char *
vfp_output_fstmd (rtx * operands)
{
  char pattern[100];
  int p;
  int base;
  int i;

  strcpy (pattern, "fstmfdd\t%m0!, {%P1");
  p = strlen (pattern);

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == REG);

  base = (REGNO (operands[1]) - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2;
  for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (operands[2], 0); i++)
    {
      p += sprintf (&pattern[p], ", d%d", base + i);
    }
  strcpy (&pattern[p], "}");

  output_asm_insn (pattern, operands);
  return "";
}


/* Emit RTL to save block of VFP register pairs to the stack.  Returns the
   number of bytes pushed.  */

static int
vfp_emit_fstmd (int base_reg, int count)
{
  rtx par;
  rtx dwarf;
  rtx tmp, reg;
  int i;

  /* Workaround ARM10 VFPr1 bug.  Data corruption can occur when exactly two
     register pairs are stored by a store multiple insn.  We avoid this
     by pushing an extra pair.  */
  if (count == 2 && !arm_arch6)
    {
      if (base_reg == LAST_VFP_REGNUM - 3)
        base_reg -= 2;
      count++;
    }

  /* FSTMD may not store more than 16 doubleword registers at once.  Split
     larger stores into multiple parts (up to a maximum of two, in
     practice).  */
  if (count > 16)
    {
      int saved;
      /* NOTE: base_reg is an internal register number, so each D register
         counts as 2.  */
      saved = vfp_emit_fstmd (base_reg + 32, count - 16);
      saved += vfp_emit_fstmd (base_reg, 16);
      return saved;
    }

  par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count));
  dwarf = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count + 1));

  reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, base_reg);
  base_reg += 2;

  XVECEXP (par, 0, 0)
    = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                   gen_frame_mem
                   (BLKmode,
                    gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode,
                                        stack_pointer_rtx,
                                        plus_constant
                                        (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                         - (count * 8)))
                    ),
                   gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode,
                                   gen_rtvec (1, reg),
                                   UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT));

  tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
                     plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, -(count * 8)));
  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
  XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 0) = tmp;

  tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                     gen_frame_mem (DFmode, stack_pointer_rtx),
                     reg);
  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
  XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 1) = tmp;

  for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
    {
      reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, base_reg);
      base_reg += 2;
      XVECEXP (par, 0, i) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg);

      tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                         gen_frame_mem (DFmode,
                                        plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                                       i * 8)),
                         reg);
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
      XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, i + 1) = tmp;
    }

  par = emit_insn (par);
  add_reg_note (par, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (par) = 1;

  return count * 8;
}

/* Emit a call instruction with pattern PAT.  ADDR is the address of
   the call target.  */

void
arm_emit_call_insn (rtx pat, rtx addr)
{
  rtx insn;

  insn = emit_call_insn (pat);

  /* The PIC register is live on entry to VxWorks PIC PLT entries.
     If the call might use such an entry, add a use of the PIC register
     to the instruction's CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.  */
  if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP
      && flag_pic
      && GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF
      && (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (addr)
          ? !targetm.binds_local_p (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (addr))
          : !SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (addr)))
    {
      require_pic_register ();
      use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn), cfun->machine->pic_reg);
    }
}

/* Output a 'call' insn.  */
const char *
output_call (rtx *operands)
{
  gcc_assert (!arm_arch5); /* Patterns should call blx <reg> directly.  */

  /* Handle calls to lr using ip (which may be clobbered in subr anyway).  */
  if (REGNO (operands[0]) == LR_REGNUM)
    {
      operands[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, IP_REGNUM);
      output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %|lr", operands);
    }

  output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands);

  if (TARGET_INTERWORK || arm_arch4t)
    output_asm_insn ("bx%?\t%0", operands);
  else
    output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|pc, %0", operands);

  return "";
}

/* Output a 'call' insn that is a reference in memory. This is
   disabled for ARMv5 and we prefer a blx instead because otherwise
   there's a significant performance overhead.  */
const char *
output_call_mem (rtx *operands)
{
  gcc_assert (!arm_arch5);
  if (TARGET_INTERWORK)
    {
      output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%|ip, %0", operands);
      output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands);
      output_asm_insn ("bx%?\t%|ip", operands);
    }
  else if (regno_use_in (LR_REGNUM, operands[0]))
    {
      /* LR is used in the memory address.  We load the address in the
         first instruction.  It's safe to use IP as the target of the
         load since the call will kill it anyway.  */
      output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%|ip, %0", operands);
      output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands);
      if (arm_arch4t)
        output_asm_insn ("bx%?\t%|ip", operands);
      else
        output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|pc, %|ip", operands);
    }
  else
    {
      output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands);
      output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%|pc, %0", operands);
    }

  return "";
}


/* Output a move from arm registers to an fpa registers.
   OPERANDS[0] is an fpa register.
   OPERANDS[1] is the first registers of an arm register pair.  */
const char *
output_mov_long_double_fpa_from_arm (rtx *operands)
{
  int arm_reg0 = REGNO (operands[1]);
  rtx ops[3];

  gcc_assert (arm_reg0 != IP_REGNUM);

  ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, arm_reg0);
  ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + arm_reg0);
  ops[2] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 2 + arm_reg0);

  output_asm_insn ("stm%(fd%)\t%|sp!, {%0, %1, %2}", ops);
  output_asm_insn ("ldf%?e\t%0, [%|sp], #12", operands);

  return "";
}

/* Output a move from an fpa register to arm registers.
   OPERANDS[0] is the first registers of an arm register pair.
   OPERANDS[1] is an fpa register.  */
const char *
output_mov_long_double_arm_from_fpa (rtx *operands)
{
  int arm_reg0 = REGNO (operands[0]);
  rtx ops[3];

  gcc_assert (arm_reg0 != IP_REGNUM);

  ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, arm_reg0);
  ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + arm_reg0);
  ops[2] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 2 + arm_reg0);

  output_asm_insn ("stf%?e\t%1, [%|sp, #-12]!", operands);
  output_asm_insn ("ldm%(fd%)\t%|sp!, {%0, %1, %2}", ops);
  return "";
}

/* Output a move from arm registers to arm registers of a long double
   OPERANDS[0] is the destination.
   OPERANDS[1] is the source.  */
const char *
output_mov_long_double_arm_from_arm (rtx *operands)
{
  /* We have to be careful here because the two might overlap.  */
  int dest_start = REGNO (operands[0]);
  int src_start = REGNO (operands[1]);
  rtx ops[2];
  int i;

  if (dest_start < src_start)
    {
      for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
        {
          ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, dest_start + i);
          ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, src_start + i);
          output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops);
        }
    }
  else
    {
      for (i = 2; i >= 0; i--)
        {
          ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, dest_start + i);
          ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, src_start + i);
          output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops);
        }
    }

  return "";
}

void
arm_emit_movpair (rtx dest, rtx src)
 {
  /* If the src is an immediate, simplify it.  */
  if (CONST_INT_P (src))
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (src);
      emit_set_insn (dest, GEN_INT (val & 0x0000ffff));
      if ((val >> 16) & 0x0000ffff)
        emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTRACT (SImode, dest, GEN_INT (16),
                                             GEN_INT (16)),
                       GEN_INT ((val >> 16) & 0x0000ffff));
      return;
    }
   emit_set_insn (dest, gen_rtx_HIGH (SImode, src));
   emit_set_insn (dest, gen_rtx_LO_SUM (SImode, dest, src));
 }

/* Output a move from arm registers to an fpa registers.
   OPERANDS[0] is an fpa register.
   OPERANDS[1] is the first registers of an arm register pair.  */
const char *
output_mov_double_fpa_from_arm (rtx *operands)
{
  int arm_reg0 = REGNO (operands[1]);
  rtx ops[2];

  gcc_assert (arm_reg0 != IP_REGNUM);

  ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, arm_reg0);
  ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + arm_reg0);
  output_asm_insn ("stm%(fd%)\t%|sp!, {%0, %1}", ops);
  output_asm_insn ("ldf%?d\t%0, [%|sp], #8", operands);
  return "";
}

/* Output a move from an fpa register to arm registers.
   OPERANDS[0] is the first registers of an arm register pair.
   OPERANDS[1] is an fpa register.  */
const char *
output_mov_double_arm_from_fpa (rtx *operands)
{
  int arm_reg0 = REGNO (operands[0]);
  rtx ops[2];

  gcc_assert (arm_reg0 != IP_REGNUM);

  ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, arm_reg0);
  ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + arm_reg0);
  output_asm_insn ("stf%?d\t%1, [%|sp, #-8]!", operands);
  output_asm_insn ("ldm%(fd%)\t%|sp!, {%0, %1}", ops);
  return "";
}

/* Output a move between double words.  It must be REG<-MEM
   or MEM<-REG.  */
const char *
output_move_double (rtx *operands)
{
  enum rtx_code code0 = GET_CODE (operands[0]);
  enum rtx_code code1 = GET_CODE (operands[1]);
  rtx otherops[3];

  if (code0 == REG)
    {
      unsigned int reg0 = REGNO (operands[0]);

      otherops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + reg0);

      gcc_assert (code1 == MEM);  /* Constraints should ensure this.  */

      switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)))
        {
        case REG:
          if (TARGET_LDRD
              && !(fix_cm3_ldrd && reg0 == REGNO(XEXP (operands[1], 0))))
            output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1]", operands);
          else
            output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%m1, %M0", operands);
          break;

        case PRE_INC:
          gcc_assert (TARGET_LDRD);
          output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1, #8]!", operands);
          break;

        case PRE_DEC:
          if (TARGET_LDRD)
            output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1, #-8]!", operands);
          else
            output_asm_insn ("ldm%(db%)\t%m1!, %M0", operands);
          break;

        case POST_INC:
          if (TARGET_LDRD)
            output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1], #8", operands);
          else
            output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%m1!, %M0", operands);
          break;

        case POST_DEC:
          gcc_assert (TARGET_LDRD);
          output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1], #-8", operands);
          break;

        case PRE_MODIFY:
        case POST_MODIFY:
          /* Autoicrement addressing modes should never have overlapping
             base and destination registers, and overlapping index registers
             are already prohibited, so this doesn't need to worry about
             fix_cm3_ldrd.  */
          otherops[0] = operands[0];
          otherops[1] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1), 0);
          otherops[2] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1), 1);

          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == PRE_MODIFY)
            {
              if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (otherops[0], otherops[2]))
                {
                  /* Registers overlap so split out the increment.  */
                  output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%1, %1, %2", otherops);
                  output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1] @split", otherops);
                }
              else
                {
                  /* Use a single insn if we can.
                     FIXME: IWMMXT allows offsets larger than ldrd can
                     handle, fix these up with a pair of ldr.  */
                  if (TARGET_THUMB2
                      || GET_CODE (otherops[2]) != CONST_INT
                      || (INTVAL (otherops[2]) > -256
                          && INTVAL (otherops[2]) < 256))
                    output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops);
                  else
                    {
                      output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops);
                      output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%H0, [%1, #4]", otherops);
                    }
                }
            }
          else
            {
              /* Use a single insn if we can.
                 FIXME: IWMMXT allows offsets larger than ldrd can handle,
                 fix these up with a pair of ldr.  */
              if (TARGET_THUMB2
                  || GET_CODE (otherops[2]) != CONST_INT
                  || (INTVAL (otherops[2]) > -256
                      && INTVAL (otherops[2]) < 256))
                output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops);
              else
                {
                  output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%H0, [%1, #4]", otherops);
                  output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops);
                }
            }
          break;

        case LABEL_REF:
        case CONST:
          /* We might be able to use ldrd %0, %1 here.  However the range is
             different to ldr/adr, and it is broken on some ARMv7-M
             implementations.  */
          /* Use the second register of the pair to avoid problematic
             overlap.  */
          otherops[1] = operands[1];
          output_asm_insn ("adr%?\t%0, %1", otherops);
          operands[1] = otherops[0];
          if (TARGET_LDRD)
            output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1]", operands);
          else
            output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%1, %M0", operands);
          break;

          /* ??? This needs checking for thumb2.  */
        default:
          if (arm_add_operand (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1),
                               GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1))))
            {
              otherops[0] = operands[0];
              otherops[1] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 0);
              otherops[2] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1);

              if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == PLUS)
                {
                  if (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT && !TARGET_LDRD)
                    {
                      switch ((int) INTVAL (otherops[2]))
                        {
                        case -8:
                          output_asm_insn ("ldm%(db%)\t%1, %M0", otherops);
                          return "";
                        case -4:
                          if (TARGET_THUMB2)
                            break;
                          output_asm_insn ("ldm%(da%)\t%1, %M0", otherops);
                          return "";
                        case 4:
                          if (TARGET_THUMB2)
                            break;
                          output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ib%)\t%1, %M0", otherops);
                          return "";
                        }
                    }
                  otherops[0] = gen_rtx_REG(SImode, REGNO(operands[0]) + 1);
                  operands[1] = otherops[0];
                  if (TARGET_LDRD
                      && (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == REG
                          || TARGET_THUMB2
                          || (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT
                              && INTVAL (otherops[2]) > -256
                              && INTVAL (otherops[2]) < 256)))
                    {
                      if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[0],
                                                   otherops[2]))
                        {
                          rtx tmp;
                          /* Swap base and index registers over to
                             avoid a conflict.  */
                          tmp = otherops[1];
                          otherops[1] = otherops[2];
                          otherops[2] = tmp;
                        }
                      /* If both registers conflict, it will usually
                         have been fixed by a splitter.  */
                      if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[0], otherops[2])
                          || (fix_cm3_ldrd && reg0 == REGNO (otherops[1])))
                        {
                          output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops);
                          output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1]", operands);
                        }
                      else
                        {
                          otherops[0] = operands[0];
                          output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1, %2]", otherops);
                        }
                      return "";
                    }

                  if (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT)
                    {
                      if (!(const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (otherops[2]))))
                        output_asm_insn ("sub%?\t%0, %1, #%n2", otherops);
                      else
                        output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops);
                    }
                  else
                    output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops);
                }
              else
                output_asm_insn ("sub%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops);

              if (TARGET_LDRD)
                return "ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1]";

              return "ldm%(ia%)\t%1, %M0";
            }
          else
            {
              otherops[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);
              /* Take care of overlapping base/data reg.  */
              if (reg_mentioned_p (operands[0], operands[1]))
                {
                  output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", otherops);
                  output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", operands);
                }
              else
                {
                  output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", operands);
                  output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", otherops);
                }
            }
        }
    }
  else
    {
      /* Constraints should ensure this.  */
      gcc_assert (code0 == MEM && code1 == REG);
      gcc_assert (REGNO (operands[1]) != IP_REGNUM);

      switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)))
        {
        case REG:
          if (TARGET_LDRD)
            output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0]", operands);
          else
            output_asm_insn ("stm%(ia%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
          break;

        case PRE_INC:
          gcc_assert (TARGET_LDRD);
          output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0, #8]!", operands);
          break;

        case PRE_DEC:
          if (TARGET_LDRD)
            output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0, #-8]!", operands);
          else
            output_asm_insn ("stm%(db%)\t%m0!, %M1", operands);
          break;

        case POST_INC:
          if (TARGET_LDRD)
            output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0], #8", operands);
          else
            output_asm_insn ("stm%(ia%)\t%m0!, %M1", operands);
          break;

        case POST_DEC:
          gcc_assert (TARGET_LDRD);
          output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0], #-8", operands);
          break;

        case PRE_MODIFY:
        case POST_MODIFY:
          otherops[0] = operands[1];
          otherops[1] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 1), 0);
          otherops[2] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 1), 1);

          /* IWMMXT allows offsets larger than ldrd can handle,
             fix these up with a pair of ldr.  */
          if (!TARGET_THUMB2
              && GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT
              && (INTVAL(otherops[2]) <= -256
                  || INTVAL(otherops[2]) >= 256))
            {
              if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) == PRE_MODIFY)
                {
                  output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops);
                  output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%H0, [%1, #4]", otherops);
                }
              else
                {
                  output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%H0, [%1, #4]", otherops);
                  output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops);
                }
            }
          else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) == PRE_MODIFY)
            output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops);
          else
            output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops);
          break;

        case PLUS:
          otherops[2] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 1);
          if (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT && !TARGET_LDRD)
            {
              switch ((int) INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 1)))
                {
                case -8:
                  output_asm_insn ("stm%(db%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
                  return "";

                case -4:
                  if (TARGET_THUMB2)
                    break;
                  output_asm_insn ("stm%(da%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
                  return "";

                case 4:
                  if (TARGET_THUMB2)
                    break;
                  output_asm_insn ("stm%(ib%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
                  return "";
                }
            }
          if (TARGET_LDRD
              && (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == REG
                  || TARGET_THUMB2
                  || (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT
                      && INTVAL (otherops[2]) > -256
                      && INTVAL (otherops[2]) < 256)))
            {
              otherops[0] = operands[1];
              otherops[1] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 0);
              output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%0, [%1, %2]", otherops);
              return "";
            }
          /* Fall through */

        default:
          otherops[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, 4);
          otherops[1] = operands[1];
          output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%1, %0", operands);
          output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%H1, %0", otherops);
        }
    }

  return "";
}

/* Output a move, load or store for quad-word vectors in ARM registers.  Only
   handles MEMs accepted by neon_vector_mem_operand with TYPE=1.  */

const char *
output_move_quad (rtx *operands)
{
  if (REG_P (operands[0]))
    {
      /* Load, or reg->reg move.  */

      if (MEM_P (operands[1]))
        {
          switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)))
            {
            case REG:
              output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%m1, %M0", operands);
              break;

            case LABEL_REF:
            case CONST:
              output_asm_insn ("adr%?\t%0, %1", operands);
              output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%0, %M0", operands);
              break;

            default:
              gcc_unreachable ();
            }
        }
      else
        {
          rtx ops[2];
          int dest, src, i;

          gcc_assert (REG_P (operands[1]));

          dest = REGNO (operands[0]);
          src = REGNO (operands[1]);

          /* This seems pretty dumb, but hopefully GCC won't try to do it
             very often.  */
          if (dest < src)
            for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
              {
                ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, dest + i);
                ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, src + i);
                output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops);
              }
          else
            for (i = 3; i >= 0; i--)
              {
                ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, dest + i);
                ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, src + i);
                output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops);
              }
        }
    }
  else
    {
      gcc_assert (MEM_P (operands[0]));
      gcc_assert (REG_P (operands[1]));
      gcc_assert (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[1], operands[0]));

      switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)))
        {
        case REG:
          output_asm_insn ("stm%(ia%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
          break;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
    }

  return "";
}

/* Output a VFP load or store instruction.  */

const char *
output_move_vfp (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx reg, mem, addr, ops[2];
  int load = REG_P (operands[0]);
  int dp = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operands[0])) == 8;
  int integer_p = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (operands[0])) == MODE_INT;
  const char *templ;
  char buff[50];
  enum machine_mode mode;

  reg = operands[!load];
  mem = operands[load];

  mode = GET_MODE (reg);

  gcc_assert (REG_P (reg));
  gcc_assert (IS_VFP_REGNUM (REGNO (reg)));
  gcc_assert (mode == SFmode
              || mode == DFmode
              || mode == SImode
              || mode == DImode
              || (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode)));
  gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem));

  addr = XEXP (mem, 0);

  switch (GET_CODE (addr))
    {
    case PRE_DEC:
      templ = "f%smdb%c%%?\t%%0!, {%%%s1}%s";
      ops[0] = XEXP (addr, 0);
      ops[1] = reg;
      break;

    case POST_INC:
      templ = "f%smia%c%%?\t%%0!, {%%%s1}%s";
      ops[0] = XEXP (addr, 0);
      ops[1] = reg;
      break;

    default:
      templ = "f%s%c%%?\t%%%s0, %%1%s";
      ops[0] = reg;
      ops[1] = mem;
      break;
    }

  sprintf (buff, templ,
           load ? "ld" : "st",
           dp ? 'd' : 's',
           dp ? "P" : "",
           integer_p ? "\t%@ int" : "");
  output_asm_insn (buff, ops);

  return "";
}

/* Output a Neon quad-word load or store, or a load or store for
   larger structure modes.

   WARNING: The ordering of elements is weird in big-endian mode,
   because we use VSTM, as required by the EABI.  GCC RTL defines
   element ordering based on in-memory order.  This can be differ
   from the architectural ordering of elements within a NEON register.
   The intrinsics defined in arm_neon.h use the NEON register element
   ordering, not the GCC RTL element ordering.

   For example, the in-memory ordering of a big-endian a quadword
   vector with 16-bit elements when stored from register pair {d0,d1}
   will be (lowest address first, d0[N] is NEON register element N):

     [d0[3], d0[2], d0[1], d0[0], d1[7], d1[6], d1[5], d1[4]]

   When necessary, quadword registers (dN, dN+1) are moved to ARM
   registers from rN in the order:

     dN -> (rN+1, rN), dN+1 -> (rN+3, rN+2)

   So that STM/LDM can be used on vectors in ARM registers, and the
   same memory layout will result as if VSTM/VLDM were used.  */

const char *
output_move_neon (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx reg, mem, addr, ops[2];
  int regno, load = REG_P (operands[0]);
  const char *templ;
  char buff[50];
  enum machine_mode mode;

  reg = operands[!load];
  mem = operands[load];

  mode = GET_MODE (reg);

  gcc_assert (REG_P (reg));
  regno = REGNO (reg);
  gcc_assert (VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno)
              || NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_QUAD (regno));
  gcc_assert (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode)
              || VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode)
              || VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode));
  gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem));

  addr = XEXP (mem, 0);

  /* Strip off const from addresses like (const (plus (...))).  */
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS)
    addr = XEXP (addr, 0);

  switch (GET_CODE (addr))
    {
    case POST_INC:
      templ = "v%smia%%?\t%%0!, %%h1";
      ops[0] = XEXP (addr, 0);
      ops[1] = reg;
      break;

    case PRE_DEC:
      /* FIXME: We should be using vld1/vst1 here in BE mode?  */
      templ = "v%smdb%%?\t%%0!, %%h1";
      ops[0] = XEXP (addr, 0);
      ops[1] = reg;
      break;
    
    case POST_MODIFY:
      /* FIXME: Not currently enabled in neon_vector_mem_operand.  */
      gcc_unreachable ();

    case LABEL_REF:
    case PLUS:
      {
        int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (reg), mode) / 2;
        int i;
        int overlap = -1;
        for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
          {
            /* We're only using DImode here because it's a convenient size.  */
            ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (reg) + 2 * i);
            ops[1] = adjust_address (mem, DImode, 8 * i);
            if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (ops[0], mem))
              {
                gcc_assert (overlap == -1);
                overlap = i;
              }
            else
              {
                sprintf (buff, "v%sr%%?\t%%P0, %%1", load ? "ld" : "st");
                output_asm_insn (buff, ops);
              }
          }
        if (overlap != -1)
          {
            ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (reg) + 2 * overlap);
            ops[1] = adjust_address (mem, SImode, 8 * overlap);
            sprintf (buff, "v%sr%%?\t%%P0, %%1", load ? "ld" : "st");
            output_asm_insn (buff, ops);
          }

        return "";
      }

    default:
      templ = "v%smia%%?\t%%m0, %%h1";
      ops[0] = mem;
      ops[1] = reg;
    }

  sprintf (buff, templ, load ? "ld" : "st");
  output_asm_insn (buff, ops);

  return "";
}

/* Compute and return the length of neon_mov<mode>, where <mode> is
   one of VSTRUCT modes: EI, OI, CI or XI.  */
int
arm_attr_length_move_neon (rtx insn)
{
  rtx reg, mem, addr;
  int load;
  enum machine_mode mode;

  extract_insn_cached (insn);

  if (REG_P (recog_data.operand[0]) && REG_P (recog_data.operand[1]))
    {
      mode = GET_MODE (recog_data.operand[0]);
      switch (mode)
        {
        case EImode:
        case OImode:
          return 8;
        case CImode:
          return 12;
        case XImode:
          return 16;
        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
    }

  load = REG_P (recog_data.operand[0]);
  reg = recog_data.operand[!load];
  mem = recog_data.operand[load];

  gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem));

  mode = GET_MODE (reg);
  addr = XEXP (mem, 0);

  /* Strip off const from addresses like (const (plus (...))).  */
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS)
    addr = XEXP (addr, 0);

  if (GET_CODE (addr) == LABEL_REF || GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
    {
      int insns = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (reg), mode) / 2;
      return insns * 4;
    }
  else
    return 4;
}

/* Return nonzero if the offset in the address is an immediate.  Otherwise,
   return zero.  */

int
arm_address_offset_is_imm (rtx insn)
{
  rtx mem, addr;

  extract_insn_cached (insn);

  if (REG_P (recog_data.operand[0]))
    return 0;

  mem = recog_data.operand[0];

  gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem));

  addr = XEXP (mem, 0);

  if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG
      || (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT))
    return 1;
  else
    return 0;
}

/* Output an ADD r, s, #n where n may be too big for one instruction.
   If adding zero to one register, output nothing.  */
const char *
output_add_immediate (rtx *operands)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT n = INTVAL (operands[2]);

  if (n != 0 || REGNO (operands[0]) != REGNO (operands[1]))
    {
      if (n < 0)
        output_multi_immediate (operands,
                                "sub%?\t%0, %1, %2", "sub%?\t%0, %0, %2", 2,
                                -n);
      else
        output_multi_immediate (operands,
                                "add%?\t%0, %1, %2", "add%?\t%0, %0, %2", 2,
                                n);
    }

  return "";
}

/* Output a multiple immediate operation.
   OPERANDS is the vector of operands referred to in the output patterns.
   INSTR1 is the output pattern to use for the first constant.
   INSTR2 is the output pattern to use for subsequent constants.
   IMMED_OP is the index of the constant slot in OPERANDS.
   N is the constant value.  */
static const char *
output_multi_immediate (rtx *operands, const char *instr1, const char *instr2,
                        int immed_op, HOST_WIDE_INT n)
{
#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > 32
  n &= 0xffffffff;
#endif

  if (n == 0)
    {
      /* Quick and easy output.  */
      operands[immed_op] = const0_rtx;
      output_asm_insn (instr1, operands);
    }
  else
    {
      int i;
      const char * instr = instr1;

      /* Note that n is never zero here (which would give no output).  */
      for (i = 0; i < 32; i += 2)
        {
          if (n & (3 << i))
            {
              operands[immed_op] = GEN_INT (n & (255 << i));
              output_asm_insn (instr, operands);
              instr = instr2;
              i += 6;
            }
        }
    }

  return "";
}

/* Return the name of a shifter operation.  */
static const char *
arm_shift_nmem(enum rtx_code code)
{
  switch (code)
    {
    case ASHIFT:
      return ARM_LSL_NAME;

    case ASHIFTRT:
      return "asr";

    case LSHIFTRT:
      return "lsr";

    case ROTATERT:
      return "ror";

    default:
      abort();
    }
}

/* Return the appropriate ARM instruction for the operation code.
   The returned result should not be overwritten.  OP is the rtx of the
   operation.  SHIFT_FIRST_ARG is TRUE if the first argument of the operator
   was shifted.  */
const char *
arithmetic_instr (rtx op, int shift_first_arg)
{
  switch (GET_CODE (op))
    {
    case PLUS:
      return "add";

    case MINUS:
      return shift_first_arg ? "rsb" : "sub";

    case IOR:
      return "orr";

    case XOR:
      return "eor";

    case AND:
      return "and";

    case ASHIFT:
    case ASHIFTRT:
    case LSHIFTRT:
    case ROTATERT:
      return arm_shift_nmem(GET_CODE(op));

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Ensure valid constant shifts and return the appropriate shift mnemonic
   for the operation code.  The returned result should not be overwritten.
   OP is the rtx code of the shift.
   On exit, *AMOUNTP will be -1 if the shift is by a register, or a constant
   shift.  */
static const char *
shift_op (rtx op, HOST_WIDE_INT *amountp)
{
  const char * mnem;
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);

  switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)))
    {
    case REG:
    case SUBREG:
      *amountp = -1;
      break;

    case CONST_INT:
      *amountp = INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1));
      break;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  switch (code)
    {
    case ROTATE:
      gcc_assert (*amountp != -1);
      *amountp = 32 - *amountp;
      code = ROTATERT;

      /* Fall through.  */

    case ASHIFT:
    case ASHIFTRT:
    case LSHIFTRT:
    case ROTATERT:
      mnem = arm_shift_nmem(code);
      break;

    case MULT:
      /* We never have to worry about the amount being other than a
         power of 2, since this case can never be reloaded from a reg.  */
      gcc_assert (*amountp != -1);
      *amountp = int_log2 (*amountp);
      return ARM_LSL_NAME;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  if (*amountp != -1)
    {
      /* This is not 100% correct, but follows from the desire to merge
         multiplication by a power of 2 with the recognizer for a
         shift.  >=32 is not a valid shift for "lsl", so we must try and
         output a shift that produces the correct arithmetical result.
         Using lsr #32 is identical except for the fact that the carry bit
         is not set correctly if we set the flags; but we never use the
         carry bit from such an operation, so we can ignore that.  */
      if (code == ROTATERT)
        /* Rotate is just modulo 32.  */
        *amountp &= 31;
      else if (*amountp != (*amountp & 31))
        {
          if (code == ASHIFT)
            mnem = "lsr";
          *amountp = 32;
        }

      /* Shifts of 0 are no-ops.  */
      if (*amountp == 0)
        return NULL;
    }

  return mnem;
}

/* Obtain the shift from the POWER of two.  */

static HOST_WIDE_INT
int_log2 (HOST_WIDE_INT power)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT shift = 0;

  while ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << shift) & power) == 0)
    {
      gcc_assert (shift <= 31);
      shift++;
    }

  return shift;
}

/* Output a .ascii pseudo-op, keeping track of lengths.  This is
   because /bin/as is horribly restrictive.  The judgement about
   whether or not each character is 'printable' (and can be output as
   is) or not (and must be printed with an octal escape) must be made
   with reference to the *host* character set -- the situation is
   similar to that discussed in the comments above pp_c_char in
   c-pretty-print.c.  */

#define MAX_ASCII_LEN 51

void
output_ascii_pseudo_op (FILE *stream, const unsigned char *p, int len)
{
  int i;
  int len_so_far = 0;

  fputs ("\t.ascii\t\"", stream);

  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
    {
      int c = p[i];

      if (len_so_far >= MAX_ASCII_LEN)
        {
          fputs ("\"\n\t.ascii\t\"", stream);
          len_so_far = 0;
        }

      if (ISPRINT (c))
        {
          if (c == '\\' || c == '\"')
            {
              putc ('\\', stream);
              len_so_far++;
            }
          putc (c, stream);
          len_so_far++;
        }
      else
        {
          fprintf (stream, "\\%03o", c);
          len_so_far += 4;
        }
    }

  fputs ("\"\n", stream);
}
\f
/* Compute the register save mask for registers 0 through 12
   inclusive.  This code is used by arm_compute_save_reg_mask.  */

static unsigned long
arm_compute_save_reg0_reg12_mask (void)
{
  unsigned long func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
  unsigned long save_reg_mask = 0;
  unsigned int reg;

  if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
    {
      unsigned int max_reg;
      /* Interrupt functions must not corrupt any registers,
         even call clobbered ones.  If this is a leaf function
         we can just examine the registers used by the RTL, but
         otherwise we have to assume that whatever function is
         called might clobber anything, and so we have to save
         all the call-clobbered registers as well.  */
      if (ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) == ARM_FT_FIQ)
        /* FIQ handlers have registers r8 - r12 banked, so
           we only need to check r0 - r7, Normal ISRs only
           bank r14 and r15, so we must check up to r12.
           r13 is the stack pointer which is always preserved,
           so we do not need to consider it here.  */
        max_reg = 7;
      else
        max_reg = 12;

      for (reg = 0; reg <= max_reg; reg++)
        if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg)
            || (! current_function_is_leaf && call_used_regs[reg]))
          save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);

      /* Also save the pic base register if necessary.  */
      if (flag_pic
          && !TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
          && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
          && crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
        save_reg_mask |= 1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM;
    }
  else if (IS_VOLATILE(func_type))
    {
      /* For noreturn functions we historically omitted register saves
         altogether.  However this really messes up debugging.  As a
         compromise save just the frame pointers.  Combined with the link
         register saved elsewhere this should be sufficient to get
         a backtrace.  */
      if (frame_pointer_needed)
        save_reg_mask |= 1 << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
      if (df_regs_ever_live_p (ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
        save_reg_mask |= 1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
      if (df_regs_ever_live_p (THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
        save_reg_mask |= 1 << THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
    }
  else
    {
      /* In the normal case we only need to save those registers
         which are call saved and which are used by this function.  */
      for (reg = 0; reg <= 11; reg++)
        if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && ! call_used_regs[reg])
          save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);

      /* Handle the frame pointer as a special case.  */
      if (frame_pointer_needed)
        save_reg_mask |= 1 << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;

      /* If we aren't loading the PIC register,
         don't stack it even though it may be live.  */
      if (flag_pic
          && !TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
          && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
          && (df_regs_ever_live_p (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM)
              || crtl->uses_pic_offset_table))
        save_reg_mask |= 1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM;

      /* The prologue will copy SP into R0, so save it.  */
      if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
        save_reg_mask |= 1;
    }

  /* Save registers so the exception handler can modify them.  */
  if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
    {
      unsigned int i;

      for (i = 0; ; i++)
        {
          reg = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i);
          if (reg == INVALID_REGNUM)
            break;
          save_reg_mask |= 1 << reg;
        }
    }

  return save_reg_mask;
}


/* Compute the number of bytes used to store the static chain register on the 
   stack, above the stack frame. We need to know this accurately to get the
   alignment of the rest of the stack frame correct. */

static int arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes (void)
{
  unsigned long func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
  int static_chain_stack_bytes = 0;

  if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM &&
      IS_NESTED (func_type) &&
      df_regs_ever_live_p (3) && crtl->args.pretend_args_size == 0)
    static_chain_stack_bytes = 4;

  return static_chain_stack_bytes;
}


/* Compute a bit mask of which registers need to be
   saved on the stack for the current function.
   This is used by arm_get_frame_offsets, which may add extra registers.  */

static unsigned long
arm_compute_save_reg_mask (void)
{
  unsigned int save_reg_mask = 0;
  unsigned long func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
  unsigned int reg;

  if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
    /* This should never really happen.  */
    return 0;

  /* If we are creating a stack frame, then we must save the frame pointer,
     IP (which will hold the old stack pointer), LR and the PC.  */
  if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM)
    save_reg_mask |=
      (1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
      | (1 << IP_REGNUM)
      | (1 << LR_REGNUM)
      | (1 << PC_REGNUM);

  save_reg_mask |= arm_compute_save_reg0_reg12_mask ();

  /* Decide if we need to save the link register.
     Interrupt routines have their own banked link register,
     so they never need to save it.
     Otherwise if we do not use the link register we do not need to save
     it.  If we are pushing other registers onto the stack however, we
     can save an instruction in the epilogue by pushing the link register
     now and then popping it back into the PC.  This incurs extra memory
     accesses though, so we only do it when optimizing for size, and only
     if we know that we will not need a fancy return sequence.  */
  if (df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM)
      || (save_reg_mask
          && optimize_size
          && ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) == ARM_FT_NORMAL
          && !crtl->calls_eh_return))
    save_reg_mask |= 1 << LR_REGNUM;

  if (cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated)
    save_reg_mask &= ~ (1 << LR_REGNUM);

  if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
      && ((bit_count (save_reg_mask)
           + ARM_NUM_INTS (crtl->args.pretend_args_size +
                           arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes())
           ) % 2) != 0)
    {
      /* The total number of registers that are going to be pushed
         onto the stack is odd.  We need to ensure that the stack
         is 64-bit aligned before we start to save iWMMXt registers,
         and also before we start to create locals.  (A local variable
         might be a double or long long which we will load/store using
         an iWMMXt instruction).  Therefore we need to push another
         ARM register, so that the stack will be 64-bit aligned.  We
         try to avoid using the arg registers (r0 -r3) as they might be
         used to pass values in a tail call.  */
      for (reg = 4; reg <= 12; reg++)
        if ((save_reg_mask & (1 << reg)) == 0)
          break;

      if (reg <= 12)
        save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
      else
        {
          cfun->machine->sibcall_blocked = 1;
          save_reg_mask |= (1 << 3);
        }
    }

  /* We may need to push an additional register for use initializing the
     PIC base register.  */
  if (TARGET_THUMB2 && IS_NESTED (func_type) && flag_pic
      && (save_reg_mask & THUMB2_WORK_REGS) == 0)
    {
      reg = thumb_find_work_register (1 << 4);
      if (!call_used_regs[reg])
        save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
    }

  return save_reg_mask;
}


/* Compute a bit mask of which registers need to be
   saved on the stack for the current function.  */
static unsigned long
thumb1_compute_save_reg_mask (void)
{
  unsigned long mask;
  unsigned reg;

  mask = 0;
  for (reg = 0; reg < 12; reg ++)
    if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
      mask |= 1 << reg;

  if (flag_pic
      && !TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
      && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
      && crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
    mask |= 1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM;

  /* See if we might need r11 for calls to _interwork_r11_call_via_rN().  */
  if (!frame_pointer_needed && CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE > 0)
    mask |= 1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;

  /* LR will also be pushed if any lo regs are pushed.  */
  if (mask & 0xff || thumb_force_lr_save ())
    mask |= (1 << LR_REGNUM);

  /* Make sure we have a low work register if we need one.
     We will need one if we are going to push a high register,
     but we are not currently intending to push a low register.  */
  if ((mask & 0xff) == 0
      && ((mask & 0x0f00) || TARGET_BACKTRACE))
    {
      /* Use thumb_find_work_register to choose which register
         we will use.  If the register is live then we will
         have to push it.  Use LAST_LO_REGNUM as our fallback
         choice for the register to select.  */
      reg = thumb_find_work_register (1 << LAST_LO_REGNUM);
      /* Make sure the register returned by thumb_find_work_register is
         not part of the return value.  */
      if (reg * UNITS_PER_WORD <= (unsigned) arm_size_return_regs ())
        reg = LAST_LO_REGNUM;

      if (! call_used_regs[reg])
        mask |= 1 << reg;
    }

  /* The 504 below is 8 bytes less than 512 because there are two possible
     alignment words.  We can't tell here if they will be present or not so we
     have to play it safe and assume that they are. */
  if ((CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE +
       ROUND_UP_WORD (get_frame_size ()) +
       crtl->outgoing_args_size) >= 504)
    {
      /* This is the same as the code in thumb1_expand_prologue() which
         determines which register to use for stack decrement. */
      for (reg = LAST_ARG_REGNUM + 1; reg <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; reg++)
        if (mask & (1 << reg))
          break;

      if (reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
        {
          /* Make sure we have a register available for stack decrement. */
          mask |= 1 << LAST_LO_REGNUM;
        }
    }

  return mask;
}


/* Return the number of bytes required to save VFP registers.  */
static int
arm_get_vfp_saved_size (void)
{
  unsigned int regno;
  int count;
  int saved;

  saved = 0;
  /* Space for saved VFP registers.  */
  if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
    {
      count = 0;
      for (regno = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
           regno < LAST_VFP_REGNUM;
           regno += 2)
        {
          if ((!df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) || call_used_regs[regno])
              && (!df_regs_ever_live_p (regno + 1) || call_used_regs[regno + 1]))
            {
              if (count > 0)
                {
                  /* Workaround ARM10 VFPr1 bug.  */
                  if (count == 2 && !arm_arch6)
                    count++;
                  saved += count * 8;
                }
              count = 0;
            }
          else
            count++;
        }
      if (count > 0)
        {
          if (count == 2 && !arm_arch6)
            count++;
          saved += count * 8;
        }
    }
  return saved;
}


/* Generate a function exit sequence.  If REALLY_RETURN is false, then do
   everything bar the final return instruction.  */
const char *
output_return_instruction (rtx operand, int really_return, int reverse)
{
  char conditional[10];
  char instr[100];
  unsigned reg;
  unsigned long live_regs_mask;
  unsigned long func_type;
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;

  func_type = arm_current_func_type ();

  if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
    return "";

  if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type) && TARGET_ABORT_NORETURN)
    {
      /* If this function was declared non-returning, and we have
         found a tail call, then we have to trust that the called
         function won't return.  */
      if (really_return)
        {
          rtx ops[2];

          /* Otherwise, trap an attempted return by aborting.  */
          ops[0] = operand;
          ops[1] = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, NEED_PLT_RELOC ? "abort(PLT)"
                                       : "abort");
          assemble_external_libcall (ops[1]);
          output_asm_insn (reverse ? "bl%D0\t%a1" : "bl%d0\t%a1", ops);
        }

      return "";
    }

  gcc_assert (!cfun->calls_alloca || really_return);

  sprintf (conditional, "%%?%%%c0", reverse ? 'D' : 'd');

  cfun->machine->return_used_this_function = 1;

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;

  if (live_regs_mask)
    {
      const char * return_reg;

      /* If we do not have any special requirements for function exit
         (e.g. interworking) then we can load the return address
         directly into the PC.  Otherwise we must load it into LR.  */
      if (really_return
          && (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type) || !TARGET_INTERWORK))
        return_reg = reg_names[PC_REGNUM];
      else
        return_reg = reg_names[LR_REGNUM];

      if ((live_regs_mask & (1 << IP_REGNUM)) == (1 << IP_REGNUM))
        {
          /* There are three possible reasons for the IP register
             being saved.  1) a stack frame was created, in which case
             IP contains the old stack pointer, or 2) an ISR routine
             corrupted it, or 3) it was saved to align the stack on
             iWMMXt.  In case 1, restore IP into SP, otherwise just
             restore IP.  */
          if (frame_pointer_needed)
            {
              live_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << IP_REGNUM);
              live_regs_mask |=   (1 << SP_REGNUM);
            }
          else
            gcc_assert (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type) || TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT);
        }

      /* On some ARM architectures it is faster to use LDR rather than
         LDM to load a single register.  On other architectures, the
         cost is the same.  In 26 bit mode, or for exception handlers,
         we have to use LDM to load the PC so that the CPSR is also
         restored.  */
      for (reg = 0; reg <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; reg++)
        if (live_regs_mask == (1U << reg))
          break;

      if (reg <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
          && (reg != LR_REGNUM
              || ! really_return
              || ! IS_INTERRUPT (func_type)))
        {
          sprintf (instr, "ldr%s\t%%|%s, [%%|sp], #4", conditional,
                   (reg == LR_REGNUM) ? return_reg : reg_names[reg]);
        }
      else
        {
          char *p;
          int first = 1;

          /* Generate the load multiple instruction to restore the
             registers.  Note we can get here, even if
             frame_pointer_needed is true, but only if sp already
             points to the base of the saved core registers.  */
          if (live_regs_mask & (1 << SP_REGNUM))
            {
              unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust;

              stack_adjust = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;
              gcc_assert (stack_adjust == 0 || stack_adjust == 4);

              if (stack_adjust && arm_arch5 && TARGET_ARM)
                if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
                  sprintf (instr, "ldmib%s\t%%|sp, {", conditional);
                else
                  sprintf (instr, "ldm%sib\t%%|sp, {", conditional);
              else
                {
                  /* If we can't use ldmib (SA110 bug),
                     then try to pop r3 instead.  */
                  if (stack_adjust)
                    live_regs_mask |= 1 << 3;
                  
                  if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
                    sprintf (instr, "ldmfd%s\t%%|sp, {", conditional);
                  else
                    sprintf (instr, "ldm%sfd\t%%|sp, {", conditional);
                }
            }
          else
            if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
              sprintf (instr, "pop%s\t{", conditional);
            else
              sprintf (instr, "ldm%sfd\t%%|sp!, {", conditional);

          p = instr + strlen (instr);

          for (reg = 0; reg <= SP_REGNUM; reg++)
            if (live_regs_mask & (1 << reg))
              {
                int l = strlen (reg_names[reg]);

                if (first)
                  first = 0;
                else
                  {
                    memcpy (p, ", ", 2);
                    p += 2;
                  }

                memcpy (p, "%|", 2);
                memcpy (p + 2, reg_names[reg], l);
                p += l + 2;
              }

          if (live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM))
            {
              sprintf (p, "%s%%|%s}", first ? "" : ", ", return_reg);
              /* If returning from an interrupt, restore the CPSR.  */
              if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
                strcat (p, "^");
            }
          else
            strcpy (p, "}");
        }

      output_asm_insn (instr, & operand);

      /* See if we need to generate an extra instruction to
         perform the actual function return.  */
      if (really_return
          && func_type != ARM_FT_INTERWORKED
          && (live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) != 0)
        {
          /* The return has already been handled
             by loading the LR into the PC.  */
          really_return = 0;
        }
    }

  if (really_return)
    {
      switch ((int) ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type))
        {
        case ARM_FT_ISR:
        case ARM_FT_FIQ:
          /* ??? This is wrong for unified assembly syntax.  */
          sprintf (instr, "sub%ss\t%%|pc, %%|lr, #4", conditional);
          break;

        case ARM_FT_INTERWORKED:
          sprintf (instr, "bx%s\t%%|lr", conditional);
          break;

        case ARM_FT_EXCEPTION:
          /* ??? This is wrong for unified assembly syntax.  */
          sprintf (instr, "mov%ss\t%%|pc, %%|lr", conditional);
          break;

        default:
          /* Use bx if it's available.  */
          if (arm_arch5 || arm_arch4t)
            sprintf (instr, "bx%s\t%%|lr", conditional);
          else
            sprintf (instr, "mov%s\t%%|pc, %%|lr", conditional);
          break;
        }

      output_asm_insn (instr, & operand);
    }

  return "";
}

/* Write the function name into the code section, directly preceding
   the function prologue.

   Code will be output similar to this:
     t0
         .ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
         .align
     t1
         .word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0)
     arm_poke_function_name
         mov     ip, sp
         stmfd   sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
         sub     fp, ip, #4

   When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value
   of 'pc' stored at 'fp' + 0.  If the trace function then looks
   at location pc - 12 and the top 8 bits are set, then we know
   that there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this
   location and has length ((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000).

   We assume that pc is declared as a pointer to an unsigned long.

   It is of no benefit to output the function name if we are assembling
   a leaf function.  These function types will not contain a stack
   backtrace structure, therefore it is not possible to determine the
   function name.  */
void
arm_poke_function_name (FILE *stream, const char *name)
{
  unsigned long alignlength;
  unsigned long length;
  rtx           x;

  length      = strlen (name) + 1;
  alignlength = ROUND_UP_WORD (length);

  ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (stream, name, length);
  ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (stream, 2);
  x = GEN_INT ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xff000000 + alignlength);
  assemble_aligned_integer (UNITS_PER_WORD, x);
}

/* Place some comments into the assembler stream
   describing the current function.  */
static void
arm_output_function_prologue (FILE *f, HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size)
{
  unsigned long func_type;

  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      thumb1_output_function_prologue (f, frame_size);
      return;
    }

  /* Sanity check.  */
  gcc_assert (!arm_ccfsm_state && !arm_target_insn);

  func_type = arm_current_func_type ();

  switch ((int) ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type))
    {
    default:
    case ARM_FT_NORMAL:
      break;
    case ARM_FT_INTERWORKED:
      asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Function supports interworking.\n");
      break;
    case ARM_FT_ISR:
      asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Interrupt Service Routine.\n");
      break;
    case ARM_FT_FIQ:
      asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Fast Interrupt Service Routine.\n");
      break;
    case ARM_FT_EXCEPTION:
      asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ ARM Exception Handler.\n");
      break;
    }

  if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
    asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Naked Function: prologue and epilogue provided by programmer.\n");

  if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type))
    asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Volatile: function does not return.\n");

  if (IS_NESTED (func_type))
    asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Nested: function declared inside another function.\n");
  if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
    asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Stack Align: May be called with mis-aligned SP.\n");

  asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ args = %d, pretend = %d, frame = %wd\n",
               crtl->args.size,
               crtl->args.pretend_args_size, frame_size);

  asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ frame_needed = %d, uses_anonymous_args = %d\n",
               frame_pointer_needed,
               cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args);

  if (cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated)
    asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ link register save eliminated.\n");

  if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
    asm_fprintf (f, "\t@ Calls __builtin_eh_return.\n");

}

const char *
arm_output_epilogue (rtx sibling)
{
  int reg;
  unsigned long saved_regs_mask;
  unsigned long func_type;
  /* Floats_offset is the offset from the "virtual" frame.  In an APCS
     frame that is $fp + 4 for a non-variadic function.  */
  int floats_offset = 0;
  rtx operands[3];
  FILE * f = asm_out_file;
  unsigned int lrm_count = 0;
  int really_return = (sibling == NULL);
  int start_reg;
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;

  /* If we have already generated the return instruction
     then it is futile to generate anything else.  */
  if (use_return_insn (FALSE, sibling) && 
      (cfun->machine->return_used_this_function != 0))
    return "";

  func_type = arm_current_func_type ();

  if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
    /* Naked functions don't have epilogues.  */
    return "";

  if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type) && TARGET_ABORT_NORETURN)
    {
      rtx op;

      /* A volatile function should never return.  Call abort.  */
      op = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, NEED_PLT_RELOC ? "abort(PLT)" : "abort");
      assemble_external_libcall (op);
      output_asm_insn ("bl\t%a0", &op);

      return "";
    }

  /* If we are throwing an exception, then we really must be doing a
     return, so we can't tail-call.  */
  gcc_assert (!crtl->calls_eh_return || really_return);

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  saved_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;

  if (TARGET_IWMMXT)
    lrm_count = bit_count (saved_regs_mask);

  floats_offset = offsets->saved_args;
  /* Compute how far away the floats will be.  */
  for (reg = 0; reg <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; reg++)
    if (saved_regs_mask & (1 << reg))
      floats_offset += 4;

  if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM)
    {
      /* This variable is for the Virtual Frame Pointer, not VFP regs.  */
      int vfp_offset = offsets->frame;

      if (TARGET_FPA_EMU2)
        {
          for (reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg--)
            if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
              {
                floats_offset += 12;
                asm_fprintf (f, "\tldfe\t%r, [%r, #-%d]\n",
                             reg, FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
              }
        }
      else
        {
          start_reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM;

          for (reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg--)
            {
              if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
                {
                  floats_offset += 12;

                  /* We can't unstack more than four registers at once.  */
                  if (start_reg - reg == 3)
                    {
                      asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfm\t%r, 4, [%r, #-%d]\n",
                                   reg, FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
                      start_reg = reg - 1;
                    }
                }
              else
                {
                  if (reg != start_reg)
                    asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfm\t%r, %d, [%r, #-%d]\n",
                                 reg + 1, start_reg - reg,
                                 FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
                  start_reg = reg - 1;
                }
            }

          /* Just in case the last register checked also needs unstacking.  */
          if (reg != start_reg)
            asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfm\t%r, %d, [%r, #-%d]\n",
                         reg + 1, start_reg - reg,
                         FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
        }

      if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
        {
          int saved_size;

          /* The fldmd insns do not have base+offset addressing
             modes, so we use IP to hold the address.  */
          saved_size = arm_get_vfp_saved_size ();

          if (saved_size > 0)
            {
              floats_offset += saved_size;
              asm_fprintf (f, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #%d\n", IP_REGNUM,
                           FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
            }
          start_reg = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
          for (reg = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM; reg < LAST_VFP_REGNUM; reg += 2)
            {
              if ((!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) || call_used_regs[reg])
                  && (!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg + 1) || call_used_regs[reg + 1]))
                {
                  if (start_reg != reg)
                    vfp_output_fldmd (f, IP_REGNUM,
                                      (start_reg - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2,
                                      (reg - start_reg) / 2);
                  start_reg = reg + 2;
                }
            }
          if (start_reg != reg)
            vfp_output_fldmd (f, IP_REGNUM,
                              (start_reg - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2,
                              (reg - start_reg) / 2);
        }

      if (TARGET_IWMMXT)
        {
          /* The frame pointer is guaranteed to be non-double-word aligned.
             This is because it is set to (old_stack_pointer - 4) and the
             old_stack_pointer was double word aligned.  Thus the offset to
             the iWMMXt registers to be loaded must also be non-double-word
             sized, so that the resultant address *is* double-word aligned.
             We can ignore floats_offset since that was already included in
             the live_regs_mask.  */
          lrm_count += (lrm_count % 2 ? 2 : 1);

          for (reg = LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg--)
            if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
              {
                asm_fprintf (f, "\twldrd\t%r, [%r, #-%d]\n",
                             reg, FP_REGNUM, lrm_count * 4);
                lrm_count += 2;
              }
        }

      /* saved_regs_mask should contain the IP, which at the time of stack
         frame generation actually contains the old stack pointer.  So a
         quick way to unwind the stack is just pop the IP register directly
         into the stack pointer.  */
      gcc_assert (saved_regs_mask & (1 << IP_REGNUM));
      saved_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << IP_REGNUM);
      saved_regs_mask |=   (1 << SP_REGNUM);

      /* There are two registers left in saved_regs_mask - LR and PC.  We
         only need to restore the LR register (the return address), but to
         save time we can load it directly into the PC, unless we need a
         special function exit sequence, or we are not really returning.  */
      if (really_return
          && ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) == ARM_FT_NORMAL
          && !crtl->calls_eh_return)
        /* Delete the LR from the register mask, so that the LR on
           the stack is loaded into the PC in the register mask.  */
        saved_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << LR_REGNUM);
      else
        saved_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << PC_REGNUM);

      /* We must use SP as the base register, because SP is one of the
         registers being restored.  If an interrupt or page fault
         happens in the ldm instruction, the SP might or might not
         have been restored.  That would be bad, as then SP will no
         longer indicate the safe area of stack, and we can get stack
         corruption.  Using SP as the base register means that it will
         be reset correctly to the original value, should an interrupt
         occur.  If the stack pointer already points at the right
         place, then omit the subtraction.  */
      if (offsets->outgoing_args != (1 + (int) bit_count (saved_regs_mask))
          || cfun->calls_alloca)
        asm_fprintf (f, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #%d\n", SP_REGNUM, FP_REGNUM,
                     4 * bit_count (saved_regs_mask));
      print_multi_reg (f, "ldmfd\t%r, ", SP_REGNUM, saved_regs_mask, 0);

      if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
        /* Interrupt handlers will have pushed the
           IP onto the stack, so restore it now.  */
        print_multi_reg (f, "ldmfd\t%r!, ", SP_REGNUM, 1 << IP_REGNUM, 0);
    }
  else
    {
      /* This branch is executed for ARM mode (non-apcs frames) and
         Thumb-2 mode. Frame layout is essentially the same for those
         cases, except that in ARM mode frame pointer points to the
         first saved register, while in Thumb-2 mode the frame pointer points
         to the last saved register.

         It is possible to make frame pointer point to last saved
         register in both cases, and remove some conditionals below.
         That means that fp setup in prologue would be just "mov fp, sp"
         and sp restore in epilogue would be just "mov sp, fp", whereas
         now we have to use add/sub in those cases. However, the value
         of that would be marginal, as both mov and add/sub are 32-bit
         in ARM mode, and it would require extra conditionals
         in arm_expand_prologue to distingish ARM-apcs-frame case
         (where frame pointer is required to point at first register)
         and ARM-non-apcs-frame. Therefore, such change is postponed
         until real need arise.  */
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
      int rfe;
      /* Restore stack pointer if necessary.  */
      if (TARGET_ARM && frame_pointer_needed)
        {
          operands[0] = stack_pointer_rtx;
          operands[1] = hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
          
          operands[2] = GEN_INT (offsets->frame - offsets->saved_regs);
          output_add_immediate (operands);
        }
      else
        {
          if (frame_pointer_needed)
            {
              /* For Thumb-2 restore sp from the frame pointer.
                 Operand restrictions mean we have to incrememnt FP, then copy
                 to SP.  */
              amount = offsets->locals_base - offsets->saved_regs;
              operands[0] = hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
            }
          else
            {
              unsigned long count;
              operands[0] = stack_pointer_rtx;
              amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;
              /* pop call clobbered registers if it avoids a
                 separate stack adjustment.  */
              count = offsets->saved_regs - offsets->saved_args;
              if (optimize_size
                  && count != 0
                  && !crtl->calls_eh_return
                  && bit_count(saved_regs_mask) * 4 == count
                  && !IS_INTERRUPT (func_type)
                  && !crtl->tail_call_emit)
                {
                  unsigned long mask;
                  /* Preserve return values, of any size.  */
                  mask = (1 << ((arm_size_return_regs() + 3) / 4)) - 1;
                  mask ^= 0xf;
                  mask &= ~saved_regs_mask;
                  reg = 0;
                  while (bit_count (mask) * 4 > amount)
                    {
                      while ((mask & (1 << reg)) == 0)
                        reg++;
                      mask &= ~(1 << reg);
                    }
                  if (bit_count (mask) * 4 == amount) {
                      amount = 0;
                      saved_regs_mask |= mask;
                  }
                }
            }
          
          if (amount)
            {
              operands[1] = operands[0];
              operands[2] = GEN_INT (amount);
              output_add_immediate (operands);
            }
          if (frame_pointer_needed)
            asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n",
                         SP_REGNUM, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
        }

      if (TARGET_FPA_EMU2)
        {
          for (reg = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg++)
            if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
              asm_fprintf (f, "\tldfe\t%r, [%r], #12\n",
                           reg, SP_REGNUM);
        }
      else
        {
          start_reg = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM;

          for (reg = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg++)
            {
              if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
                {
                  if (reg - start_reg == 3)
                    {
                      asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfmfd\t%r, 4, [%r]!\n",
                                   start_reg, SP_REGNUM);
                      start_reg = reg + 1;
                    }
                }
              else
                {
                  if (reg != start_reg)
                    asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfmfd\t%r, %d, [%r]!\n",
                                 start_reg, reg - start_reg,
                                 SP_REGNUM);

                  start_reg = reg + 1;
                }
            }

          /* Just in case the last register checked also needs unstacking.  */
          if (reg != start_reg)
            asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfmfd\t%r, %d, [%r]!\n",
                         start_reg, reg - start_reg, SP_REGNUM);
        }

      if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
        {
          int end_reg = LAST_VFP_REGNUM + 1;

          /* Scan the registers in reverse order.  We need to match
             any groupings made in the prologue and generate matching
             pop operations.  */
          for (reg = LAST_VFP_REGNUM - 1; reg >= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM; reg -= 2)
            {
              if ((!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) || call_used_regs[reg])
                  && (!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg + 1)
                      || call_used_regs[reg + 1]))
                {
                  if (end_reg > reg + 2)
                    vfp_output_fldmd (f, SP_REGNUM,
                                      (reg + 2 - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2,
                                      (end_reg - (reg + 2)) / 2);
                  end_reg = reg;
                }
            }
          if (end_reg > reg + 2)
            vfp_output_fldmd (f, SP_REGNUM, 0,
                              (end_reg - (reg + 2)) / 2);
        }

      if (TARGET_IWMMXT)
        for (reg = FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg <= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg++)
          if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
            asm_fprintf (f, "\twldrd\t%r, [%r], #8\n", reg, SP_REGNUM);

      /* If we can, restore the LR into the PC.  */
      if (ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) != ARM_FT_INTERWORKED
          && (TARGET_ARM || ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) == ARM_FT_NORMAL)
          && !IS_STACKALIGN (func_type)
          && really_return
          && crtl->args.pretend_args_size == 0
          && saved_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)
          && !crtl->calls_eh_return)
        {
          saved_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << LR_REGNUM);
          saved_regs_mask |=   (1 << PC_REGNUM);
          rfe = IS_INTERRUPT (func_type);
        }
      else
        rfe = 0;

      /* Load the registers off the stack.  If we only have one register
         to load use the LDR instruction - it is faster.  For Thumb-2
         always use pop and the assembler will pick the best instruction.*/
      if (TARGET_ARM && saved_regs_mask == (1 << LR_REGNUM)
          && !IS_INTERRUPT(func_type))
        {
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\t%r, [%r], #4\n", LR_REGNUM, SP_REGNUM);
        }
      else if (saved_regs_mask)
        {
          if (saved_regs_mask & (1 << SP_REGNUM))
            /* Note - write back to the stack register is not enabled
               (i.e. "ldmfd sp!...").  We know that the stack pointer is
               in the list of registers and if we add writeback the
               instruction becomes UNPREDICTABLE.  */
            print_multi_reg (f, "ldmfd\t%r, ", SP_REGNUM, saved_regs_mask,
                             rfe);
          else if (TARGET_ARM)
            print_multi_reg (f, "ldmfd\t%r!, ", SP_REGNUM, saved_regs_mask,
                             rfe);
          else
            print_multi_reg (f, "pop\t", SP_REGNUM, saved_regs_mask, 0);
        }

      if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size)
        {
          /* Unwind the pre-pushed regs.  */
          operands[0] = operands[1] = stack_pointer_rtx;
          operands[2] = GEN_INT (crtl->args.pretend_args_size);
          output_add_immediate (operands);
        }
    }

  /* We may have already restored PC directly from the stack.  */
  if (!really_return || saved_regs_mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM))
    return "";

  /* Stack adjustment for exception handler.  */
  if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
    asm_fprintf (f, "\tadd\t%r, %r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, SP_REGNUM,
                 ARM_EH_STACKADJ_REGNUM);

  /* Generate the return instruction.  */
  switch ((int) ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type))
    {
    case ARM_FT_ISR:
    case ARM_FT_FIQ:
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tsubs\t%r, %r, #4\n", PC_REGNUM, LR_REGNUM);
      break;

    case ARM_FT_EXCEPTION:
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tmovs\t%r, %r\n", PC_REGNUM, LR_REGNUM);
      break;

    case ARM_FT_INTERWORKED:
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", LR_REGNUM);
      break;

    default:
      if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
        {
          /* See comment in arm_expand_prologue.  */
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, 0);
        }
      if (arm_arch5 || arm_arch4t)
        asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", LR_REGNUM);
      else
        asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", PC_REGNUM, LR_REGNUM);
      break;
    }

  return "";
}

static void
arm_output_function_epilogue (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                              HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;

  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      int regno;

      /* Emit any call-via-reg trampolines that are needed for v4t support
         of call_reg and call_value_reg type insns.  */
      for (regno = 0; regno < LR_REGNUM; regno++)
        {
          rtx label = cfun->machine->call_via[regno];

          if (label != NULL)
            {
              switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
              targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "L",
                                              CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label));
              asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tbx\t%r\n", regno);
            }
        }

      /* ??? Probably not safe to set this here, since it assumes that a
         function will be emitted as assembly immediately after we generate
         RTL for it.  This does not happen for inline functions.  */
      cfun->machine->return_used_this_function = 0;
    }
  else /* TARGET_32BIT */
    {
      /* We need to take into account any stack-frame rounding.  */
      offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();

      gcc_assert (!use_return_insn (FALSE, NULL)
                  || (cfun->machine->return_used_this_function != 0)
                  || offsets->saved_regs == offsets->outgoing_args
                  || frame_pointer_needed);

      /* Reset the ARM-specific per-function variables.  */
      after_arm_reorg = 0;
    }
}

/* Generate and emit an insn that we will recognize as a push_multi.
   Unfortunately, since this insn does not reflect very well the actual
   semantics of the operation, we need to annotate the insn for the benefit
   of DWARF2 frame unwind information.  */
static rtx
emit_multi_reg_push (unsigned long mask)
{
  int num_regs = 0;
  int num_dwarf_regs;
  int i, j;
  rtx par;
  rtx dwarf;
  int dwarf_par_index;
  rtx tmp, reg;

  for (i = 0; i <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; i++)
    if (mask & (1 << i))
      num_regs++;

  gcc_assert (num_regs && num_regs <= 16);

  /* We don't record the PC in the dwarf frame information.  */
  num_dwarf_regs = num_regs;
  if (mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM))
    num_dwarf_regs--;

  /* For the body of the insn we are going to generate an UNSPEC in
     parallel with several USEs.  This allows the insn to be recognized
     by the push_multi pattern in the arm.md file.

     The body of the insn looks something like this:

       (parallel [
           (set (mem:BLK (pre_modify:SI (reg:SI sp)
                                        (const_int:SI <num>)))
                (unspec:BLK [(reg:SI r4)] UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT))
           (use (reg:SI XX))
           (use (reg:SI YY))
           ...
        ])

     For the frame note however, we try to be more explicit and actually
     show each register being stored into the stack frame, plus a (single)
     decrement of the stack pointer.  We do it this way in order to be
     friendly to the stack unwinding code, which only wants to see a single
     stack decrement per instruction.  The RTL we generate for the note looks
     something like this:

      (sequence [
           (set (reg:SI sp) (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int -20)))
           (set (mem:SI (reg:SI sp)) (reg:SI r4))
           (set (mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int 4))) (reg:SI XX))
           (set (mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int 8))) (reg:SI YY))
           ...
        ])

     FIXME:: In an ideal world the PRE_MODIFY would not exist and
     instead we'd have a parallel expression detailing all
     the stores to the various memory addresses so that debug
     information is more up-to-date. Remember however while writing
     this to take care of the constraints with the push instruction.

     Note also that this has to be taken care of for the VFP registers.

     For more see PR43399.  */

  par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (num_regs));
  dwarf = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (num_dwarf_regs + 1));
  dwarf_par_index = 1;

  for (i = 0; i <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; i++)
    {
      if (mask & (1 << i))
        {
          reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, i);

          XVECEXP (par, 0, 0)
            = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                           gen_frame_mem
                           (BLKmode,
                            gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode,
                                                stack_pointer_rtx,
                                                plus_constant
                                                (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                                 -4 * num_regs))
                            ),
                           gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode,
                                           gen_rtvec (1, reg),
                                           UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT));

          if (i != PC_REGNUM)
            {
              tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                                 gen_frame_mem (SImode, stack_pointer_rtx),
                                 reg);
              RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
              XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, dwarf_par_index) = tmp;
              dwarf_par_index++;
            }

          break;
        }
    }

  for (j = 1, i++; j < num_regs; i++)
    {
      if (mask & (1 << i))
        {
          reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, i);

          XVECEXP (par, 0, j) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg);

          if (i != PC_REGNUM)
            {
              tmp
                = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                               gen_frame_mem
                               (SImode,
                                plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                               4 * j)),
                               reg);
              RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
              XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, dwarf_par_index++) = tmp;
            }

          j++;
        }
    }

  par = emit_insn (par);

  tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                     stack_pointer_rtx,
                     plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, -4 * num_regs));
  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
  XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 0) = tmp;

  add_reg_note (par, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);

  return par;
}

/* Calculate the size of the return value that is passed in registers.  */
static unsigned
arm_size_return_regs (void)
{
  enum machine_mode mode;

  if (crtl->return_rtx != 0)
    mode = GET_MODE (crtl->return_rtx);
  else
    mode = DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl));

  return GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
}

static rtx
emit_sfm (int base_reg, int count)
{
  rtx par;
  rtx dwarf;
  rtx tmp, reg;
  int i;

  par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count));
  dwarf = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count + 1));

  reg = gen_rtx_REG (XFmode, base_reg++);

  XVECEXP (par, 0, 0)
    = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                   gen_frame_mem
                   (BLKmode,
                    gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode,
                                        stack_pointer_rtx,
                                        plus_constant
                                        (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                         -12 * count))
                    ),
                   gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode,
                                   gen_rtvec (1, reg),
                                   UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT));
  tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                     gen_frame_mem (XFmode, stack_pointer_rtx), reg);
  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
  XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 1) = tmp;

  for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
    {
      reg = gen_rtx_REG (XFmode, base_reg++);
      XVECEXP (par, 0, i) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg);

      tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                         gen_frame_mem (XFmode,
                                        plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                                       i * 12)),
                         reg);
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
      XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, i + 1) = tmp;
    }

  tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
                     stack_pointer_rtx,
                     plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, -12 * count));

  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
  XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 0) = tmp;

  par = emit_insn (par);
  add_reg_note (par, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);

  return par;
}


/* Return true if the current function needs to save/restore LR.  */

static bool
thumb_force_lr_save (void)
{
  return !cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated
         && (!leaf_function_p ()
             || thumb_far_jump_used_p ()
             || df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM));
}


/* Return true if r3 is used by any of the tail call insns in the
   current function.  */

static bool
any_sibcall_uses_r3 (void)
{
  edge_iterator ei;
  edge e;

  if (!crtl->tail_call_emit)
    return false;
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->preds)
    if (e->flags & EDGE_SIBCALL)
      {
        rtx call = BB_END (e->src);
        if (!CALL_P (call))
          call = prev_nonnote_nondebug_insn (call);
        gcc_assert (CALL_P (call) && SIBLING_CALL_P (call));
        if (find_regno_fusage (call, USE, 3))
          return true;
      }
  return false;
}


/* Compute the distance from register FROM to register TO.
   These can be the arg pointer (26), the soft frame pointer (25),
   the stack pointer (13) or the hard frame pointer (11).
   In thumb mode r7 is used as the soft frame pointer, if needed.
   Typical stack layout looks like this:

       old stack pointer -> |    |
                             ----
                            |    | \
                            |    |   saved arguments for
                            |    |   vararg functions
                            |    | /
                              --
   hard FP & arg pointer -> |    | \
                            |    |   stack
                            |    |   frame
                            |    | /
                              --
                            |    | \
                            |    |   call saved
                            |    |   registers
      soft frame pointer -> |    | /
                              --
                            |    | \
                            |    |   local
                            |    |   variables
     locals base pointer -> |    | /
                              --
                            |    | \
                            |    |   outgoing
                            |    |   arguments
   current stack pointer -> |    | /
                              --

  For a given function some or all of these stack components
  may not be needed, giving rise to the possibility of
  eliminating some of the registers.

  The values returned by this function must reflect the behavior
  of arm_expand_prologue() and arm_compute_save_reg_mask().

  The sign of the number returned reflects the direction of stack
  growth, so the values are positive for all eliminations except
  from the soft frame pointer to the hard frame pointer.

  SFP may point just inside the local variables block to ensure correct
  alignment.  */


/* Calculate stack offsets.  These are used to calculate register elimination
   offsets and in prologue/epilogue code.  Also calculates which registers
   should be saved.  */

static arm_stack_offsets *
arm_get_frame_offsets (void)
{
  struct arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
  unsigned long func_type;
  int leaf;
  int saved;
  int core_saved;
  HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size;
  int i;

  offsets = &cfun->machine->stack_offsets;

  /* We need to know if we are a leaf function.  Unfortunately, it
     is possible to be called after start_sequence has been called,
     which causes get_insns to return the insns for the sequence,
     not the function, which will cause leaf_function_p to return
     the incorrect result.

     to know about leaf functions once reload has completed, and the
     frame size cannot be changed after that time, so we can safely
     use the cached value.  */

  if (reload_completed)
    return offsets;

  /* Initially this is the size of the local variables.  It will translated
     into an offset once we have determined the size of preceding data.  */
  frame_size = ROUND_UP_WORD (get_frame_size ());

  leaf = leaf_function_p ();

  /* Space for variadic functions.  */
  offsets->saved_args = crtl->args.pretend_args_size;

  /* In Thumb mode this is incorrect, but never used.  */
  offsets->frame = offsets->saved_args + (frame_pointer_needed ? 4 : 0) +
                   arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes();

  if (TARGET_32BIT)
    {
      unsigned int regno;

      offsets->saved_regs_mask = arm_compute_save_reg_mask ();
      core_saved = bit_count (offsets->saved_regs_mask) * 4;
      saved = core_saved;

      /* We know that SP will be doubleword aligned on entry, and we must
         preserve that condition at any subroutine call.  We also require the
         soft frame pointer to be doubleword aligned.  */

      if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
        {
          /* Check for the call-saved iWMMXt registers.  */
          for (regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM;
               regno <= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM;
               regno++)
            if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && ! call_used_regs[regno])
              saved += 8;
        }

      func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
      if (! IS_VOLATILE (func_type))
        {
          /* Space for saved FPA registers.  */
          for (regno = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; regno++)
            if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && ! call_used_regs[regno])
            saved += 12;

          /* Space for saved VFP registers.  */
          if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
            saved += arm_get_vfp_saved_size ();
        }
    }
  else /* TARGET_THUMB1 */
    {
      offsets->saved_regs_mask = thumb1_compute_save_reg_mask ();
      core_saved = bit_count (offsets->saved_regs_mask) * 4;
      saved = core_saved;
      if (TARGET_BACKTRACE)
        saved += 16;
    }

  /* Saved registers include the stack frame.  */
  offsets->saved_regs = offsets->saved_args + saved +
                        arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes();
  offsets->soft_frame = offsets->saved_regs + CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE;
  /* A leaf function does not need any stack alignment if it has nothing
     on the stack.  */
  if (leaf && frame_size == 0
      /* However if it calls alloca(), we have a dynamically allocated
         block of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT on stack, so still do stack alignment.  */
      && ! cfun->calls_alloca)
    {
      offsets->outgoing_args = offsets->soft_frame;
      offsets->locals_base = offsets->soft_frame;
      return offsets;
    }

  /* Ensure SFP has the correct alignment.  */
  if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
      && (offsets->soft_frame & 7))
    {
      offsets->soft_frame += 4;
      /* Try to align stack by pushing an extra reg.  Don't bother doing this
         when there is a stack frame as the alignment will be rolled into
         the normal stack adjustment.  */
      if (frame_size + crtl->outgoing_args_size == 0)
        {
          int reg = -1;

          /* If it is safe to use r3, then do so.  This sometimes 
             generates better code on Thumb-2 by avoiding the need to
             use 32-bit push/pop instructions.  */
          if (! any_sibcall_uses_r3 ()
              && arm_size_return_regs () <= 12
              && (offsets->saved_regs_mask & (1 << 3)) == 0)
            {
              reg = 3;
            }
          else
            for (i = 4; i <= (TARGET_THUMB1 ? LAST_LO_REGNUM : 11); i++)
              {
                if ((offsets->saved_regs_mask & (1 << i)) == 0)
                  {
                    reg = i;
                    break;
                  }
              }

          if (reg != -1)
            {
              offsets->saved_regs += 4;
              offsets->saved_regs_mask |= (1 << reg);
            }
        }
    }

  offsets->locals_base = offsets->soft_frame + frame_size;
  offsets->outgoing_args = (offsets->locals_base
                            + crtl->outgoing_args_size);

  if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN)
    {
      /* Ensure SP remains doubleword aligned.  */
      if (offsets->outgoing_args & 7)
        offsets->outgoing_args += 4;
      gcc_assert (!(offsets->outgoing_args & 7));
    }

  return offsets;
}


/* Calculate the relative offsets for the different stack pointers.  Positive
   offsets are in the direction of stack growth.  */

HOST_WIDE_INT
arm_compute_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from, unsigned int to)
{
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();

  /* OK, now we have enough information to compute the distances.
     There must be an entry in these switch tables for each pair
     of registers in ELIMINABLE_REGS, even if some of the entries
     seem to be redundant or useless.  */
  switch (from)
    {
    case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM:
      switch (to)
        {
        case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return 0;

        case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          /* This is the reverse of the soft frame pointer
             to hard frame pointer elimination below.  */
          return offsets->soft_frame - offsets->saved_args;

        case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          /* This is only non-zero in the case where the static chain register
             is stored above the frame.  */
          return offsets->frame - offsets->saved_args - 4;

        case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
          /* If nothing has been pushed on the stack at all
             then this will return -4.  This *is* correct!  */
          return offsets->outgoing_args - (offsets->saved_args + 4);

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
      gcc_unreachable ();

    case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
      switch (to)
        {
        case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return 0;

        case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          /* The hard frame pointer points to the top entry in the
             stack frame.  The soft frame pointer to the bottom entry
             in the stack frame.  If there is no stack frame at all,
             then they are identical.  */

          return offsets->frame - offsets->soft_frame;

        case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->soft_frame;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
      gcc_unreachable ();

    default:
      /* You cannot eliminate from the stack pointer.
         In theory you could eliminate from the hard frame
         pointer to the stack pointer, but this will never
         happen, since if a stack frame is not needed the
         hard frame pointer will never be used.  */
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Given FROM and TO register numbers, say whether this elimination is
   allowed.  Frame pointer elimination is automatically handled.

   All eliminations are permissible.  Note that ARG_POINTER_REGNUM and
   HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM are in fact the same thing.  If we need a frame
   pointer, we must eliminate FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM into
   HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM and not into STACK_POINTER_REGNUM or
   ARG_POINTER_REGNUM.  */

bool
arm_can_eliminate (const int from, const int to)
{
  return ((to == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM) ? false :
          (to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && frame_pointer_needed) ? false :
          (to == ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && TARGET_THUMB) ? false :
          (to == THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && TARGET_ARM) ? false :
           true);
}

/* Emit RTL to save coprocessor registers on function entry.  Returns the
   number of bytes pushed.  */

static int
arm_save_coproc_regs(void)
{
  int saved_size = 0;
  unsigned reg;
  unsigned start_reg;
  rtx insn;

  for (reg = LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg--)
    if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && ! call_used_regs[reg])
      {
        insn = gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx);
        insn = gen_rtx_MEM (V2SImode, insn);
        insn = emit_set_insn (insn, gen_rtx_REG (V2SImode, reg));
        RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
        saved_size += 8;
      }

  /* Save any floating point call-saved registers used by this
     function.  */
  if (TARGET_FPA_EMU2)
    {
      for (reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg--)
        if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
          {
            insn = gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx);
            insn = gen_rtx_MEM (XFmode, insn);
            insn = emit_set_insn (insn, gen_rtx_REG (XFmode, reg));
            RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
            saved_size += 12;
          }
    }
  else
    {
      start_reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM;

      for (reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg--)
        {
          if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
            {
              if (start_reg - reg == 3)
                {
                  insn = emit_sfm (reg, 4);
                  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
                  saved_size += 48;
                  start_reg = reg - 1;
                }
            }
          else
            {
              if (start_reg != reg)
                {
                  insn = emit_sfm (reg + 1, start_reg - reg);
                  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
                  saved_size += (start_reg - reg) * 12;
                }
              start_reg = reg - 1;
            }
        }

      if (start_reg != reg)
        {
          insn = emit_sfm (reg + 1, start_reg - reg);
          saved_size += (start_reg - reg) * 12;
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
        }
    }
  if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
    {
      start_reg = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;

      for (reg = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM; reg < LAST_VFP_REGNUM; reg += 2)
        {
          if ((!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) || call_used_regs[reg])
              && (!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg + 1) || call_used_regs[reg + 1]))
            {
              if (start_reg != reg)
                saved_size += vfp_emit_fstmd (start_reg,
                                              (reg - start_reg) / 2);
              start_reg = reg + 2;
            }
        }
      if (start_reg != reg)
        saved_size += vfp_emit_fstmd (start_reg,
                                      (reg - start_reg) / 2);
    }
  return saved_size;
}


/* Set the Thumb frame pointer from the stack pointer.  */

static void
thumb_set_frame_pointer (arm_stack_offsets *offsets)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
  rtx insn, dwarf;

  amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->locals_base;
  if (amount < 1024)
    insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                                  stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (amount)));
  else
    {
      emit_insn (gen_movsi (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (amount)));
      /* Thumb-2 RTL patterns expect sp as the first input.  Thumb-1
         expects the first two operands to be the same.  */
      if (TARGET_THUMB2)
        {
          insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                                        stack_pointer_rtx,
                                        hard_frame_pointer_rtx));
        }
      else
        {
          insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                                        hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                                        stack_pointer_rtx));
        }
      dwarf = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                           plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, amount));
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (dwarf) = 1;
      add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
    }

  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}

/* Generate the prologue instructions for entry into an ARM or Thumb-2
   function.  */
void
arm_expand_prologue (void)
{
  rtx amount;
  rtx insn;
  rtx ip_rtx;
  unsigned long live_regs_mask;
  unsigned long func_type;
  int fp_offset = 0;
  int saved_pretend_args = 0;
  int saved_regs = 0;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT args_to_push;
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;

  func_type = arm_current_func_type ();

  /* Naked functions don't have prologues.  */
  if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
    return;

  /* Make a copy of c_f_p_a_s as we may need to modify it locally.  */
  args_to_push = crtl->args.pretend_args_size;

  /* Compute which register we will have to save onto the stack.  */
  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;

  ip_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, IP_REGNUM);

  if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
    {
      rtx dwarf;
      rtx r0;
      rtx r1;
      /* Handle a word-aligned stack pointer.  We generate the following:

          mov r0, sp
          bic r1, r0, #7
          mov sp, r1
          <save and restore r0 in normal prologue/epilogue>
          mov sp, r0
          bx lr

         The unwinder doesn't need to know about the stack realignment.
         Just tell it we saved SP in r0.  */
      gcc_assert (TARGET_THUMB2 && !arm_arch_notm && args_to_push == 0);

      r0 = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 0);
      r1 = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1);
      /* Use a real rtvec rather than NULL_RTVEC so the rest of the
         compiler won't choke.  */
      dwarf = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (SImode, rtvec_alloc (0), UNSPEC_STACK_ALIGN);
      dwarf = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, r0, dwarf);
      insn = gen_movsi (r0, stack_pointer_rtx);
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
      add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
      emit_insn (insn);
      emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (r1, r0, GEN_INT (~(HOST_WIDE_INT)7)));
      emit_insn (gen_movsi (stack_pointer_rtx, r1));
    }

  /* For APCS frames, if IP register is clobbered
     when creating frame, save that register in a special
     way.  */
  if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM)
    {
      if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
        {
          /* Interrupt functions must not corrupt any registers.
             Creating a frame pointer however, corrupts the IP
             register, so we must push it first.  */
          insn = emit_multi_reg_push (1 << IP_REGNUM);

          /* Do not set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on this insn.
             The dwarf stack unwinding code only wants to see one
             stack decrement per function, and this is not it.  If
             this instruction is labeled as being part of the frame
             creation sequence then dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr will
             die when it encounters the assignment of IP to FP
             later on, since the use of SP here establishes SP as
             the CFA register and not IP.

             Anyway this instruction is not really part of the stack
             frame creation although it is part of the prologue.  */
        }
      else if (IS_NESTED (func_type))
        {
          /* The Static chain register is the same as the IP register
             used as a scratch register during stack frame creation.
             To get around this need to find somewhere to store IP
             whilst the frame is being created.  We try the following
             places in order:

               1. The last argument register.
               2. A slot on the stack above the frame.  (This only
                  works if the function is not a varargs function).
               3. Register r3, after pushing the argument registers
                  onto the stack.

             Note - we only need to tell the dwarf2 backend about the SP
             adjustment in the second variant; the static chain register
             doesn't need to be unwound, as it doesn't contain a value
             inherited from the caller.  */

          if (df_regs_ever_live_p (3) == false)
            insn = emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 3), ip_rtx);
          else if (args_to_push == 0)
            {
              rtx dwarf;

              gcc_assert(arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes() == 4);
              saved_regs += 4;

              insn = gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (SImode, stack_pointer_rtx);
              insn = emit_set_insn (gen_frame_mem (SImode, insn), ip_rtx);
              fp_offset = 4;

              /* Just tell the dwarf backend that we adjusted SP.  */
              dwarf = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
                                   plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                                  -fp_offset));
              RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
              add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
            }
          else
            {
              /* Store the args on the stack.  */
              if (cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args)
                insn = emit_multi_reg_push
                  ((0xf0 >> (args_to_push / 4)) & 0xf);
              else
                insn = emit_insn
                  (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
                               GEN_INT (- args_to_push)));

              RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;

              saved_pretend_args = 1;
              fp_offset = args_to_push;
              args_to_push = 0;

              /* Now reuse r3 to preserve IP.  */
              emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 3), ip_rtx);
            }
        }

      insn = emit_set_insn (ip_rtx,
                            plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, fp_offset));
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
    }

  if (args_to_push)
    {
      /* Push the argument registers, or reserve space for them.  */
      if (cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args)
        insn = emit_multi_reg_push
          ((0xf0 >> (args_to_push / 4)) & 0xf);
      else
        insn = emit_insn
          (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
                       GEN_INT (- args_to_push)));
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
    }

  /* If this is an interrupt service routine, and the link register
     is going to be pushed, and we're not generating extra
     push of IP (needed when frame is needed and frame layout if apcs),
     subtracting four from LR now will mean that the function return
     can be done with a single instruction.  */
  if ((func_type == ARM_FT_ISR || func_type == ARM_FT_FIQ)
      && (live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) != 0
      && !(frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_APCS_FRAME)
      && TARGET_ARM)
    {
      rtx lr = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, LR_REGNUM);
      
      emit_set_insn (lr, plus_constant (lr, -4));
    }

  if (live_regs_mask)
    {
      saved_regs += bit_count (live_regs_mask) * 4;
      if (optimize_size && !frame_pointer_needed
          && saved_regs == offsets->saved_regs - offsets->saved_args)
        {
          /* If no coprocessor registers are being pushed and we don't have
             to worry about a frame pointer then push extra registers to
             create the stack frame.  This is done is a way that does not
             alter the frame layout, so is independent of the epilogue.  */
          int n;
          int frame;
          n = 0;
          while (n < 8 && (live_regs_mask & (1 << n)) == 0)
            n++;
          frame = offsets->outgoing_args - (offsets->saved_args + saved_regs);
          if (frame && n * 4 >= frame)
            {
              n = frame / 4;
              live_regs_mask |= (1 << n) - 1;
              saved_regs += frame;
            }
        }
      insn = emit_multi_reg_push (live_regs_mask);
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
    }

  if (! IS_VOLATILE (func_type))
    saved_regs += arm_save_coproc_regs ();

  if (frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM)
    {
      /* Create the new frame pointer.  */
      if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME)
        {
          insn = GEN_INT (-(4 + args_to_push + fp_offset));
          insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, ip_rtx, insn));
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;

          if (IS_NESTED (func_type))
            {
              /* Recover the static chain register.  */
              if (!df_regs_ever_live_p (3)
                  || saved_pretend_args)
                insn = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 3);
              else /* if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size == 0) */
                {
                  insn = plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, 4);
                  insn = gen_frame_mem (SImode, insn);
                }
              emit_set_insn (ip_rtx, insn);
              /* Add a USE to stop propagate_one_insn() from barfing.  */
              emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (ip_rtx));
            }
        }
      else
        {
          insn = GEN_INT (saved_regs - 4);
          insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                                        stack_pointer_rtx, insn));
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
        }
    }

  if (flag_stack_usage_info)
    current_function_static_stack_size
      = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_args;

  if (offsets->outgoing_args != offsets->saved_args + saved_regs)
    {
      /* This add can produce multiple insns for a large constant, so we
         need to get tricky.  */
      rtx last = get_last_insn ();

      amount = GEN_INT (offsets->saved_args + saved_regs
                        - offsets->outgoing_args);

      insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
                                    amount));
      do
        {
          last = last ? NEXT_INSN (last) : get_insns ();
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (last) = 1;
        }
      while (last != insn);

      /* If the frame pointer is needed, emit a special barrier that
         will prevent the scheduler from moving stores to the frame
         before the stack adjustment.  */
      if (frame_pointer_needed)
        insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                         hard_frame_pointer_rtx));
    }


  if (frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_THUMB2)
    thumb_set_frame_pointer (offsets);

  if (flag_pic && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM)
    {
      unsigned long mask;

      mask = live_regs_mask;
      mask &= THUMB2_WORK_REGS;
      if (!IS_NESTED (func_type))
        mask |= (1 << IP_REGNUM);
      arm_load_pic_register (mask);
    }

  /* If we are profiling, make sure no instructions are scheduled before
     the call to mcount.  Similarly if the user has requested no
     scheduling in the prolog.  Similarly if we want non-call exceptions
     using the EABI unwinder, to prevent faulting instructions from being
     swapped with a stack adjustment.  */
  if (crtl->profile || !TARGET_SCHED_PROLOG
      || (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_TARGET
          && cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions))
    emit_insn (gen_blockage ());

  /* If the link register is being kept alive, with the return address in it,
     then make sure that it does not get reused by the ce2 pass.  */
  if ((live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) == 0)
    cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated = 1;
}
\f
/* Print condition code to STREAM.  Helper function for arm_print_operand.  */
static void
arm_print_condition (FILE *stream)
{
  if (arm_ccfsm_state == 3 || arm_ccfsm_state == 4)
    {
      /* Branch conversion is not implemented for Thumb-2.  */
      if (TARGET_THUMB)
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("predicated Thumb instruction");
          return;
        }
      if (current_insn_predicate != NULL)
        {
          output_operand_lossage
            ("predicated instruction in conditional sequence");
          return;
        }

      fputs (arm_condition_codes[arm_current_cc], stream);
    }
  else if (current_insn_predicate)
    {
      enum arm_cond_code code;

      if (TARGET_THUMB1)
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("predicated Thumb instruction");
          return;
        }

      code = get_arm_condition_code (current_insn_predicate);
      fputs (arm_condition_codes[code], stream);
    }
}


/* If CODE is 'd', then the X is a condition operand and the instruction
   should only be executed if the condition is true.
   if CODE is 'D', then the X is a condition operand and the instruction
   should only be executed if the condition is false: however, if the mode
   of the comparison is CCFPEmode, then always execute the instruction -- we
   do this because in these circumstances !GE does not necessarily imply LT;
   in these cases the instruction pattern will take care to make sure that
   an instruction containing %d will follow, thereby undoing the effects of
   doing this instruction unconditionally.
   If CODE is 'N' then X is a floating point operand that must be negated
   before output.
   If CODE is 'B' then output a bitwise inverted value of X (a const int).
   If X is a REG and CODE is `M', output a ldm/stm style multi-reg.  */
static void
arm_print_operand (FILE *stream, rtx x, int code)
{
  switch (code)
    {
    case '@':
      fputs (ASM_COMMENT_START, stream);
      return;

    case '_':
      fputs (user_label_prefix, stream);
      return;

    case '|':
      fputs (REGISTER_PREFIX, stream);
      return;

    case '?':
      arm_print_condition (stream);
      return;

    case '(':
      /* Nothing in unified syntax, otherwise the current condition code.  */
      if (!TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
        arm_print_condition (stream);
      break;

    case ')':
      /* The current condition code in unified syntax, otherwise nothing.  */
      if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
        arm_print_condition (stream);
      break;
  
    case '.':
      /* The current condition code for a condition code setting instruction.
         Preceded by 's' in unified syntax, otherwise followed by 's'.  */
      if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
        {
          fputc('s', stream);
          arm_print_condition (stream);
        }
      else
        {
          arm_print_condition (stream);
          fputc('s', stream);
        }
      return;

    case '!':
      /* If the instruction is conditionally executed then print
         the current condition code, otherwise print 's'.  */
      gcc_assert (TARGET_THUMB2 && TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM);
      if (current_insn_predicate)
        arm_print_condition (stream);
      else
        fputc('s', stream);
      break;

    /* %# is a "break" sequence. It doesn't output anything, but is used to
       separate e.g. operand numbers from following text, if that text consists
       of further digits which we don't want to be part of the operand
       number.  */
    case '#':
      return;

    case 'N':
      {
        REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
        REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
        r = real_value_negate (&r);
        fprintf (stream, "%s", fp_const_from_val (&r));
      }
      return;

    /* An integer or symbol address without a preceding # sign.  */
    case 'c':
      switch (GET_CODE (x))
        {
        case CONST_INT:
          fprintf (stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (x));
          break;

        case SYMBOL_REF:
          output_addr_const (stream, x);
          break;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
      return;

    case 'B':
      if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT val;
          val = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~INTVAL (x));
          fprintf (stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, val);
        }
      else
        {
          putc ('~', stream);
          output_addr_const (stream, x);
        }
      return;

    case 'L':
      /* The low 16 bits of an immediate constant.  */
      fprintf (stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL(x) & 0xffff);
      return;

    case 'i':
      fprintf (stream, "%s", arithmetic_instr (x, 1));
      return;

    /* Truncate Cirrus shift counts.  */
    case 's':
      if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
        {
          fprintf (stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (x) & 0x3f);
          return;
        }
      arm_print_operand (stream, x, 0);
      return;

    case 'I':
      fprintf (stream, "%s", arithmetic_instr (x, 0));
      return;

    case 'S':
      {
        HOST_WIDE_INT val;
        const char *shift;

        if (!shift_operator (x, SImode))
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid shift operand");
            break;
          }

        shift = shift_op (x, &val);

        if (shift)
          {
            fprintf (stream, ", %s ", shift);
            if (val == -1)
              arm_print_operand (stream, XEXP (x, 1), 0);
            else
              fprintf (stream, "#" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, val);
          }
      }
      return;

      /* An explanation of the 'Q', 'R' and 'H' register operands:

         In a pair of registers containing a DI or DF value the 'Q'
         operand returns the register number of the register containing
         the least significant part of the value.  The 'R' operand returns
         the register number of the register containing the most
         significant part of the value.

         The 'H' operand returns the higher of the two register numbers.
         On a run where WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is true the 'H' operand is the
         same as the 'Q' operand, since the most significant part of the
         value is held in the lower number register.  The reverse is true
         on systems where WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is false.

         The purpose of these operands is to distinguish between cases
         where the endian-ness of the values is important (for example
         when they are added together), and cases where the endian-ness
         is irrelevant, but the order of register operations is important.
         For example when loading a value from memory into a register
         pair, the endian-ness does not matter.  Provided that the value
         from the lower memory address is put into the lower numbered
         register, and the value from the higher address is put into the
         higher numbered register, the load will work regardless of whether
         the value being loaded is big-wordian or little-wordian.  The
         order of the two register loads can matter however, if the address
         of the memory location is actually held in one of the registers
         being overwritten by the load.

         The 'Q' and 'R' constraints are also available for 64-bit
         constants.  */
    case 'Q':
      if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
        {
          rtx part = gen_lowpart (SImode, x);
          fprintf (stream, "#" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (part));
          return;
        }

      if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
          return;
        }

      asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 1 : 0));
      return;

    case 'R':
      if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
        {
          enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
          rtx part;

          if (mode == VOIDmode)
            mode = DImode;
          part = gen_highpart_mode (SImode, mode, x);
          fprintf (stream, "#" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (part));
          return;
        }

      if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
          return;
        }

      asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 0 : 1));
      return;

    case 'H':
      if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
          return;
        }

      asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + 1);
      return;

    case 'J':
      if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
          return;
        }

      asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 3 : 2));
      return;

    case 'K':
      if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
          return;
        }

      asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 2 : 3));
      return;

    case 'm':
      asm_fprintf (stream, "%r",
                   GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
                   ? REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) : REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)));
      return;

    case 'M':
      asm_fprintf (stream, "{%r-%r}",
                   REGNO (x),
                   REGNO (x) + ARM_NUM_REGS (GET_MODE (x)) - 1);
      return;

    /* Like 'M', but writing doubleword vector registers, for use by Neon
       insns.  */
    case 'h':
      {
        int regno = (REGNO (x) - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2;
        int numregs = ARM_NUM_REGS (GET_MODE (x)) / 2;
        if (numregs == 1)
          asm_fprintf (stream, "{d%d}", regno);
        else
          asm_fprintf (stream, "{d%d-d%d}", regno, regno + numregs - 1);
      }
      return;

    case 'd':
      /* CONST_TRUE_RTX means always -- that's the default.  */
      if (x == const_true_rtx)
        return;

      if (!COMPARISON_P (x))
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
          return;
        }

      fputs (arm_condition_codes[get_arm_condition_code (x)],
             stream);
      return;

    case 'D':
      /* CONST_TRUE_RTX means not always -- i.e. never.  We shouldn't ever
         want to do that.  */
      if (x == const_true_rtx)
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("instruction never executed");
          return;
        }
      if (!COMPARISON_P (x))
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
          return;
        }

      fputs (arm_condition_codes[ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE
                                 (get_arm_condition_code (x))],
             stream);
      return;

    /* Cirrus registers can be accessed in a variety of ways:
         single floating point (f)
         double floating point (d)
         32bit integer         (fx)
         64bit integer         (dx).  */
    case 'W':                   /* Cirrus register in F mode.  */
    case 'X':                   /* Cirrus register in D mode.  */
    case 'Y':                   /* Cirrus register in FX mode.  */
    case 'Z':                   /* Cirrus register in DX mode.  */
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == REG
                  && REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (x)) == CIRRUS_REGS);

      fprintf (stream, "mv%s%s",
               code == 'W' ? "f"
               : code == 'X' ? "d"
               : code == 'Y' ? "fx" : "dx", reg_names[REGNO (x)] + 2);

      return;

    /* Print cirrus register in the mode specified by the register's mode.  */
    case 'V':
      {
        int mode = GET_MODE (x);

        if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (x)) != CIRRUS_REGS)
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        fprintf (stream, "mv%s%s",
                 mode == DFmode ? "d"
                 : mode == SImode ? "fx"
                 : mode == DImode ? "dx"
                 : "f", reg_names[REGNO (x)] + 2);

        return;
      }

    case 'U':
      if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
          || REGNO (x) < FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM
          || REGNO (x) > LAST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM)
        /* Bad value for wCG register number.  */
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
          return;
        }

      else
        fprintf (stream, "%d", REGNO (x) - FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM);
      return;

      /* Print an iWMMXt control register name.  */
    case 'w':
      if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT
          || INTVAL (x) < 0
          || INTVAL (x) >= 16)
        /* Bad value for wC register number.  */
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
          return;
        }

      else
        {
          static const char * wc_reg_names [16] =
            {
              "wCID",  "wCon",  "wCSSF", "wCASF",
              "wC4",   "wC5",   "wC6",   "wC7",
              "wCGR0", "wCGR1", "wCGR2", "wCGR3",
              "wC12",  "wC13",  "wC14",  "wC15"
            };

          fprintf (stream, wc_reg_names [INTVAL (x)]);
        }
      return;

    /* Print the high single-precision register of a VFP double-precision
       register.  */
    case 'p':
      {
        int mode = GET_MODE (x);
        int regno;

        if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 8 || GET_CODE (x) != REG)
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        regno = REGNO (x);
        if (!VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno))
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        fprintf (stream, "s%d", regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + 1);
      }
      return;

    /* Print a VFP/Neon double precision or quad precision register name.  */
    case 'P':
    case 'q':
      {
        int mode = GET_MODE (x);
        int is_quad = (code == 'q');
        int regno;

        if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != (is_quad ? 16 : 8))
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
            || !IS_VFP_REGNUM (REGNO (x)))
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        regno = REGNO (x);
        if ((is_quad && !NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_QUAD (regno))
            || (!is_quad && !VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno)))
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        fprintf (stream, "%c%d", is_quad ? 'q' : 'd',
          (regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) >> (is_quad ? 2 : 1));
      }
      return;

    /* These two codes print the low/high doubleword register of a Neon quad
       register, respectively.  For pair-structure types, can also print
       low/high quadword registers.  */
    case 'e':
    case 'f':
      {
        int mode = GET_MODE (x);
        int regno;

        if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 16
             && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 32) || GET_CODE (x) != REG)
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        regno = REGNO (x);
        if (!NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_QUAD (regno))
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 16)
          fprintf (stream, "d%d", ((regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) >> 1)
                                  + (code == 'f' ? 1 : 0));
        else
          fprintf (stream, "q%d", ((regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) >> 2)
                                  + (code == 'f' ? 1 : 0));
      }
      return;

    /* Print a VFPv3 floating-point constant, represented as an integer
       index.  */
    case 'G':
      {
        int index = vfp3_const_double_index (x);
        gcc_assert (index != -1);
        fprintf (stream, "%d", index);
      }
      return;

    /* Print bits representing opcode features for Neon.

       Bit 0 is 1 for signed, 0 for unsigned.  Floats count as signed
       and polynomials as unsigned.

       Bit 1 is 1 for floats and polynomials, 0 for ordinary integers.

       Bit 2 is 1 for rounding functions, 0 otherwise.  */

    /* Identify the type as 's', 'u', 'p' or 'f'.  */
    case 'T':
      {
        HOST_WIDE_INT bits = INTVAL (x);
        fputc ("uspf"[bits & 3], stream);
      }
      return;

    /* Likewise, but signed and unsigned integers are both 'i'.  */
    case 'F':
      {
        HOST_WIDE_INT bits = INTVAL (x);
        fputc ("iipf"[bits & 3], stream);
      }
      return;

    /* As for 'T', but emit 'u' instead of 'p'.  */
    case 't':
      {
        HOST_WIDE_INT bits = INTVAL (x);
        fputc ("usuf"[bits & 3], stream);
      }
      return;

    /* Bit 2: rounding (vs none).  */
    case 'O':
      {
        HOST_WIDE_INT bits = INTVAL (x);
        fputs ((bits & 4) != 0 ? "r" : "", stream);
      }
      return;

    /* Memory operand for vld1/vst1 instruction.  */
    case 'A':
      {
        rtx addr;
        bool postinc = FALSE;
        unsigned align, memsize, align_bits;

        gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == MEM);
        addr = XEXP (x, 0);
        if (GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC)
          {
            postinc = 1;
            addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
          }
        asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r", REGNO (addr));

        /* We know the alignment of this access, so we can emit a hint in the
           instruction (for some alignments) as an aid to the memory subsystem
           of the target.  */
        align = MEM_ALIGN (x) >> 3;
        memsize = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (x));
        
        /* Only certain alignment specifiers are supported by the hardware.  */
        if (memsize == 16 && (align % 32) == 0)
          align_bits = 256;
        else if ((memsize == 8 || memsize == 16) && (align % 16) == 0)
          align_bits = 128;
        else if ((align % 8) == 0)
          align_bits = 64;
        else
          align_bits = 0;
        
        if (align_bits != 0)
          asm_fprintf (stream, ":%d", align_bits);

        asm_fprintf (stream, "]");

        if (postinc)
          fputs("!", stream);
      }
      return;

    case 'C':
      {
        rtx addr;

        gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == MEM);
        addr = XEXP (x, 0);
        gcc_assert (GET_CODE (addr) == REG);
        asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r]", REGNO (addr));
      }
      return;

    /* Translate an S register number into a D register number and element index.  */
    case 'y':
      {
        int mode = GET_MODE (x);
        int regno;

        if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 4 || GET_CODE (x) != REG)
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        regno = REGNO (x);
        if (!VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno))
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        regno = regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
        fprintf (stream, "d%d[%d]", regno / 2, regno % 2);
      }
      return;

    /* Register specifier for vld1.16/vst1.16.  Translate the S register
       number into a D register number and element index.  */
    case 'z':
      {
        int mode = GET_MODE (x);
        int regno;

        if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 2 || GET_CODE (x) != REG)
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        regno = REGNO (x);
        if (!VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno))
          {
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
            return;
          }

        regno = regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
        fprintf (stream, "d%d[%d]", regno/2, ((regno % 2) ? 2 : 0));
      }
      return;
      
    default:
      if (x == 0)
        {
          output_operand_lossage ("missing operand");
          return;
        }

      switch (GET_CODE (x))
        {
        case REG:
          asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x));
          break;

        case MEM:
          output_memory_reference_mode = GET_MODE (x);
          output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
          break;

        case CONST_DOUBLE:
          if (TARGET_NEON)
            {
              char fpstr[20];
              real_to_decimal (fpstr, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
                               sizeof (fpstr), 0, 1);
              fprintf (stream, "#%s", fpstr);
            }
          else
            fprintf (stream, "#%s", fp_immediate_constant (x));
          break;

        default:
          gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) != NEG);
          fputc ('#', stream);
          if (GET_CODE (x) == HIGH)
            {
              fputs (":lower16:", stream);
              x = XEXP (x, 0);
            }
            
          output_addr_const (stream, x);
          break;
        }
    }
}
\f
/* Target hook for printing a memory address.  */
static void
arm_print_operand_address (FILE *stream, rtx x)
{
  if (TARGET_32BIT)
    {
      int is_minus = GET_CODE (x) == MINUS;

      if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
        asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, #0]", REGNO (x));
      else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS || is_minus)
        {
          rtx base = XEXP (x, 0);
          rtx index = XEXP (x, 1);
          HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
          if (GET_CODE (base) != REG
              || (GET_CODE (index) == REG && REGNO (index) == SP_REGNUM))
            {
              /* Ensure that BASE is a register.  */
              /* (one of them must be).  */
              /* Also ensure the SP is not used as in index register.  */
              rtx temp = base;
              base = index;
              index = temp;
            }
          switch (GET_CODE (index))
            {
            case CONST_INT:
              offset = INTVAL (index);
              if (is_minus)
                offset = -offset;
              asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, #%wd]",
                           REGNO (base), offset);
              break;

            case REG:
              asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, %s%r]",
                           REGNO (base), is_minus ? "-" : "",
                           REGNO (index));
              break;

            case MULT:
            case ASHIFTRT:
            case LSHIFTRT:
            case ASHIFT:
            case ROTATERT:
              {
                asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, %s%r",
                             REGNO (base), is_minus ? "-" : "",
                             REGNO (XEXP (index, 0)));
                arm_print_operand (stream, index, 'S');
                fputs ("]", stream);
                break;
              }

            default:
              gcc_unreachable ();
            }
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (x) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (x) == POST_INC
               || GET_CODE (x) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (x) == POST_DEC)
        {
          extern enum machine_mode output_memory_reference_mode;

          gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG);

          if (GET_CODE (x) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (x) == PRE_INC)
            asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, #%s%d]!",
                         REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)),
                         GET_CODE (x) == PRE_DEC ? "-" : "",
                         GET_MODE_SIZE (output_memory_reference_mode));
          else
            asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r], #%s%d",
                         REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)),
                         GET_CODE (x) == POST_DEC ? "-" : "",
                         GET_MODE_SIZE (output_memory_reference_mode));
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (x) == PRE_MODIFY)
        {
          asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, ", REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)));
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)) == CONST_INT)
            asm_fprintf (stream, "#%wd]!",
                         INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)));
          else
            asm_fprintf (stream, "%r]!",
                         REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)));
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (x) == POST_MODIFY)
        {
          asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r], ", REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)));
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)) == CONST_INT)
            asm_fprintf (stream, "#%wd",
                         INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)));
          else
            asm_fprintf (stream, "%r",
                         REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)));
        }
      else output_addr_const (stream, x);
    }
  else
    {
      if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
        asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r]", REGNO (x));
      else if (GET_CODE (x) == POST_INC)
        asm_fprintf (stream, "%r!", REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)));
      else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
        {
          gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG);
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
            asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, #%wd]",
                         REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)),
                         INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
          else
            asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, %r]",
                         REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)),
                         REGNO (XEXP (x, 1)));
        }
      else
        output_addr_const (stream, x);
    }
}
\f
/* Target hook for indicating whether a punctuation character for
   TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND is valid.  */
static bool
arm_print_operand_punct_valid_p (unsigned char code)
{
  return (code == '@' || code == '|' || code == '.'
          || code == '(' || code == ')' || code == '#'
          || (TARGET_32BIT && (code == '?'))
          || (TARGET_THUMB2 && (code == '!'))
          || (TARGET_THUMB && (code == '_')));
}
\f
/* Target hook for assembling integer objects.  The ARM version needs to
   handle word-sized values specially.  */
static bool
arm_assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p)
{
  enum machine_mode mode;

  if (size == UNITS_PER_WORD && aligned_p)
    {
      fputs ("\t.word\t", asm_out_file);
      output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);

      /* Mark symbols as position independent.  We only do this in the
         .text segment, not in the .data segment.  */
      if (NEED_GOT_RELOC && flag_pic && making_const_table &&
          (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF))
        {
          /* See legitimize_pic_address for an explanation of the
             TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP check.  */
          if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP
              || (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF && !SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x)))
            fputs ("(GOT)", asm_out_file);
          else
            fputs ("(GOTOFF)", asm_out_file);
        }
      fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
      return true;
    }

  mode = GET_MODE (x);

  if (arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode))
    {
      int i, units;

      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);

      units = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x);
      size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));

      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT)
        for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
          {
            rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
            assemble_integer
              (elt, size, i == 0 ? BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT : size * BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
          }
      else
        for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
          {
            rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
            REAL_VALUE_TYPE rval;

            REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rval, elt);

            assemble_real
              (rval, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
              i == 0 ? BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT : size * BITS_PER_UNIT);
          }

      return true;
    }

  return default_assemble_integer (x, size, aligned_p);
}

static void
arm_elf_asm_cdtor (rtx symbol, int priority, bool is_ctor)
{
  section *s;

  if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    {
      (is_ctor ? 
       default_named_section_asm_out_constructor 
       : default_named_section_asm_out_destructor) (symbol, priority);
      return;
    }

  /* Put these in the .init_array section, using a special relocation.  */
  if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
    {
      char buf[18];
      sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u", 
               is_ctor ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
               priority);
      s = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL_TREE);
    }
  else if (is_ctor)
    s = ctors_section;
  else
    s = dtors_section;

  switch_to_section (s);
  assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
  fputs ("\t.word\t", asm_out_file);
  output_addr_const (asm_out_file, symbol);
  fputs ("(target1)\n", asm_out_file);
}

/* Add a function to the list of static constructors.  */

static void
arm_elf_asm_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
{
  arm_elf_asm_cdtor (symbol, priority, /*is_ctor=*/true);
}

/* Add a function to the list of static destructors.  */

static void
arm_elf_asm_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
{
  arm_elf_asm_cdtor (symbol, priority, /*is_ctor=*/false);
}
\f
/* A finite state machine takes care of noticing whether or not instructions
   can be conditionally executed, and thus decrease execution time and code
   size by deleting branch instructions.  The fsm is controlled by
   final_prescan_insn, and controls the actions of ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE.  */

/* The state of the fsm controlling condition codes are:
   0: normal, do nothing special
   1: make ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE not output this instruction
   2: make ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE not output this instruction
   3: make instructions conditional
   4: make instructions conditional

   State transitions (state->state by whom under condition):
   0 -> 1 final_prescan_insn if the `target' is a label
   0 -> 2 final_prescan_insn if the `target' is an unconditional branch
   1 -> 3 ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE after not having output the conditional branch
   2 -> 4 ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE after not having output the conditional branch
   3 -> 0 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) if the `target' label is reached
          (the target label has CODE_LABEL_NUMBER equal to arm_target_label).
   4 -> 0 final_prescan_insn if the `target' unconditional branch is reached
          (the target insn is arm_target_insn).

   If the jump clobbers the conditions then we use states 2 and 4.

   A similar thing can be done with conditional return insns.

   XXX In case the `target' is an unconditional branch, this conditionalising
   of the instructions always reduces code size, but not always execution
   time.  But then, I want to reduce the code size to somewhere near what
   /bin/cc produces.  */

/* In addition to this, state is maintained for Thumb-2 COND_EXEC
   instructions.  When a COND_EXEC instruction is seen the subsequent
   instructions are scanned so that multiple conditional instructions can be
   combined into a single IT block.  arm_condexec_count and arm_condexec_mask
   specify the length and true/false mask for the IT block.  These will be
   decremented/zeroed by arm_asm_output_opcode as the insns are output.  */

/* Returns the index of the ARM condition code string in
   `arm_condition_codes'.  COMPARISON should be an rtx like
   `(eq (...) (...))'.  */
static enum arm_cond_code
get_arm_condition_code (rtx comparison)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (comparison, 0));
  enum arm_cond_code code;
  enum rtx_code comp_code = GET_CODE (comparison);

  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
    mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (comp_code, XEXP (comparison, 0),
                           XEXP (comparison, 1));

  switch (mode)
    {
    case CC_DNEmode: code = ARM_NE; goto dominance;
    case CC_DEQmode: code = ARM_EQ; goto dominance;
    case CC_DGEmode: code = ARM_GE; goto dominance;
    case CC_DGTmode: code = ARM_GT; goto dominance;
    case CC_DLEmode: code = ARM_LE; goto dominance;
    case CC_DLTmode: code = ARM_LT; goto dominance;
    case CC_DGEUmode: code = ARM_CS; goto dominance;
    case CC_DGTUmode: code = ARM_HI; goto dominance;
    case CC_DLEUmode: code = ARM_LS; goto dominance;
    case CC_DLTUmode: code = ARM_CC;

    dominance:
      gcc_assert (comp_code == EQ || comp_code == NE);

      if (comp_code == EQ)
        return ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE (code);
      return code;

    case CC_NOOVmode:
      switch (comp_code)
        {
        case NE: return ARM_NE;
        case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
        case GE: return ARM_PL;
        case LT: return ARM_MI;
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case CC_Zmode:
      switch (comp_code)
        {
        case NE: return ARM_NE;
        case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case CC_Nmode:
      switch (comp_code)
        {
        case NE: return ARM_MI;
        case EQ: return ARM_PL;
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case CCFPEmode:
    case CCFPmode:
      /* These encodings assume that AC=1 in the FPA system control
         byte.  This allows us to handle all cases except UNEQ and
         LTGT.  */
      switch (comp_code)
        {
        case GE: return ARM_GE;
        case GT: return ARM_GT;
        case LE: return ARM_LS;
        case LT: return ARM_MI;
        case NE: return ARM_NE;
        case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
        case ORDERED: return ARM_VC;
        case UNORDERED: return ARM_VS;
        case UNLT: return ARM_LT;
        case UNLE: return ARM_LE;
        case UNGT: return ARM_HI;
        case UNGE: return ARM_PL;
          /* UNEQ and LTGT do not have a representation.  */
        case UNEQ: /* Fall through.  */
        case LTGT: /* Fall through.  */
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case CC_SWPmode:
      switch (comp_code)
        {
        case NE: return ARM_NE;
        case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
        case GE: return ARM_LE;
        case GT: return ARM_LT;
        case LE: return ARM_GE;
        case LT: return ARM_GT;
        case GEU: return ARM_LS;
        case GTU: return ARM_CC;
        case LEU: return ARM_CS;
        case LTU: return ARM_HI;
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case CC_Cmode:
      switch (comp_code)
        {
        case LTU: return ARM_CS;
        case GEU: return ARM_CC;
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case CC_CZmode:
      switch (comp_code)
        {
        case NE: return ARM_NE;
        case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
        case GEU: return ARM_CS;
        case GTU: return ARM_HI;
        case LEU: return ARM_LS;
        case LTU: return ARM_CC;
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case CC_NCVmode:
      switch (comp_code)
        {
        case GE: return ARM_GE;
        case LT: return ARM_LT;
        case GEU: return ARM_CS;
        case LTU: return ARM_CC;
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    case CCmode:
      switch (comp_code)
        {
        case NE: return ARM_NE;
        case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
        case GE: return ARM_GE;
        case GT: return ARM_GT;
        case LE: return ARM_LE;
        case LT: return ARM_LT;
        case GEU: return ARM_CS;
        case GTU: return ARM_HI;
        case LEU: return ARM_LS;
        case LTU: return ARM_CC;
        default: gcc_unreachable ();
        }

    default: gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Tell arm_asm_output_opcode to output IT blocks for conditionally executed
   instructions.  */
void
thumb2_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn)
{
  rtx first_insn = insn;
  rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
  rtx predicate;
  enum arm_cond_code code;
  int n;
  int mask;

  /* Remove the previous insn from the count of insns to be output.  */
  if (arm_condexec_count)
      arm_condexec_count--;

  /* Nothing to do if we are already inside a conditional block.  */
  if (arm_condexec_count)
    return;

  if (GET_CODE (body) != COND_EXEC)
    return;

  /* Conditional jumps are implemented directly.  */
  if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
    return;

  predicate = COND_EXEC_TEST (body);
  arm_current_cc = get_arm_condition_code (predicate);

  n = get_attr_ce_count (insn);
  arm_condexec_count = 1;
  arm_condexec_mask = (1 << n) - 1;
  arm_condexec_masklen = n;
  /* See if subsequent instructions can be combined into the same block.  */
  for (;;)
    {
      insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn);

      /* Jumping into the middle of an IT block is illegal, so a label or
         barrier terminates the block.  */
      if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN && GET_CODE(insn) != JUMP_INSN)
        break;

      body = PATTERN (insn);
      /* USE and CLOBBER aren't really insns, so just skip them.  */
      if (GET_CODE (body) == USE
          || GET_CODE (body) == CLOBBER)
        continue;

      /* ??? Recognize conditional jumps, and combine them with IT blocks.  */
      if (GET_CODE (body) != COND_EXEC)
        break;
      /* Allow up to 4 conditionally executed instructions in a block.  */
      n = get_attr_ce_count (insn);
      if (arm_condexec_masklen + n > 4)
        break;

      predicate = COND_EXEC_TEST (body);
      code = get_arm_condition_code (predicate);
      mask = (1 << n) - 1;
      if (arm_current_cc == code)
        arm_condexec_mask |= (mask << arm_condexec_masklen);
      else if (arm_current_cc != ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE(code))
        break;

      arm_condexec_count++;
      arm_condexec_masklen += n;

      /* A jump must be the last instruction in a conditional block.  */
      if (GET_CODE(insn) == JUMP_INSN)
        break;
    }
  /* Restore recog_data (getting the attributes of other insns can
     destroy this array, but final.c assumes that it remains intact
     across this call).  */
  extract_constrain_insn_cached (first_insn);
}

void
arm_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn)
{
  /* BODY will hold the body of INSN.  */
  rtx body = PATTERN (insn);

  /* This will be 1 if trying to repeat the trick, and things need to be
     reversed if it appears to fail.  */
  int reverse = 0;

  /* If we start with a return insn, we only succeed if we find another one.  */
  int seeking_return = 0;

  /* START_INSN will hold the insn from where we start looking.  This is the
     first insn after the following code_label if REVERSE is true.  */
  rtx start_insn = insn;

  /* If in state 4, check if the target branch is reached, in order to
     change back to state 0.  */
  if (arm_ccfsm_state == 4)
    {
      if (insn == arm_target_insn)
        {
          arm_target_insn = NULL;
          arm_ccfsm_state = 0;
        }
      return;
    }

  /* If in state 3, it is possible to repeat the trick, if this insn is an
     unconditional branch to a label, and immediately following this branch
     is the previous target label which is only used once, and the label this
     branch jumps to is not too far off.  */
  if (arm_ccfsm_state == 3)
    {
      if (simplejump_p (insn))
        {
          start_insn = next_nonnote_insn (start_insn);
          if (GET_CODE (start_insn) == BARRIER)
            {
              /* XXX Isn't this always a barrier?  */
              start_insn = next_nonnote_insn (start_insn);
            }
          if (GET_CODE (start_insn) == CODE_LABEL
              && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (start_insn) == arm_target_label
              && LABEL_NUSES (start_insn) == 1)
            reverse = TRUE;
          else
            return;
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (body) == RETURN)
        {
          start_insn = next_nonnote_insn (start_insn);
          if (GET_CODE (start_insn) == BARRIER)
            start_insn = next_nonnote_insn (start_insn);
          if (GET_CODE (start_insn) == CODE_LABEL
              && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (start_insn) == arm_target_label
              && LABEL_NUSES (start_insn) == 1)
            {
              reverse = TRUE;
              seeking_return = 1;
            }
          else
            return;
        }
      else
        return;
    }

  gcc_assert (!arm_ccfsm_state || reverse);
  if (GET_CODE (insn) != JUMP_INSN)
    return;

  /* This jump might be paralleled with a clobber of the condition codes
     the jump should always come first */
  if (GET_CODE (body) == PARALLEL && XVECLEN (body, 0) > 0)
    body = XVECEXP (body, 0, 0);

  if (reverse
      || (GET_CODE (body) == SET && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == PC
          && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body)) == IF_THEN_ELSE))
    {
      int insns_skipped;
      int fail = FALSE, succeed = FALSE;
      /* Flag which part of the IF_THEN_ELSE is the LABEL_REF.  */
      int then_not_else = TRUE;
      rtx this_insn = start_insn, label = 0;

      /* Register the insn jumped to.  */
      if (reverse)
        {
          if (!seeking_return)
            label = XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 0);
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 1)) == LABEL_REF)
        label = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 1), 0);
      else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 2)) == LABEL_REF)
        {
          label = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 2), 0);
          then_not_else = FALSE;
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 1)) == RETURN)
        seeking_return = 1;
      else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 2)) == RETURN)
        {
          seeking_return = 1;
          then_not_else = FALSE;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();

      /* See how many insns this branch skips, and what kind of insns.  If all
         insns are okay, and the label or unconditional branch to the same
         label is not too far away, succeed.  */
      for (insns_skipped = 0;
           !fail && !succeed && insns_skipped++ < max_insns_skipped;)
        {
          rtx scanbody;

          this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);
          if (!this_insn)
            break;

          switch (GET_CODE (this_insn))
            {
            case CODE_LABEL:
              /* Succeed if it is the target label, otherwise fail since
                 control falls in from somewhere else.  */
              if (this_insn == label)
                {
                  arm_ccfsm_state = 1;
                  succeed = TRUE;
                }
              else
                fail = TRUE;
              break;

            case BARRIER:
              /* Succeed if the following insn is the target label.
                 Otherwise fail.
                 If return insns are used then the last insn in a function
                 will be a barrier.  */
              this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);
              if (this_insn && this_insn == label)
                {
                  arm_ccfsm_state = 1;
                  succeed = TRUE;
                }
              else
                fail = TRUE;
              break;

            case CALL_INSN:
              /* The AAPCS says that conditional calls should not be
                 used since they make interworking inefficient (the
                 linker can't transform BL<cond> into BLX).  That's
                 only a problem if the machine has BLX.  */
              if (arm_arch5)
                {
                  fail = TRUE;
                  break;
                }

              /* Succeed if the following insn is the target label, or
                 if the following two insns are a barrier and the
                 target label.  */
              this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);
              if (this_insn && GET_CODE (this_insn) == BARRIER)
                this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);

              if (this_insn && this_insn == label
                  && insns_skipped < max_insns_skipped)
                {
                  arm_ccfsm_state = 1;
                  succeed = TRUE;
                }
              else
                fail = TRUE;
              break;

            case JUMP_INSN:
              /* If this is an unconditional branch to the same label, succeed.
                 If it is to another label, do nothing.  If it is conditional,
                 fail.  */
              /* XXX Probably, the tests for SET and the PC are
                 unnecessary.  */

              scanbody = PATTERN (this_insn);
              if (GET_CODE (scanbody) == SET
                  && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (scanbody)) == PC)
                {
                  if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (scanbody)) == LABEL_REF
                      && XEXP (SET_SRC (scanbody), 0) == label && !reverse)
                    {
                      arm_ccfsm_state = 2;
                      succeed = TRUE;
                    }
                  else if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (scanbody)) == IF_THEN_ELSE)
                    fail = TRUE;
                }
              /* Fail if a conditional return is undesirable (e.g. on a
                 StrongARM), but still allow this if optimizing for size.  */
              else if (GET_CODE (scanbody) == RETURN
                       && !use_return_insn (TRUE, NULL)
                       && !optimize_size)
                fail = TRUE;
              else if (GET_CODE (scanbody) == RETURN
                       && seeking_return)
                {
                  arm_ccfsm_state = 2;
                  succeed = TRUE;
                }
              else if (GET_CODE (scanbody) == PARALLEL)
                {
                  switch (get_attr_conds (this_insn))
                    {
                    case CONDS_NOCOND:
                      break;
                    default:
                      fail = TRUE;
                      break;
                    }
                }
              else
                fail = TRUE;    /* Unrecognized jump (e.g. epilogue).  */

              break;

            case INSN:
              /* Instructions using or affecting the condition codes make it
                 fail.  */
              scanbody = PATTERN (this_insn);
              if (!(GET_CODE (scanbody) == SET
                    || GET_CODE (scanbody) == PARALLEL)
                  || get_attr_conds (this_insn) != CONDS_NOCOND)
                fail = TRUE;

              /* A conditional cirrus instruction must be followed by
                 a non Cirrus instruction.  However, since we
                 conditionalize instructions in this function and by
                 the time we get here we can't add instructions
                 (nops), because shorten_branches() has already been
                 called, we will disable conditionalizing Cirrus
                 instructions to be safe.  */
              if (GET_CODE (scanbody) != USE
                  && GET_CODE (scanbody) != CLOBBER
                  && get_attr_cirrus (this_insn) != CIRRUS_NOT)
                fail = TRUE;
              break;

            default:
              break;
            }
        }
      if (succeed)
        {
          if ((!seeking_return) && (arm_ccfsm_state == 1 || reverse))
            arm_target_label = CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label);
          else
            {
              gcc_assert (seeking_return || arm_ccfsm_state == 2);

              while (this_insn && GET_CODE (PATTERN (this_insn)) == USE)
                {
                  this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);
                  gcc_assert (!this_insn
                              || (GET_CODE (this_insn) != BARRIER
                                  && GET_CODE (this_insn) != CODE_LABEL));
                }
              if (!this_insn)
                {
                  /* Oh, dear! we ran off the end.. give up.  */
                  extract_constrain_insn_cached (insn);
                  arm_ccfsm_state = 0;
                  arm_target_insn = NULL;
                  return;
                }
              arm_target_insn = this_insn;
            }

          /* If REVERSE is true, ARM_CURRENT_CC needs to be inverted from
             what it was.  */
          if (!reverse)
            arm_current_cc = get_arm_condition_code (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 0));

          if (reverse || then_not_else)
            arm_current_cc = ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE (arm_current_cc);
        }

      /* Restore recog_data (getting the attributes of other insns can
         destroy this array, but final.c assumes that it remains intact
         across this call.  */
      extract_constrain_insn_cached (insn);
    }
}

/* Output IT instructions.  */
void
thumb2_asm_output_opcode (FILE * stream)
{
  char buff[5];
  int n;

  if (arm_condexec_mask)
    {
      for (n = 0; n < arm_condexec_masklen; n++)
        buff[n] = (arm_condexec_mask & (1 << n)) ? 't' : 'e';
      buff[n] = 0;
      asm_fprintf(stream, "i%s\t%s\n\t", buff,
                  arm_condition_codes[arm_current_cc]);
      arm_condexec_mask = 0;
    }
}

/* Returns true if REGNO is a valid register
   for holding a quantity of type MODE.  */
int
arm_hard_regno_mode_ok (unsigned int regno, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
    return (regno == CC_REGNUM
            || (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP
                && regno == VFPCC_REGNUM));

  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    /* For the Thumb we only allow values bigger than SImode in
       registers 0 - 6, so that there is always a second low
       register available to hold the upper part of the value.
       We probably we ought to ensure that the register is the
       start of an even numbered register pair.  */
    return (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode) < 2) || (regno < LAST_LO_REGNUM);

  if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK
      && IS_CIRRUS_REGNUM (regno))
    /* We have outlawed SI values in Cirrus registers because they
       reside in the lower 32 bits, but SF values reside in the
       upper 32 bits.  This causes gcc all sorts of grief.  We can't
       even split the registers into pairs because Cirrus SI values
       get sign extended to 64bits-- aldyh.  */
    return (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT) || (mode == DImode);

  if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP
      && IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno))
    {
      if (mode == SFmode || mode == SImode)
        return VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno);

      if (mode == DFmode)
        return VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno);

      /* VFP registers can hold HFmode values, but there is no point in
         putting them there unless we have hardware conversion insns. */
      if (mode == HFmode)
        return TARGET_FP16 && VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno);

      if (TARGET_NEON)
        return (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode) && VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno))
               || (VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode)
                   && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_QUAD (regno))
               || (mode == TImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 2))
               || (mode == EImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 3))
               || (mode == OImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 4))
               || (mode == CImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 6))
               || (mode == XImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 8));

      return FALSE;
    }

  if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
    {
      if (IS_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM (regno))
        return mode == SImode;

      if (IS_IWMMXT_REGNUM (regno))
        return VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode);
    }
  
  /* We allow almost any value to be stored in the general registers.
     Restrict doubleword quantities to even register pairs so that we can
     use ldrd.  Do not allow very large Neon structure opaque modes in
     general registers; they would use too many.  */
  if (regno <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
    return !(TARGET_LDRD && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 4 && (regno & 1) != 0)
      && ARM_NUM_REGS (mode) <= 4;

  if (regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
      || regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
    /* We only allow integers in the fake hard registers.  */
    return GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT;

  /* The only registers left are the FPA registers
     which we only allow to hold FP values.  */
  return (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_FPA
          && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
          && regno >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
          && regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM);
}

/* For efficiency and historical reasons LO_REGS, HI_REGS and CC_REGS are
   not used in arm mode.  */

enum reg_class
arm_regno_class (int regno)
{
  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      if (regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
        return STACK_REG;
      if (regno == CC_REGNUM)
        return CC_REG;
      if (regno < 8)
        return LO_REGS;
      return HI_REGS;
    }

  if (TARGET_THUMB2 && regno < 8)
    return LO_REGS;

  if (   regno <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
      || regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
      || regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
    return TARGET_THUMB2 ? HI_REGS : GENERAL_REGS;

  if (regno == CC_REGNUM || regno == VFPCC_REGNUM)
    return TARGET_THUMB2 ? CC_REG : NO_REGS;

  if (IS_CIRRUS_REGNUM (regno))
    return CIRRUS_REGS;

  if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno))
    {
      if (regno <= D7_VFP_REGNUM)
        return VFP_D0_D7_REGS;
      else if (regno <= LAST_LO_VFP_REGNUM)
        return VFP_LO_REGS;
      else
        return VFP_HI_REGS;
    }

  if (IS_IWMMXT_REGNUM (regno))
    return IWMMXT_REGS;

  if (IS_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM (regno))
    return IWMMXT_GR_REGS;

  return FPA_REGS;
}

/* Handle a special case when computing the offset
   of an argument from the frame pointer.  */
int
arm_debugger_arg_offset (int value, rtx addr)
{
  rtx insn;

  /* We are only interested if dbxout_parms() failed to compute the offset.  */
  if (value != 0)
    return 0;

  /* We can only cope with the case where the address is held in a register.  */
  if (GET_CODE (addr) != REG)
    return 0;

  /* If we are using the frame pointer to point at the argument, then
     an offset of 0 is correct.  */
  if (REGNO (addr) == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
    return 0;

  /* If we are using the stack pointer to point at the
     argument, then an offset of 0 is correct.  */
  /* ??? Check this is consistent with thumb2 frame layout.  */
  if ((TARGET_THUMB || !frame_pointer_needed)
      && REGNO (addr) == SP_REGNUM)
    return 0;

  /* Oh dear.  The argument is pointed to by a register rather
     than being held in a register, or being stored at a known
     offset from the frame pointer.  Since GDB only understands
     those two kinds of argument we must translate the address
     held in the register into an offset from the frame pointer.
     We do this by searching through the insns for the function
     looking to see where this register gets its value.  If the
     register is initialized from the frame pointer plus an offset
     then we are in luck and we can continue, otherwise we give up.

     This code is exercised by producing debugging information
     for a function with arguments like this:

           double func (double a, double b, int c, double d) {return d;}

     Without this code the stab for parameter 'd' will be set to
     an offset of 0 from the frame pointer, rather than 8.  */

  /* The if() statement says:

     If the insn is a normal instruction
     and if the insn is setting the value in a register
     and if the register being set is the register holding the address of the argument
     and if the address is computing by an addition
     that involves adding to a register
     which is the frame pointer
     a constant integer

     then...  */

  for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
    {
      if (   GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
          && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
          && REGNO    (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REGNO (addr)
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1)) == PLUS
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1), 0)) == REG
          && REGNO    (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1), 0)) == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1), 1)) == CONST_INT
             )
        {
          value = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1), 1));

          break;
        }
    }

  if (value == 0)
    {
      debug_rtx (addr);
      warning (0, "unable to compute real location of stacked parameter");
      value = 8; /* XXX magic hack */
    }

  return value;
}
\f
typedef enum {
  T_V8QI,
  T_V4HI,
  T_V2SI,
  T_V2SF,
  T_DI,
  T_V16QI,
  T_V8HI,
  T_V4SI,
  T_V4SF,
  T_V2DI,
  T_TI,
  T_EI,
  T_OI,
  T_MAX         /* Size of enum.  Keep last.  */
} neon_builtin_type_mode;

#define TYPE_MODE_BIT(X) (1 << (X))

#define TB_DREG (TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V8QI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V4HI)        \
                 | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V2SI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V2SF)      \
                 | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_DI))
#define TB_QREG (TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V16QI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V8HI)       \
                 | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V4SI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V4SF)      \
                 | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V2DI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_TI))

#define v8qi_UP  T_V8QI
#define v4hi_UP  T_V4HI
#define v2si_UP  T_V2SI
#define v2sf_UP  T_V2SF
#define di_UP    T_DI
#define v16qi_UP T_V16QI
#define v8hi_UP  T_V8HI
#define v4si_UP  T_V4SI
#define v4sf_UP  T_V4SF
#define v2di_UP  T_V2DI
#define ti_UP    T_TI
#define ei_UP    T_EI
#define oi_UP    T_OI

#define UP(X) X##_UP

typedef enum {
  NEON_BINOP,
  NEON_TERNOP,
  NEON_UNOP,
  NEON_GETLANE,
  NEON_SETLANE,
  NEON_CREATE,
  NEON_DUP,
  NEON_DUPLANE,
  NEON_COMBINE,
  NEON_SPLIT,
  NEON_LANEMUL,
  NEON_LANEMULL,
  NEON_LANEMULH,
  NEON_LANEMAC,
  NEON_SCALARMUL,
  NEON_SCALARMULL,
  NEON_SCALARMULH,
  NEON_SCALARMAC,
  NEON_CONVERT,
  NEON_FIXCONV,
  NEON_SELECT,
  NEON_RESULTPAIR,
  NEON_REINTERP,
  NEON_VTBL,
  NEON_VTBX,
  NEON_LOAD1,
  NEON_LOAD1LANE,
  NEON_STORE1,
  NEON_STORE1LANE,
  NEON_LOADSTRUCT,
  NEON_LOADSTRUCTLANE,
  NEON_STORESTRUCT,
  NEON_STORESTRUCTLANE,
  NEON_LOGICBINOP,
  NEON_SHIFTINSERT,
  NEON_SHIFTIMM,
  NEON_SHIFTACC
} neon_itype;

typedef struct {
  const char *name;
  const neon_itype itype;
  const neon_builtin_type_mode mode;
  const enum insn_code code;
  unsigned int fcode;
} neon_builtin_datum;

#define CF(N,X) CODE_FOR_neon_##N##X

#define VAR1(T, N, A) \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (A), CF (N, A), 0}
#define VAR2(T, N, A, B) \
  VAR1 (T, N, A), \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (B), CF (N, B), 0}
#define VAR3(T, N, A, B, C) \
  VAR2 (T, N, A, B), \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (C), CF (N, C), 0}
#define VAR4(T, N, A, B, C, D) \
  VAR3 (T, N, A, B, C), \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (D), CF (N, D), 0}
#define VAR5(T, N, A, B, C, D, E) \
  VAR4 (T, N, A, B, C, D), \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (E), CF (N, E), 0}
#define VAR6(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F) \
  VAR5 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E), \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (F), CF (N, F), 0}
#define VAR7(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G) \
  VAR6 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F), \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (G), CF (N, G), 0}
#define VAR8(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H) \
  VAR7 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G), \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (H), CF (N, H), 0}
#define VAR9(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I) \
  VAR8 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H), \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (I), CF (N, I), 0}
#define VAR10(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J) \
  VAR9 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I), \
  {#N, NEON_##T, UP (J), CF (N, J), 0}

/* The mode entries in the following table correspond to the "key" type of the
   instruction variant, i.e. equivalent to that which would be specified after
   the assembler mnemonic, which usually refers to the last vector operand.
   (Signed/unsigned/polynomial types are not differentiated between though, and
   are all mapped onto the same mode for a given element size.) The modes
   listed per instruction should be the same as those defined for that
   instruction's pattern in neon.md.  */

static neon_builtin_datum neon_builtin_data[] =
{
  VAR10 (BINOP, vadd,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR3 (BINOP, vaddl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR3 (BINOP, vaddw, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR6 (BINOP, vhadd, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vqadd, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR3 (BINOP, vaddhn, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vmul, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR8 (TERNOP, vmla, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR3 (TERNOP, vmlal, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR8 (TERNOP, vmls, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR3 (TERNOP, vmlsl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR4 (BINOP, vqdmulh, v4hi, v2si, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR2 (TERNOP, vqdmlal, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR2 (TERNOP, vqdmlsl, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR3 (BINOP, vmull, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR2 (SCALARMULL, vmull_n, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR2 (LANEMULL, vmull_lane, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR2 (SCALARMULL, vqdmull_n, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR2 (LANEMULL, vqdmull_lane, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR4 (SCALARMULH, vqdmulh_n, v4hi, v2si, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR4 (LANEMULH, vqdmulh_lane, v4hi, v2si, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR2 (BINOP, vqdmull, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vshl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vqshl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR8 (SHIFTIMM, vshr_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR3 (SHIFTIMM, vshrn_n, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR3 (SHIFTIMM, vqshrn_n, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR3 (SHIFTIMM, vqshrun_n, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR8 (SHIFTIMM, vshl_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR8 (SHIFTIMM, vqshl_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR8 (SHIFTIMM, vqshlu_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR3 (SHIFTIMM, vshll_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR8 (SHIFTACC, vsra_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR10 (BINOP, vsub,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR3 (BINOP, vsubl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR3 (BINOP, vsubw, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vqsub, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR6 (BINOP, vhsub, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR3 (BINOP, vsubhn, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vceq, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vcge, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vcgt, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR2 (BINOP, vcage, v2sf, v4sf),
  VAR2 (BINOP, vcagt, v2sf, v4sf),
  VAR6 (BINOP, vtst, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vabd, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR3 (BINOP, vabdl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR6 (TERNOP, vaba, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR3 (TERNOP, vabal, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vmax, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR8 (BINOP, vmin, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR4 (BINOP, vpadd, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf),
  VAR6 (UNOP, vpaddl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR6 (BINOP, vpadal, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR4 (BINOP, vpmax, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf),
  VAR4 (BINOP, vpmin, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf),
  VAR2 (BINOP, vrecps, v2sf, v4sf),
  VAR2 (BINOP, vrsqrts, v2sf, v4sf),
  VAR8 (SHIFTINSERT, vsri_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR8 (SHIFTINSERT, vsli_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR8 (UNOP, vabs, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR6 (UNOP, vqabs, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR8 (UNOP, vneg, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR6 (UNOP, vqneg, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR6 (UNOP, vcls, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR6 (UNOP, vclz, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  VAR2 (UNOP, vcnt, v8qi, v16qi),
  VAR4 (UNOP, vrecpe, v2si, v2sf, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR4 (UNOP, vrsqrte, v2si, v2sf, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR6 (UNOP, vmvn, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
  /* FIXME: vget_lane supports more variants than this!  */
  VAR10 (GETLANE, vget_lane,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (SETLANE, vset_lane,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR5 (CREATE, vcreate, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR10 (DUP, vdup_n,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (DUPLANE, vdup_lane,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR5 (COMBINE, vcombine, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR5 (SPLIT, vget_high, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR5 (SPLIT, vget_low, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR3 (UNOP, vmovn, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR3 (UNOP, vqmovn, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR3 (UNOP, vqmovun, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
  VAR3 (UNOP, vmovl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR6 (LANEMUL, vmul_lane, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR6 (LANEMAC, vmla_lane, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR2 (LANEMAC, vmlal_lane, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR2 (LANEMAC, vqdmlal_lane, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR6 (LANEMAC, vmls_lane, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR2 (LANEMAC, vmlsl_lane, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR2 (LANEMAC, vqdmlsl_lane, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR6 (SCALARMUL, vmul_n, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR6 (SCALARMAC, vmla_n, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR2 (SCALARMAC, vmlal_n, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR2 (SCALARMAC, vqdmlal_n, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR6 (SCALARMAC, vmls_n, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR2 (SCALARMAC, vmlsl_n, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR2 (SCALARMAC, vqdmlsl_n, v4hi, v2si),
  VAR10 (BINOP, vext,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR8 (UNOP, vrev64, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR4 (UNOP, vrev32, v8qi, v4hi, v16qi, v8hi),
  VAR2 (UNOP, vrev16, v8qi, v16qi),
  VAR4 (CONVERT, vcvt, v2si, v2sf, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR4 (FIXCONV, vcvt_n, v2si, v2sf, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR10 (SELECT, vbsl,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR1 (VTBL, vtbl1, v8qi),
  VAR1 (VTBL, vtbl2, v8qi),
  VAR1 (VTBL, vtbl3, v8qi),
  VAR1 (VTBL, vtbl4, v8qi),
  VAR1 (VTBX, vtbx1, v8qi),
  VAR1 (VTBX, vtbx2, v8qi),
  VAR1 (VTBX, vtbx3, v8qi),
  VAR1 (VTBX, vtbx4, v8qi),
  VAR8 (RESULTPAIR, vtrn, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR8 (RESULTPAIR, vzip, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR8 (RESULTPAIR, vuzp, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv8qi, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv4hi, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv2si, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv2sf, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretdi, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv16qi, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv8hi, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv4si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv4sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv2di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (LOAD1, vld1,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (LOAD1LANE, vld1_lane,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (LOAD1, vld1_dup,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (STORE1, vst1,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (STORE1LANE, vst1_lane,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR9 (LOADSTRUCT,
        vld2, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR7 (LOADSTRUCTLANE, vld2_lane,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR5 (LOADSTRUCT, vld2_dup, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR9 (STORESTRUCT, vst2,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR7 (STORESTRUCTLANE, vst2_lane,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR9 (LOADSTRUCT,
        vld3, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR7 (LOADSTRUCTLANE, vld3_lane,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR5 (LOADSTRUCT, vld3_dup, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR9 (STORESTRUCT, vst3,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR7 (STORESTRUCTLANE, vst3_lane,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR9 (LOADSTRUCT, vld4,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR7 (LOADSTRUCTLANE, vld4_lane,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR5 (LOADSTRUCT, vld4_dup, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
  VAR9 (STORESTRUCT, vst4,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR7 (STORESTRUCTLANE, vst4_lane,
        v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
  VAR10 (LOGICBINOP, vand,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (LOGICBINOP, vorr,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (BINOP, veor,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (LOGICBINOP, vbic,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
  VAR10 (LOGICBINOP, vorn,
         v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di)
};

#undef CF
#undef VAR1
#undef VAR2
#undef VAR3
#undef VAR4
#undef VAR5
#undef VAR6
#undef VAR7
#undef VAR8
#undef VAR9
#undef VAR10

/* Neon defines builtins from ARM_BUILTIN_MAX upwards, though they don't have
   symbolic names defined here (which would require too much duplication).
   FIXME?  */
enum arm_builtins
{
  ARM_BUILTIN_GETWCX,
  ARM_BUILTIN_SETWCX,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WZERO,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WAVG2BR,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WAVG2HR,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WAVG2B,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WAVG2H,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WACCB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WACCH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WACCW,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WMACS,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMACSZ,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMACU,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMACUZ,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WSADB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSADBZ,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSADH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSADHZ,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WALIGN,

  ARM_BUILTIN_TMIA,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TMIAPH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABT,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATT,

  ARM_BUILTIN_TMOVMSKB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TMOVMSKH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TMOVMSKW,

  ARM_BUILTIN_TBCSTB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TBCSTH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TBCSTW,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WMADDS,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMADDU,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKHSS,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKWSS,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKDSS,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKHUS,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKWUS,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKDUS,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WADDB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WADDH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WADDW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WADDSSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WADDSSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WADDSSW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WADDUSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WADDUSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WADDUSW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBSSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBSSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBSSW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBUSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBUSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBUSW,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WAND,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WANDN,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WOR,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WXOR,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPEQB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPEQH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPEQW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTUB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTUH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTUW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTSW,

  ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRW,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXSW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXUW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXUH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXUB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMINSW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMINSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMINSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMINUW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMINUH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMINUB,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WMULUM,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMULSM,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WMULUL,

  ARM_BUILTIN_PSADBH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSHUFH,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLD,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAD,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLD,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WRORH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WRORW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WRORD,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLHI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLWI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLDI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAHI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAWI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRADI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLHI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLWI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLDI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WRORHI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WRORWI,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WRORDI,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKIHB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKIHH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKIHW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKILB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKILH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKILW,

  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHSW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHUB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHUH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHUW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELSB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELSH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELSW,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELUB,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELUH,
  ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELUW,

  ARM_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER,

  ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE,

  ARM_BUILTIN_MAX = ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE + ARRAY_SIZE (neon_builtin_data)
};

static GTY(()) tree arm_builtin_decls[ARM_BUILTIN_MAX];

static void
arm_init_neon_builtins (void)
{
  unsigned int i, fcode;
  tree decl;

  tree neon_intQI_type_node;
  tree neon_intHI_type_node;
  tree neon_polyQI_type_node;
  tree neon_polyHI_type_node;
  tree neon_intSI_type_node;
  tree neon_intDI_type_node;
  tree neon_float_type_node;

  tree intQI_pointer_node;
  tree intHI_pointer_node;
  tree intSI_pointer_node;
  tree intDI_pointer_node;
  tree float_pointer_node;

  tree const_intQI_node;
  tree const_intHI_node;
  tree const_intSI_node;
  tree const_intDI_node;
  tree const_float_node;

  tree const_intQI_pointer_node;
  tree const_intHI_pointer_node;
  tree const_intSI_pointer_node;
  tree const_intDI_pointer_node;
  tree const_float_pointer_node;

  tree V8QI_type_node;
  tree V4HI_type_node;
  tree V2SI_type_node;
  tree V2SF_type_node;
  tree V16QI_type_node;
  tree V8HI_type_node;
  tree V4SI_type_node;
  tree V4SF_type_node;
  tree V2DI_type_node;

  tree intUQI_type_node;
  tree intUHI_type_node;
  tree intUSI_type_node;
  tree intUDI_type_node;

  tree intEI_type_node;
  tree intOI_type_node;
  tree intCI_type_node;
  tree intXI_type_node;

  tree V8QI_pointer_node;
  tree V4HI_pointer_node;
  tree V2SI_pointer_node;
  tree V2SF_pointer_node;
  tree V16QI_pointer_node;
  tree V8HI_pointer_node;
  tree V4SI_pointer_node;
  tree V4SF_pointer_node;
  tree V2DI_pointer_node;

  tree void_ftype_pv8qi_v8qi_v8qi;
  tree void_ftype_pv4hi_v4hi_v4hi;
  tree void_ftype_pv2si_v2si_v2si;
  tree void_ftype_pv2sf_v2sf_v2sf;
  tree void_ftype_pdi_di_di;
  tree void_ftype_pv16qi_v16qi_v16qi;
  tree void_ftype_pv8hi_v8hi_v8hi;
  tree void_ftype_pv4si_v4si_v4si;
  tree void_ftype_pv4sf_v4sf_v4sf;
  tree void_ftype_pv2di_v2di_v2di;

  tree reinterp_ftype_dreg[5][5];
  tree reinterp_ftype_qreg[5][5];
  tree dreg_types[5], qreg_types[5];

  /* Create distinguished type nodes for NEON vector element types,
     and pointers to values of such types, so we can detect them later.  */
  neon_intQI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (QImode));
  neon_intHI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (HImode));
  neon_polyQI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (QImode));
  neon_polyHI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (HImode));
  neon_intSI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (SImode));
  neon_intDI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (DImode));
  neon_float_type_node = make_node (REAL_TYPE);
  TYPE_PRECISION (neon_float_type_node) = FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE;
  layout_type (neon_float_type_node);

  /* Define typedefs which exactly correspond to the modes we are basing vector
     types on.  If you change these names you'll need to change
     the table used by arm_mangle_type too.  */
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_intQI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_qi");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_intHI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_hi");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_intSI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_si");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_float_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_sf");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_intDI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_di");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_polyQI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_poly8");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_polyHI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_poly16");

  intQI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_intQI_type_node);
  intHI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_intHI_type_node);
  intSI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_intSI_type_node);
  intDI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_intDI_type_node);
  float_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_float_type_node);

  /* Next create constant-qualified versions of the above types.  */
  const_intQI_node = build_qualified_type (neon_intQI_type_node,
                                           TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
  const_intHI_node = build_qualified_type (neon_intHI_type_node,
                                           TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
  const_intSI_node = build_qualified_type (neon_intSI_type_node,
                                           TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
  const_intDI_node = build_qualified_type (neon_intDI_type_node,
                                           TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
  const_float_node = build_qualified_type (neon_float_type_node,
                                           TYPE_QUAL_CONST);

  const_intQI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_intQI_node);
  const_intHI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_intHI_node);
  const_intSI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_intSI_node);
  const_intDI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_intDI_node);
  const_float_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_float_node);

  /* Now create vector types based on our NEON element types.  */
  /* 64-bit vectors.  */
  V8QI_type_node =
    build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intQI_type_node, V8QImode);
  V4HI_type_node =
    build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intHI_type_node, V4HImode);
  V2SI_type_node =
    build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intSI_type_node, V2SImode);
  V2SF_type_node =
    build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_float_type_node, V2SFmode);
  /* 128-bit vectors.  */
  V16QI_type_node =
    build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intQI_type_node, V16QImode);
  V8HI_type_node =
    build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intHI_type_node, V8HImode);
  V4SI_type_node =
    build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intSI_type_node, V4SImode);
  V4SF_type_node =
    build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_float_type_node, V4SFmode);
  V2DI_type_node =
    build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intDI_type_node, V2DImode);

  /* Unsigned integer types for various mode sizes.  */
  intUQI_type_node = make_unsigned_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (QImode));
  intUHI_type_node = make_unsigned_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (HImode));
  intUSI_type_node = make_unsigned_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (SImode));
  intUDI_type_node = make_unsigned_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (DImode));

  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intUQI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_uqi");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intUHI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_uhi");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intUSI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_usi");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intUDI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_udi");

  /* Opaque integer types for structures of vectors.  */
  intEI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (EImode));
  intOI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (OImode));
  intCI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (CImode));
  intXI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (XImode));

  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intTI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_ti");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intEI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_ei");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intOI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_oi");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intCI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_ci");
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intXI_type_node,
                                             "__builtin_neon_xi");

  /* Pointers to vector types.  */
  V8QI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V8QI_type_node);
  V4HI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V4HI_type_node);
  V2SI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V2SI_type_node);
  V2SF_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V2SF_type_node);
  V16QI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V16QI_type_node);
  V8HI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V8HI_type_node);
  V4SI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V4SI_type_node);
  V4SF_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V4SF_type_node);
  V2DI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V2DI_type_node);

  /* Operations which return results as pairs.  */
  void_ftype_pv8qi_v8qi_v8qi =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V8QI_pointer_node, V8QI_type_node,
                              V8QI_type_node, NULL);
  void_ftype_pv4hi_v4hi_v4hi =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V4HI_pointer_node, V4HI_type_node,
                              V4HI_type_node, NULL);
  void_ftype_pv2si_v2si_v2si =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V2SI_pointer_node, V2SI_type_node,
                              V2SI_type_node, NULL);
  void_ftype_pv2sf_v2sf_v2sf =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V2SF_pointer_node, V2SF_type_node,
                              V2SF_type_node, NULL);
  void_ftype_pdi_di_di =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, intDI_pointer_node,
                              neon_intDI_type_node, neon_intDI_type_node, NULL);
  void_ftype_pv16qi_v16qi_v16qi =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V16QI_pointer_node,
                              V16QI_type_node, V16QI_type_node, NULL);
  void_ftype_pv8hi_v8hi_v8hi =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V8HI_pointer_node, V8HI_type_node,
                              V8HI_type_node, NULL);
  void_ftype_pv4si_v4si_v4si =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V4SI_pointer_node, V4SI_type_node,
                              V4SI_type_node, NULL);
  void_ftype_pv4sf_v4sf_v4sf =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V4SF_pointer_node, V4SF_type_node,
                              V4SF_type_node, NULL);
  void_ftype_pv2di_v2di_v2di =
    build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V2DI_pointer_node, V2DI_type_node,
                              V2DI_type_node, NULL);

  dreg_types[0] = V8QI_type_node;
  dreg_types[1] = V4HI_type_node;
  dreg_types[2] = V2SI_type_node;
  dreg_types[3] = V2SF_type_node;
  dreg_types[4] = neon_intDI_type_node;

  qreg_types[0] = V16QI_type_node;
  qreg_types[1] = V8HI_type_node;
  qreg_types[2] = V4SI_type_node;
  qreg_types[3] = V4SF_type_node;
  qreg_types[4] = V2DI_type_node;

  for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
    {
      int j;
      for (j = 0; j < 5; j++)
        {
          reinterp_ftype_dreg[i][j]
            = build_function_type_list (dreg_types[i], dreg_types[j], NULL);
          reinterp_ftype_qreg[i][j]
            = build_function_type_list (qreg_types[i], qreg_types[j], NULL);
        }
    }

  for (i = 0, fcode = ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE;
       i < ARRAY_SIZE (neon_builtin_data);
       i++, fcode++)
    {
      neon_builtin_datum *d = &neon_builtin_data[i];

      const char* const modenames[] = {
        "v8qi", "v4hi", "v2si", "v2sf", "di",
        "v16qi", "v8hi", "v4si", "v4sf", "v2di",
        "ti", "ei", "oi"
      };
      char namebuf[60];
      tree ftype = NULL;
      int is_load = 0, is_store = 0;

      gcc_assert (ARRAY_SIZE (modenames) == T_MAX);

      d->fcode = fcode;

      switch (d->itype)
        {
        case NEON_LOAD1:
        case NEON_LOAD1LANE:
        case NEON_LOADSTRUCT:
        case NEON_LOADSTRUCTLANE:
          is_load = 1;
          /* Fall through.  */
        case NEON_STORE1:
        case NEON_STORE1LANE:
        case NEON_STORESTRUCT:
        case NEON_STORESTRUCTLANE:
          if (!is_load)
            is_store = 1;
          /* Fall through.  */
        case NEON_UNOP:
        case NEON_BINOP:
        case NEON_LOGICBINOP:
        case NEON_SHIFTINSERT:
        case NEON_TERNOP:
        case NEON_GETLANE:
        case NEON_SETLANE:
        case NEON_CREATE:
        case NEON_DUP:
        case NEON_DUPLANE:
        case NEON_SHIFTIMM:
        case NEON_SHIFTACC:
        case NEON_COMBINE:
        case NEON_SPLIT:
        case NEON_CONVERT:
        case NEON_FIXCONV:
        case NEON_LANEMUL:
        case NEON_LANEMULL:
        case NEON_LANEMULH:
        case NEON_LANEMAC:
        case NEON_SCALARMUL:
        case NEON_SCALARMULL:
        case NEON_SCALARMULH:
        case NEON_SCALARMAC:
        case NEON_SELECT:
        case NEON_VTBL:
        case NEON_VTBX:
          {
            int k;
            tree return_type = void_type_node, args = void_list_node;

            /* Build a function type directly from the insn_data for
               this builtin.  The build_function_type() function takes
               care of removing duplicates for us.  */
            for (k = insn_data[d->code].n_generator_args - 1; k >= 0; k--)
              {
                tree eltype;

                if (is_load && k == 1)
                  {
                    /* Neon load patterns always have the memory
                       operand in the operand 1 position.  */
                    gcc_assert (insn_data[d->code].operand[k].predicate
                                == neon_struct_operand);

                    switch (d->mode)
                      {
                      case T_V8QI:
                      case T_V16QI:
                        eltype = const_intQI_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      case T_V4HI:
                      case T_V8HI:
                        eltype = const_intHI_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      case T_V2SI:
                      case T_V4SI:
                        eltype = const_intSI_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      case T_V2SF:
                      case T_V4SF:
                        eltype = const_float_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      case T_DI:
                      case T_V2DI:
                        eltype = const_intDI_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      default: gcc_unreachable ();
                      }
                  }
                else if (is_store && k == 0)
                  {
                    /* Similarly, Neon store patterns use operand 0 as
                       the memory location to store to.  */
                    gcc_assert (insn_data[d->code].operand[k].predicate
                                == neon_struct_operand);

                    switch (d->mode)
                      {
                      case T_V8QI:
                      case T_V16QI:
                        eltype = intQI_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      case T_V4HI:
                      case T_V8HI:
                        eltype = intHI_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      case T_V2SI:
                      case T_V4SI:
                        eltype = intSI_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      case T_V2SF:
                      case T_V4SF:
                        eltype = float_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      case T_DI:
                      case T_V2DI:
                        eltype = intDI_pointer_node;
                        break;

                      default: gcc_unreachable ();
                      }
                  }
                else
                  {
                    switch (insn_data[d->code].operand[k].mode)
                      {
                      case VOIDmode: eltype = void_type_node; break;
                        /* Scalars.  */
                      case QImode: eltype = neon_intQI_type_node; break;
                      case HImode: eltype = neon_intHI_type_node; break;
                      case SImode: eltype = neon_intSI_type_node; break;
                      case SFmode: eltype = neon_float_type_node; break;
                      case DImode: eltype = neon_intDI_type_node; break;
                      case TImode: eltype = intTI_type_node; break;
                      case EImode: eltype = intEI_type_node; break;
                      case OImode: eltype = intOI_type_node; break;
                      case CImode: eltype = intCI_type_node; break;
                      case XImode: eltype = intXI_type_node; break;
                        /* 64-bit vectors.  */
                      case V8QImode: eltype = V8QI_type_node; break;
                      case V4HImode: eltype = V4HI_type_node; break;
                      case V2SImode: eltype = V2SI_type_node; break;
                      case V2SFmode: eltype = V2SF_type_node; break;
                        /* 128-bit vectors.  */
                      case V16QImode: eltype = V16QI_type_node; break;
                      case V8HImode: eltype = V8HI_type_node; break;
                      case V4SImode: eltype = V4SI_type_node; break;
                      case V4SFmode: eltype = V4SF_type_node; break;
                      case V2DImode: eltype = V2DI_type_node; break;
                      default: gcc_unreachable ();
                      }
                  }

                if (k == 0 && !is_store)
                  return_type = eltype;
                else
                  args = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, eltype, args);
              }

            ftype = build_function_type (return_type, args);
          }
          break;

        case NEON_RESULTPAIR:
          {
            switch (insn_data[d->code].operand[1].mode)
              {
              case V8QImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv8qi_v8qi_v8qi; break;
              case V4HImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv4hi_v4hi_v4hi; break;
              case V2SImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv2si_v2si_v2si; break;
              case V2SFmode: ftype = void_ftype_pv2sf_v2sf_v2sf; break;
              case DImode: ftype = void_ftype_pdi_di_di; break;
              case V16QImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv16qi_v16qi_v16qi; break;
              case V8HImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv8hi_v8hi_v8hi; break;
              case V4SImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv4si_v4si_v4si; break;
              case V4SFmode: ftype = void_ftype_pv4sf_v4sf_v4sf; break;
              case V2DImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv2di_v2di_v2di; break;
              default: gcc_unreachable ();
              }
          }
          break;

        case NEON_REINTERP:
          {
            /* We iterate over 5 doubleword types, then 5 quadword
               types.  */
            int rhs = d->mode % 5;
            switch (insn_data[d->code].operand[0].mode)
              {
              case V8QImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[0][rhs]; break;
              case V4HImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[1][rhs]; break;
              case V2SImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[2][rhs]; break;
              case V2SFmode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[3][rhs]; break;
              case DImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[4][rhs]; break;
              case V16QImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[0][rhs]; break;
              case V8HImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[1][rhs]; break;
              case V4SImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[2][rhs]; break;
              case V4SFmode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[3][rhs]; break;
              case V2DImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[4][rhs]; break;
              default: gcc_unreachable ();
              }
          }
          break;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }

      gcc_assert (ftype != NULL);

      sprintf (namebuf, "__builtin_neon_%s%s", d->name, modenames[d->mode]);

      decl = add_builtin_function (namebuf, ftype, fcode, BUILT_IN_MD, NULL,
                                   NULL_TREE);
      arm_builtin_decls[fcode] = decl;
    }
}

#define def_mbuiltin(MASK, NAME, TYPE, CODE)                            \
  do                                                                    \
    {                                                                   \
      if ((MASK) & insn_flags)                                          \
        {                                                               \
          tree bdecl;                                                   \
          bdecl = add_builtin_function ((NAME), (TYPE), (CODE),         \
                                        BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL_TREE);  \
          arm_builtin_decls[CODE] = bdecl;                              \
        }                                                               \
    }                                                                   \
  while (0)
  
struct builtin_description
{
  const unsigned int       mask;
  const enum insn_code     icode;
  const char * const       name;
  const enum arm_builtins  code;
  const enum rtx_code      comparison;
  const unsigned int       flag;
};
  
static const struct builtin_description bdesc_2arg[] =
{
#define IWMMXT_BUILTIN(code, string, builtin) \
  { FL_IWMMXT, CODE_FOR_##code, "__builtin_arm_" string, \
    ARM_BUILTIN_##builtin, UNKNOWN, 0 },
  
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (addv8qi3, "waddb", WADDB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (addv4hi3, "waddh", WADDH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (addv2si3, "waddw", WADDW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (subv8qi3, "wsubb", WSUBB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (subv4hi3, "wsubh", WSUBH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (subv2si3, "wsubw", WSUBW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ssaddv8qi3, "waddbss", WADDSSB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ssaddv4hi3, "waddhss", WADDSSH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ssaddv2si3, "waddwss", WADDSSW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sssubv8qi3, "wsubbss", WSUBSSB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sssubv4hi3, "wsubhss", WSUBSSH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sssubv2si3, "wsubwss", WSUBSSW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (usaddv8qi3, "waddbus", WADDUSB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (usaddv4hi3, "waddhus", WADDUSH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (usaddv2si3, "waddwus", WADDUSW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ussubv8qi3, "wsubbus", WSUBUSB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ussubv4hi3, "wsubhus", WSUBUSH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ussubv2si3, "wsubwus", WSUBUSW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (mulv4hi3, "wmulul", WMULUL)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smulv4hi3_highpart, "wmulsm", WMULSM)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umulv4hi3_highpart, "wmulum", WMULUM)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (eqv8qi3, "wcmpeqb", WCMPEQB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (eqv4hi3, "wcmpeqh", WCMPEQH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (eqv2si3, "wcmpeqw", WCMPEQW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtuv8qi3, "wcmpgtub", WCMPGTUB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtuv4hi3, "wcmpgtuh", WCMPGTUH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtuv2si3, "wcmpgtuw", WCMPGTUW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtv8qi3, "wcmpgtsb", WCMPGTSB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtv4hi3, "wcmpgtsh", WCMPGTSH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtv2si3, "wcmpgtsw", WCMPGTSW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umaxv8qi3, "wmaxub", WMAXUB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smaxv8qi3, "wmaxsb", WMAXSB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umaxv4hi3, "wmaxuh", WMAXUH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smaxv4hi3, "wmaxsh", WMAXSH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umaxv2si3, "wmaxuw", WMAXUW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smaxv2si3, "wmaxsw", WMAXSW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (uminv8qi3, "wminub", WMINUB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sminv8qi3, "wminsb", WMINSB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (uminv4hi3, "wminuh", WMINUH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sminv4hi3, "wminsh", WMINSH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (uminv2si3, "wminuw", WMINUW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sminv2si3, "wminsw", WMINSW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_anddi3, "wand", WAND)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_nanddi3, "wandn", WANDN)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_iordi3, "wor", WOR)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_xordi3, "wxor", WXOR)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgv8qi3, "wavg2b", WAVG2B)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgv4hi3, "wavg2h", WAVG2H)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgrndv8qi3, "wavg2br", WAVG2BR)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgrndv4hi3, "wavg2hr", WAVG2HR)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckilb, "wunpckilb", WUNPCKILB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckilh, "wunpckilh", WUNPCKILH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckilw, "wunpckilw", WUNPCKILW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckihb, "wunpckihb", WUNPCKIHB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckihh, "wunpckihh", WUNPCKIHH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckihw, "wunpckihw", WUNPCKIHW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wmadds, "wmadds", WMADDS)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wmaddu, "wmaddu", WMADDU)
  
#define IWMMXT_BUILTIN2(code, builtin) \
  { FL_IWMMXT, CODE_FOR_##code, NULL, ARM_BUILTIN_##builtin, UNKNOWN, 0 },
  
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackhss, WPACKHSS)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackwss, WPACKWSS)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackdss, WPACKDSS)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackhus, WPACKHUS)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackwus, WPACKWUS)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackdus, WPACKDUS)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv4hi3_di,    WSLLH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv4hi3_iwmmxt, WSLLHI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv2si3_di,    WSLLW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv2si3_iwmmxt, WSLLWI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashldi3_di,      WSLLD)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashldi3_iwmmxt,  WSLLDI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv4hi3_di,    WSRLH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv4hi3_iwmmxt, WSRLHI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv2si3_di,    WSRLW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv2si3_iwmmxt, WSRLWI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrdi3_di,      WSRLD)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrdi3_iwmmxt,  WSRLDI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv4hi3_di,    WSRAH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv4hi3_iwmmxt, WSRAHI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv2si3_di,    WSRAW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv2si3_iwmmxt, WSRAWI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrdi3_di,      WSRAD)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrdi3_iwmmxt,  WSRADI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv4hi3_di,     WRORH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv4hi3,        WRORHI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv2si3_di,     WRORW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv2si3,        WRORWI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rordi3_di,       WRORD)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rordi3,          WRORDI)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wmacuz,   WMACUZ)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wmacsz,   WMACSZ)
};
  
static const struct builtin_description bdesc_1arg[] =
{
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_tmovmskb, "tmovmskb", TMOVMSKB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_tmovmskh, "tmovmskh", TMOVMSKH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_tmovmskw, "tmovmskw", TMOVMSKW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_waccb, "waccb", WACCB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wacch, "wacch", WACCH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_waccw, "waccw", WACCW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehub, "wunpckehub", WUNPCKEHUB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehuh, "wunpckehuh", WUNPCKEHUH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehuw, "wunpckehuw", WUNPCKEHUW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehsb, "wunpckehsb", WUNPCKEHSB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehsh, "wunpckehsh", WUNPCKEHSH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehsw, "wunpckehsw", WUNPCKEHSW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelub, "wunpckelub", WUNPCKELUB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckeluh, "wunpckeluh", WUNPCKELUH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckeluw, "wunpckeluw", WUNPCKELUW)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelsb, "wunpckelsb", WUNPCKELSB)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelsh, "wunpckelsh", WUNPCKELSH)
  IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelsw, "wunpckelsw", WUNPCKELSW)
};
  
/* Set up all the iWMMXt builtins.  This is not called if
   TARGET_IWMMXT is zero.  */

static void
arm_init_iwmmxt_builtins (void)
{
  const struct builtin_description * d;
  size_t i;

  tree V2SI_type_node = build_vector_type_for_mode (intSI_type_node, V2SImode);
  tree V4HI_type_node = build_vector_type_for_mode (intHI_type_node, V4HImode);
  tree V8QI_type_node = build_vector_type_for_mode (intQI_type_node, V8QImode);

  tree int_ftype_int
    = build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
                                integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_int
    = build_function_type_list (V8QI_type_node,
                                V8QI_type_node, V8QI_type_node,
                                integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int
    = build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v2si_ftype_v2si_int
    = build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
                                V2SI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v2si_ftype_di_di
    = build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
                                long_long_integer_type_node,
                                long_long_integer_type_node,
                                NULL_TREE);
  tree di_ftype_di_int
    = build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
                                long_long_integer_type_node,
                                integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree di_ftype_di_int_int
    = build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
                                long_long_integer_type_node,
                                integer_type_node,
                                integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree int_ftype_v8qi
    = build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
                                V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree int_ftype_v4hi
    = build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree int_ftype_v2si
    = build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
                                V2SI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree int_ftype_v8qi_int
    = build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
                                V8QI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree int_ftype_v4hi_int
    = build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree int_ftype_v2si_int
    = build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
                                V2SI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_int_int
    = build_function_type_list (V8QI_type_node,
                                V8QI_type_node, integer_type_node,
                                integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int_int
    = build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, integer_type_node,
                                integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v2si_ftype_v2si_int_int
    = build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
                                V2SI_type_node, integer_type_node,
                                integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  /* Miscellaneous.  */
  tree v8qi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
    = build_function_type_list (V8QI_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v4hi_ftype_v2si_v2si
    = build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
                                V2SI_type_node, V2SI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v2si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
    = build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v2si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi
    = build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
                                V8QI_type_node, V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di
    = build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, long_long_integer_type_node,
                                NULL_TREE);
  tree v2si_ftype_v2si_di
    = build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
                                V2SI_type_node, long_long_integer_type_node,
                                NULL_TREE);
  tree void_ftype_int_int
    = build_function_type_list (void_type_node,
                                integer_type_node, integer_type_node,
                                NULL_TREE);
  tree di_ftype_void
    = build_function_type_list (long_long_unsigned_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree di_ftype_v8qi
    = build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
                                V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree di_ftype_v4hi
    = build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree di_ftype_v2si
    = build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
                                V2SI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v2si_ftype_v4hi
    = build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v4hi_ftype_v8qi
    = build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
                                V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);

  tree di_ftype_di_v4hi_v4hi
    = build_function_type_list (long_long_unsigned_type_node,
                                long_long_unsigned_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node, V4HI_type_node,
                                NULL_TREE);

  tree di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
    = build_function_type_list (long_long_unsigned_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node,V4HI_type_node,
                                NULL_TREE);
  
  /* Normal vector binops.  */
  tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi
    = build_function_type_list (V8QI_type_node,
                                V8QI_type_node, V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
    = build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
                                V4HI_type_node,V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si
    = build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
                                V2SI_type_node, V2SI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
  tree di_ftype_di_di
    = build_function_type_list (long_long_unsigned_type_node,
                                long_long_unsigned_type_node,
                                long_long_unsigned_type_node,
                                NULL_TREE);
  
  /* Add all builtins that are more or less simple operations on two
     operands.  */
  for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg); i++, d++)
    {
      /* Use one of the operands; the target can have a different mode for
         mask-generating compares.  */
      enum machine_mode mode;
      tree type;

      if (d->name == 0)
        continue;

      mode = insn_data[d->icode].operand[1].mode;

      switch (mode)
        {
        case V8QImode:
          type = v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi;
          break;
        case V4HImode:
          type = v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi;
          break;
        case V2SImode:
          type = v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si;
          break;
        case DImode:
          type = di_ftype_di_di;
          break;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }

      def_mbuiltin (d->mask, d->name, type, d->code);
    }

  /* Add the remaining MMX insns with somewhat more complicated types.  */
#define iwmmx_mbuiltin(NAME, TYPE, CODE)                        \
  def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT, "__builtin_arm_" NAME, (TYPE),       \
                ARM_BUILTIN_ ## CODE)

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wzero", di_ftype_void, WZERO);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("setwcx", void_ftype_int_int, SETWCX);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("getwcx", int_ftype_int, GETWCX);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsllh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di, WSLLH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsllw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di, WSLLW);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wslld", di_ftype_di_di, WSLLD);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsllhi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WSLLHI);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsllwi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int, WSLLWI);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wslldi", di_ftype_di_int, WSLLDI);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrlh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di, WSRLH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrlw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di, WSRLW);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrld", di_ftype_di_di, WSRLD);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrlhi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WSRLHI);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrlwi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int, WSRLWI);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrldi", di_ftype_di_int, WSRLDI);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrah", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di, WSRAH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsraw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di, WSRAW);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrad", di_ftype_di_di, WSRAD);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrahi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WSRAHI);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrawi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int, WSRAWI);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsradi", di_ftype_di_int, WSRADI);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrorh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di, WRORH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrorw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di, WRORW);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrord", di_ftype_di_di, WRORD);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrorhi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WRORHI);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrorwi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int, WRORWI);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrordi", di_ftype_di_int, WRORDI);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wshufh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WSHUFH);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsadb", v2si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi, WSADB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsadh", v2si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WSADH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsadbz", v2si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi, WSADBZ);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsadhz", v2si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WSADHZ);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmsb", int_ftype_v8qi_int, TEXTRMSB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmsh", int_ftype_v4hi_int, TEXTRMSH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmsw", int_ftype_v2si_int, TEXTRMSW);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmub", int_ftype_v8qi_int, TEXTRMUB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmuh", int_ftype_v4hi_int, TEXTRMUH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmuw", int_ftype_v2si_int, TEXTRMUW);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tinsrb", v8qi_ftype_v8qi_int_int, TINSRB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tinsrh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int_int, TINSRH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tinsrw", v2si_ftype_v2si_int_int, TINSRW);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("waccb", di_ftype_v8qi, WACCB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wacch", di_ftype_v4hi, WACCH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("waccw", di_ftype_v2si, WACCW);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmovmskb", int_ftype_v8qi, TMOVMSKB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmovmskh", int_ftype_v4hi, TMOVMSKH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmovmskw", int_ftype_v2si, TMOVMSKW);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackhss", v8qi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WPACKHSS);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackhus", v8qi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WPACKHUS);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackwus", v4hi_ftype_v2si_v2si, WPACKWUS);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackwss", v4hi_ftype_v2si_v2si, WPACKWSS);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackdus", v2si_ftype_di_di, WPACKDUS);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackdss", v2si_ftype_di_di, WPACKDSS);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehub", v4hi_ftype_v8qi, WUNPCKEHUB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehuh", v2si_ftype_v4hi, WUNPCKEHUH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehuw", di_ftype_v2si, WUNPCKEHUW);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehsb", v4hi_ftype_v8qi, WUNPCKEHSB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehsh", v2si_ftype_v4hi, WUNPCKEHSH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehsw", di_ftype_v2si, WUNPCKEHSW);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckelub", v4hi_ftype_v8qi, WUNPCKELUB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckeluh", v2si_ftype_v4hi, WUNPCKELUH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckeluw", di_ftype_v2si, WUNPCKELUW);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckelsb", v4hi_ftype_v8qi, WUNPCKELSB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckelsh", v2si_ftype_v4hi, WUNPCKELSH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckelsw", di_ftype_v2si, WUNPCKELSW);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wmacs", di_ftype_di_v4hi_v4hi, WMACS);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wmacsz", di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WMACSZ);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wmacu", di_ftype_di_v4hi_v4hi, WMACU);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wmacuz", di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WMACUZ);

  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("walign", v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_int, WALIGN);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmia", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIA);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiaph", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIAPH);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiabb", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIABB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiabt", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIABT);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiatb", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIATB);
  iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiatt", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIATT);

#undef iwmmx_mbuiltin
}

static void
arm_init_tls_builtins (void)
{
  tree ftype, decl;

  ftype = build_function_type (ptr_type_node, void_list_node);
  decl = add_builtin_function ("__builtin_thread_pointer", ftype,
                               ARM_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER, BUILT_IN_MD,
                               NULL, NULL_TREE);
  TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = 1;
  TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
  arm_builtin_decls[ARM_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER] = decl;
}

static void
arm_init_fp16_builtins (void)
{
  tree fp16_type = make_node (REAL_TYPE);
  TYPE_PRECISION (fp16_type) = 16;
  layout_type (fp16_type);
  (*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (fp16_type, "__fp16");
}

static void
arm_init_builtins (void)
{
  arm_init_tls_builtins ();

  if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
    arm_init_iwmmxt_builtins ();

  if (TARGET_NEON)
    arm_init_neon_builtins ();

  if (arm_fp16_format)
    arm_init_fp16_builtins ();
}

/* Return the ARM builtin for CODE.  */

static tree
arm_builtin_decl (unsigned code, bool initialize_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (code >= ARM_BUILTIN_MAX)
    return error_mark_node;

  return arm_builtin_decls[code];
}

/* Implement TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE.  */

static const char *
arm_invalid_parameter_type (const_tree t)
{
  if (SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (t) && TYPE_PRECISION (t) == 16)
    return N_("function parameters cannot have __fp16 type");
  return NULL;
}

/* Implement TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE.  */

static const char *
arm_invalid_return_type (const_tree t)
{
  if (SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (t) && TYPE_PRECISION (t) == 16)
    return N_("functions cannot return __fp16 type");
  return NULL;
}

/* Implement TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE.  */

static tree
arm_promoted_type (const_tree t)
{
  if (SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (t) && TYPE_PRECISION (t) == 16)
    return float_type_node;
  return NULL_TREE;
}

/* Implement TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE.
   Specifically, this hook implements the peculiarity of the ARM
   half-precision floating-point C semantics that requires conversions between
   __fp16 to or from double to do an intermediate conversion to float.  */

static tree
arm_convert_to_type (tree type, tree expr)
{
  tree fromtype = TREE_TYPE (expr);
  if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (fromtype) || !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type))
    return NULL_TREE;
  if ((TYPE_PRECISION (fromtype) == 16 && TYPE_PRECISION (type) > 32)
      || (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 16 && TYPE_PRECISION (fromtype) > 32))
    return convert (type, convert (float_type_node, expr));
  return NULL_TREE;
}

/* Implement TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P.
   This simply adds HFmode as a supported mode; even though we don't
   implement arithmetic on this type directly, it's supported by
   optabs conversions, much the way the double-word arithmetic is
   special-cased in the default hook.  */

static bool
arm_scalar_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (mode == HFmode)
    return (arm_fp16_format != ARM_FP16_FORMAT_NONE);
  else
    return default_scalar_mode_supported_p (mode);
}

/* Errors in the source file can cause expand_expr to return const0_rtx
   where we expect a vector.  To avoid crashing, use one of the vector
   clear instructions.  */

static rtx
safe_vector_operand (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (x != const0_rtx)
    return x;
  x = gen_reg_rtx (mode);

  emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_clrdi (mode == DImode ? x
                               : gen_rtx_SUBREG (DImode, x, 0)));
  return x;
}

/* Subroutine of arm_expand_builtin to take care of binop insns.  */

static rtx
arm_expand_binop_builtin (enum insn_code icode,
                          tree exp, rtx target)
{
  rtx pat;
  tree arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
  tree arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
  rtx op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
  rtx op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
  enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
  enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
  enum machine_mode mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;

  if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode0))
    op0 = safe_vector_operand (op0, mode0);
  if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode1))
    op1 = safe_vector_operand (op1, mode1);

  if (! target
      || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
      || ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
    target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);

  gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op0) == mode0 && GET_MODE (op1) == mode1);

  if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
    op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
  if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
    op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);

  pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
  if (! pat)
    return 0;
  emit_insn (pat);
  return target;
}

/* Subroutine of arm_expand_builtin to take care of unop insns.  */

static rtx
arm_expand_unop_builtin (enum insn_code icode,
                         tree exp, rtx target, int do_load)
{
  rtx pat;
  tree arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
  rtx op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
  enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
  enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;

  if (! target
      || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
      || ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
    target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
  if (do_load)
    op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode0, copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, op0));
  else
    {
      if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode0))
        op0 = safe_vector_operand (op0, mode0);

      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
    }

  pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
  if (! pat)
    return 0;
  emit_insn (pat);
  return target;
}

typedef enum {
  NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
  NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
  NEON_ARG_MEMORY,
  NEON_ARG_STOP
} builtin_arg;

#define NEON_MAX_BUILTIN_ARGS 5

/* EXP is a pointer argument to a Neon load or store intrinsic.  Derive
   and return an expression for the accessed memory.

   The intrinsic function operates on a block of registers that has
   mode REG_MODE.  This block contains vectors of type TYPE_MODE.
   The function references the memory at EXP in mode MEM_MODE;
   this mode may be BLKmode if no more suitable mode is available.  */

static tree
neon_dereference_pointer (tree exp, enum machine_mode mem_mode,
                          enum machine_mode reg_mode,
                          neon_builtin_type_mode type_mode)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT reg_size, vector_size, nvectors, nelems;
  tree elem_type, upper_bound, array_type;

  /* Work out the size of the register block in bytes.  */
  reg_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_mode);

  /* Work out the size of each vector in bytes.  */
  gcc_assert (TYPE_MODE_BIT (type_mode) & (TB_DREG | TB_QREG));
  vector_size = (TYPE_MODE_BIT (type_mode) & TB_QREG ? 16 : 8);

  /* Work out how many vectors there are.  */
  gcc_assert (reg_size % vector_size == 0);
  nvectors = reg_size / vector_size;

  /* Work out how many elements are being loaded or stored.
     MEM_MODE == REG_MODE implies a one-to-one mapping between register
     and memory elements; anything else implies a lane load or store.  */
  if (mem_mode == reg_mode)
    nelems = vector_size * nvectors;
  else
    nelems = nvectors;

  /* Work out the type of each element.  */
  gcc_assert (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
  elem_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp));

  /* Create a type that describes the full access.  */
  upper_bound = build_int_cst (size_type_node, nelems - 1);
  array_type = build_array_type (elem_type, build_index_type (upper_bound));

  /* Dereference EXP using that type.  */
  exp = convert (build_pointer_type (array_type), exp);
  return fold_build2 (MEM_REF, array_type, exp,
                      build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (exp), 0));
}

/* Expand a Neon builtin.  */
static rtx
arm_expand_neon_args (rtx target, int icode, int have_retval,
                      neon_builtin_type_mode type_mode,
                      tree exp, ...)
{
  va_list ap;
  rtx pat;
  tree arg[NEON_MAX_BUILTIN_ARGS];
  rtx op[NEON_MAX_BUILTIN_ARGS];
  enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
  enum machine_mode mode[NEON_MAX_BUILTIN_ARGS];
  enum machine_mode other_mode;
  int argc = 0;
  int opno;

  if (have_retval
      && (!target
          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
          || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode)))
    target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);

  va_start (ap, exp);

  for (;;)
    {
      builtin_arg thisarg = (builtin_arg) va_arg (ap, int);

      if (thisarg == NEON_ARG_STOP)
        break;
      else
        {
          opno = argc + have_retval;
          mode[argc] = insn_data[icode].operand[opno].mode;
          arg[argc] = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, argc);
          if (thisarg == NEON_ARG_MEMORY)
            {
              other_mode = insn_data[icode].operand[1 - opno].mode;
              arg[argc] = neon_dereference_pointer (arg[argc], mode[argc],
                                                    other_mode, type_mode);
            }
          op[argc] = expand_normal (arg[argc]);

          switch (thisarg)
            {
            case NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG:
              /*gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op[argc]) == mode[argc]);*/
              if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[opno].predicate)
                     (op[argc], mode[argc]))
                op[argc] = copy_to_mode_reg (mode[argc], op[argc]);
              break;

            case NEON_ARG_CONSTANT:
              /* FIXME: This error message is somewhat unhelpful.  */
              if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[opno].predicate)
                    (op[argc], mode[argc]))
                error ("argument must be a constant");
              break;

            case NEON_ARG_MEMORY:
              gcc_assert (MEM_P (op[argc]));
              PUT_MODE (op[argc], mode[argc]);
              /* ??? arm_neon.h uses the same built-in functions for signed
                 and unsigned accesses, casting where necessary.  This isn't
                 alias safe.  */
              set_mem_alias_set (op[argc], 0);
              if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[opno].predicate)
                    (op[argc], mode[argc]))
                op[argc] = (replace_equiv_address
                            (op[argc], force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (op[argc], 0))));
              break;

            case NEON_ARG_STOP:
              gcc_unreachable ();
            }

          argc++;
        }
    }

  va_end (ap);

  if (have_retval)
    switch (argc)
      {
      case 1:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0]);
        break;

      case 2:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0], op[1]);
        break;

      case 3:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0], op[1], op[2]);
        break;

      case 4:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3]);
        break;

      case 5:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3], op[4]);
        break;

      default:
        gcc_unreachable ();
      }
  else
    switch (argc)
      {
      case 1:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0]);
        break;

      case 2:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1]);
        break;

      case 3:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2]);
        break;

      case 4:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3]);
        break;

      case 5:
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3], op[4]);
        break;

      default:
        gcc_unreachable ();
      }

  if (!pat)
    return 0;

  emit_insn (pat);

  return target;
}

/* Expand a Neon builtin. These are "special" because they don't have symbolic
   constants defined per-instruction or per instruction-variant. Instead, the
   required info is looked up in the table neon_builtin_data.  */
static rtx
arm_expand_neon_builtin (int fcode, tree exp, rtx target)
{
  neon_builtin_datum *d = &neon_builtin_data[fcode - ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE];
  neon_itype itype = d->itype;
  enum insn_code icode = d->code;
  neon_builtin_type_mode type_mode = d->mode;

  switch (itype)
    {
    case NEON_UNOP:
    case NEON_CONVERT:
    case NEON_DUPLANE:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_BINOP:
    case NEON_SETLANE:
    case NEON_SCALARMUL:
    case NEON_SCALARMULL:
    case NEON_SCALARMULH:
    case NEON_SHIFTINSERT:
    case NEON_LOGICBINOP:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
        NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_TERNOP:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
        NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_GETLANE:
    case NEON_FIXCONV:
    case NEON_SHIFTIMM:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
        NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_CREATE:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_DUP:
    case NEON_SPLIT:
    case NEON_REINTERP:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_COMBINE:
    case NEON_VTBL:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_RESULTPAIR:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 0, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
        NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_LANEMUL:
    case NEON_LANEMULL:
    case NEON_LANEMULH:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
        NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_LANEMAC:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
        NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_SHIFTACC:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
        NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_SCALARMAC:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
        NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_SELECT:
    case NEON_VTBX:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
        NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_LOAD1:
    case NEON_LOADSTRUCT:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_MEMORY, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_LOAD1LANE:
    case NEON_LOADSTRUCTLANE:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_MEMORY, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
        NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_STORE1:
    case NEON_STORESTRUCT:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 0, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_MEMORY, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_STOP);

    case NEON_STORE1LANE:
    case NEON_STORESTRUCTLANE:
      return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 0, type_mode, exp,
        NEON_ARG_MEMORY, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
        NEON_ARG_STOP);
    }

  gcc_unreachable ();
}

/* Emit code to reinterpret one Neon type as another, without altering bits.  */
void
neon_reinterpret (rtx dest, rtx src)
{
  emit_move_insn (dest, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (dest), src));
}

/* Emit code to place a Neon pair result in memory locations (with equal
   registers).  */
void
neon_emit_pair_result_insn (enum machine_mode mode,
                            rtx (*intfn) (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx), rtx destaddr,
                            rtx op1, rtx op2)
{
  rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, destaddr);
  rtx tmp1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
  rtx tmp2 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);

  emit_insn (intfn (tmp1, op1, op2, tmp2));

  emit_move_insn (mem, tmp1);
  mem = adjust_address (mem, mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
  emit_move_insn (mem, tmp2);
}

/* Set up operands for a register copy from src to dest, taking care not to
   clobber registers in the process.
   FIXME: This has rather high polynomial complexity (O(n^3)?) but shouldn't
   be called with a large N, so that should be OK.  */

void
neon_disambiguate_copy (rtx *operands, rtx *dest, rtx *src, unsigned int count)
{
  unsigned int copied = 0, opctr = 0;
  unsigned int done = (1 << count) - 1;
  unsigned int i, j;

  while (copied != done)
    {
      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
        {
          int good = 1;

          for (j = 0; good && j < count; j++)
            if (i != j && (copied & (1 << j)) == 0
                && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (src[j], dest[i]))
              good = 0;

          if (good)
            {
              operands[opctr++] = dest[i];
              operands[opctr++] = src[i];
              copied |= 1 << i;
            }
        }
    }

  gcc_assert (opctr == count * 2);
}

/* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
   with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
   (and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
   SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
   IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored.  */

static rtx
arm_expand_builtin (tree exp,
                    rtx target,
                    rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                    enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                    int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  const struct builtin_description * d;
  enum insn_code    icode;
  tree              fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (CALL_EXPR_FN (exp), 0);
  tree              arg0;
  tree              arg1;
  tree              arg2;
  rtx               op0;
  rtx               op1;
  rtx               op2;
  rtx               pat;
  int               fcode = DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl);
  size_t            i;
  enum machine_mode tmode;
  enum machine_mode mode0;
  enum machine_mode mode1;
  enum machine_mode mode2;

  if (fcode >= ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE)
    return arm_expand_neon_builtin (fcode, exp, target);

  switch (fcode)
    {
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSB:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUB:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSH:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUH:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSW:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUW:
      icode = (fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmsb
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmub
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSH ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmsh
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUH ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmuh
               : CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmw);

      arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
      arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
      op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
      op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
      tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
      mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;

      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
        {
          /* @@@ better error message */
          error ("selector must be an immediate");
          return gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
        }
      if (target == 0
          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
          || ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
        target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
      if (! pat)
        return 0;
      emit_insn (pat);
      return target;

    case ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRB:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRH:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRW:
      icode = (fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tinsrb
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRH ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tinsrh
               : CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tinsrw);
      arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
      arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
      arg2 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 2);
      op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
      op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
      op2 = expand_normal (arg2);
      tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
      mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
      mode2 = insn_data[icode].operand[3].mode;

      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
        op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[3].predicate) (op2, mode2))
        {
          /* @@@ better error message */
          error ("selector must be an immediate");
          return const0_rtx;
        }
      if (target == 0
          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
          || ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
        target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1, op2);
      if (! pat)
        return 0;
      emit_insn (pat);
      return target;

    case ARM_BUILTIN_SETWCX:
      arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
      arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
      op0 = force_reg (SImode, expand_normal (arg0));
      op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
      emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_tmcr (op1, op0));
      return 0;

    case ARM_BUILTIN_GETWCX:
      arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
      op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
      target = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
      emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_tmrc (target, op0));
      return target;

    case ARM_BUILTIN_WSHUFH:
      icode = CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wshufh;
      arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
      arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
      op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
      op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
      tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
      mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
      mode2 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;

      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode1))
        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op0);
      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode2))
        {
          /* @@@ better error message */
          error ("mask must be an immediate");
          return const0_rtx;
        }
      if (target == 0
          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
          || ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
        target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
      if (! pat)
        return 0;
      emit_insn (pat);
      return target;

    case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADB:
      return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadb, exp, target);
    case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADH:
      return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadh, exp, target);
    case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADBZ:
      return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadbz, exp, target);
    case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADHZ:
      return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadhz, exp, target);

      /* Several three-argument builtins.  */
    case ARM_BUILTIN_WMACS:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_WMACU:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_WALIGN:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIA:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIAPH:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATT:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATB:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABT:
    case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABB:
      icode = (fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_WMACS ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wmacs
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_WMACU ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wmacu
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIA ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmia
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIAPH ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiaph
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiabb
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABT ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiabt
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiatb
               : fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATT ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiatt
               : CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_walign);
      arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
      arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
      arg2 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 2);
      op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
      op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
      op2 = expand_normal (arg2);
      tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
      mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
      mode2 = insn_data[icode].operand[3].mode;

      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
        op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[3].predicate) (op2, mode2))
        op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode2, op2);
      if (target == 0
          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
          || ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
        target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1, op2);
      if (! pat)
        return 0;
      emit_insn (pat);
      return target;

    case ARM_BUILTIN_WZERO:
      target = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
      emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_clrdi (target));
      return target;

    case ARM_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER:
      return arm_load_tp (target);

    default:
      break;
    }

  for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg); i++, d++)
    if (d->code == (const enum arm_builtins) fcode)
      return arm_expand_binop_builtin (d->icode, exp, target);

  for (i = 0, d = bdesc_1arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_1arg); i++, d++)
    if (d->code == (const enum arm_builtins) fcode)
      return arm_expand_unop_builtin (d->icode, exp, target, 0);

  /* @@@ Should really do something sensible here.  */
  return NULL_RTX;
}
\f
/* Return the number (counting from 0) of
   the least significant set bit in MASK.  */

inline static int
number_of_first_bit_set (unsigned mask)
{
  int bit;

  for (bit = 0;
       (mask & (1 << bit)) == 0;
       ++bit)
    continue;

  return bit;
}

/* Emit code to push or pop registers to or from the stack.  F is the
   assembly file.  MASK is the registers to push or pop.  PUSH is
   nonzero if we should push, and zero if we should pop.  For debugging
   output, if pushing, adjust CFA_OFFSET by the amount of space added
   to the stack.  REAL_REGS should have the same number of bits set as
   MASK, and will be used instead (in the same order) to describe which
   registers were saved - this is used to mark the save slots when we
   push high registers after moving them to low registers.  */
static void
thumb_pushpop (FILE *f, unsigned long mask, int push, int *cfa_offset,
               unsigned long real_regs)
{
  int regno;
  int lo_mask = mask & 0xFF;
  int pushed_words = 0;

  gcc_assert (mask);

  if (lo_mask == 0 && !push && (mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM)))
    {
      /* Special case.  Do not generate a POP PC statement here, do it in
         thumb_exit() */
      thumb_exit (f, -1);
      return;
    }

  if (push && arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_TARGET)
    {
      fprintf (f, "\t.save\t{");
      for (regno = 0; regno < 15; regno++)
        {
          if (real_regs & (1 << regno))
            {
              if (real_regs & ((1 << regno) -1))
                fprintf (f, ", ");
              asm_fprintf (f, "%r", regno);
            }
        }
      fprintf (f, "}\n");
    }

  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t{", push ? "push" : "pop");

  /* Look at the low registers first.  */
  for (regno = 0; regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno++, lo_mask >>= 1)
    {
      if (lo_mask & 1)
        {
          asm_fprintf (f, "%r", regno);

          if ((lo_mask & ~1) != 0)
            fprintf (f, ", ");

          pushed_words++;
        }
    }

  if (push && (mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)))
    {
      /* Catch pushing the LR.  */
      if (mask & 0xFF)
        fprintf (f, ", ");

      asm_fprintf (f, "%r", LR_REGNUM);

      pushed_words++;
    }
  else if (!push && (mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM)))
    {
      /* Catch popping the PC.  */
      if (TARGET_INTERWORK || TARGET_BACKTRACE
          || crtl->calls_eh_return)
        {
          /* The PC is never poped directly, instead
             it is popped into r3 and then BX is used.  */
          fprintf (f, "}\n");

          thumb_exit (f, -1);

          return;
        }
      else
        {
          if (mask & 0xFF)
            fprintf (f, ", ");

          asm_fprintf (f, "%r", PC_REGNUM);
        }
    }

  fprintf (f, "}\n");

  if (push && pushed_words && dwarf2out_do_frame ())
    {
      char *l = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
      int pushed_mask = real_regs;

      *cfa_offset += pushed_words * 4;
      dwarf2out_def_cfa (l, SP_REGNUM, *cfa_offset);

      pushed_words = 0;
      pushed_mask = real_regs;
      for (regno = 0; regno <= 14; regno++, pushed_mask >>= 1)
        {
          if (pushed_mask & 1)
            dwarf2out_reg_save (l, regno, 4 * pushed_words++ - *cfa_offset);
        }
    }
}

/* Generate code to return from a thumb function.
   If 'reg_containing_return_addr' is -1, then the return address is
   actually on the stack, at the stack pointer.  */
static void
thumb_exit (FILE *f, int reg_containing_return_addr)
{
  unsigned regs_available_for_popping;
  unsigned regs_to_pop;
  int pops_needed;
  unsigned available;
  unsigned required;
  int mode;
  int size;
  int restore_a4 = FALSE;

  /* Compute the registers we need to pop.  */
  regs_to_pop = 0;
  pops_needed = 0;

  if (reg_containing_return_addr == -1)
    {
      regs_to_pop |= 1 << LR_REGNUM;
      ++pops_needed;
    }

  if (TARGET_BACKTRACE)
    {
      /* Restore the (ARM) frame pointer and stack pointer.  */
      regs_to_pop |= (1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) | (1 << SP_REGNUM);
      pops_needed += 2;
    }

  /* If there is nothing to pop then just emit the BX instruction and
     return.  */
  if (pops_needed == 0)
    {
      if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
        asm_fprintf (f, "\tadd\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, ARM_EH_STACKADJ_REGNUM);

      asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", reg_containing_return_addr);
      return;
    }
  /* Otherwise if we are not supporting interworking and we have not created
     a backtrace structure and the function was not entered in ARM mode then
     just pop the return address straight into the PC.  */
  else if (!TARGET_INTERWORK
           && !TARGET_BACKTRACE
           && !is_called_in_ARM_mode (current_function_decl)
           && !crtl->calls_eh_return)
    {
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tpop\t{%r}\n", PC_REGNUM);
      return;
    }

  /* Find out how many of the (return) argument registers we can corrupt.  */
  regs_available_for_popping = 0;

  /* If returning via __builtin_eh_return, the bottom three registers
     all contain information needed for the return.  */
  if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
    size = 12;
  else
    {
      /* If we can deduce the registers used from the function's
         return value.  This is more reliable that examining
         df_regs_ever_live_p () because that will be set if the register is
         ever used in the function, not just if the register is used
         to hold a return value.  */

      if (crtl->return_rtx != 0)
        mode = GET_MODE (crtl->return_rtx);
      else
        mode = DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl));

      size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);

      if (size == 0)
        {
          /* In a void function we can use any argument register.
             In a function that returns a structure on the stack
             we can use the second and third argument registers.  */
          if (mode == VOIDmode)
            regs_available_for_popping =
              (1 << ARG_REGISTER (1))
              | (1 << ARG_REGISTER (2))
              | (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
          else
            regs_available_for_popping =
              (1 << ARG_REGISTER (2))
              | (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
        }
      else if (size <= 4)
        regs_available_for_popping =
          (1 << ARG_REGISTER (2))
          | (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
      else if (size <= 8)
        regs_available_for_popping =
          (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
    }

  /* Match registers to be popped with registers into which we pop them.  */
  for (available = regs_available_for_popping,
       required  = regs_to_pop;
       required != 0 && available != 0;
       available &= ~(available & - available),
       required  &= ~(required  & - required))
    -- pops_needed;

  /* If we have any popping registers left over, remove them.  */
  if (available > 0)
    regs_available_for_popping &= ~available;

  /* Otherwise if we need another popping register we can use
     the fourth argument register.  */
  else if (pops_needed)
    {
      /* If we have not found any free argument registers and
         reg a4 contains the return address, we must move it.  */
      if (regs_available_for_popping == 0
          && reg_containing_return_addr == LAST_ARG_REGNUM)
        {
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM, LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
          reg_containing_return_addr = LR_REGNUM;
        }
      else if (size > 12)
        {
          /* Register a4 is being used to hold part of the return value,
             but we have dire need of a free, low register.  */
          restore_a4 = TRUE;

          asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n",IP_REGNUM, LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
        }

      if (reg_containing_return_addr != LAST_ARG_REGNUM)
        {
          /* The fourth argument register is available.  */
          regs_available_for_popping |= 1 << LAST_ARG_REGNUM;

          --pops_needed;
        }
    }

  /* Pop as many registers as we can.  */
  thumb_pushpop (f, regs_available_for_popping, FALSE, NULL,
                 regs_available_for_popping);

  /* Process the registers we popped.  */
  if (reg_containing_return_addr == -1)
    {
      /* The return address was popped into the lowest numbered register.  */
      regs_to_pop &= ~(1 << LR_REGNUM);

      reg_containing_return_addr =
        number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);

      /* Remove this register for the mask of available registers, so that
         the return address will not be corrupted by further pops.  */
      regs_available_for_popping &= ~(1 << reg_containing_return_addr);
    }

  /* If we popped other registers then handle them here.  */
  if (regs_available_for_popping)
    {
      int frame_pointer;

      /* Work out which register currently contains the frame pointer.  */
      frame_pointer = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);

      /* Move it into the correct place.  */
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n",
                   ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, frame_pointer);

      /* (Temporarily) remove it from the mask of popped registers.  */
      regs_available_for_popping &= ~(1 << frame_pointer);
      regs_to_pop &= ~(1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);

      if (regs_available_for_popping)
        {
          int stack_pointer;

          /* We popped the stack pointer as well,
             find the register that contains it.  */
          stack_pointer = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);

          /* Move it into the stack register.  */
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, stack_pointer);

          /* At this point we have popped all necessary registers, so
             do not worry about restoring regs_available_for_popping
             to its correct value:

             assert (pops_needed == 0)
             assert (regs_available_for_popping == (1 << frame_pointer))
             assert (regs_to_pop == (1 << STACK_POINTER))  */
        }
      else
        {
          /* Since we have just move the popped value into the frame
             pointer, the popping register is available for reuse, and
             we know that we still have the stack pointer left to pop.  */
          regs_available_for_popping |= (1 << frame_pointer);
        }
    }

  /* If we still have registers left on the stack, but we no longer have
     any registers into which we can pop them, then we must move the return
     address into the link register and make available the register that
     contained it.  */
  if (regs_available_for_popping == 0 && pops_needed > 0)
    {
      regs_available_for_popping |= 1 << reg_containing_return_addr;

      asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM,
                   reg_containing_return_addr);

      reg_containing_return_addr = LR_REGNUM;
    }

  /* If we have registers left on the stack then pop some more.
     We know that at most we will want to pop FP and SP.  */
  if (pops_needed > 0)
    {
      int  popped_into;
      int  move_to;

      thumb_pushpop (f, regs_available_for_popping, FALSE, NULL,
                     regs_available_for_popping);

      /* We have popped either FP or SP.
         Move whichever one it is into the correct register.  */
      popped_into = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);
      move_to     = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_to_pop);

      asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", move_to, popped_into);

      regs_to_pop &= ~(1 << move_to);

      --pops_needed;
    }

  /* If we still have not popped everything then we must have only
     had one register available to us and we are now popping the SP.  */
  if (pops_needed > 0)
    {
      int  popped_into;

      thumb_pushpop (f, regs_available_for_popping, FALSE, NULL,
                     regs_available_for_popping);

      popped_into = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);

      asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, popped_into);
      /*
        assert (regs_to_pop == (1 << STACK_POINTER))
        assert (pops_needed == 1)
      */
    }

  /* If necessary restore the a4 register.  */
  if (restore_a4)
    {
      if (reg_containing_return_addr != LR_REGNUM)
        {
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM, LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
          reg_containing_return_addr = LR_REGNUM;
        }

      asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LAST_ARG_REGNUM, IP_REGNUM);
    }

  if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
    asm_fprintf (f, "\tadd\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, ARM_EH_STACKADJ_REGNUM);

  /* Return to caller.  */
  asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", reg_containing_return_addr);
}
\f
/* Scan INSN just before assembler is output for it.
   For Thumb-1, we track the status of the condition codes; this
   information is used in the cbranchsi4_insn pattern.  */
void
thumb1_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn)
{
  if (flag_print_asm_name)
    asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "%@ 0x%04x\n",
                 INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
  /* Don't overwrite the previous setter when we get to a cbranch.  */
  if (INSN_CODE (insn) != CODE_FOR_cbranchsi4_insn)
    {
      enum attr_conds conds;

      if (cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_insn)
        {
          if (modified_in_p (cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_op0, insn)
              || modified_in_p (cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_op1, insn))
            CC_STATUS_INIT;
        }
      conds = get_attr_conds (insn);
      if (conds == CONDS_SET)
        {
          rtx set = single_set (insn);
          cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_insn = insn;
          cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_op0 = SET_DEST (set);
          cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_op1 = const0_rtx;
          cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_mode = CC_NOOVmode;
          if (INSN_CODE (insn) == CODE_FOR_thumb1_subsi3_insn)
            {
              rtx src1 = XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1);
              if (src1 == const0_rtx)
                cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_mode = CCmode;
            }
        }
      else if (conds != CONDS_NOCOND)
        cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_insn = NULL_RTX;
    }
}

int
thumb_shiftable_const (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val)
{
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask = 0xff;
  int i;

  val = val & (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)0xffffffffu;
  if (val == 0) /* XXX */
    return 0;

  for (i = 0; i < 25; i++)
    if ((val & (mask << i)) == val)
      return 1;

  return 0;
}

/* Returns nonzero if the current function contains,
   or might contain a far jump.  */
static int
thumb_far_jump_used_p (void)
{
  rtx insn;

  /* This test is only important for leaf functions.  */
  /* assert (!leaf_function_p ()); */

  /* If we have already decided that far jumps may be used,
     do not bother checking again, and always return true even if
     it turns out that they are not being used.  Once we have made
     the decision that far jumps are present (and that hence the link
     register will be pushed onto the stack) we cannot go back on it.  */
  if (cfun->machine->far_jump_used)
    return 1;

  /* If this function is not being called from the prologue/epilogue
     generation code then it must be being called from the
     INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET macro.  */
  if (!(ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN || reload_completed))
    {
      /* In this case we know that we are being asked about the elimination
         of the arg pointer register.  If that register is not being used,
         then there are no arguments on the stack, and we do not have to
         worry that a far jump might force the prologue to push the link
         register, changing the stack offsets.  In this case we can just
         return false, since the presence of far jumps in the function will
         not affect stack offsets.

         If the arg pointer is live (or if it was live, but has now been
         eliminated and so set to dead) then we do have to test to see if
         the function might contain a far jump.  This test can lead to some
         false negatives, since before reload is completed, then length of
         branch instructions is not known, so gcc defaults to returning their
         longest length, which in turn sets the far jump attribute to true.

         A false negative will not result in bad code being generated, but it
         will result in a needless push and pop of the link register.  We
         hope that this does not occur too often.

         If we need doubleword stack alignment this could affect the other
         elimination offsets so we can't risk getting it wrong.  */
      if (df_regs_ever_live_p (ARG_POINTER_REGNUM))
        cfun->machine->arg_pointer_live = 1;
      else if (!cfun->machine->arg_pointer_live)
        return 0;
    }

  /* Check to see if the function contains a branch
     insn with the far jump attribute set.  */
  for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
    {
      if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
          /* Ignore tablejump patterns.  */
          && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != ADDR_VEC
          && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != ADDR_DIFF_VEC
          && get_attr_far_jump (insn) == FAR_JUMP_YES
          )
        {
          /* Record the fact that we have decided that
             the function does use far jumps.  */
          cfun->machine->far_jump_used = 1;
          return 1;
        }
    }

  return 0;
}

/* Return nonzero if FUNC must be entered in ARM mode.  */
int
is_called_in_ARM_mode (tree func)
{
  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (func) == FUNCTION_DECL);

  /* Ignore the problem about functions whose address is taken.  */
  if (TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING && TREE_PUBLIC (func))
    return TRUE;

#ifdef ARM_PE
  return lookup_attribute ("interfacearm", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (func)) != NULL_TREE;
#else
  return FALSE;
#endif
}

/* Given the stack offsets and register mask in OFFSETS, decide how
   many additional registers to push instead of subtracting a constant
   from SP.  For epilogues the principle is the same except we use pop.
   FOR_PROLOGUE indicates which we're generating.  */
static int
thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (arm_stack_offsets *offsets, bool for_prologue)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
  unsigned long live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
  /* Extract a mask of the ones we can give to the Thumb's push/pop
     instruction.  */
  unsigned long l_mask = live_regs_mask & (for_prologue ? 0x40ff : 0xff);
  /* Then count how many other high registers will need to be pushed.  */
  unsigned long high_regs_pushed = bit_count (live_regs_mask & 0x0f00);
  int n_free, reg_base;

  if (!for_prologue && frame_pointer_needed)
    amount = offsets->locals_base - offsets->saved_regs;
  else
    amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;

  /* If the stack frame size is 512 exactly, we can save one load
     instruction, which should make this a win even when optimizing
     for speed.  */
  if (!optimize_size && amount != 512)
    return 0;

  /* Can't do this if there are high registers to push.  */
  if (high_regs_pushed != 0)
    return 0;

  /* Shouldn't do it in the prologue if no registers would normally
     be pushed at all.  In the epilogue, also allow it if we'll have
     a pop insn for the PC.  */
  if  (l_mask == 0
       && (for_prologue
           || TARGET_BACKTRACE
           || (live_regs_mask & 1 << LR_REGNUM) == 0
           || TARGET_INTERWORK
           || crtl->args.pretend_args_size != 0))
    return 0;

  /* Don't do this if thumb_expand_prologue wants to emit instructions
     between the push and the stack frame allocation.  */
  if (for_prologue
      && ((flag_pic && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM)
          || (!frame_pointer_needed && CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE > 0)))
    return 0;

  reg_base = 0;
  n_free = 0;
  if (!for_prologue)
    {
      reg_base = arm_size_return_regs () / UNITS_PER_WORD;
      live_regs_mask >>= reg_base;
    }

  while (reg_base + n_free < 8 && !(live_regs_mask & 1)
         && (for_prologue || call_used_regs[reg_base + n_free]))
    {
      live_regs_mask >>= 1;
      n_free++;
    }

  if (n_free == 0)
    return 0;
  gcc_assert (amount / 4 * 4 == amount);

  if (amount >= 512 && (amount - n_free * 4) < 512)
    return (amount - 508) / 4;
  if (amount <= n_free * 4)
    return amount / 4;
  return 0;
}

/* The bits which aren't usefully expanded as rtl.  */
const char *
thumb_unexpanded_epilogue (void)
{
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
  int regno;
  unsigned long live_regs_mask = 0;
  int high_regs_pushed = 0;
  int extra_pop;
  int had_to_push_lr;
  int size;

  if (cfun->machine->return_used_this_function != 0)
    return "";

  if (IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ()))
    return "";

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
  high_regs_pushed = bit_count (live_regs_mask & 0x0f00);

  /* If we can deduce the registers used from the function's return value.
     This is more reliable that examining df_regs_ever_live_p () because that
     will be set if the register is ever used in the function, not just if
     the register is used to hold a return value.  */
  size = arm_size_return_regs ();

  extra_pop = thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (offsets, false);
  if (extra_pop > 0)
    {
      unsigned long extra_mask = (1 << extra_pop) - 1;
      live_regs_mask |= extra_mask << (size / UNITS_PER_WORD);
    }

  /* The prolog may have pushed some high registers to use as
     work registers.  e.g. the testsuite file:
     gcc/testsuite/gcc/gcc.c-torture/execute/complex-2.c
     compiles to produce:
        push    {r4, r5, r6, r7, lr}
        mov     r7, r9
        mov     r6, r8
        push    {r6, r7}
     as part of the prolog.  We have to undo that pushing here.  */

  if (high_regs_pushed)
    {
      unsigned long mask = live_regs_mask & 0xff;
      int next_hi_reg;

      /* The available low registers depend on the size of the value we are
         returning.  */
      if (size <= 12)
        mask |=  1 << 3;
      if (size <= 8)
        mask |= 1 << 2;

      if (mask == 0)
        /* Oh dear!  We have no low registers into which we can pop
           high registers!  */
        internal_error
          ("no low registers available for popping high registers");

      for (next_hi_reg = 8; next_hi_reg < 13; next_hi_reg++)
        if (live_regs_mask & (1 << next_hi_reg))
          break;

      while (high_regs_pushed)
        {
          /* Find lo register(s) into which the high register(s) can
             be popped.  */
          for (regno = 0; regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno++)
            {
              if (mask & (1 << regno))
                high_regs_pushed--;
              if (high_regs_pushed == 0)
                break;
            }

          mask &= (2 << regno) - 1;     /* A noop if regno == 8 */

          /* Pop the values into the low register(s).  */
          thumb_pushpop (asm_out_file, mask, 0, NULL, mask);

          /* Move the value(s) into the high registers.  */
          for (regno = 0; regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno++)
            {
              if (mask & (1 << regno))
                {
                  asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", next_hi_reg,
                               regno);

                  for (next_hi_reg++; next_hi_reg < 13; next_hi_reg++)
                    if (live_regs_mask & (1 << next_hi_reg))
                      break;
                }
            }
        }
      live_regs_mask &= ~0x0f00;
    }

  had_to_push_lr = (live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) != 0;
  live_regs_mask &= 0xff;

  if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size == 0 || TARGET_BACKTRACE)
    {
      /* Pop the return address into the PC.  */
      if (had_to_push_lr)
        live_regs_mask |= 1 << PC_REGNUM;

      /* Either no argument registers were pushed or a backtrace
         structure was created which includes an adjusted stack
         pointer, so just pop everything.  */
      if (live_regs_mask)
        thumb_pushpop (asm_out_file, live_regs_mask, FALSE, NULL,
                       live_regs_mask);

      /* We have either just popped the return address into the
         PC or it is was kept in LR for the entire function.
         Note that thumb_pushpop has already called thumb_exit if the
         PC was in the list.  */
      if (!had_to_push_lr)
        thumb_exit (asm_out_file, LR_REGNUM);
    }
  else
    {
      /* Pop everything but the return address.  */
      if (live_regs_mask)
        thumb_pushpop (asm_out_file, live_regs_mask, FALSE, NULL,
                       live_regs_mask);

      if (had_to_push_lr)
        {
          if (size > 12)
            {
              /* We have no free low regs, so save one.  */
              asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", IP_REGNUM,
                           LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
            }

          /* Get the return address into a temporary register.  */
          thumb_pushpop (asm_out_file, 1 << LAST_ARG_REGNUM, 0, NULL,
                         1 << LAST_ARG_REGNUM);

          if (size > 12)
            {
              /* Move the return address to lr.  */
              asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM,
                           LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
              /* Restore the low register.  */
              asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LAST_ARG_REGNUM,
                           IP_REGNUM);
              regno = LR_REGNUM;
            }
          else
            regno = LAST_ARG_REGNUM;
        }
      else
        regno = LR_REGNUM;

      /* Remove the argument registers that were pushed onto the stack.  */
      asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tadd\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
                   SP_REGNUM, SP_REGNUM,
                   crtl->args.pretend_args_size);

      thumb_exit (asm_out_file, regno);
    }

  return "";
}

/* Functions to save and restore machine-specific function data.  */
static struct machine_function *
arm_init_machine_status (void)
{
  struct machine_function *machine;
  machine = ggc_alloc_cleared_machine_function ();

#if ARM_FT_UNKNOWN != 0
  machine->func_type = ARM_FT_UNKNOWN;
#endif
  return machine;
}

/* Return an RTX indicating where the return address to the
   calling function can be found.  */
rtx
arm_return_addr (int count, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (count != 0)
    return NULL_RTX;

  return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode, LR_REGNUM);
}

/* Do anything needed before RTL is emitted for each function.  */
void
arm_init_expanders (void)
{
  /* Arrange to initialize and mark the machine per-function status.  */
  init_machine_status = arm_init_machine_status;

  /* This is to stop the combine pass optimizing away the alignment
     adjustment of va_arg.  */
  /* ??? It is claimed that this should not be necessary.  */
  if (cfun)
    mark_reg_pointer (arg_pointer_rtx, PARM_BOUNDARY);
}


/* Like arm_compute_initial_elimination offset.  Simpler because there
   isn't an ABI specified frame pointer for Thumb.  Instead, we set it
   to point at the base of the local variables after static stack
   space for a function has been allocated.  */

HOST_WIDE_INT
thumb_compute_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from, unsigned int to)
{
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();

  switch (from)
    {
    case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM:
      switch (to)
        {
        case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_args;

        case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return offsets->soft_frame - offsets->saved_args;

        case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return offsets->saved_regs - offsets->saved_args;

        case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return offsets->locals_base - offsets->saved_args;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
      break;

    case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
      switch (to)
        {
        case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->soft_frame;

        case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return offsets->saved_regs - offsets->soft_frame;

        case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
          return offsets->locals_base - offsets->soft_frame;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
      break;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Generate the rest of a function's prologue.  */
void
thumb1_expand_prologue (void)
{
  rtx insn, dwarf;

  HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
  unsigned long func_type;
  int regno;
  unsigned long live_regs_mask;

  func_type = arm_current_func_type ();

  /* Naked functions don't have prologues.  */
  if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
    return;

  if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
    {
      error ("interrupt Service Routines cannot be coded in Thumb mode");
      return;
    }

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
  /* Load the pic register before setting the frame pointer,
     so we can use r7 as a temporary work register.  */
  if (flag_pic && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM)
    arm_load_pic_register (live_regs_mask);

  if (!frame_pointer_needed && CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE > 0)
    emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM),
                    stack_pointer_rtx);

  if (flag_stack_usage_info)
    current_function_static_stack_size
      = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_args;

  amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;
  amount -= 4 * thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (offsets, true);
  if (amount)
    {
      if (amount < 512)
        {
          insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
                                        GEN_INT (- amount)));
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
        }
      else
        {
          rtx reg;

          /* The stack decrement is too big for an immediate value in a single
             insn.  In theory we could issue multiple subtracts, but after
             three of them it becomes more space efficient to place the full
             value in the constant pool and load into a register.  (Also the
             ARM debugger really likes to see only one stack decrement per
             function).  So instead we look for a scratch register into which
             we can load the decrement, and then we subtract this from the
             stack pointer.  Unfortunately on the thumb the only available
             scratch registers are the argument registers, and we cannot use
             these as they may hold arguments to the function.  Instead we
             attempt to locate a call preserved register which is used by this
             function.  If we can find one, then we know that it will have
             been pushed at the start of the prologue and so we can corrupt
             it now.  */
          for (regno = LAST_ARG_REGNUM + 1; regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno++)
            if (live_regs_mask & (1 << regno))
              break;

          gcc_assert(regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM);

          reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno);

          emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg, GEN_INT (- amount)));

          insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                        stack_pointer_rtx, reg));
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
          dwarf = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
                               plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                              -amount));
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (dwarf) = 1;
          add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
        }
    }

  if (frame_pointer_needed)
    thumb_set_frame_pointer (offsets);

  /* If we are profiling, make sure no instructions are scheduled before
     the call to mcount.  Similarly if the user has requested no
     scheduling in the prolog.  Similarly if we want non-call exceptions
     using the EABI unwinder, to prevent faulting instructions from being
     swapped with a stack adjustment.  */
  if (crtl->profile || !TARGET_SCHED_PROLOG
      || (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_TARGET
          && cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions))
    emit_insn (gen_blockage ());

  cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated = !thumb_force_lr_save ();
  if (live_regs_mask & 0xff)
    cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated = 0;
}


void
thumb1_expand_epilogue (void)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
  int regno;

  /* Naked functions don't have prologues.  */
  if (IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ()))
    return;

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;

  if (frame_pointer_needed)
    {
      emit_insn (gen_movsi (stack_pointer_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx));
      amount = offsets->locals_base - offsets->saved_regs;
    }
  amount -= 4 * thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (offsets, false);

  gcc_assert (amount >= 0);
  if (amount)
    {
      if (amount < 512)
        emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
                               GEN_INT (amount)));
      else
        {
          /* r3 is always free in the epilogue.  */
          rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, LAST_ARG_REGNUM);

          emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg, GEN_INT (amount)));
          emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx, reg));
        }
    }

  /* Emit a USE (stack_pointer_rtx), so that
     the stack adjustment will not be deleted.  */
  emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (stack_pointer_rtx));

  if (crtl->profile || !TARGET_SCHED_PROLOG)
    emit_insn (gen_blockage ());

  /* Emit a clobber for each insn that will be restored in the epilogue,
     so that flow2 will get register lifetimes correct.  */
  for (regno = 0; regno < 13; regno++)
    if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && !call_used_regs[regno])
      emit_clobber (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno));

  if (! df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM))
    emit_use (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, LR_REGNUM));
}

static void
thumb1_output_function_prologue (FILE *f, HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
  unsigned long live_regs_mask = 0;
  unsigned long l_mask;
  unsigned high_regs_pushed = 0;
  int cfa_offset = 0;
  int regno;

  if (IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ()))
    return;

  if (is_called_in_ARM_mode (current_function_decl))
    {
      const char * name;

      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl)) == MEM);
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0))
                  == SYMBOL_REF);
      name = XSTR  (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0), 0);

      /* Generate code sequence to switch us into Thumb mode.  */
      /* The .code 32 directive has already been emitted by
         ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME.  */
      asm_fprintf (f, "\torr\t%r, %r, #1\n", IP_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", IP_REGNUM);

      /* Generate a label, so that the debugger will notice the
         change in instruction sets.  This label is also used by
         the assembler to bypass the ARM code when this function
         is called from a Thumb encoded function elsewhere in the
         same file.  Hence the definition of STUB_NAME here must
         agree with the definition in gas/config/tc-arm.c.  */

#define STUB_NAME ".real_start_of"

      fprintf (f, "\t.code\t16\n");
#ifdef ARM_PE
      if (arm_dllexport_name_p (name))
        name = arm_strip_name_encoding (name);
#endif
      asm_fprintf (f, "\t.globl %s%U%s\n", STUB_NAME, name);
      fprintf (f, "\t.thumb_func\n");
      asm_fprintf (f, "%s%U%s:\n", STUB_NAME, name);
    }

  if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size)
    {
      /* Output unwind directive for the stack adjustment.  */
      if (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_TARGET)
        fprintf (f, "\t.pad #%d\n",
                 crtl->args.pretend_args_size);

      if (cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args)
        {
          int num_pushes;

          fprintf (f, "\tpush\t{");

          num_pushes = ARM_NUM_INTS (crtl->args.pretend_args_size);

          for (regno = LAST_ARG_REGNUM + 1 - num_pushes;
               regno <= LAST_ARG_REGNUM;
               regno++)
            asm_fprintf (f, "%r%s", regno,
                         regno == LAST_ARG_REGNUM ? "" : ", ");

          fprintf (f, "}\n");
        }
      else
        asm_fprintf (f, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
                     SP_REGNUM, SP_REGNUM,
                     crtl->args.pretend_args_size);

      /* We don't need to record the stores for unwinding (would it
         help the debugger any if we did?), but record the change in
         the stack pointer.  */
      if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
        {
          char *l = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);

          cfa_offset = cfa_offset + crtl->args.pretend_args_size;
          dwarf2out_def_cfa (l, SP_REGNUM, cfa_offset);
        }
    }

  /* Get the registers we are going to push.  */
  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
  /* Extract a mask of the ones we can give to the Thumb's push instruction.  */
  l_mask = live_regs_mask & 0x40ff;
  /* Then count how many other high registers will need to be pushed.  */
  high_regs_pushed = bit_count (live_regs_mask & 0x0f00);

  if (TARGET_BACKTRACE)
    {
      unsigned offset;
      unsigned work_register;

      /* We have been asked to create a stack backtrace structure.
         The code looks like this:

         0   .align 2
         0   func:
         0     sub   SP, #16         Reserve space for 4 registers.
         2     push  {R7}            Push low registers.
         4     add   R7, SP, #20     Get the stack pointer before the push.
         6     str   R7, [SP, #8]    Store the stack pointer (before reserving the space).
         8     mov   R7, PC          Get hold of the start of this code plus 12.
        10     str   R7, [SP, #16]   Store it.
        12     mov   R7, FP          Get hold of the current frame pointer.
        14     str   R7, [SP, #4]    Store it.
        16     mov   R7, LR          Get hold of the current return address.
        18     str   R7, [SP, #12]   Store it.
        20     add   R7, SP, #16     Point at the start of the backtrace structure.
        22     mov   FP, R7          Put this value into the frame pointer.  */

      work_register = thumb_find_work_register (live_regs_mask);

      if (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_TARGET)
        asm_fprintf (f, "\t.pad #16\n");

      asm_fprintf
        (f, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #16\t%@ Create stack backtrace structure\n",
         SP_REGNUM, SP_REGNUM);

      if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
        {
          char *l = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);

          cfa_offset = cfa_offset + 16;
          dwarf2out_def_cfa (l, SP_REGNUM, cfa_offset);
        }

      if (l_mask)
        {
          thumb_pushpop (f, l_mask, 1, &cfa_offset, l_mask);
          offset = bit_count (l_mask) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
        }
      else
        offset = 0;

      asm_fprintf (f, "\tadd\t%r, %r, #%d\n", work_register, SP_REGNUM,
                   offset + 16 + crtl->args.pretend_args_size);

      asm_fprintf (f, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register, SP_REGNUM,
                   offset + 4);

      /* Make sure that the instruction fetching the PC is in the right place
         to calculate "start of backtrace creation code + 12".  */
      if (l_mask)
        {
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register, PC_REGNUM);
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register, SP_REGNUM,
                       offset + 12);
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register,
                       ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register, SP_REGNUM,
                       offset);
        }
      else
        {
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register,
                       ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register, SP_REGNUM,
                       offset);
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register, PC_REGNUM);
          asm_fprintf (f, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register, SP_REGNUM,
                       offset + 12);
        }

      asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register, LR_REGNUM);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register, SP_REGNUM,
                   offset + 8);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tadd\t%r, %r, #%d\n", work_register, SP_REGNUM,
                   offset + 12);
      asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\t\t%@ Backtrace structure created\n",
                   ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, work_register);
    }
  /* Optimization:  If we are not pushing any low registers but we are going
     to push some high registers then delay our first push.  This will just
     be a push of LR and we can combine it with the push of the first high
     register.  */
  else if ((l_mask & 0xff) != 0
           || (high_regs_pushed == 0 && l_mask))
    {
      unsigned long mask = l_mask;
      mask |= (1 << thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (offsets, true)) - 1;
      thumb_pushpop (f, mask, 1, &cfa_offset, mask);
    }

  if (high_regs_pushed)
    {
      unsigned pushable_regs;
      unsigned next_hi_reg;

      for (next_hi_reg = 12; next_hi_reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM; next_hi_reg--)
        if (live_regs_mask & (1 << next_hi_reg))
          break;

      pushable_regs = l_mask & 0xff;

      if (pushable_regs == 0)
        pushable_regs = 1 << thumb_find_work_register (live_regs_mask);

      while (high_regs_pushed > 0)
        {
          unsigned long real_regs_mask = 0;

          for (regno = LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno >= 0; regno --)
            {
              if (pushable_regs & (1 << regno))
                {
                  asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", regno, next_hi_reg);

                  high_regs_pushed --;
                  real_regs_mask |= (1 << next_hi_reg);

                  if (high_regs_pushed)
                    {
                      for (next_hi_reg --; next_hi_reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM;
                           next_hi_reg --)
                        if (live_regs_mask & (1 << next_hi_reg))
                          break;
                    }
                  else
                    {
                      pushable_regs &= ~((1 << regno) - 1);
                      break;
                    }
                }
            }

          /* If we had to find a work register and we have not yet
             saved the LR then add it to the list of regs to push.  */
          if (l_mask == (1 << LR_REGNUM))
            {
              thumb_pushpop (f, pushable_regs | (1 << LR_REGNUM),
                             1, &cfa_offset,
                             real_regs_mask | (1 << LR_REGNUM));
              l_mask = 0;
            }
          else
            thumb_pushpop (f, pushable_regs, 1, &cfa_offset, real_regs_mask);
        }
    }
}

/* Handle the case of a double word load into a low register from
   a computed memory address.  The computed address may involve a
   register which is overwritten by the load.  */
const char *
thumb_load_double_from_address (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx addr;
  rtx base;
  rtx offset;
  rtx arg1;
  rtx arg2;

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == REG);
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM);

  /* Get the memory address.  */
  addr = XEXP (operands[1], 0);

  /* Work out how the memory address is computed.  */
  switch (GET_CODE (addr))
    {
    case REG:
      operands[2] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);

      if (REGNO (operands[0]) == REGNO (addr))
        {
          output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
          output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
        }
      else
        {
          output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
          output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
        }
      break;

    case CONST:
      /* Compute <address> + 4 for the high order load.  */
      operands[2] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);

      output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
      output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
      break;

    case PLUS:
      arg1   = XEXP (addr, 0);
      arg2   = XEXP (addr, 1);

      if (CONSTANT_P (arg1))
        base = arg2, offset = arg1;
      else
        base = arg1, offset = arg2;

      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (base) == REG);

      /* Catch the case of <address> = <reg> + <reg> */
      if (GET_CODE (offset) == REG)
        {
          int reg_offset = REGNO (offset);
          int reg_base   = REGNO (base);
          int reg_dest   = REGNO (operands[0]);

          /* Add the base and offset registers together into the
             higher destination register.  */
          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tadd\t%r, %r, %r",
                       reg_dest + 1, reg_base, reg_offset);

          /* Load the lower destination register from the address in
             the higher destination register.  */
          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #0]",
                       reg_dest, reg_dest + 1);

          /* Load the higher destination register from its own address
             plus 4.  */
          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #4]",
                       reg_dest + 1, reg_dest + 1);
        }
      else
        {
          /* Compute <address> + 4 for the high order load.  */
          operands[2] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);

          /* If the computed address is held in the low order register
             then load the high order register first, otherwise always
             load the low order register first.  */
          if (REGNO (operands[0]) == REGNO (base))
            {
              output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
              output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
            }
          else
            {
              output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
              output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
            }
        }
      break;

    case LABEL_REF:
      /* With no registers to worry about we can just load the value
         directly.  */
      operands[2] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);

      output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
      output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
      break;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  return "";
}

const char *
thumb_output_move_mem_multiple (int n, rtx *operands)
{
  rtx tmp;

  switch (n)
    {
    case 2:
      if (REGNO (operands[4]) > REGNO (operands[5]))
        {
          tmp = operands[4];
          operands[4] = operands[5];
          operands[5] = tmp;
        }
      output_asm_insn ("ldmia\t%1!, {%4, %5}", operands);
      output_asm_insn ("stmia\t%0!, {%4, %5}", operands);
      break;

    case 3:
      if (REGNO (operands[4]) > REGNO (operands[5]))
        {
          tmp = operands[4];
          operands[4] = operands[5];
          operands[5] = tmp;
        }
      if (REGNO (operands[5]) > REGNO (operands[6]))
        {
          tmp = operands[5];
          operands[5] = operands[6];
          operands[6] = tmp;
        }
      if (REGNO (operands[4]) > REGNO (operands[5]))
        {
          tmp = operands[4];
          operands[4] = operands[5];
          operands[5] = tmp;
        }

      output_asm_insn ("ldmia\t%1!, {%4, %5, %6}", operands);
      output_asm_insn ("stmia\t%0!, {%4, %5, %6}", operands);
      break;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  return "";
}

/* Output a call-via instruction for thumb state.  */
const char *
thumb_call_via_reg (rtx reg)
{
  int regno = REGNO (reg);
  rtx *labelp;

  gcc_assert (regno < LR_REGNUM);

  /* If we are in the normal text section we can use a single instance
     per compilation unit.  If we are doing function sections, then we need
     an entry per section, since we can't rely on reachability.  */
  if (in_section == text_section)
    {
      thumb_call_reg_needed = 1;

      if (thumb_call_via_label[regno] == NULL)
        thumb_call_via_label[regno] = gen_label_rtx ();
      labelp = thumb_call_via_label + regno;
    }
  else
    {
      if (cfun->machine->call_via[regno] == NULL)
        cfun->machine->call_via[regno] = gen_label_rtx ();
      labelp = cfun->machine->call_via + regno;
    }

  output_asm_insn ("bl\t%a0", labelp);
  return "";
}

/* Routines for generating rtl.  */
void
thumb_expand_movmemqi (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx out = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, XEXP (operands[0], 0));
  rtx in  = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, XEXP (operands[1], 0));
  HOST_WIDE_INT len = INTVAL (operands[2]);
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;

  while (len >= 12)
    {
      emit_insn (gen_movmem12b (out, in, out, in));
      len -= 12;
    }

  if (len >= 8)
    {
      emit_insn (gen_movmem8b (out, in, out, in));
      len -= 8;
    }

  if (len >= 4)
    {
      rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
      emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg, gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, in)));
      emit_insn (gen_movsi (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, out), reg));
      len -= 4;
      offset += 4;
    }

  if (len >= 2)
    {
      rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (HImode);
      emit_insn (gen_movhi (reg, gen_rtx_MEM (HImode,
                                              plus_constant (in, offset))));
      emit_insn (gen_movhi (gen_rtx_MEM (HImode, plus_constant (out, offset)),
                            reg));
      len -= 2;
      offset += 2;
    }

  if (len)
    {
      rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (QImode);
      emit_insn (gen_movqi (reg, gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
                                              plus_constant (in, offset))));
      emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode, plus_constant (out, offset)),
                            reg));
    }
}

void
thumb_reload_out_hi (rtx *operands)
{
  emit_insn (gen_thumb_movhi_clobber (operands[0], operands[1], operands[2]));
}

/* Handle reading a half-word from memory during reload.  */
void
thumb_reload_in_hi (rtx *operands ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  gcc_unreachable ();
}

/* Return the length of a function name prefix
    that starts with the character 'c'.  */
static int
arm_get_strip_length (int c)
{
  switch (c)
    {
    ARM_NAME_ENCODING_LENGTHS
      default: return 0;
    }
}

/* Return a pointer to a function's name with any
   and all prefix encodings stripped from it.  */
const char *
arm_strip_name_encoding (const char *name)
{
  int skip;

  while ((skip = arm_get_strip_length (* name)))
    name += skip;

  return name;
}

/* If there is a '*' anywhere in the name's prefix, then
   emit the stripped name verbatim, otherwise prepend an
   underscore if leading underscores are being used.  */
void
arm_asm_output_labelref (FILE *stream, const char *name)
{
  int skip;
  int verbatim = 0;

  while ((skip = arm_get_strip_length (* name)))
    {
      verbatim |= (*name == '*');
      name += skip;
    }

  if (verbatim)
    fputs (name, stream);
  else
    asm_fprintf (stream, "%U%s", name);
}

static void
arm_file_start (void)
{
  int val;

  if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
    asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.syntax unified\n");

  if (TARGET_BPABI)
    {
      const char *fpu_name;
      if (arm_selected_arch)
        asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.arch %s\n", arm_selected_arch->name);
      else
        asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cpu %s\n", arm_selected_cpu->name);

      if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT)
        {
          if (TARGET_VFP)
            fpu_name = "softvfp";
          else
            fpu_name = "softfpa";
        }
      else
        {
          fpu_name = arm_fpu_desc->name;
          if (arm_fpu_desc->model == ARM_FP_MODEL_VFP)
            {
              if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
                asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 27, 3\n");
              if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT_ABI)
                asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 28, 1\n");
            }
        }
      asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.fpu %s\n", fpu_name);

      /* Some of these attributes only apply when the corresponding features
         are used.  However we don't have any easy way of figuring this out.
         Conservatively record the setting that would have been used.  */

      /* Tag_ABI_FP_rounding.  */
      if (flag_rounding_math)
        asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 19, 1\n");
      if (!flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
        {
          /* Tag_ABI_FP_denomal.  */
          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 20, 1\n");
          /* Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions.  */
          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 21, 1\n");
        }
      /* Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions.  */
      if (flag_signaling_nans)
        asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 22, 1\n");
      /* Tag_ABI_FP_number_model.  */
      asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 23, %d\n", 
                   flag_finite_math_only ? 1 : 3);

      /* Tag_ABI_align8_needed.  */
      asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 24, 1\n");
      /* Tag_ABI_align8_preserved.  */
      asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 25, 1\n");
      /* Tag_ABI_enum_size.  */
      asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 26, %d\n",
                   flag_short_enums ? 1 : 2);

      /* Tag_ABI_optimization_goals.  */
      if (optimize_size)
        val = 4;
      else if (optimize >= 2)
        val = 2;
      else if (optimize)
        val = 1;
      else
        val = 6;
      asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 30, %d\n", val);

      /* Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format.  */
      if (arm_fp16_format)
        asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.eabi_attribute 38, %d\n",
                     (int)arm_fp16_format);

      if (arm_lang_output_object_attributes_hook)
        arm_lang_output_object_attributes_hook();
    }
  default_file_start();
}

static void
arm_file_end (void)
{
  int regno;

  if (NEED_INDICATE_EXEC_STACK)
    /* Add .note.GNU-stack.  */
    file_end_indicate_exec_stack ();

  if (! thumb_call_reg_needed)
    return;

  switch_to_section (text_section);
  asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.code 16\n");
  ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 1);

  for (regno = 0; regno < LR_REGNUM; regno++)
    {
      rtx label = thumb_call_via_label[regno];

      if (label != 0)
        {
          targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "L",
                                          CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label));
          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tbx\t%r\n", regno);
        }
    }
}

#ifndef ARM_PE
/* Symbols in the text segment can be accessed without indirecting via the
   constant pool; it may take an extra binary operation, but this is still
   faster than indirecting via memory.  Don't do this when not optimizing,
   since we won't be calculating al of the offsets necessary to do this
   simplification.  */

static void
arm_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first)
{
  if (optimize > 0 && TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
    SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;

  default_encode_section_info (decl, rtl, first);
}
#endif /* !ARM_PE */

static void
arm_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno)
{
  if (arm_ccfsm_state == 3 && (unsigned) arm_target_label == labelno
      && !strcmp (prefix, "L"))
    {
      arm_ccfsm_state = 0;
      arm_target_insn = NULL;
    }
  default_internal_label (stream, prefix, labelno);
}

/* Output code to add DELTA to the first argument, and then jump
   to FUNCTION.  Used for C++ multiple inheritance.  */
static void
arm_output_mi_thunk (FILE *file, tree thunk ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                     HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
                     HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                     tree function)
{
  static int thunk_label = 0;
  char label[256];
  char labelpc[256];
  int mi_delta = delta;
  const char *const mi_op = mi_delta < 0 ? "sub" : "add";
  int shift = 0;
  int this_regno = (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function)), function)
                    ? 1 : 0);
  if (mi_delta < 0)
    mi_delta = - mi_delta;

  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      int labelno = thunk_label++;
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTHUMBFUNC", labelno);
      /* Thunks are entered in arm mode when avaiable.  */
      if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
        {
          /* push r3 so we can use it as a temporary.  */
          /* TODO: Omit this save if r3 is not used.  */
          fputs ("\tpush {r3}\n", file);
          fputs ("\tldr\tr3, ", file);
        }
      else
        {
          fputs ("\tldr\tr12, ", file);
        }
      assemble_name (file, label);
      fputc ('\n', file);
      if (flag_pic)
        {
          /* If we are generating PIC, the ldr instruction below loads
             "(target - 7) - .LTHUNKPCn" into r12.  The pc reads as
             the address of the add + 8, so we have:

             r12 = (target - 7) - .LTHUNKPCn + (.LTHUNKPCn + 8)
                 = target + 1.

             Note that we have "+ 1" because some versions of GNU ld
             don't set the low bit of the result for R_ARM_REL32
             relocations against thumb function symbols.
             On ARMv6M this is +4, not +8.  */
          ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (labelpc, "LTHUNKPC", labelno);
          assemble_name (file, labelpc);
          fputs (":\n", file);
          if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
            {
              /* This is 2 insns after the start of the thunk, so we know it
                 is 4-byte aligned.  */
              fputs ("\tadd\tr3, pc, r3\n", file);
              fputs ("\tmov r12, r3\n", file);
            }
          else
            fputs ("\tadd\tr12, pc, r12\n", file);
        }
      else if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
        fputs ("\tmov r12, r3\n", file);
    }
  if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
    {
      if (mi_delta > 255)
        {
          fputs ("\tldr\tr3, ", file);
          assemble_name (file, label);
          fputs ("+4\n", file);
          asm_fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%r, %r, r3\n",
                       mi_op, this_regno, this_regno);
        }
      else if (mi_delta != 0)
        {
          asm_fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
                       mi_op, this_regno, this_regno,
                       mi_delta);
        }
    }
  else
    {
      /* TODO: Use movw/movt for large constants when available.  */
      while (mi_delta != 0)
        {
          if ((mi_delta & (3 << shift)) == 0)
            shift += 2;
          else
            {
              asm_fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
                           mi_op, this_regno, this_regno,
                           mi_delta & (0xff << shift));
              mi_delta &= ~(0xff << shift);
              shift += 8;
            }
        }
    }
  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    {
      if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
        fputs ("\tpop\t{r3}\n", file);

      fprintf (file, "\tbx\tr12\n");
      ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, 2);
      assemble_name (file, label);
      fputs (":\n", file);
      if (flag_pic)
        {
          /* Output ".word .LTHUNKn-7-.LTHUNKPCn".  */
          rtx tem = XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0);
          tem = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (tem), tem, GEN_INT (-7));
          tem = gen_rtx_MINUS (GET_MODE (tem),
                               tem,
                               gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
                                                   ggc_strdup (labelpc)));
          assemble_integer (tem, 4, BITS_PER_WORD, 1);
        }
      else
        /* Output ".word .LTHUNKn".  */
        assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 4, BITS_PER_WORD, 1);

      if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY && mi_delta > 255)
        assemble_integer (GEN_INT(mi_delta), 4, BITS_PER_WORD, 1);
    }
  else
    {
      fputs ("\tb\t", file);
      assemble_name (file, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0));
      if (NEED_PLT_RELOC)
        fputs ("(PLT)", file);
      fputc ('\n', file);
    }
}

int
arm_emit_vector_const (FILE *file, rtx x)
{
  int i;
  const char * pattern;

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);

  switch (GET_MODE (x))
    {
    case V2SImode: pattern = "%08x"; break;
    case V4HImode: pattern = "%04x"; break;
    case V8QImode: pattern = "%02x"; break;
    default:       gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  fprintf (file, "0x");
  for (i = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x); i--;)
    {
      rtx element;

      element = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
      fprintf (file, pattern, INTVAL (element));
    }

  return 1;
}

/* Emit a fp16 constant appropriately padded to occupy a 4-byte word.
   HFmode constant pool entries are actually loaded with ldr.  */
void
arm_emit_fp16_const (rtx c)
{
  REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
  long bits;

  REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, c);
  bits = real_to_target (NULL, &r, HFmode);
  if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
    assemble_zeros (2);
  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (bits), 2, BITS_PER_WORD, 1);
  if (!WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
    assemble_zeros (2);
}

const char *
arm_output_load_gr (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx reg;
  rtx offset;
  rtx wcgr;
  rtx sum;

  if (GET_CODE (operands [1]) != MEM
      || GET_CODE (sum = XEXP (operands [1], 0)) != PLUS
      || GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (sum, 0)) != REG
      || GET_CODE (offset = XEXP (sum, 1)) != CONST_INT
      || ((INTVAL (offset) < 1024) && (INTVAL (offset) > -1024)))
    return "wldrw%?\t%0, %1";

  /* Fix up an out-of-range load of a GR register.  */
  output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%0, [sp, #-4]!\t@ Start of GR load expansion", & reg);
  wcgr = operands[0];
  operands[0] = reg;
  output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", operands);

  operands[0] = wcgr;
  operands[1] = reg;
  output_asm_insn ("tmcr%?\t%0, %1", operands);
  output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, [sp], #4\t@ End of GR load expansion", & reg);

  return "";
}

/* Worker function for TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS.

   On the ARM, PRETEND_SIZE is set in order to have the prologue push the last
   named arg and all anonymous args onto the stack.
   XXX I know the prologue shouldn't be pushing registers, but it is faster
   that way.  */

static void
arm_setup_incoming_varargs (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum,
                            enum machine_mode mode,
                            tree type,
                            int *pretend_size,
                            int second_time ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  int nregs;
  
  cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args = 1;
  if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
    {
      nregs = pcum->aapcs_ncrn;
      if ((nregs & 1) && arm_needs_doubleword_align (mode, type))
        nregs++;
    }
  else
    nregs = pcum->nregs;
  
  if (nregs < NUM_ARG_REGS)
    *pretend_size = (NUM_ARG_REGS - nregs) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
}

/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (a store) does not need
   PRODUCER's value to calculate the address.  */

int
arm_no_early_store_addr_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
  rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
  rtx addr = PATTERN (consumer);

  if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
    value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
  if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
    value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
  value = XEXP (value, 0);
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == COND_EXEC)
    addr = COND_EXEC_CODE (addr);
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == PARALLEL)
    addr = XVECEXP (addr, 0, 0);
  addr = XEXP (addr, 0);

  return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, addr);
}

/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (a store) does need
   PRODUCER's value to calculate the address.  */

int
arm_early_store_addr_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
  return !arm_no_early_store_addr_dep (producer, consumer);
}

/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (a load) does need
   PRODUCER's value to calculate the address.  */

int
arm_early_load_addr_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
  rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
  rtx addr = PATTERN (consumer);

  if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
    value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
  if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
    value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
  value = XEXP (value, 0);
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == COND_EXEC)
    addr = COND_EXEC_CODE (addr);
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == PARALLEL)
    addr = XVECEXP (addr, 0, 0);
  addr = XEXP (addr, 1);

  return reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, addr);
}

/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (an ALU op) does not
   have an early register shift value or amount dependency on the
   result of PRODUCER.  */

int
arm_no_early_alu_shift_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
  rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
  rtx op = PATTERN (consumer);
  rtx early_op;

  if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
    value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
  if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
    value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
  value = XEXP (value, 0);
  if (GET_CODE (op) == COND_EXEC)
    op = COND_EXEC_CODE (op);
  if (GET_CODE (op) == PARALLEL)
    op = XVECEXP (op, 0, 0);
  op = XEXP (op, 1);

  early_op = XEXP (op, 0);
  /* This is either an actual independent shift, or a shift applied to
     the first operand of another operation.  We want the whole shift
     operation.  */
  if (GET_CODE (early_op) == REG)
    early_op = op;

  return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, early_op);
}

/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (an ALU op) does not
   have an early register shift value dependency on the result of
   PRODUCER.  */

int
arm_no_early_alu_shift_value_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
  rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
  rtx op = PATTERN (consumer);
  rtx early_op;

  if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
    value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
  if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
    value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
  value = XEXP (value, 0);
  if (GET_CODE (op) == COND_EXEC)
    op = COND_EXEC_CODE (op);
  if (GET_CODE (op) == PARALLEL)
    op = XVECEXP (op, 0, 0);
  op = XEXP (op, 1);

  early_op = XEXP (op, 0);

  /* This is either an actual independent shift, or a shift applied to
     the first operand of another operation.  We want the value being
     shifted, in either case.  */
  if (GET_CODE (early_op) != REG)
    early_op = XEXP (early_op, 0);

  return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, early_op);
}

/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER (a mul or mac op) does not
   have an early register mult dependency on the result of
   PRODUCER.  */

int
arm_no_early_mul_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
  rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
  rtx op = PATTERN (consumer);

  if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
    value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
  if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
    value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
  value = XEXP (value, 0);
  if (GET_CODE (op) == COND_EXEC)
    op = COND_EXEC_CODE (op);
  if (GET_CODE (op) == PARALLEL)
    op = XVECEXP (op, 0, 0);
  op = XEXP (op, 1);

  if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS || GET_CODE (op) == MINUS)
    {
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == MULT)
        return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, XEXP (op, 0));
      else
        return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, XEXP (op, 1));
    }

  return 0;
}

/* We can't rely on the caller doing the proper promotion when
   using APCS or ATPCS.  */

static bool
arm_promote_prototypes (const_tree t ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
    return !TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}

static enum machine_mode
arm_promote_function_mode (const_tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                           enum machine_mode mode,
                           int *punsignedp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                           const_tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                           int for_return ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
      && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 4)
    return SImode;

  return mode;
}

/* AAPCS based ABIs use short enums by default.  */

static bool
arm_default_short_enums (void)
{
  return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED && arm_abi != ARM_ABI_AAPCS_LINUX;
}


/* AAPCS requires that anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment.  */

static bool
arm_align_anon_bitfield (void)
{
  return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}


/* The generic C++ ABI says 64-bit (long long).  The EABI says 32-bit.  */

static tree
arm_cxx_guard_type (void)
{
  return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED ? integer_type_node : long_long_integer_type_node;
}

/* Return non-zero if the consumer (a multiply-accumulate instruction)
   has an accumulator dependency on the result of the producer (a
   multiplication instruction) and no other dependency on that result.  */
int
arm_mac_accumulator_is_mul_result (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
  rtx mul = PATTERN (producer);
  rtx mac = PATTERN (consumer);
  rtx mul_result;
  rtx mac_op0, mac_op1, mac_acc;

  if (GET_CODE (mul) == COND_EXEC)
    mul = COND_EXEC_CODE (mul);
  if (GET_CODE (mac) == COND_EXEC)
    mac = COND_EXEC_CODE (mac);

  /* Check that mul is of the form (set (...) (mult ...))
     and mla is of the form (set (...) (plus (mult ...) (...))).  */
  if ((GET_CODE (mul) != SET || GET_CODE (XEXP (mul, 1)) != MULT)
      || (GET_CODE (mac) != SET || GET_CODE (XEXP (mac, 1)) != PLUS
          || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (mac, 1), 0)) != MULT))
    return 0;

  mul_result = XEXP (mul, 0);
  mac_op0 = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (mac, 1), 0), 0);
  mac_op1 = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (mac, 1), 0), 1);
  mac_acc = XEXP (XEXP (mac, 1), 1);

  return (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (mul_result, mac_acc)
          && !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (mul_result, mac_op0)
          && !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (mul_result, mac_op1));
}


/* The EABI says test the least significant bit of a guard variable.  */

static bool
arm_cxx_guard_mask_bit (void)
{
  return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}


/* The EABI specifies that all array cookies are 8 bytes long.  */

static tree
arm_get_cookie_size (tree type)
{
  tree size;

  if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
    return default_cxx_get_cookie_size (type);

  size = build_int_cst (sizetype, 8);
  return size;
}


/* The EABI says that array cookies should also contain the element size.  */

static bool
arm_cookie_has_size (void)
{
  return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}


/* The EABI says constructors and destructors should return a pointer to
   the object constructed/destroyed.  */

static bool
arm_cxx_cdtor_returns_this (void)
{
  return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}

/* The EABI says that an inline function may never be the key
   method.  */

static bool
arm_cxx_key_method_may_be_inline (void)
{
  return !TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}

static void
arm_cxx_determine_class_data_visibility (tree decl)
{
  if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
      || !TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES)
    return;

  /* In general, \S 3.2.5.5 of the ARM EABI requires that class data
     is exported.  However, on systems without dynamic vague linkage,
     \S 3.2.5.6 says that COMDAT class data has hidden linkage.  */
  if (!TARGET_ARM_DYNAMIC_VAGUE_LINKAGE_P && DECL_COMDAT (decl))
    DECL_VISIBILITY (decl) = VISIBILITY_HIDDEN;
  else
    DECL_VISIBILITY (decl) = VISIBILITY_DEFAULT;
  DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl) = 1;
}

static bool
arm_cxx_class_data_always_comdat (void)
{
  /* \S 3.2.5.4 of the ARM C++ ABI says that class data only have
     vague linkage if the class has no key function.  */
  return !TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}


/* The EABI says __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
   destructors.  */

static bool
arm_cxx_use_aeabi_atexit (void)
{
  return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}


void
arm_set_return_address (rtx source, rtx scratch)
{
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
  HOST_WIDE_INT delta;
  rtx addr;
  unsigned long saved_regs;

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  saved_regs = offsets->saved_regs_mask;

  if ((saved_regs & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) == 0)
    emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LR_REGNUM), source);
  else
    {
      if (frame_pointer_needed)
        addr = plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx, -4);
      else
        {
          /* LR will be the first saved register.  */
          delta = offsets->outgoing_args - (offsets->frame + 4);


          if (delta >= 4096)
            {
              emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (scratch, stack_pointer_rtx,
                                     GEN_INT (delta & ~4095)));
              addr = scratch;
              delta &= 4095;
            }
          else
            addr = stack_pointer_rtx;

          addr = plus_constant (addr, delta);
        }
      emit_move_insn (gen_frame_mem (Pmode, addr), source);
    }
}


void
thumb_set_return_address (rtx source, rtx scratch)
{
  arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
  HOST_WIDE_INT delta;
  HOST_WIDE_INT limit;
  int reg;
  rtx addr;
  unsigned long mask;

  emit_use (source);

  offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
  mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
  if (mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM))
    {
      limit = 1024;
      /* Find the saved regs.  */
      if (frame_pointer_needed)
        {
          delta = offsets->soft_frame - offsets->saved_args;
          reg = THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
          if (TARGET_THUMB1)
            limit = 128;
        }
      else
        {
          delta = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_args;
          reg = SP_REGNUM;
        }
      /* Allow for the stack frame.  */
      if (TARGET_THUMB1 && TARGET_BACKTRACE)
        delta -= 16;
      /* The link register is always the first saved register.  */
      delta -= 4;

      /* Construct the address.  */
      addr = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, reg);
      if (delta > limit)
        {
          emit_insn (gen_movsi (scratch, GEN_INT (delta)));
          emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (scratch, scratch, stack_pointer_rtx));
          addr = scratch;
        }
      else
        addr = plus_constant (addr, delta);

      emit_move_insn (gen_frame_mem (Pmode, addr), source);
    }
  else
    emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LR_REGNUM), source);
}

/* Implements target hook vector_mode_supported_p.  */
bool
arm_vector_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode)
{
  /* Neon also supports V2SImode, etc. listed in the clause below.  */
  if (TARGET_NEON && (mode == V2SFmode || mode == V4SImode || mode == V8HImode
      || mode == V16QImode || mode == V4SFmode || mode == V2DImode))
    return true;

  if ((TARGET_NEON || TARGET_IWMMXT)
      && ((mode == V2SImode)
          || (mode == V4HImode)
          || (mode == V8QImode)))
    return true;

  return false;
}

/* Implements target hook array_mode_supported_p.  */

static bool
arm_array_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode,
                            unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems)
{
  if (TARGET_NEON
      && (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode) || VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode))
      && (nelems >= 2 && nelems <= 4))
    return true;

  return false;
}

/* Use the option -mvectorize-with-neon-quad to override the use of doubleword
   registers when autovectorizing for Neon, at least until multiple vector
   widths are supported properly by the middle-end.  */

static enum machine_mode
arm_preferred_simd_mode (enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (TARGET_NEON)
    switch (mode)
      {
      case SFmode:
        return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_QUAD ? V4SFmode : V2SFmode;
      case SImode:
        return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_QUAD ? V4SImode : V2SImode;
      case HImode:
        return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_QUAD ? V8HImode : V4HImode;
      case QImode:
        return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_QUAD ? V16QImode : V8QImode;
      case DImode:
        if (TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_QUAD)
          return V2DImode;
        break;

      default:;
      }

  if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
    switch (mode)
      {
      case SImode:
        return V2SImode;
      case HImode:
        return V4HImode;
      case QImode:
        return V8QImode;

      default:;
      }

  return word_mode;
}

/* Implement TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P.
 
   We need to define this for LO_REGS on Thumb-1.  Otherwise we can end up
   using r0-r4 for function arguments, r7 for the stack frame and don't have
   enough left over to do doubleword arithmetic.  For Thumb-2 all the
   potentially problematic instructions accept high registers so this is not
   necessary.  Care needs to be taken to avoid adding new Thumb-2 patterns
   that require many low registers.  */
static bool
arm_class_likely_spilled_p (reg_class_t rclass)
{
  if ((TARGET_THUMB1 && rclass == LO_REGS)
      || rclass  == CC_REG)
    return true;

  return false;
}

/* Implements target hook small_register_classes_for_mode_p.  */
bool
arm_small_register_classes_for_mode_p (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return TARGET_THUMB1;
}

/* Implement TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK.  SImode shifts use normal
   ARM insns and therefore guarantee that the shift count is modulo 256.
   DImode shifts (those implemented by lib1funcs.asm or by optabs.c)
   guarantee no particular behavior for out-of-range counts.  */

static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
arm_shift_truncation_mask (enum machine_mode mode)
{
  return mode == SImode ? 255 : 0;
}


/* Map internal gcc register numbers to DWARF2 register numbers.  */

unsigned int
arm_dbx_register_number (unsigned int regno)
{
  if (regno < 16)
    return regno;

  /* TODO: Legacy targets output FPA regs as registers 16-23 for backwards
     compatibility.  The EABI defines them as registers 96-103.  */
  if (IS_FPA_REGNUM (regno))
    return (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED ? 96 : 16) + regno - FIRST_FPA_REGNUM;

  if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno))
    {
      /* See comment in arm_dwarf_register_span.  */
      if (VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno))
        return 64 + regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
      else
        return 256 + (regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2;
    }

  if (IS_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM (regno))
    return 104 + regno - FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM;

  if (IS_IWMMXT_REGNUM (regno))
    return 112 + regno - FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM;

  gcc_unreachable ();
}

/* Dwarf models VFPv3 registers as 32 64-bit registers.
   GCC models tham as 64 32-bit registers, so we need to describe this to
   the DWARF generation code.  Other registers can use the default.  */
static rtx
arm_dwarf_register_span (rtx rtl)
{
  unsigned regno;
  int nregs;
  int i;
  rtx p;

  regno = REGNO (rtl);
  if (!IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno))
    return NULL_RTX;

  /* XXX FIXME: The EABI defines two VFP register ranges:
        64-95: Legacy VFPv2 numbering for S0-S31 (obsolescent)
        256-287: D0-D31
     The recommended encoding for S0-S31 is a DW_OP_bit_piece of the
     corresponding D register.  Until GDB supports this, we shall use the
     legacy encodings.  We also use these encodings for D0-D15 for
     compatibility with older debuggers.  */
  if (VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno))
    return NULL_RTX;

  nregs = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 8;
  p = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (nregs));
  regno = (regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2;
  for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
    XVECEXP (p, 0, i) = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 256 + regno + i);

  return p;
}

#if ARM_UNWIND_INFO
/* Emit unwind directives for a store-multiple instruction or stack pointer
   push during alignment.
   These should only ever be generated by the function prologue code, so
   expect them to have a particular form.  */

static void
arm_unwind_emit_sequence (FILE * asm_out_file, rtx p)
{
  int i;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
  HOST_WIDE_INT nregs;
  int reg_size;
  unsigned reg;
  unsigned lastreg;
  rtx e;

  e = XVECEXP (p, 0, 0);
  if (GET_CODE (e) != SET)
    abort ();

  /* First insn will adjust the stack pointer.  */
  if (GET_CODE (e) != SET
      || GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 0)) != REG
      || REGNO (XEXP (e, 0)) != SP_REGNUM
      || GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 1)) != PLUS)
    abort ();

  offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (e, 1), 1));
  nregs = XVECLEN (p, 0) - 1;

  reg = REGNO (XEXP (XVECEXP (p, 0, 1), 1));
  if (reg < 16)
    {
      /* The function prologue may also push pc, but not annotate it as it is
         never restored.  We turn this into a stack pointer adjustment.  */
      if (nregs * 4 == offset - 4)
        {
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.pad #4\n");
          offset -= 4;
        }
      reg_size = 4;
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.save {");
    }
  else if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (reg))
    {
      reg_size = 8;
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.vsave {");
    }
  else if (reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM && reg <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM)
    {
      /* FPA registers are done differently.  */
      asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.save %r, %wd\n", reg, nregs);
      return;
    }
  else
    /* Unknown register type.  */
    abort ();

  /* If the stack increment doesn't match the size of the saved registers,
     something has gone horribly wrong.  */
  if (offset != nregs * reg_size)
    abort ();

  offset = 0;
  lastreg = 0;
  /* The remaining insns will describe the stores.  */
  for (i = 1; i <= nregs; i++)
    {
      /* Expect (set (mem <addr>) (reg)).
         Where <addr> is (reg:SP) or (plus (reg:SP) (const_int)).  */
      e = XVECEXP (p, 0, i);
      if (GET_CODE (e) != SET
          || GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 0)) != MEM
          || GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 1)) != REG)
        abort ();

      reg = REGNO (XEXP (e, 1));
      if (reg < lastreg)
        abort ();

      if (i != 1)
        fprintf (asm_out_file, ", ");
      /* We can't use %r for vfp because we need to use the
         double precision register names.  */
      if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (reg))
        asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "d%d", (reg - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2);
      else
        asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "%r", reg);

#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
      /* Check that the addresses are consecutive.  */
      e = XEXP (XEXP (e, 0), 0);
      if (GET_CODE (e) == PLUS)
        {
          offset += reg_size;
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 0)) != REG
              || REGNO (XEXP (e, 0)) != SP_REGNUM
              || GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 1)) != CONST_INT
              || offset != INTVAL (XEXP (e, 1)))
            abort ();
        }
      else if (i != 1
               || GET_CODE (e) != REG
               || REGNO (e) != SP_REGNUM)
        abort ();
#endif
    }
  fprintf (asm_out_file, "}\n");
}

/*  Emit unwind directives for a SET.  */

static void
arm_unwind_emit_set (FILE * asm_out_file, rtx p)
{
  rtx e0;
  rtx e1;
  unsigned reg;

  e0 = XEXP (p, 0);
  e1 = XEXP (p, 1);
  switch (GET_CODE (e0))
    {
    case MEM:
      /* Pushing a single register.  */
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (e0, 0)) != PRE_DEC
          || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (e0, 0), 0)) != REG
          || REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (e0, 0), 0)) != SP_REGNUM)
        abort ();

      asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.save ");
      if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (REGNO (e1)))
        asm_fprintf(asm_out_file, "{d%d}\n",
                    (REGNO (e1) - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2);
      else
        asm_fprintf(asm_out_file, "{%r}\n", REGNO (e1));
      break;

    case REG:
      if (REGNO (e0) == SP_REGNUM)
        {
          /* A stack increment.  */
          if (GET_CODE (e1) != PLUS
              || GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 0)) != REG
              || REGNO (XEXP (e1, 0)) != SP_REGNUM
              || GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 1)) != CONST_INT)
            abort ();

          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.pad #%wd\n",
                       -INTVAL (XEXP (e1, 1)));
        }
      else if (REGNO (e0) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

          if (GET_CODE (e1) == PLUS)
            {
              if (GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 0)) != REG
                  || GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 1)) != CONST_INT)
                abort ();
              reg = REGNO (XEXP (e1, 0));
              offset = INTVAL (XEXP (e1, 1));
              asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.setfp %r, %r, #%wd\n",
                           HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, reg,
                           offset);
            }
          else if (GET_CODE (e1) == REG)
            {
              reg = REGNO (e1);
              asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.setfp %r, %r\n",
                           HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, reg);
            }
          else
            abort ();
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (e1) == REG && REGNO (e1) == SP_REGNUM)
        {
          /* Move from sp to reg.  */
          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.movsp %r\n", REGNO (e0));
        }
     else if (GET_CODE (e1) == PLUS
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 0)) == REG
              && REGNO (XEXP (e1, 0)) == SP_REGNUM
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 1)) == CONST_INT)
        {
          /* Set reg to offset from sp.  */
          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.movsp %r, #%d\n",
                       REGNO (e0), (int)INTVAL(XEXP (e1, 1)));
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (e1) == UNSPEC && XINT (e1, 1) == UNSPEC_STACK_ALIGN)
        {
          /* Stack pointer save before alignment.  */
          reg = REGNO (e0);
          asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.unwind_raw 0, 0x%x @ vsp = r%d\n",
                       reg + 0x90, reg);
        }
      else
        abort ();
      break;

    default:
      abort ();
    }
}


/* Emit unwind directives for the given insn.  */

static void
arm_unwind_emit (FILE * asm_out_file, rtx insn)
{
  rtx pat;

  if (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET)
    return;

  if (!(flag_unwind_tables || crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
      && (TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl)
          || crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls))
    return;

  if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE || !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
    return;

  pat = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
  if (pat)
    pat = XEXP (pat, 0);
  else
    pat = PATTERN (insn);

  switch (GET_CODE (pat))
    {
    case SET:
      arm_unwind_emit_set (asm_out_file, pat);
      break;

    case SEQUENCE:
      /* Store multiple.  */
      arm_unwind_emit_sequence (asm_out_file, pat);
      break;

    default:
      abort();
    }
}


/* Output a reference from a function exception table to the type_info
   object X.  The EABI specifies that the symbol should be relocated by
   an R_ARM_TARGET2 relocation.  */

static bool
arm_output_ttype (rtx x)
{
  fputs ("\t.word\t", asm_out_file);
  output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
  /* Use special relocations for symbol references.  */
  if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT)
    fputs ("(TARGET2)", asm_out_file);
  fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);

  return TRUE;
}

/* Implement TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY.  */

static void
arm_asm_emit_except_personality (rtx personality)
{
  fputs ("\t.personality\t", asm_out_file);
  output_addr_const (asm_out_file, personality);
  fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
}

/* Implement TARGET_ASM_INITIALIZE_SECTIONS.  */

static void
arm_asm_init_sections (void)
{
  exception_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
                                           "\t.handlerdata");
}
#endif /* ARM_UNWIND_INFO */

/* Implement TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO.  */

static enum unwind_info_type
arm_except_unwind_info (struct gcc_options *opts)
{
  /* Honor the --enable-sjlj-exceptions configure switch.  */
#ifdef CONFIG_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
  if (CONFIG_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
    return UI_SJLJ;
#endif

  /* If not using ARM EABI unwind tables... */
  if (ARM_UNWIND_INFO)
    {
      /* For simplicity elsewhere in this file, indicate that all unwind
         info is disabled if we're not emitting unwind tables.  */
      if (!opts->x_flag_exceptions && !opts->x_flag_unwind_tables)
        return UI_NONE;
      else
        return UI_TARGET;
    }

  /* ... we use sjlj exceptions for backwards compatibility.  */
  return UI_SJLJ;
}


/* Handle UNSPEC DWARF call frame instructions.  These are needed for dynamic
   stack alignment.  */

static void
arm_dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index)
{
  rtx unspec = SET_SRC (pattern);
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (unspec) == UNSPEC);

  switch (index)
    {
    case UNSPEC_STACK_ALIGN:
      /* ??? We should set the CFA = (SP & ~7).  At this point we haven't
         put anything on the stack, so hopefully it won't matter.
         CFA = SP will be correct after alignment.  */
      dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (label, stack_pointer_rtx,
                              SET_DEST (pattern));
      break;
    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}


/* Output unwind directives for the start/end of a function.  */

void
arm_output_fn_unwind (FILE * f, bool prologue)
{
  if (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET)
    return;

  if (prologue)
    fputs ("\t.fnstart\n", f);
  else
    {
      /* If this function will never be unwound, then mark it as such.
         The came condition is used in arm_unwind_emit to suppress
         the frame annotations.  */
      if (!(flag_unwind_tables || crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
          && (TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl)
              || crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls))
        fputs("\t.cantunwind\n", f);

      fputs ("\t.fnend\n", f);
    }
}

static bool
arm_emit_tls_decoration (FILE *fp, rtx x)
{
  enum tls_reloc reloc;
  rtx val;

  val = XVECEXP (x, 0, 0);
  reloc = (enum tls_reloc) INTVAL (XVECEXP (x, 0, 1));

  output_addr_const (fp, val);

  switch (reloc)
    {
    case TLS_GD32:
      fputs ("(tlsgd)", fp);
      break;
    case TLS_LDM32:
      fputs ("(tlsldm)", fp);
      break;
    case TLS_LDO32:
      fputs ("(tlsldo)", fp);
      break;
    case TLS_IE32:
      fputs ("(gottpoff)", fp);
      break;
    case TLS_LE32:
      fputs ("(tpoff)", fp);
      break;
    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  switch (reloc)
    {
    case TLS_GD32:
    case TLS_LDM32:
    case TLS_IE32:
      fputs (" + (. - ", fp);
      output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 2));
      fputs (" - ", fp);
      output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 3));
      fputc (')', fp);
      break;
    default:
      break;
    }

  return TRUE;
}

/* ARM implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL.  */

static void
arm_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *file, int size, rtx x)
{
  gcc_assert (size == 4);
  fputs ("\t.word\t", file);
  output_addr_const (file, x);
  fputs ("(tlsldo)", file);
}

/* Implement TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA.  */

static bool
arm_output_addr_const_extra (FILE *fp, rtx x)
{
  if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
    return arm_emit_tls_decoration (fp, x);
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL)
    {
      char label[256];
      int labelno = INTVAL (XVECEXP (x, 0, 0));

      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LPIC", labelno);
      assemble_name_raw (fp, label);

      return TRUE;
    }
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_GOTSYM_OFF)
    {
      assemble_name (fp, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
      if (GOT_PCREL)
        fputs ("+.", fp);
      fputs ("-(", fp);
      output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 0));
      fputc (')', fp);
      return TRUE;
    }
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_SYMBOL_OFFSET)
    {
      output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 0));
      if (GOT_PCREL)
        fputs ("+.", fp);
      fputs ("-(", fp);
      output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 1));
      fputc (')', fp);
      return TRUE;
    }
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR)
    return arm_emit_vector_const (fp, x);

  return FALSE;
}

/* Output assembly for a shift instruction.
   SET_FLAGS determines how the instruction modifies the condition codes.
   0 - Do not set condition codes.
   1 - Set condition codes.
   2 - Use smallest instruction.  */
const char *
arm_output_shift(rtx * operands, int set_flags)
{
  char pattern[100];
  static const char flag_chars[3] = {'?', '.', '!'};
  const char *shift;
  HOST_WIDE_INT val;
  char c;
  
  c = flag_chars[set_flags];
  if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
    {
      shift = shift_op(operands[3], &val);
      if (shift)
        {
          if (val != -1)
            operands[2] = GEN_INT(val);
          sprintf (pattern, "%s%%%c\t%%0, %%1, %%2", shift, c);
        }
      else
        sprintf (pattern, "mov%%%c\t%%0, %%1", c);
    }
  else
    sprintf (pattern, "mov%%%c\t%%0, %%1%%S3", c);
  output_asm_insn (pattern, operands);
  return "";
}

/* Output a Thumb-1 casesi dispatch sequence.  */
const char *
thumb1_output_casesi (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx diff_vec = PATTERN (next_real_insn (operands[0]));

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (diff_vec) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC);

  switch (GET_MODE(diff_vec))
    {
    case QImode:
      return (ADDR_DIFF_VEC_FLAGS (diff_vec).offset_unsigned ? 
              "bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_uqi" : "bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_sqi");
    case HImode:
      return (ADDR_DIFF_VEC_FLAGS (diff_vec).offset_unsigned ? 
              "bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_uhi" : "bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_shi");
    case SImode:
      return "bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_si";
    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Output a Thumb-2 casesi instruction.  */
const char *
thumb2_output_casesi (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx diff_vec = PATTERN (next_real_insn (operands[2]));

  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (diff_vec) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC);

  output_asm_insn ("cmp\t%0, %1", operands);
  output_asm_insn ("bhi\t%l3", operands);
  switch (GET_MODE(diff_vec))
    {
    case QImode:
      return "tbb\t[%|pc, %0]";
    case HImode:
      return "tbh\t[%|pc, %0, lsl #1]";
    case SImode:
      if (flag_pic)
        {
          output_asm_insn ("adr\t%4, %l2", operands);
          output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%5, [%4, %0, lsl #2]", operands);
          output_asm_insn ("add\t%4, %4, %5", operands);
          return "bx\t%4";
        }
      else
        {
          output_asm_insn ("adr\t%4, %l2", operands);
          return "ldr\t%|pc, [%4, %0, lsl #2]";
        }
    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Most ARM cores are single issue, but some newer ones can dual issue.
   The scheduler descriptions rely on this being correct.  */
static int
arm_issue_rate (void)
{
  switch (arm_tune)
    {
    case cortexr4:
    case cortexr4f:
    case cortexa5:
    case cortexa8:
    case cortexa9:
    case fa726te:
      return 2;

    default:
      return 1;
    }
}

/* A table and a function to perform ARM-specific name mangling for
   NEON vector types in order to conform to the AAPCS (see "Procedure
   Call Standard for the ARM Architecture", Appendix A).  To qualify
   for emission with the mangled names defined in that document, a
   vector type must not only be of the correct mode but also be
   composed of NEON vector element types (e.g. __builtin_neon_qi).  */
typedef struct
{
  enum machine_mode mode;
  const char *element_type_name;
  const char *aapcs_name;
} arm_mangle_map_entry;

static arm_mangle_map_entry arm_mangle_map[] = {
  /* 64-bit containerized types.  */
  { V8QImode,  "__builtin_neon_qi",     "15__simd64_int8_t" },
  { V8QImode,  "__builtin_neon_uqi",    "16__simd64_uint8_t" },
  { V4HImode,  "__builtin_neon_hi",     "16__simd64_int16_t" },
  { V4HImode,  "__builtin_neon_uhi",    "17__simd64_uint16_t" },
  { V2SImode,  "__builtin_neon_si",     "16__simd64_int32_t" },
  { V2SImode,  "__builtin_neon_usi",    "17__simd64_uint32_t" },
  { V2SFmode,  "__builtin_neon_sf",     "18__simd64_float32_t" },
  { V8QImode,  "__builtin_neon_poly8",  "16__simd64_poly8_t" },
  { V4HImode,  "__builtin_neon_poly16", "17__simd64_poly16_t" },
  /* 128-bit containerized types.  */
  { V16QImode, "__builtin_neon_qi",     "16__simd128_int8_t" },
  { V16QImode, "__builtin_neon_uqi",    "17__simd128_uint8_t" },
  { V8HImode,  "__builtin_neon_hi",     "17__simd128_int16_t" },
  { V8HImode,  "__builtin_neon_uhi",    "18__simd128_uint16_t" },
  { V4SImode,  "__builtin_neon_si",     "17__simd128_int32_t" },
  { V4SImode,  "__builtin_neon_usi",    "18__simd128_uint32_t" },
  { V4SFmode,  "__builtin_neon_sf",     "19__simd128_float32_t" },
  { V16QImode, "__builtin_neon_poly8",  "17__simd128_poly8_t" },
  { V8HImode,  "__builtin_neon_poly16", "18__simd128_poly16_t" },
  { VOIDmode, NULL, NULL }
};

const char *
arm_mangle_type (const_tree type)
{
  arm_mangle_map_entry *pos = arm_mangle_map;

  /* The ARM ABI documents (10th October 2008) say that "__va_list"
     has to be managled as if it is in the "std" namespace.  */
  if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED 
      && lang_hooks.types_compatible_p (CONST_CAST_TREE (type), va_list_type))
    {
      static bool warned;
      if (!warned && warn_psabi && !in_system_header)
        {
          warned = true;
          inform (input_location,
                  "the mangling of %<va_list%> has changed in GCC 4.4");
        }
      return "St9__va_list";
    }

  /* Half-precision float.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (type) == REAL_TYPE && TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 16)
    return "Dh";

  if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
    return NULL;

  /* Check the mode of the vector type, and the name of the vector
     element type, against the table.  */
  while (pos->mode != VOIDmode)
    {
      tree elt_type = TREE_TYPE (type);

      if (pos->mode == TYPE_MODE (type)
          && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (elt_type)) == TYPE_DECL
          && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (elt_type))),
                      pos->element_type_name))
        return pos->aapcs_name;

      pos++;
    }

  /* Use the default mangling for unrecognized (possibly user-defined)
     vector types.  */
  return NULL;
}

/* Order of allocation of core registers for Thumb: this allocation is
   written over the corresponding initial entries of the array
   initialized with REG_ALLOC_ORDER.  We allocate all low registers
   first.  Saving and restoring a low register is usually cheaper than
   using a call-clobbered high register.  */

static const int thumb_core_reg_alloc_order[] =
{
   3,  2,  1,  0,  4,  5,  6,  7,
  14, 12,  8,  9, 10, 11, 13, 15
};

/* Adjust register allocation order when compiling for Thumb.  */

void
arm_order_regs_for_local_alloc (void)
{
  const int arm_reg_alloc_order[] = REG_ALLOC_ORDER;
  memcpy(reg_alloc_order, arm_reg_alloc_order, sizeof (reg_alloc_order));
  if (TARGET_THUMB)
    memcpy (reg_alloc_order, thumb_core_reg_alloc_order,
            sizeof (thumb_core_reg_alloc_order));
}

/* Implement TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED.  */

bool
arm_frame_pointer_required (void)
{
  return (cfun->has_nonlocal_label
          || SUBTARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
          || (TARGET_ARM && TARGET_APCS_FRAME && ! leaf_function_p ()));
}

/* Only thumb1 can't support conditional execution, so return true if
   the target is not thumb1.  */
static bool
arm_have_conditional_execution (void)
{
  return !TARGET_THUMB1;
}

/* Legitimize a memory reference for sync primitive implemented using
   ldrex / strex.  We currently force the form of the reference to be
   indirect without offset.  We do not yet support the indirect offset
   addressing supported by some ARM targets for these
   instructions.  */
static rtx
arm_legitimize_sync_memory (rtx memory)
{
  rtx addr = force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (memory, 0));
  rtx legitimate_memory = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (memory), addr);

  set_mem_alias_set (legitimate_memory, ALIAS_SET_MEMORY_BARRIER);
  MEM_VOLATILE_P (legitimate_memory) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (memory);
  return legitimate_memory;
}

/* An instruction emitter. */
typedef void (* emit_f) (int label, const char *, rtx *);

/* An instruction emitter that emits via the conventional
   output_asm_insn.  */
static void
arm_emit (int label ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *pattern, rtx *operands)
{
  output_asm_insn (pattern, operands);
}

/* Count the number of emitted synchronization instructions.  */
static unsigned arm_insn_count;

/* An emitter that counts emitted instructions but does not actually
   emit instruction into the instruction stream.  */
static void
arm_count (int label,
           const char *pattern ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
           rtx *operands ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (! label)
    ++ arm_insn_count;
}

/* Construct a pattern using conventional output formatting and feed
   it to output_asm_insn.  Provides a mechanism to construct the
   output pattern on the fly.  Note the hard limit on the pattern
   buffer size.  */
static void ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4
arm_output_asm_insn (emit_f emit, int label, rtx *operands,
                     const char *pattern, ...)
{
  va_list ap;
  char buffer[256];

  va_start (ap, pattern);
  vsprintf (buffer, pattern, ap);
  va_end (ap);
  emit (label, buffer, operands);
}

/* Emit the memory barrier instruction, if any, provided by this
   target to a specified emitter.  */
static void
arm_process_output_memory_barrier (emit_f emit, rtx *operands)
{
  if (TARGET_HAVE_DMB)
    {
      /* Note we issue a system level barrier. We should consider
         issuing a inner shareabilty zone barrier here instead, ie.
         "DMB ISH".  */
      emit (0, "dmb\tsy", operands);
      return;
    }

  if (TARGET_HAVE_DMB_MCR)
    {
      emit (0, "mcr\tp15, 0, r0, c7, c10, 5", operands);
      return;
    }

  gcc_unreachable ();
}

/* Emit the memory barrier instruction, if any, provided by this
   target.  */
const char *
arm_output_memory_barrier (rtx *operands)
{
  arm_process_output_memory_barrier (arm_emit, operands);
  return "";
}

/* Helper to figure out the instruction suffix required on ldrex/strex
   for operations on an object of the specified mode.  */
static const char *
arm_ldrex_suffix (enum machine_mode mode)
{
  switch (mode)
    {
    case QImode: return "b";
    case HImode: return "h";
    case SImode: return "";
    case DImode: return "d";
    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  return "";
}

/* Emit an ldrex{b,h,d, } instruction appropriate for the specified
   mode.  */
static void
arm_output_ldrex (emit_f emit,
                  enum machine_mode mode,
                  rtx target,
                  rtx memory)
{
  const char *suffix = arm_ldrex_suffix (mode);
  rtx operands[2];

  operands[0] = target;
  operands[1] = memory;
  arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "ldrex%s\t%%0, %%C1", suffix);
}

/* Emit a strex{b,h,d, } instruction appropriate for the specified
   mode.  */
static void
arm_output_strex (emit_f emit,
                  enum machine_mode mode,
                  const char *cc,
                  rtx result,
                  rtx value,
                  rtx memory)
{
  const char *suffix = arm_ldrex_suffix (mode);
  rtx operands[3];

  operands[0] = result;
  operands[1] = value;
  operands[2] = memory;
  arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "strex%s%s\t%%0, %%1, %%C2", suffix,
                       cc);
}

/* Helper to emit a two operand instruction.  */
static void
arm_output_op2 (emit_f emit, const char *mnemonic, rtx d, rtx s)
{
  rtx operands[2];

  operands[0] = d;
  operands[1] = s;
  arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "%s\t%%0, %%1", mnemonic);
}

/* Helper to emit a three operand instruction.  */
static void
arm_output_op3 (emit_f emit, const char *mnemonic, rtx d, rtx a, rtx b)
{
  rtx operands[3];

  operands[0] = d;
  operands[1] = a;
  operands[2] = b;
  arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "%s\t%%0, %%1, %%2", mnemonic);
}

/* Emit a load store exclusive synchronization loop.

   do
     old_value = [mem]
     if old_value != required_value
       break;
     t1 = sync_op (old_value, new_value)
     [mem] = t1, t2 = [0|1]
   while ! t2

   Note:
     t1 == t2 is not permitted
     t1 == old_value is permitted

   required_value:

   RTX register or const_int representing the required old_value for
   the modify to continue, if NULL no comparsion is performed.  */
static void
arm_output_sync_loop (emit_f emit,
                      enum machine_mode mode,
                      rtx old_value,
                      rtx memory,
                      rtx required_value,
                      rtx new_value,
                      rtx t1,
                      rtx t2,
                      enum attr_sync_op sync_op,
                      int early_barrier_required)
{
  rtx operands[1];

  gcc_assert (t1 != t2);

  if (early_barrier_required)
    arm_process_output_memory_barrier (emit, NULL);

  arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 1, operands, "%sLSYT%%=:", LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX);

  arm_output_ldrex (emit, mode, old_value, memory);

  if (required_value)
    {
      rtx operands[2];

      operands[0] = old_value;
      operands[1] = required_value;
      arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "cmp\t%%0, %%1");
      arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "bne\t%sLSYB%%=", LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX);
    }

  switch (sync_op)
    {
    case SYNC_OP_ADD:
      arm_output_op3 (emit, "add", t1, old_value, new_value);
      break;

    case SYNC_OP_SUB:
      arm_output_op3 (emit, "sub", t1, old_value, new_value);
      break;

    case SYNC_OP_IOR:
      arm_output_op3 (emit, "orr", t1, old_value, new_value);
      break;

    case SYNC_OP_XOR:
      arm_output_op3 (emit, "eor", t1, old_value, new_value);
      break;

    case SYNC_OP_AND:
      arm_output_op3 (emit,"and", t1, old_value, new_value);
      break;

    case SYNC_OP_NAND:
      arm_output_op3 (emit, "and", t1, old_value, new_value);
      arm_output_op2 (emit, "mvn", t1, t1);
      break;

    case SYNC_OP_NONE:
      t1 = new_value;
      break;
    }

  if (t2)
    {
       arm_output_strex (emit, mode, "", t2, t1, memory);
       operands[0] = t2;
       arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "teq\t%%0, #0");
       arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "bne\t%sLSYT%%=",
                            LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX);
    }
  else
    {
      /* Use old_value for the return value because for some operations
         the old_value can easily be restored.  This saves one register.  */
      arm_output_strex (emit, mode, "", old_value, t1, memory);
      operands[0] = old_value;
      arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "teq\t%%0, #0");
      arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 0, operands, "bne\t%sLSYT%%=",
                           LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX);

      switch (sync_op)
        {
        case SYNC_OP_ADD:
          arm_output_op3 (emit, "sub", old_value, t1, new_value);
          break;

        case SYNC_OP_SUB:
          arm_output_op3 (emit, "add", old_value, t1, new_value);
          break;

        case SYNC_OP_XOR:
          arm_output_op3 (emit, "eor", old_value, t1, new_value);
          break;

        case SYNC_OP_NONE:
          arm_output_op2 (emit, "mov", old_value, required_value);
          break;

        default:
          gcc_unreachable ();
        }
    }

  arm_process_output_memory_barrier (emit, NULL);
  arm_output_asm_insn (emit, 1, operands, "%sLSYB%%=:", LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX);
}

static rtx
arm_get_sync_operand (rtx *operands, int index, rtx default_value)
{
  if (index > 0)
    default_value = operands[index - 1];

  return default_value;
}

#define FETCH_SYNC_OPERAND(NAME, DEFAULT) \
  arm_get_sync_operand (operands, (int) get_attr_sync_##NAME (insn), DEFAULT);

/* Extract the operands for a synchroniztion instruction from the
   instructions attributes and emit the instruction.  */
static void
arm_process_output_sync_insn (emit_f emit, rtx insn, rtx *operands)
{
  rtx result, memory, required_value, new_value, t1, t2;
  int early_barrier;
  enum machine_mode mode;
  enum attr_sync_op sync_op;

  result = FETCH_SYNC_OPERAND(result, 0);
  memory = FETCH_SYNC_OPERAND(memory, 0);
  required_value = FETCH_SYNC_OPERAND(required_value, 0);
  new_value = FETCH_SYNC_OPERAND(new_value, 0);
  t1 = FETCH_SYNC_OPERAND(t1, 0);
  t2 = FETCH_SYNC_OPERAND(t2, 0);
  early_barrier =
    get_attr_sync_release_barrier (insn) == SYNC_RELEASE_BARRIER_YES;
  sync_op = get_attr_sync_op (insn);
  mode = GET_MODE (memory);

  arm_output_sync_loop (emit, mode, result, memory, required_value,
                        new_value, t1, t2, sync_op, early_barrier);
}

/* Emit a synchronization instruction loop.  */
const char *
arm_output_sync_insn (rtx insn, rtx *operands)
{
  arm_process_output_sync_insn (arm_emit, insn, operands);
  return "";
}

/* Count the number of machine instruction that will be emitted for a
   synchronization instruction.  Note that the emitter used does not
   emit instructions, it just counts instructions being carefull not
   to count labels.  */
unsigned int
arm_sync_loop_insns (rtx insn, rtx *operands)
{
  arm_insn_count = 0;
  arm_process_output_sync_insn (arm_count, insn, operands);
  return arm_insn_count;
}

/* Helper to call a target sync instruction generator, dealing with
   the variation in operands required by the different generators.  */
static rtx
arm_call_generator (struct arm_sync_generator *generator, rtx old_value,
                    rtx memory, rtx required_value, rtx new_value)
{
  switch (generator->op)
    {
    case arm_sync_generator_omn:
      gcc_assert (! required_value);
      return generator->u.omn (old_value, memory, new_value);

    case arm_sync_generator_omrn:
      gcc_assert (required_value);
      return generator->u.omrn (old_value, memory, required_value, new_value);
    }

  return NULL;
}

/* Expand a synchronization loop. The synchronization loop is expanded
   as an opaque block of instructions in order to ensure that we do
   not subsequently get extraneous memory accesses inserted within the
   critical region. The exclusive access property of ldrex/strex is
   only guaranteed in there are no intervening memory accesses. */
void
arm_expand_sync (enum machine_mode mode,
                 struct arm_sync_generator *generator,
                 rtx target, rtx memory, rtx required_value, rtx new_value)
{
  if (target == NULL)
    target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);

  memory = arm_legitimize_sync_memory (memory);
  if (mode != SImode)
    {
      rtx load_temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);

      if (required_value)
        required_value = convert_modes (SImode, mode, required_value, true);

      new_value = convert_modes (SImode, mode, new_value, true);
      emit_insn (arm_call_generator (generator, load_temp, memory,
                                     required_value, new_value));
      emit_move_insn (target, gen_lowpart (mode, load_temp));
    }
  else
    {
      emit_insn (arm_call_generator (generator, target, memory, required_value,
                                     new_value));
    }
}

static unsigned int
arm_autovectorize_vector_sizes (void)
{
  return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_QUAD ? 16 | 8 : 0;
}

static bool
arm_vector_alignment_reachable (const_tree type, bool is_packed)
{
  /* Vectors which aren't in packed structures will not be less aligned than
     the natural alignment of their element type, so this is safe.  */
  if (TARGET_NEON && !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
    return !is_packed;

  return default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable (type, is_packed);
}

static bool
arm_builtin_support_vector_misalignment (enum machine_mode mode,
                                         const_tree type, int misalignment,
                                         bool is_packed)
{
  if (TARGET_NEON && !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT align = TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (type);

      if (is_packed)
        return align == 1;

      /* If the misalignment is unknown, we should be able to handle the access
         so long as it is not to a member of a packed data structure.  */
      if (misalignment == -1)
        return true;

      /* Return true if the misalignment is a multiple of the natural alignment
         of the vector's element type.  This is probably always going to be
         true in practice, since we've already established that this isn't a
         packed access.  */
      return ((misalignment % align) == 0);
    }
  
  return default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment (mode, type, misalignment,
                                                      is_packed);
}

static void
arm_conditional_register_usage (void)
{
  int regno;

  if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT || TARGET_THUMB1 || !TARGET_FPA)
    {
      for (regno = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM;
           regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; ++regno)
        fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
    }

  if (TARGET_THUMB1 && optimize_size)
    {
      /* When optimizing for size on Thumb-1, it's better not
        to use the HI regs, because of the overhead of
        stacking them.  */
      for (regno = FIRST_HI_REGNUM;
           regno <= LAST_HI_REGNUM; ++regno)
        fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
    }

  /* The link register can be clobbered by any branch insn,
     but we have no way to track that at present, so mark
     it as unavailable.  */
  if (TARGET_THUMB1)
    fixed_regs[LR_REGNUM] = call_used_regs[LR_REGNUM] = 1;

  if (TARGET_32BIT && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
    {
      if (TARGET_MAVERICK)
        {
          for (regno = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM;
               regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; ++ regno)
            fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
          for (regno = FIRST_CIRRUS_FP_REGNUM;
               regno <= LAST_CIRRUS_FP_REGNUM; ++ regno)
            {
              fixed_regs[regno] = 0;
              call_used_regs[regno] = regno < FIRST_CIRRUS_FP_REGNUM + 4;
            }
        }
      if (TARGET_VFP)
        {
          /* VFPv3 registers are disabled when earlier VFP
             versions are selected due to the definition of
             LAST_VFP_REGNUM.  */
          for (regno = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
               regno <= LAST_VFP_REGNUM; ++ regno)
            {
              fixed_regs[regno] = 0;
              call_used_regs[regno] = regno < FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + 16
                || regno >= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + 32;
            }
        }
    }

  if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
    {
      regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM;
      /* The 2002/10/09 revision of the XScale ABI has wCG0
         and wCG1 as call-preserved registers.  The 2002/11/21
         revision changed this so that all wCG registers are
         scratch registers.  */
      for (regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM;
           regno <= LAST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM; ++ regno)
        fixed_regs[regno] = 0;
      /* The XScale ABI has wR0 - wR9 as scratch registers,
         the rest as call-preserved registers.  */
      for (regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM;
           regno <= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; ++ regno)
        {
          fixed_regs[regno] = 0;
          call_used_regs[regno] = regno < FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM + 10;
        }
    }

  if ((unsigned) PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM != INVALID_REGNUM)
    {
      fixed_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1;
      call_used_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1;
    }
  else if (TARGET_APCS_STACK)
    {
      fixed_regs[10]     = 1;
      call_used_regs[10] = 1;
    }
  /* -mcaller-super-interworking reserves r11 for calls to
     _interwork_r11_call_via_rN().  Making the register global
     is an easy way of ensuring that it remains valid for all
     calls.  */
  if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME || TARGET_CALLER_INTERWORKING
      || TARGET_TPCS_FRAME || TARGET_TPCS_LEAF_FRAME)
    {
      fixed_regs[ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM] = 1;
      call_used_regs[ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM] = 1;
      if (TARGET_CALLER_INTERWORKING)
        global_regs[ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM] = 1;
    }
  SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
}

static reg_class_t
arm_preferred_rename_class (reg_class_t rclass)
{
  /* Thumb-2 instructions using LO_REGS may be smaller than instructions
     using GENERIC_REGS.  During register rename pass, we prefer LO_REGS,
     and code size can be reduced.  */
  if (TARGET_THUMB2 && rclass == GENERAL_REGS)
    return LO_REGS;
  else
    return NO_REGS;
}

/* Compute the atrribute "length" of insn "*push_multi".
   So this function MUST be kept in sync with that insn pattern.  */
int
arm_attr_length_push_multi(rtx parallel_op, rtx first_op)
{
  int i, regno, hi_reg;
  int num_saves = XVECLEN (parallel_op, 0);

  /* ARM mode.  */
  if (TARGET_ARM)
    return 4;

  /* Thumb2 mode.  */
  regno = REGNO (first_op);
  hi_reg = (REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno) == HI_REGS) && (regno != LR_REGNUM);
  for (i = 1; i < num_saves && !hi_reg; i++)
    {
      regno = REGNO (XEXP (XVECEXP (parallel_op, 0, i), 0));
      hi_reg |= (REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno) == HI_REGS) && (regno != LR_REGNUM);
    }

  if (!hi_reg)
    return 2;
  return 4;
}

#include "gt-arm.h"